2004-2005 Catalogue Read More

Transcription

Catalogue
2004-2005
Academic Calendar ................................................................................................................. 2
The College .............................................................................................................................. 5
Admissions and Financial Aid .............................................................................................. 15
Tuition and Costs .................................................................................................................. 27
Student Life ........................................................................................................................... 33
Academic Policies and Procedures ....................................................................................... 51
Courses for General Education ............................................................................................ 91
General Course Information .............................................................................................. 111
Directory ............................................................................................................................. 283
Index ....
300
Campus Map ....................................................................................................................... 304
Mount Union College reserves the right to change policies, regulations, courses and fees
at any time subsequent to the publication of this Catalogue.
The Mount Union Catalogue in effect at the time of a student’s admission to the College
shall govern such student’s degree requirements; an extended period of non-enrollment at
the College may, at the time of return, result in a change to requirements as specified in a
later issue of the Catalogue.
Each student has the responsibility to be aware of and to meet the Catalogue requirements for graduation, and to adhere to all rules, regulations and deadlines published in this
Catalogue and in the Student Handbook.
It is the policy of Mount Union College not to discriminate on the basis of race, sex,
religion, age, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, marital or parental status, or handicap
in student admissions, financial aid, educational and athletic programs, or employment
possibilities as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments and section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to (330)
823-2886, Associate Dean of Students, Hoover-Price Campus Center, or to (330) 829-6560,
Director of Human Resources and Employee Development, Beeghly Hall.
1
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Academic Calendar
2004 - 2005
Summer School 2004
Summer I
Summer II
Summer III
May 10 - 28
May 31 - July 23
June 14 - July 23
3 Weeks
8 Weeks (Holidays May 31 and July 5)
6 Weeks (Holiday July 5)
Fall Semester 2004
August 26-29
August 30
September 6
September 10
October 15
October 22
November 8
November 19
November 23
November 29
December 10
December 12
December 13-17
December 17
Thursday-Sunday
Monday
Monday
Friday
Friday
Friday
Monday
Friday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday
Sunday
Friday
Friday
New Student Orientation
Classes begin
Labor Day, no classes
Last day to withdraw without “WP or WF”
Fall Break, no classes
Last day to change from Credit to “S/U”
Last day to withdraw with “WP” or “WF”
Last day to petition to change an exam
Thanksgiving recess begins, 5 p.m.
Classes resume
Last day of classes
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Semester ends, 11 p.m.
Spring Semester 2005
2
January 10
January 17
Monday
Monday
January 21
March 4
March 5
March 14
March 25
March 28
April 8
April 25
April 26
April 27-29
May 1
May 2-3
May 3
May 8
May 8
Friday
Friday
Saturday
Monday
Friday
Monday
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday-Friday
Sunday
Monday-Tuesday
Tuesday
Sunday
Sunday
Classes begin
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day observance,
no classes
Spring recess begins
Classes resume
Good Friday, no classes
Last day to withdraw with “WP or WF”
Last day of classes
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Baccalaureate, 10 a.m.
Commencement, 1:30 p.m.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Academic Calendar
2005 - 2006
Summer School 2005
Summer I
Summer II
Summer III
May 9 - 27
May 31 - July 22
June 13 - July 22
3 Weeks
Fall Semester 2005
August 26-28
August 29
September 5
September 9
October 14
October 21
November 7
November 19
November 22
November 28
December 9
December 12
December 12-16
December 16
Thursday-Sunday
Monday
Monday
Friday
Friday
Friday
Monday
Friday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday
Sunday
Friday
Friday
New Student Orientation
Classes begin
Labor Day, no classes
Fall Break, no classes
Last day to withdraw with “WP” or “WF”
Thanksgiving recess begins, 5 p.m.
Classes resume
Last day of classes
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Spring Semester 2006
January 9
January 16
Monday
Monday
January 20
March 3
March 4
March 13
March 27
April 7
April 14
April 24
April 25
April 26-28
April 30
May 1-2
May 2
May 7
May 7
Friday
Friday
Saturday
Monday
Monday
Friday
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday-Friday
Sunday
Monday-Tuesday
Tuesday
Sunday
Sunday
Classes begin
Martin Luther King Jr. Day observance,
no classes
Spring recess begins
Classes resume
Last day to withdraw with “WP or WF”
Good Friday, no classes
Last day of classes
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Reading Day
Final Exam period
Baccalaureate 10 a.m.
Commencement 1:30 p.m.
3
4
THE COLLEGE
The College
Institutional Mission
Mount Union College offers a liberal arts education grounded in the Judeo-Christian tradition. The College affirms the importance of reason, open inquiry, living faith, and individual
worth. Mount Union’s mission is to prepare students for meaningful work, fulfilling lives,
and responsible citizenship.
Goals
To accomplish the mission, the college faculty has established a program to help students:
A. Obtain a broad base of knowledge in the humanities, arts and sciences
and awareness of discipline-specific methods of inquiry;
B. Think critically and communicate effectively;
C. Gain the knowledge and skills in a specific discipline requisite for satisfying
careers, and/or graduate work and professional studies;
D. Foster an understanding of the various cultures and of the
interdependence of the global community;
E. Form moral and religious values that encourage them to address complex
societal problems that affect the individual, community, and world;
F. Understand the United States as a pluralistic society characterized by
changing social, political, and economic relationships.
Heritage
Mount Union College is proud of its religious heritage and its background in the Methodist
Church. For more than a century the College has been officially connected with the Methodist Church. It is now affiliated with the East Ohio, West Ohio and Western Pennsylvania
Conferences of the United Methodist Church.
The Christian commitment of the College goes beyond historical and institutional ties
even though the United Methodist Church exercises no direct control over the educational
functions of the College. The Christian and liberal arts traditions reinforce each other in the
striving for excellence, concern for the inherent dignity and worth of each individual and the
emphasis on the spiritual as well as the intellectual achievements of humanity.
Admission to the College has always been predicated on academic excellence and promise.
We are aware that we cannot do everything for every student who seeks an education, but
we do believe that we must do something vital for each student who enrolls in this College.
Mount Union College believes in the fundamental equality of all human beings and in the
right of equal opportunity for all it seeks to serve and for all whom it employs.
History
Mount Union College is the outgrowth of a town meeting held by forward-looking
citizens of the village of Mount Union, October 4, 1846. At that time the people gathered
to hear Orville Nelson Hartshorn outline the need for a new institution in the area, where
men and women could be educated with equal opportunity, where science would parallel
5
THE COLLEGE
the humanities, where laboratory and experimental subjects would receive proper emphasis,
and where there would be no distinction due to race, color, sex or position. On October 20,
1846, this young man organized and taught on the third floor of the “Old Carding Mill,” a
“select school” of six students.
The school grew rapidly under his inspired leadership, and in 1849 became known as
“Mount Union Seminary.”
In 1853, a “normal department” was added for the training of teachers. On January 9,
1858, the institution was chartered and incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio
as “Mount Union College.”
Although Mount Union College had not been established by church efforts, its founder
and early faculty members were dedicated Methodist laymen. One of the articles in the
charter of the College looked to the day when Mount Union would come under the patronage of some annual conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church. The Pittsburgh Annual
Conference “heartily endorsed” the new college in 1858, but it was not until 1864 that Mount
Union was granted full patronage by the conference.
In September, 1911, Scio College, located at Scio, Ohio, was united with Mount Union
College. By the articles of consolidation the liberal arts alumni of the former institution
were made alumni of the latter.
Scio was established in 1857 at Harlem Springs, Ohio as “The Rural Seminary.” In 1867
the school was moved to New Market, where it was known variously as New Market College,
the One-Study University, and finally, Scio College in 1878.
For many years Mount Union College has claimed the distinction of being one of the first
colleges to have a summer school. Started in 1870, this first summer school was actually a
fourth term in the school year. Since that time summer instruction has been offered each
year at the College.
From 1846 to present, the administration of the College has been under the leadership
of ten presidents: Orville Nelson Hartshorn, 1846-1887; Tamerlane Pliny Marsh, 18881898; Albert Birdsall Riker, 1898-1908; William Henry McMaster 1899, 1908-1938; Charles
Burgess Ketcham ’38, 1938-1953; Carl Cluster Bracy, 1954-1967; Ronald Gilbert Weber,
1967-1980; G. Benjamin Lantz, Jr., 1980-85; Harold M. Kolenbrander, 1986-2000; and John
L. Ewing, Jr. 2000-.
Facilities
(Dates of construction or dedication)
Art Center (1985): The William H. Eells Art Center contains a lecture room, painting
studio, rooms for print making, sculpture, drawing and design, plus faculty offices. Dr.
Eells, a patron of the arts, is a member of the Mount Union College Board of Trustees and
a former faculty member at the College.
Beeghly Hall (1973): The administration building is named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Leon A. Beeghly of Youngstown, who were major benefactors of Mount Union College during their lifetimes. The building houses the principal administrative offices of the College,
the Admissions Office and campus services.
Berea House (1999): Originally Berea Children’s Home, this building serves as the
academic leadership house for 15 female student leaders.
Bica-Ross Residence Hall (1996): This three-story building houses 155 students in
suite-style living units, contains two classrooms and is located directly behind the Campus
Center. It was named by Violet (Bica ’44) Ross in honor of her sister Virginia and in memory
of her late husband L. Clayton and brother George Bica ’41.
Bracy Hall (2003): This four-story natural sciences facility houses the departments of
Biology, Chemistry, Geology and Physics and Astronomy. Made possible through a lead gift
from Jim and Vanita (Bauknight ’63) Oelschlager, the facility is named for Dr. Carl C. Bracy,
6
THE COLLEGE
sixth president of the College. The 87,000-square-foot structure includes 22 laboratories of
various types and sizes, three lecture halls, two classrooms, and 21 faculty offices.
Chapman Hall (1864): This five-story brick, steel and concrete structure is named in
honor of Professor Ira O. Chapman, who was associated with the College from the fall of
1851 to the time of his death in 1880. It is the principal humanities classroom building on
campus and was completely rebuilt in 1966-67. There are 30 faculty offices, 30 classrooms,
an accounting laboratory, an audio-visual room, and student and faculty lounges.
Clarke Astronomical Observatory (1968): Moved in May of 2003 to the south end
of Bracy Hall, it was previously located at the south end of East Hall. It is the second such
building to honor the memory of Dr. George Washington Clarke, professor of natural
philosophy at the College. The first observatory, erected in 1924, served until it was razed
to make room for the Timken Physical Education Building. The instruments, used in both
observatories, are the gifts of Elmer E. Harrold of Leetonia, Ohio.
Cope Music Hall (1964): This facility is named in memory of the late Kenneth B. Cope
’20, alumnus, trustee and churchman. Principal donors to the building are his widow, Lela
(Stoffer ’21) Cope, and family.
Cope Music Hall connects with the Rodman Playhouse and Crandall Gallery to complete
the Fine Arts complex on the northeast edge of the campus. Stauffer Courtyard Theatre,
the outdoor Greek theater in the courtyard of the Fine Arts quadrangle, was named for the
late Robert E. Stauffer, librarian emeritus and Mrs. Robert E. Stauffer.
The building contains the offices and teaching studios of faculty members in the Department of Music. Also located in this area is the Sturgeon Music Library, given in memory
of Bertha Fogg Sturgeon and her parents, by Samuel Sturgeon. The collection of books,
scores and recordings was begun by a generous donation by Mrs. Ella Wilcox Peasley and
the Carnegie Corporation. Presently, there are more than 7,000 recordings in LP and CD
formats, more than 10,000 music scores, a music reference collection, and approximately
60 music periodical titles in the library. The facilities include four listening stations; an A-V
room with stereo equipment, a TV and VCR; and a computer workstation with access to the
campus network, the library system, and the Internet.
A complete keyboard laboratory of 13 Roland electronic pianos is located in the music theory
area, adjacent to a computer laboratory. The Mount Union College Music Department facility
includes a state-of-the-art MIDI synthesizer/computer laboratory. There are currently four
computer work stations in place with access to a laser printer. The computers are connected
via Studio 3 MIDI interfaces to either the Kurzweil K250, the Korg M-1 or to the Yamaha
DX-7 synthesizers. The laboratory is utilized by students to do remedial work in the area of
basic musicianship skills, to process music theory assignments, to orchestrate, to study audio
theory, and to investigate synthesizing, sequencing and voice sampling.
A large rehearsal room, a small recital hall, 30 practice rooms of various sizes and three
classrooms are on the east side of the building. Presser Recital Hall is dedicated to Theodore
Presser, a former Mount Union student and professor. The three-manual organ in the recital
hall is the gift of the Kulas Foundation.
Crandall Gallery (1954): Attached to the Rodman Playhouse and Cope Music Hall, Crandall Gallery is an art gallery, made possible by the late Charles N. Crandall of Youngstown,
Ohio. Exhibitions of work by students and professionals are displayed in Crandall Gallery
throughout the academic year.
Cunningham Residence Hall (1968): A residence hall for 119 men, this hall is named
in honor of Mr. and Mrs. N. A. Cunningham of Alliance, Ohio. Mr. Cunningham was a
trustee for 30 years. The three-story brick structure, facing Clark Avenue, is a duplicate of
McCready Hall, and the two halls are separated by a courtyard.
Dewald Chapel (1999): The first free-standing Chapel in College history, the Dewald
Chapel was made possible by a lead gift from Dr. Donald and Mrs. Eleanore (Iman ’38) Dewald. The Chapel includes a sanctuary, 24-hour meditation room, conference and meeting
rooms for religious life programs and offices.
7
THE COLLEGE
Dussel House (1941): Currently used as a women’s residence facility, the house was
presented to the College by the late Mrs. Frank E. Dussel of Alliance, Ohio.
East Residence Hall (1947): This facility is a residence hall housing 26 students. A
general-purpose PC Lab (used by all students) also can be found on the lower level.
Elliott Residence Hall (1914): Elliott is a three-story women’s residence hall named in
honor of A. V. T. Elliott of Canton, Ohio. The building was remodeled in 1963. Seventy
women are housed in the building.
Gulling Training Center (2001): The Gulling Training Center is located west of Mount
Union Stadium. The 12,750 square-foot building contains offices, classrooms and areas for
plyometrics and sprinting, as well as a weight area for strength training. The building was
funded by four major gifts including the lead gift from Paul Gulling, ’80 of North Canton,
Ohio; Basil Strong ’26 of Atwater, Ohio; Tony Lee ’50 of Alliance, Ohio in honor of his late
wife, Beverly Jean (Bowden ’51) Lee; and Robert Bordner of New Washington, Ohio.
Hoiles-Peterson Residence Hall (1989): Hoiles-Peterson Residence Hall is a two-story,
L-shaped building that houses 103 students in suite-style living units. The residence hall,
located on the east side of Miller Avenue, is named in recognition of the support and dedication of Josephine (Hoiles ’40) and Donald ’39 Peterson.
Hoover-Price Campus Center (1962): The College’s Campus Center is named in honor
of the Hoover Company of North Canton, Ohio and the late Mr. and Mrs. H. C. Price of
North Canton, Ohio, principal donors for the building. It is a one-story structure of 55,800
square feet located on the northwest edge of the campus.
The Campus Center is the extracurricular heart of the campus. Expanded in 1996, it includes
an 800-seat dining commons, private dining room, Alumni Room, College Bookstore, convenience store, general-purpose PC Lab (used by all students), student mailboxes, coffeehouse and
student activities area. Also housed within the Campus Center is the College radio station and
offices for student publications and student organizations. The student services area includes
conference rooms and offices for the Academic Support Center, Student Involvement and
Leadership, Career Development, Counseling Services, Greek Affairs and Residence Life. The
mezzanine section, added in 1988, houses the CCTV and audio-visual operations.
Keener House (1979): This two-story brick building located at 145 Hartshorn is used to
house the Adult Studies Program, Summer Programs and Continuing Education.
Ketcham Residence Hall (1962): Located on Simpson Street, this women’s residence
hall is named for the late Dr. Charles B. Ketcham, president of Mount Union College from
1938-1953, and his wife, Mrs. Lucile Brown Ketcham. The three-story brick structure
houses 115 women.
Perry F. King Guest House (1981): The home is the gift of Dr. and Mrs. Robert G. King
’33 of Marion, Massachusetts, in memory of his late father, Dr. Perry F. King 1899, who was
a prominent surgeon, member of the Board of Trustees (1914-1918), team physician (4
decades), one of the founders of the Alumni Association, and responsible for the organization of the Student Health Service. The beautiful old home is located at 1414 South Union
Avenue and is used to house male students at the College.
King Residence Hall (1960): Located next to the Health Center, King Hall houses 114
women. The three-story brick structure is named for the late Dr. George L. King, Jr. ’22
and his wife, Margaret (Wagner) King. Dr. King served as president of the Mount Union
College Board of Trustees for 18 years.
Kolenbrander-Harter Information Center (2000): The Kolenbrander-Harter Information Center provides 45,912 square feet of technology and learning space, which is directly
linked to the traditional library space (see library entry for resources). It houses the writing
center, PC labs, a Macintosh lab, a computer science lab, a language lab, several multimedia
8
THE COLLEGE
classrooms, 24-hour access to study space, computer labs and vending. It also contains
classrooms and office space for the departments of computer science/information systems,
foreign languages and communication. The facility was made possible through a lead gift
from Steve ’84 and Suzanne (Spisak ’84) Harter.
Lakes (1916): The campus lakes are located across from Cope Music Hall. An idea provided by former member of the Mount Union Board of Trustees, Walter Ellet, the lakes were
constructed in 1916. Shaped by shovels, wheelbarrows, and horses using slip scrapers, the
lakes were originally formed in the shape of an “M.”
The lakes suffered much erosion during the ensuing years, so in 1983, the lakes were
cleaned and renovated. Through the installation of a retaining wall, much of the damage
caused by the erosion was corrected. The lakes were also restored to their original depth of
eight to ten feet. Other repairs included the addition of new drainage pipes and renovation
of the pedestrian bridge.
The campus lakes are not to be used for recreational purposes.
Lamborn Plaza (1984): The Plaza, adjacent to the north entrance of Wilson Hall, is located
on the former site of Lamborn Hall, which serviced science classes from 1914 to 1983. The
plaza includes in its construction the cornerstone and name plate from Lamborn Hall.
Library (1950): Originally built in 1950 and expanded in 1975, the College Library is
located within the Kolenbrander-Harter Information Center. The library offers more than
230,000 books in open stacks, more than 900 current journal titles, back years of journals in
both bound and microform format, and more than 350,000 federal government publications.
Access to a wide range of computer databases and electronic full-text products is available
via campus networked access to the Internet.
Library collections are accessed through the OPAL catalog. Mount Union is part of a 19
library catalog consortium which uses the Innovative Interfaces software system. As part of
the OhioLINK system, our users may borrow materials directly from all OPAL libraries as
well as any of the 74 OhioLINK libraries throughout the state of Ohio.
In addition to the OPAL catalog, the Mount Union library home page on the Internet
offers access to more than 200 periodical indexes in a wide array of subject areas, more
than 5,000 full-text periodical titles, a range of encyclopedias and dictionaries, and several
gateways to federal government document resources.
Special collections are located in the Rare Books Room and the Historical Room which
houses the College’s archives and a local history collection.
The estate of Louis H. Brush makes annual grants to purchase books and periodicals in
memory of James Alpheus Brush, the first Librarian of the College, and his wife. The Thomas
S. Brush Foundation, Inc. made a gift of approximately $500,000 in 1971 to the Endowment
Fund of the College with the income to be used for purchase of books and periodicals in
memory of Mr. Brush’s grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Louis H. Brush.
The Sturgeon Music Library, located in Cope Music Hall, houses 7,000 recordings,
10,000 scores, current music periodicals and a music reference collection. Listening stations equipped with compact disc players, turntables and cassette recorders are provided
for student use, as well as a soundproof listening room.
The Science Library provides the most recent three years of science journals and a science
reference collection in close proximity to science classrooms and laboratories.
McCready Residence Hall (1965): A residence hall for 119 men, McCready Hall is
located between Hartshorn Avenue and State Street. It is named in honor of the late B.
Y. McCready ’16 of Alliance, Ohio, a long-time member of the Board of Trustees, and his
widow, Mrs. B. Y. McCready.
McMaster Residence Hall (1956): Located on Simpson Street, McMaster houses 167
women. It is named for the late president of Mount Union College, Dr. William H. McMaster
9
THE COLLEGE
1899, and Mrs. McMaster. The three-story brick construction is built in an L-shape and has
a large terrace adjoining the main lounge.
McPherson Center for Human Health and Well-Being (1996): The McPherson Center,
located adjacent to the Timken Physical Education Building, expands the wellness facilities
by 20,900 square feet. The Center features an aerobics room, a strength and fitness room
and a cardiovascular room as well as several classrooms and offices. The facility was made
possible through a lead gift from Richard ’50 and Dorothy (Werstler ’49) McPherson.
Miller Residence Hall (1866): Miller is a three-story brick residence hall named in honor
of the Honorable Lewis Miller of Akron, long-time chairman (1868-99) of the Mount Union
College Board of Trustees. It houses 74 students.
Mount Union Stadium (1915): The Stadium was planned and equipped by the College’s
Alumni Athletic Association. It contains a football field, an all-weather track, a steel and
concrete grandstand, concrete bleachers and dressing and storage rooms. The stadium playing field is made of an artificial surface called AstroPlay. Lights allow for night contests.
Stadium capacity is 5,600.
Mount Union Theatre (1976): The Mount Union Theatre serves as a motion picture
theatre and auditorium for the College and, since 1981, College personnel have operated the
theatre’s weekend film program as a community outreach vehicle screening films for both
the campus and community. Located at 1745 South Union Ave., the theatre was originally
constructed in 1920 as an automobile garage and was converted into a motion picture theatre
in 1939. Mount Union College purchased the theatre in 1976 and renovated it in 1979. The
theatre seats 784 people and includes a stage area.
Nature Center (1986): The John T. Huston-Dr. John D. Brumbaugh Nature Center is
located six miles south of the campus. The 126-acres of woodland, including 27-acres of
old growth beech maple forest, provide a nature preserve for plant and animal populations
native to northeastern Ohio. The land, donated to the College by Dr. John D. Brumbaugh
in honor of his grandfather, Mr. John T. Huston, will be used in perpetuity as a center for
environmental education. The preserve, used as an outdoor teaching laboratory for the
natural sciences, also supports many faculty/student research projects. In addition, nature
trails are open to the public and to organized groups in the area. The Dr. John D. Brumbaugh Visitors Center, completed in 1991, provides classroom and laboratory space and an
information resource for students and other visitors.
Peterson Field House (1981): The College’s Field House is named in recognition of
Donald ’39 and Josephine (Hoiles ’40) Peterson. Dr. Peterson’s many contributions include
serving as a member of the Board of Trustees since 1954, and its president from 1971 to
1987.
The field house contains the Wuske Track, a six lane, 10 lap-per-mile track named in
honor of the College’s successful track coach, the late Jim Wuske. It features facilities for
indoor field events, a playing surface for tennis, basketball and volleyball, and a combination
batting cage/golf practice area.
The Richard G. McCuskey Training Room/Conditioning Center is included as a part of the
field house. This room is named in honor of the late Richard G. McCuskey ’34, a member of
the Board of Trustees since 1951, and president of the Board of Trustees from 1964-1971.
President’s Home (2002): The President’s Home is located at 1304 S. Union Ave. Flexible
for family living and formal entertaining, highlights of the home include a domed ceiling in
the foyer featuring the Mount Union College seal and a wall of “college family” photographs
dating from the early 1890s.
Ramsayer Health Center (1958): The College’s Health Center has treatment rooms,
dispensary and consultation offices. It also has two wards for daytime infirmary services.
The Center was given by an anonymous donor.
10
THE COLLEGE
Rodman Playhouse (1954): Rodman Playhouse includes a 290-seat proscenium theatre
and is attached to Crandall Gallery. The Playhouse is the gift of the C. J. Rodman family
of Alliance. The Playhouse includes offices, storage and stagecraft areas and a greenroom
which serves as a lounge and classroom.
Scott Plaza: Adjacent to the library, Scott Plaza is named in memory of Dr. Joseph Scott
who was head of the Department of Biology from 1918 to 1946.
Shields Residence Hall (1999): This three-story building houses 155 students in suitestyle living units and is located directly behind the Campus Center. It was named in honor
of alumni Dr. Clifford D. ’43 and Mrs. Betty (Hatton ’44) Shields.
Sturgeon Honor House (1968): A residence for 18 men, Sturgeon is the gift of Miss
Elizabeth Sturgeon of Hollywood, California in memory of her late brother, Samuel Long
Sturgeon, and sister in-law, Bertha Fogg Sturgeon, long-time friends of the College. The
house is located at 1446 S. Union Ave.
Timken Physical Education Building (1970): The College’s physical education building
was made possible by a generous challenge gift of $750,000 from the Timken Foundation,
Canton, Ohio, which was more than matched by gifts from Alliance area alumni and friends.
A contribution of more than $500,000 from the United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare also helped to finance this structure.
Timken includes three basketball courts with a seating capacity of 3,000, a swimming pool,
a wrestling room, athletic training and rehabilitation room, racquetball courts, classrooms,
a lounge and offices.
Tolerton & Hood Hall (1982): Tolerton & Hood houses the departments of Mathematics,
Psychology and Sociology. The building includes faculty offices, a large lecture room, individual classrooms, and student laboratories. The building was endowed in 1983 through a
generous gift from Mary (Tolerton ’24) Hood. Tolerton & Hood Hall of Science was named
for Mrs. Hood’s father, Howard Tolerton, and her husband, Clifford Hood.
Union Avenue Gateway and Park: The Gateway and Park are located between Union
Avenue and the College buildings. The park, made possible by the Mount Union College
Woman’s Club, contains two lakes, walks, a bridge, trees, and shrubbery. A brick entrance,
erected by the class of 1893, marks the approach from Union Avenue.
van den Eynden Hall (1928): Located at 136 Hartshorn St. and formerly known as the
Administration Annex, the building was named in 1990 in recognition of the late Howard
and Kathryn van den Eynden of Shaker Heights, Ohio. The building was the gift of an
anonymous donor in 1940. Prior to that time it housed the Phi Kappa Tau fraternity, and
from 1942-1962 it served as the College Student Union and a residence hall. The building
now houses offices for Alumni Activities, Public Affairs and Marketing, and several academic
departments.
Wable-Harter Building (1996): The Wable-Harter Building, located behind the Mount
Union Stadium, is the gift of Steve ’84 and Suzanne (Spisak ’84) Harter of Houston, Texas.
The building houses the football locker room and facilities, offices, a meeting room and a
training room.
Whitehill Tennis Courts (1946): The College’s Tennis Courts, located behind Bica-Ross
Hall, are the gift of the late Mr. C. E. Whitehill of Indianapolis, Indiana. A new construction
in 1999, the site includes six tennis courts.
Wilson Hall (1958): Wilson Hall, adjacent to Tolerton and Hood Hall, has housed the
departments of Chemistry and Physics. It is named for Thomas Erwin Wilson 1887, father
of the late Secretary of Defense Charles E. Wilson, who was the principal donor. Many Alliance area industries also contributed to the building. Faculty offices, seminar rooms and
lecture halls are included, along with the laboratories.
11
THE COLLEGE
Accreditations and Affiliations
Mount Union College is accredited by the following organizations: the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 N. LaSalle St., Suite
2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504, as a Degree-Granting Institution; Department of Education
of the State of Ohio; University Senate of the United Methodist Church; National Association of Schools of Music; Ohio College Association; Ohio Board of Regents (Certificate of
Authorization); National Association of Sport and Physical Education-North American
Society for Sport Management NASPE-NASSM; and Association of Independent Colleges
and Universities of Ohio. The Athletic Training program is approved by the National Athletic
Trainers Association and accredited through the American Medical Association’s Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP).
The East Central Colleges
Mount Union College is a member of the East Central Colleges, a consortium formed in
1968. Other members are: West Virginia Wesleyan College (Buckhannon, West Virginia);
Bethany College (Bethany, West Virginia); Heidelberg College (Tiffin, Ohio); Hiram College
(Hiram, Ohio); Marietta College (Marietta, Ohio); Muskingum College (New Concord,
Ohio); Otterbein College (Westerville, Ohio); and Westminster College (New Wilmington,
Pennsylvania). These colleges have joined to share programs and to further their common interests. The Consortium also maintains an office and representative in Washington, D.C.
The Five College Commission
The Five College Commission, which operates as a division of The Commission on Higher
Education of the United Methodist Church in Ohio, includes in its membership the five
United Methodist colleges in the state: Mount Union, Baldwin-Wallace, Ohio Northern,
Ohio Wesleyan and Otterbein. The purpose of the Five College Commission is to promote
communication and understanding, and to serve as liaison between the five United Methodist
colleges and the United Methodists of the State of Ohio for their mutual benefit.
Alumni and Related Organizations
The Mount Union College Alumni Association was officially organized in 1948, having
functioned for many years as an informal organization. Its purpose is to promote interest
in Mount Union College through a variety of programs. All former students are automatically members of the Association. Activities are coordinated through the Office of Alumni
Activities, part of the College’s administrative staff, and the 24-member Alumni Council
from the Association.
The Association holds local meetings each year in many areas throughout the nation.
Special programs for alumni from all areas are provided at the College on Alumni Weekend
and also on Homecoming Day. Mount Union Magazine, a quarterly publication, keeps alumni
and friends informed of the programs and activities of the Association and of the College.
The Mount Union Women, founded in 1933, is an organization of local chapters with
the National Cabinet as its governing body. Its purposes are to foster the interests of Mount
Union College; to promote the education of women; to provide an effective medium of
contact between alumnae and the College; and to organize local chapters of Mount Union
Women.
Any woman who has attended Mount Union College is a member of Mount Union Women.
Associate memberships may be held by the wife of an alumnus and the mother, daughter
or sister of an alumnus or alumna. Honorary memberships are given to the wife of the
12
THE COLLEGE
president of the College, the wives of all members of Administrative Council, the director
of Alumni Activities and women members of the College’s Board of Trustees. Honorary
memberships may be given to women professors and wives of professors.
13
14
ADMISSION AND FINANCIAL AID
Admission and
Financial Aid
Admission to the College
The policy of Mount Union College is to enroll applicants who are best qualified to participate effectively and creatively in the life of the total academic community. Admissions
decisions are based on past academic achievement as well as potential for future growth.
Also considered are participation in high school and community activities, talents, interests,
and motivation.
A candidate may apply for admission after completion of six semesters of high school
study. The College follows a policy of rolling admission with the first decisions released in
October. Though early application is encouraged, selection is made on the basis of records
and credentials rather than on the basis of priority of application.
Students may enroll in the College at the beginning of any semester or the Summer Session.
(See the College calendar on page 2 for opening dates of each semester.) Applications should
be submitted no later than the week prior to the start of each academic session. However, on
an exceptional basis, the Office of Admission may give consideration to qualified applicants
whose complete credentials are received by the fourth day of the first week of classes.
Entrance Requirements
An entering freshman should hold a diploma from an accredited secondary school and
should have completed a minimum of 15 units. Preference is given to applicants who have
completed with distinction college preparatory programs which include 4 units in English;
3 units or more in each of the following fields: mathematics, social sciences and laboratory
sciences; and 2 units or more in foreign language. Consideration for admission also is given
to capable students who have followed alternate programs.
Mount Union College requires that an applicant submit the results of either the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the examination of the
American College Testing (ACT) program. Applicants for admission should contact their
high school guidance counselor for further information concerning either examination.
The applicant should arrange to take one or both of the examinations in the spring of the
junior year or in the fall of the senior year.
An interview with a member of the admissions staff is recommended as it provides the
opportunity for an exchange of pertinent information between the student and the admissions officer. Interviews may be scheduled between the hours of 9 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. on
weekdays throughout the year and information sessions are held on Saturday mornings
during the academic year. An applicant should call or write to the Office of Admission to
arrange an interview appointment.
Admission by Transfer
Consideration for admission as a transfer student requires a minimum cumulative grade
point average of a 2.0 (on an A = 4.0 scale; 2.0 = C) from the institution previously attended.
The application for admission should be accompanied by a personal statement explaining
the reason for leaving the previous institution and the reason for selecting Mount Union.
In addition, the applicant must have official transcripts forwarded from all institutions
previously attended and must furnish a statement of honorable dismissal from the last
institution attended.
15
In order to be eligible for acceptance to the Mount Union College Academic Record, a
transferred course must:
A. Have been earned at a regionally accredited college or university.
B. Reflect a grade of “C” or higher.
C. Be in an equivalent program offered by Mount Union.
A student who has been registered for one or more courses in another college, with the
exception of those students who enrolled under the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option, is
classified as a transfer student. Failure to report attendance at another college or university,
whether or not credit was granted, may result in suspension from Mount Union College.
All transfer students must complete a minimum of 45 semester hours at Mount Union
College before receiving a Mount Union College degree. Certification of a major on a Mount
Union College degree for a transfer student will require the student to take courses in the
major area and a Senior Culminating Experience. The courses necessary for completion
of the major will be specified by the chair of the department of the proposed major after
evaluation of the student’s transcript. These courses may be taken as part of the 45 semester
hours required at Mount Union College.
Transfer students who hold an associate of arts degree from a regionally accredited institution may be granted credit for up to 60 semester hours.
Grade point averages accrued at other institutions are not transferable to Mount Union
College. However, if the transfer student becomes eligible for Latin Honors at the time of
graduation from Mount Union College, grades for all course work taken at other institutions, as well as the Mount Union College grades, will be considered in determining if the
student is eligible for these honors.
Admission of International Students
An applicant who is not a United States citizen or eligible non-citizen shall be considered
an international student and will apply for admission to the College through the International Office of Admissions. Students may seek admission to the College once they have
successfully completed the secondary school system as officially recognized by the country
in which they are being educated. Applicants shall submit certified English translations of
official academic records from each school attended beyond the primary level including the
results of any government level examination required for official completion of secondary
school, a Teacher Reference Form completed by an instructor at the latest educational level,
certification of adequate financial support, and the results of either the Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the Michigan Test for all applicants whose native language
is not English.
Returning Students
A Mount Union student whose attendance at the College is interrupted for a period of one
semester or more, either by suspension or by withdrawal for any reason, must apply for readmission with the Office of the Registrar in order to resume academic work at Mount Union.
An extended absence may result in reassessment and/or adjustment of degree requirements.
A student who has attended any other institutions since leaving Mount Union will have to
submit transcripts from each school attended before being considered for readmission.
Transient Students from Another Institution
A student who is regularly enrolled at another college or university but who seeks approval
to register for classes at Mount Union as a transient in order to have credit transferred to the
home institution must apply by submitting a transient application to the Office of Admission.
Although official transcripts are not required as part of the transient application process, a
16
student seeking transient status at Mount Union must present evidence of good academic
and disciplinary standing at the home institution. Following completion of the academic
work, a transient student must request an official transcript be sent to the home institution
in order to transfer credit accordingly.
Advanced Placement
Mount Union College encourages the taking of advanced placement courses. In some cases,
the College may award credit. In other cases, the College may waive certain prerequisites
or college requirements. Factors considered in granting advanced placement include high
school records, scores on College Board Examinations or similar tests, scores and school
reports on College Board Advanced Placement program, CLEP examinations, and tests
devised and administered by departments within the College.
Students who have completed regular accredited college courses while in high school may,
by having a copy of their transcript sent from that college, be awarded credit, according to
college policy. General conditions of transferring credit also apply here. These courses may
not be included as part of the units required for high school graduation unless they are taken
under the auspice of the Post Secondary Enrollment Option. Further information on the
Advanced Placement program may be obtained from the Office of Admission.
Entering students are required to take certain tests at the time of entrance to the College
and are encouraged to take placement tests in applicable areas in order that they may begin
course work at the proper level.
Early Admissions Program / Post-Secondary
Enrollment Option
Mount Union College’s Early Admissions Program is designed to provide qualified high
school students with the opportunity to complete college-level course work. The College
reserves the right to limit the availability of the program based on enrollment trends of
traditional students. When space is available, the College will use discretion in determining
the best qualified candidates for admission to the program. College courses taken under
the Early Admissions Program also may fulfill high school graduation requirements, if approved by the student’s local school district. The number of courses that an early admission
student may take is determined by the Admission Committee and is based upon availability
of courses and the academic credentials of the candidate.
Preference will be given to high school seniors, then juniors. To be considered for admission to the program, the student should be commuting from a permanent residence
(cannot apply to be a resident student), have a cumulative grade point average of a 3.5 or
higher, rank within the top 15 percent of his/her high school class and have an enhanced
ACT composite score of at least 26 or an SAT - I composite score of at least 1180 (or comparable PACT or PSAT).
Candidates who do not meet the above guidelines but who present other indications of
unusual academic potential (i.e. a significantly higher level of achievement on at least one
part of the ACT or SAT, with correspondingly high grades in that particular area) also may
be considered for admission on a course by course basis. The College reserves the right to
limit the number of participants in the program in any given semester.
Applicants must submit prior to May 15 (for the following Fall Semester) or November
15 (Spring Semester) these materials: the Early Admission Program Application Form;
an official high school transcript; the Principal or Guidance Counselor Recommendation
Form; standardized test score results and a 300-word essay on the reason for applying to
the Early Admission program.
17
Students enrolling under Option A (for college credit only) are responsible for all tuition,
fees and book costs. The tuition for Ohio students enrolling under Option B (for high school
and/or college credit) is generally provided by the public school system. However, under
Option B, the dropping of a course prior to successful completion or non-attendance may
result in the parent/guardian reimbursing the school district the amount of state subsidy
lost to the district. At the time of enrollment under Option B, both student and parent are
required to sign a Financial Responsibility Acknowledgment Form.
Transfer of these credits to other colleges occurs through the traditional process of transcript request, release and evaluation.
Consumer Information Disclosures
As a prospective student, federal regulations stipulate that you have the opportunity to
access various types of consumer information.
If you wish to obtain a copy of the Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act Report, please contact
the Office of Admission. This report, which contains athletic program participation rates
and financial support data, is compiled annually and available to the public.
If you wish to obtain a copy of the Campus Crime Report, please contact the Office of
Admission. This report is published annually and includes information about campus security policies, procedures, and practices; and statistics for the occurrence, during the prior
three calendar years, of criminal offenses that were reported to local police agencies or to a
campus security authority.
Financial Aid
The primary goal of the financial aid program at Mount Union is to assist students in
meeting their college expenses by providing financial resources. Financial assistance from
the College should be considered as supplemental to the family effort. The investment of
the family includes parental support for dependent students and a contribution from the
students themselves. Mount Union College will strive to assist eligible students to the greatest
extent possible based on the College’s available resources.
Eligibility for Financial Aid for Traditional Students
To be eligible for financial assistance, the student must be classified as a full-time student
and show satisfactory progress toward meeting the requirements for a degree (see explanation on page 68). Consideration for institutional need-based grants will be available for up
to 10 semesters or until completion of the degree, whichever is less. Students who wish to
accelerate their program by attending summer school full-time may be eligible for limited
types of assistance. The amounts and types of assistance for summer attendance are limited,
and applications for such aid should be made by May l preceding attendance.
Students must submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to the Federal
Student Aid Programs in order to be eligible for financial assistance from Mount Union College. The student will be considered for state aid such as the Ohio Student Choice Grant,
the Ohio Instructional Grant, the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency Grant,
the Federal Pell Grant, federal loans, and employment opportunities. State grant assistance
is available for those who qualify for a maximum of 10 semesters. College aid will be based
on the assumption that students will apply for and receive other financial aid for which they
are eligible. If additional aid or scholarships are received after the initial aid award has been
given to the student, a review of the aid eligibility may require some changes so that the total
award does not exceed federal, state, or institutional guidelines and regulations.
Students who attend summer school at Mount Union College may be eligible for financial
assistance. Full-time students (minimum 12 hours) may use Federal Pell Grant, state grants
18
and Federal Stafford Loans for summer if they are eligible. Part-time students may use Federal
Pell Grant and Federal Stafford Loans for summer if they are eligible (minimum of 6 hours for
federal loans). The Federal Pell grant may be available to less than half-time students. Institutional funds are not available to students for summer sessions. Any federal or state aid used for
the summer sessions may reduce your aid for the remainder of the academic year.
Determination of Financial Aid Eligibility
The College requires the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to determine
eligibility for federal aid programs, state grants and institutional funds. Students can access this online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. This form also should be available through the high
school guidance counselor’s office. The Office of Student Financial Services determines
the financial aid award, which is consistent with federal, state and institutional guidelines.
Changes that occur in the family’s financial situation after the aid applications have been
filed should be reported to the Office of Student Financial Services for guidance. All financial aid documents must be processed by the last date of attendance or the last day of the
semester, whichever comes first.
Financial Aid Application Procedures for
New Students
The following steps are necessary in order to apply for financial aid at Mount Union
College:
A. Indicate on the Application for Admission that you plan to apply for financial assistance.
B. File the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online at www.fafsa.ed.gov
to apply for financial aid assistance. The guidance counselor at your high school
also should have paper copies of the FAFSA form. After completing the form, mail
it directly to the Federal Student Aid Programs; the address located on the form.
The information can be received electronically by indicating on the FAFSA that the
information can be released to Mount Union College (code 003083).
C. Complete the Mount Union College Supplement to the FAFSA. The supplement
is mailed out to students once they receive the acceptance through the Office of
Admission at Mount Union College.
D. Award letters will be mailed beginning in March.
All applicants are urged to complete the FAFSA and the Mount Union College Supplement
as early as possible. Financial aid awards are made throughout the year, but late applications
will be considered only if funds are available.
Financial Assistance for Adult Studies Students
Adult Studies students may be eligible for federal and state funds as determined by the results
of the FAFSA in consistency with the program requirements for the federal and state programs
mentioned in the previous paragraphs. Institutional funds are not available to students enrolled
in the Adult Studies program. Refer to page 81 for more detailed information.
All financial aid documents must be processed by the last date of attendance or the last
day of the semester, whichever comes first.
Financial Aid Renewal Procedure
All financial aid awards are reviewed annually to accurately analyze any changes in the
financial position of the student and his or her family. The annual review also permits the
19
College to take into consideration any change in educational costs. The following steps are
required to apply for renewal of financial aid:
A. File the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online at www.fafsa.ed.gov
to apply for financial aid assistance. The information should be received electronically if you filed via the website. The Office of Student Financial Services should also
have paper copies of the FAFSA form. After completing the form, mail it directly
to the Federal Student Aid Programs; the address located on the form. All renewal
applicants are encouraged to complete their applications accurately and as early as
possible.
B. Financial aid packets are mailed to returning students from the Office of Student
Financial Services at the beginning of the spring semester. The packets contain
general information for federal, state, and institutional funds.
C. Award letters will be mailed to students beginning May l.
Financial Assistance for Degree-Seeking
International Students
An applicant who is not a United States citizen or eligible non-citizen shall be considered
an international student and may apply to the College for need-based financial assistance
through the completion of the Foreign Student Financial Aid Application available from the
College Board, Mount Union College or secondary school guidance counselor. To be eligible
for financial assistance, the student must show financial need, be classified as full-time and
show satisfactory progress toward meeting the requirements for a degree (see explanation
on page 68. Institutional need-based financial aid consideration will be available for up to
ten semesters or until the completion of the degree, whichever is less. Institutional financial
assistance is not available to any international student for summer school.
Types of Assistance
The term “financial aid” is used to include scholarships, proficiencies, grants, loans, and
on-campus employment. The majority of students receiving aid are granted a combination
of these types of assistance.
The institutional merit-based award is not limited to students with financial need. Students
who may be eligible for multiple institutional grants and/or scholarships will receive at least
the value of the highest grant or scholarship.
It is our general policy not to “stack” multiple institutional awards on the basis of merit.
Consideration that is given for any portion of a second grant/scholarship or award made up
of Mount Union College dollars will be based on financial need and will require the student
to file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Mount Union College
Supplement to the FAFSA.
Presidential Scholarships: Six full-tuition scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen each year. Requirements to compete include: an ACT score of at least a 27 or a SAT-1
score of at least a 1220 and either a minimum grade point average of a 3.5 or a high school
rank in the top 15 percent of their class. Candidates will be invited to campus for a written
examination and an interview. A Presidential Scholarship is renewable for four years as long
as the recipient maintains a 3.0 cumulative grade point average and is a full-time student
at Mount Union College.
Trustee Scholarships: Students who compete for the Presidential Scholarship but are not
awarded the full-tuition scholarship will be considered for one of these scholarships. Awards
are for up to half tuition, the amount to be fixed at the tuition rate during the student’s
entering year. This award is renewable for four years as long as the recipient maintains a 3.0
cumulative grade point average and is a full-time student at Mount Union College.
20
Academic Merit Awards: Eligibility is based upon outstanding high school academic
achievement and demonstrated aptitude for college on the ACT or SAT-I examinations.
This award is renewable for four years as long as the recipient maintains a 3.0 cumulative
grade point average and is a full-time student at Mount Union College. Amounts range
between $4,000 and $6,500.
Mount Union College Challenge Award: Eligibility is for those students who do not
qualify for an Academic Merit Award but have an ACT score of 23 or SAT-I score of 1070
and class rank of top 30 percent and GPA of at least 3.0.
Minority Achievement Award: Offered as a result of an essay competition, which is
open to all African-American, Hispanic, Native American-Indian, Asian American and
multi-racial students. Competing students/candidates may receive an amount of up to
half the tuition rate of the student’s entering year. To be considered for this award amount
competing students must: rank in the upper 20 percent of their graduating class, or have
a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale, or have achieved an ACT composite
score of at least 25 or SAT-I score of at least 1130. The College will select half tuition award
recipients based on the results of the essay competition. The award is renewable for four
years at that same dollar amount. Students who do not meet these criteria and submit an
essay may be considered for a Minority Achievement Award at a lesser dollar amount. The
award is renewable for four years at that same dollar amount. For further details on how
to apply, please contact the Office of Admission.
Proficiency Awards: Entering students who demonstrate exceptional proficiency in
music, theatre, communications, art, or other disciplines or activities may be considered
for these awards. The awards vary in amount and are renewable for four years provided
the student exhibits continued excellence and growth in the proficiency area in which the
scholarship was initially awarded. Deadline: April 1.
Mount Union College Leadership Awards: A limited number of students in the entering class may be offered a Leadership Award of $2,000 per year which is renewable for four
years. Consideration for these awards is based on a minimum of two significant leadership
roles or activities. In compliance with NCAA Division III regulations, athletics ability and/or
participation is not considered. Candidates for leadership awards are derived from review of
files of all admitted students by the admissions staff and nominations solely from internal
faculty, staff and administrators. Recipients are notified by April 1.
United Methodist Scholarships: A limited number of United Methodist Scholarships,
which amount to $500 per year, are available to Mount Union College students. Recipients of
the scholarships must be U.S. citizens and have been active members of the United Methodist
Church for at least one year. The Financial Aid Committee will select the recipients of this
scholarship. Deadline for completed applications is June l.
Methodist Grants: Full-time students who are members of the Methodist Church and
are able to demonstrate financial aid eligibility may be eligible for a Methodist Grant. This
award is renewable annually providing the student demonstrates satisfactory academic
progress toward a degree and the financial aid eligibility continues.
Mount Union College Grant: Eligibility for such assistance is determined through the
analysis of the FAFSA. These awards are renewable to undergraduate students for up to five
years providing the student demonstrates satisfactory progress toward meeting requirements
for a degree and the financial aid eligibility continues. Consideration for college grants during
the fifth year as an undergraduate will be based on the FAFSA results and available funds.
Ministerial Awards: The Ministerial Award is available to dependent sons or daughters
who currently live with the parent who is a full-time ordained minister or missionary. The
primary source of income for the minister must come from this full-time position. Awards
are for up to half tuition, the amount to be fixed at the tuition rate during the student’s
entering year. A FAFSA form is required to be filed to be considered for other financial aid.
These awards are renewable to undergraduate students for up to five years.
21
Science Fair Scholarships: Scholarships are available to incoming students who have
achieved a superior level of performance at the State Science Day in Columbus, Ohio, or at
the District Science Fair during their sophomore, junior or senior years in high school. The
scholarship is renewable for four years with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
Students must submit documentation of their superior-level of performance.
Legacy Awards: The Legacy Award is available to qualified students who are dependent
sons or daughters of Mount Union College graduates, attend the College as traditional
students and meet normal admissions requirements. The award is renewable for four years
as long as the student maintains satisfactory academic progress and is enrolled full-time.
Students transferring to Mount Union are eligible to receive the award, less the semesters
enrolled at any other institutions.
Sibling Scholarships: Families who have at least two children attending full-time at
Mount Union College during the same semester and are not receiving other institutionbased aid are eligible for a scholarship of $1,000 per year, per student. The scholarship is
renewable for a total of eight semesters or until one of the students graduates, whichever
comes first. If a sibling withdraws or is suspended, the scholarship will be canceled for the
remaining sibling.
Study Abroad Program: A number of financial aid programs are available to offset the
educational expenses for a study abroad program for eligible students who are full-time and
who have been approved by the Subcommittee on International Education of the College.
Contact the Office of Student Financial Services for further information.
Ohio Instructional Grants: The Ohio Instructional Grant Program is a financial aid
program intended to assist Ohio students attending Ohio colleges and universities. The
amount of the grant varies according to the state’s biennium budget and the family’s income
level. Students can file FAFSA with the Federal Student Aid Programs prior to enrollment,
but no later than October 1 in order to be eligible to receive this grant. All students who
meet the residency and income requirements should apply for this grant. Eligible students
can receive this grant for up to 10 semesters.
Part-Time Student Instructional Grants: Beginning with the 1994-95 school year, private
schools were given access to limited funds from the state of Ohio to be used for part-time
students. Priority is to be given to single, head of household families. The amount, which
is determined by the College, is not to exceed the cost of tuition and fees for the student.
Pennsylvania State Grants: The state of Pennsylvania has a reciprocal agreement with
the State of Ohio that enables Pennsylvania residents to bring their state grant eligibility to
Ohio schools. The grant is confirmed when Mount Union College receives authorization
from PHEAA.
Ohio Student Choice Grants: Ohio residents (also must be a U.S. citizen) who attend
Mount Union College as full-time students are eligible for an annual Choice Grant. It is
renewable each year, as long as the student remains full-time and maintains satisfactory
academic progress. Students who have attended college full-time prior to July 1, 1984, are
not eligible. Students must sign a statement of eligibility the first year (available in the
Mount Union College Supplement). The amount of the grant is dependent on the state
budget and is determined annually by the Ohio Board of Regents. Eligible students can
receive this grant for up to 10 semesters.
Federal Pell Grants: The Federal Pell Grant is a grant program offered by the federal
government for families with financial aid eligibility based on income and household information of the student’s family. To apply for this grant, students should file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid and include Mount Union College’s code number in the
release section of the FAFSA (#003083).
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants: Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are available to a limited number of full-time students with
22
exceptional financial aid eligibility. The amount of the grant ranges from $100 to $4,000
per academic year and, when awarded, will replace equivalent college grant funds from the
latest financial aid award.
Campus Employment/Federal College Work Study: Student employment is an integral
part of the financial aid program at Mount Union College. Eligibility for consideration is
based primarily on financial aid eligibility of a traditional degree-seeking student. Student
employment gives students the opportunity to help their families pay for their educational
expenses. Community service jobs are available as part of the campus employment program. Earning potential generally varies from $100 to $1,200 per year, depending on the
financial aid eligibility of the individual. Students are expected to enroll full-time, maintain
satisfactory academic progress and perform their job in a satisfactory manner. Paychecks
are available to students on the 15th of each month.
Federal Perkins Loans: The Federal Perkins Loan program is a low-interest federal loan
available to needy students. The amount of loan which the College may offer a student will
depend on the financial aid eligibility of the student and the availability of loan funds. Loans
are repaid in installments over a 10-year period beginning nine months after the student
graduates or leaves school for other reasons. No interest accrues during the time the student
is enrolled at least half-time. An interest rate of 5 percent per year is assessed beginning with
the repayment period. A number of deferment options are available and information on
them can be obtained from the Federal Perkins Loan Student Accounts Clerk in the Business
Office. Students are requested to come in to the Office of Student Financial Services to sign
the promissory note after classes begin. The student or the parent has the right to cancel a
disbursement of the loan within 14 days of having credited the student’s account.
Federal Subsidized Stafford Student Loans: Federal Subsidized Stafford Student
Loans are low interest educational loans which have been established to help students cover
the costs of a college education. A FAFSA must be filed in order to determine financial aid
eligibility. The borrowing limit is currently $2,625 per year for freshmen, $3,500 per year for
sophomores, and $5,500 per year for junior level and beyond. Class level is determined by
the Office of the Registrar. The federal aggregate loan limit for Federal Stafford Subsidized
and Unsubsidized loans is $23,000 for dependent students. The interest rate for new borrowers is a variable rate, not to exceed 8.25 percent. The federal government subsidizes the
Federal Subsidized Stafford Student Loans while the student is enrolled at least half-time.
Repayment begins six months after the student graduates or leaves school. Mount Union
College participates in an electronic processing system. (Both new and returning students
must complete the “Stafford Information Request Form” enclosed with the aid award. First
time borrowers will receive a Master Promissory Note (MPN) that will be preprinted and
sent during the summer months. Returning students or previous borrowers at Mount Union
will not need to complete a new MPN. A Stafford Information Request Form must be completed annually.) The borrower has the right to cancel a disbursement or request loan funds
to be returned and can do so by contacting the Office of Student Financial Services. The
borrower must complete the loan application and have it certified by the Office of Student
Financial Services prior to the last day of attendance. First-time borrowers must complete
Federal Stafford Loan Entrance Counseling and can do so by accessing the Internet at this
address: www.muc.edu/admissions/financial_aid/student_loans.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan Program: The Federal Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is available to students who may not qualify for the subsidized Federal Stafford Loan or only a partial subsidized Federal Stafford Loan. The borrower is responsible
for the interest while the student is in school. The sum of the subsidized and the unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan cannot exceed the program maximums ($2,625 for freshmen,
$3,500 for sophomores, $5,500 for junior level and beyond). The borrower has the right
23
to cancel a disbursement or request loan funds to be returned and can do so by contacting
the Office of Student Financial Services. The borrower must complete the Stafford Loan
Request Form and have it certified by the Office of Student Financial Services prior to the
last day of attendance. First-time borrowers must complete Federal Stafford Loan Entrance
Counseling and can do so by accessing the Internet at this address: www.muc.edu/admissions/financial_aid/student_loans.
Federal PLUS Loan Program: Parents of undergraduate dependent students may borrow
additional loan funds to help cover the family contribution at a low interest rate. This is in
addition to the Federal Stafford Student Loan maximums. Interest rates are variable with
repayment beginning within 60 days of the second disbursement of the loan proceeds. In
no case may loan amounts exceed the cost of education less other financial aid received. The
parent has the right to cancel a disbursement or request loan funds to be returned and can
do so by contacting the Office of Student Financial Services. The borrower must complete
the PLUS Loan Request Form and have it certified by the Office of Student Financial Services
prior to the last day of attendance.
United Methodist Student Loans: Loan funds are available through the United Methodist
Student Loan Fund to Mount Union students who are members of the United Methodist
Church, citizens of the United States, and enrolled full-time traditional students at the College. Students wishing to apply for a United Methodist Student Loan should contact the
Office of Student Financial Services for the necessary forms that are sent to the Nashville
Office of the United Methodist Church.
Outside Awards: Some students receiving financial aid from Mount Union are also the
recipients of assistance from other sources. Students are encouraged to apply for outside
assistance from educational foundations, industrial and state scholarship programs, etc.
However, should a student be successful in obtaining outside assistance, he or she is required
to notify the Office of Student Financial Services. A re-evaluation of the student’s aid eligibility will be made to reflect the additional resources. If a reduction in a previous aid award is
necessary because of additional awards it is the College’s policy to reduce loans and/or work
study first. In this manner other worthy students are helped who otherwise might not be
able to attend college. A good resource on the Internet is http://www.fastweb.com.
Special Scholarship, Grant and Loan Funds: A number of endowed scholarship,
grant and loan funds help to provide a portion of the funds for the College’s financial aid
program.
Prizes and Awards: A limited number of prizes and awards are presented annually to
deserving students.
24
ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID
25
26
TUITION AND COSTS
Tuition and Costs
Table of Fees, 2004-2005
Regular Fees
Tuition and fees (all baccalaureate degrees)
Technology fee
Room
Room
Hoiles-Peterson Hall
Bica-Ross Hall
Shields Hall
Room, super single
Meal plan
Per Semester
$ 9,280.00
125.00
1,180.00
1,255.00
1,255.00
1,255.00
50 percent above regular room charge
1,635.00
Part-time Fees
Per semester hour
Technology fee
Amount
$ 775.00
50.00
Overload Fees (Over 19 Sem. Hrs.)
Per semester hour
Amount
$ 460.00
2004 Summer School Fees
Per semester hour (regular classes)
Room (per week)
Directed and non-traditional study (per semester hour)
Amount
$ 235.00
85.00
775.00
Estimated Annual Expense
Tuition and fees
Room and meal plan
Books, supplies and other costs
Total Annual Expenses
Adult Studies
Tuition and fees (per semester hour)
Technology fee (per semester)
Athletic participation fee
Incidental Fees
Application fee (if applying online)
Application fee (if applying in paper form)
Bowling fee
Comprehensive deposit (required of all new students)
Early withdrawal fee
Housing cancellation fee
Lost key fee
Lost ID fee
Nontraditional fee (per semester hour)
Payment plan application fee
Returned check for non-sufficient funds
Scuba fee
Senior citizens
Special courses
Transcripts
Late registration fee (second week)
Late registration fee (third week)
Amount
$ 18,810.00
5,630.00
2,100.00
$ 26,540.00
Amount
$235.00
50.00
125.00
Amount
Free
$ 20.00
50.00
150.00
100.00
150.00
25.00
15.00
775.00
50.00
30.00
135.00
No cost if space available
Individually priced
3.00
50.00
100.00
27
TUITION AND COSTS
Student Charges
Tuition, fees, room and meal plan are payable to the Office of Business Affairs by July 31
for fall semester and January 3 for spring semester. A monthly payment plan with minimal
application fee is also available. Information is available at the Office of Business Affairs.
A student who is enrolled for 12 or more hours in one semester must pay full tuition
and fees. A student who enrolls for more than 19 semester hours is subject to an overload
fee per semester hour (see Table of Fees). A regularly registered full-time student in either
semester is one who has paid full tuition and fees for that semester. A part-time student in
either semester is one who has paid less than full tuition for that semester.
Tuition and fees should be paid at the Cashier’s Office and all checks should be made
payable to Mount Union College.
Payment of tuition and fees entitle the student to the use of science laboratories and science materials, use of the College Health Service and College Library, subscription to the
College newspaper and yearbook, admission to all regularly scheduled intercollegiate sports
events held on the campus, and College theatre and music presentations.
In addition, tuition and fees include premiums for a health and accident insurance policy
on each student in attendance full-time and also are designated annually for the operation of
the Hoover-Price Campus Center, class dues, and cap, gown, and a diploma at graduation.
A technology fee will be charged to each student in order to upgrade and maintain computing resources, services, and technologies across the campus.
Advance Deposit Payment of Regular Fees
To enable the College to confirm and assign classroom and residence hall space in advance,
each new student contemplating full-time attendance must make an advance payment of
$150. Checks should be made payable to Mount Union College.
New students are to make advance payments after admission to the College and as notified
in their acceptance letter or in their financial aid award.
The College makes no guarantee of classroom or rooming space to students having been
admitted or preregistered who have not made advance payments as required.
New students applying for admission for the fall semester may receive a refund of the
advance payment providing written notification of withdrawal is received and postmarked
prior to May 1. Refunds will not be made after this date.
Private Music Lessons for College Students
Private instrumental and vocal study is available for college credit to Mount Union College
students. Students may fulfill one-half of the fine arts portion of the general requirements
for graduation by taking three consecutive semesters of applied lessons. A complete listing
of all course offerings is found on p. 230 of the Catalogue. College students register for applied lessons through the Office of the Registrar to receive appropriate academic credit. All
fees for college applied lessons are paid at the Office of Business Affairs.
Student Fees (per Semester)
Student fees for private music lessons taught to Mount Union’s full-time college students
by members of the music faculty are as follows:
Semester
(14) 30 min. lessons
(14) 60 min. lessons
Fall or spring semester
$255.00
$510.00
Summer sessions
$255.00
$510.00
Part-time students must pay the charges listed above as well as applicable tuition charges.
Lessons missed by the teacher are made up at a time acceptable to both teacher and student.
28
TUITION AND COSTS
Lessons missed by the student will not be made up except in cases of serious illness or
emergency. No tuition refund will be given for missed lessons. If a student withdraws after
the second week of classes, no refund will be given. Lessons should be completed within
the semester for which registration is made.
Private Music Lessons for the Preparatory
Division (Non-College Students)
Private instrumental and vocal lessons are available for non-college students of all ages
and levels of advancement through the Mount Union College Preparatory Division. All
information about Preparatory Division policies, fees, and registration is available at the
music office in Cope Music Hall. Payment for lessons is to be made at the music office.
Lessons are arranged at a time mutually convenient to the teacher and student. No lessons
may be given in the Preparatory Division until registration is completed. Payment is made
for the entire semester, or in two installments.
Preparatory Division faculty includes full-time and adjunct music faculty from the Department of Music and student intern teachers from the Department of Music. Student teachers
are supervised by the director of the Preparatory Division (telephone: (330) 823-2195).
Lessons will not be made up, except in the event of extended illness. No tuition refund
will be given for unexcused absence from lessons. Preparatory Division lessons must be
completed within the semester for which the registration and payment are made.
Refund Policy
Withdrawal Procedure and Policy for the Return of
Title IV /State/Institutional Funds
Withdrawal Process:
A student who wants to withdraw after classes have started for the semester begins with
the Office of Student Affairs by completing the Withdrawal Form. The official date of withdrawal is the date the student contacted the Office of Student Affairs or the Office of Adult
Studies (for adult studies students) OR the midpoint of the semester if the student leaves
without notifying the institution OR the student’s last date of attendance at a documented
academically related activity. This policy applies to students who withdraw from all of their
classes for the semester or are suspended.
Students who participate in activities on campus prior to the first day of classes and then
submit written notice of withdrawal prior to the first day of classes shall be assessed an early
withdrawal fee of $100.
The charges for tuition, fees, room and meal plan assessed the student are based on the
number of calendar days (including Saturday and Sunday) that the student is enrolled on
campus in direct proportion to the period of enrollment (number of calendar days in the
semester). The student who withdraws after 60 percent of the enrollment period will be
charged for the whole semester and will be eligible for financial aid based on the semester
costs.
Return of Federal Title IV Funds
Title IV funds are unsubsidized FFEL loans, subsidized FFEL loans, Federal Perkins Loans,
FFEL PLUS loans, Federal Pell Grants and Federal SEOG. This is the order used to return
funds to the federal programs. Mount Union College must return its share of unearned Title
IV funds no later than 30 days after it determines that the student withdrew.
29
TUITION AND COSTS
During the first 60 percent of the period (semester), a student “earns Title IV funds in
direct proportion to the length of time he or she remains enrolled. That is, the percentage of
time during the period that the student remained enrolled is the percentage of disburseable
aid for that period that the student earned. A student who remains enrolled beyond the 60
percent point earns all Title IV aid for the period.
Unearned Title IV funds, other than FWS (Federal Work Study), must be returned by
the College to the federal programs. Unearned aid is the amount of disbursed Title IV aid
that exceeds the amount of Title IV aid earned. Once the institution determines the Title IV
programs to which the student must repay his or her share of unearned aid, any amounts
owed to a grant program are cut in half. Any grant the student needs to repay will be reflected
on the final billing statement.
Return of State Grant Funds
After all Title IV funds from which the student received aid have been fully returned to
the appropriate agencies, a proportional share of the remaining tuition refund, not to exceed
the amount of the state grant payment the student initially received for the semester, must
be returned to the state grant program. Aid is refunded only during the first 60 percent of
the semester.
Institutional Grants or Scholarships
After all Title IV funds from which the student received aid have been fully returned to
those agencies, a proportional share of the remaining tuition refund, not to exceed the amount
of the institutional payment the student initially received for the semester, must be returned
to Mount Union College. Aid is refunded only during the first 60 percent of the semester.
Adjustments
After the proper refund/repayment to Title IV, state, and institutional funds are determined,
then adjustments are made to the student’s award. Adjustments are reflected in the Office
of Business Affairs final billing and notification is sent to the student.
Refund policy for college funds and state funds for students who drop from full-time to part-time during the
College’s refund period
Students wishing to drop from full-time (12 or more hours) to part-time (less than 12
hours) need to submit a Schedule Change Form to the Office of the Registrar. The date that
Change Form is received and processed by the Office of the Registrar will be the “official
withdrawal date” from the class or classes being dropped.
The Office of Business Affairs will charge full fees and will charge tuition as follows: Parttime tuition charges for the part-time hours PLUS a percentage of the difference between fulltime and the part-time tuition charges that correspond with the refund policy percentage.
Example: A student drops from full-time to seven hours during the 50 percent refund
period. Full-time tuition is $9,280, part-time tuition is $775 per semester hour. The student
would be charged $775 x 7 or $5,425 plus 50 percent of ($9,280 – 5,425) to equal $7,352.50
plus full fees for the semester.
If a student drops below 12 credit hours during the College’s refund period, the amount
of the college grant/scholarship will be determined by the percentage reduction in the
student’s actual tuition charges.
Example: If a student drops from full-time with tuition charges of $9,280 to seven hours
with actual charges of $7,352.50, the tuition reduction would be $1,927.50 or 20 percent.
Consequently, 20 percent of the college grant/scholarship would be refunded to the college.
30
TUITION AND COSTS
If this student had a college grant of $2,000, he/she would then get credit for $1,600 instead
of the $2,000.
Refund Appeal Process
If a student believes that individual circumstances warrant exceptions from published
refund policies, they should appeal the decision by sending a written letter of appeal to the
Vice President for Academic Affairs, Mount Union College, 1972 Clark Avenue, Alliance,
Ohio 44601.
Other Information
The Application Fee. The application fee is charged to all applicants who submit a paper
application to the College. It is charged once, and is not refundable. Online applications
do not require a fee.
The Comprehensive Deposit. A comprehensive deposit is required of all new students.
It serves to guarantee payment of possible residence hall damage, library fines, laboratory
breakage, and other charges not paid when billed. The unassessed balance of this one-time
deposit is refundable when leaving Mount Union College permanently.
The Transcript Fee. The transcript fee is charged for each transcript issued. Financial
obligations to the College must be met before transcripts are issued. (One free transcript
is issued to each graduate at the time of graduation.)
The ‘Super Single’ Room Charge. When rooms are available, students requesting to
live alone in a double room will be charged an additional 50 percent of the regular room
charge.
Student Employment Forms. All students who will be working at the College must complete the following forms in the Office of Human Resources before the actual work begins in
order to receive their payroll checks: Form I-9, Form W-4, Form IT-4, Handicap Condition
Form. To complete the I-9 Form one must have a valid U.S. Passport or two other forms of
identification (valid driver’s license and Social Security Card or birth certificate).
31
32
STUDENT LIFE
Student Life
Campus Citizenship
Campus citizenship at Mount Union College is based upon ideals embodied in the
statement of the goals of the College. The College has declared its position as that of a
community of scholars and learners in which cooperation and concern are distinguishing
characteristics, and it has further stated that it is expected that all persons within the community be responsible and maturing academic citizens. Each person should treasure and
maintain his or her own dignity while respecting the rights and privileges of others.
The standards of campus citizenship serve as guides to the development and enforcement
of specific regulations, which may be found in the codes of rules dealing with the various
aspects of campus life.
Those who enroll and continue in this institution are expected to give evidence of understanding of and willingness to abide by the following principles:
It is expected that all students enrolled in Mount Union College will take seriously their
obligations to maintain standards of personal and social behavior befitting maturing and
responsible campus citizens.
Mount Union College expects members of the campus community to act in an accountable and proper manner and to accept full responsibility for their behavior. Mount Union
College does not encourage the use of alcoholic beverages because the College believes
that the use of alcohol does not contribute to the development of mature, responsible
individuals. However, in recognition of the personal freedom which is an inherent part of
a responsible academic community, beer as allowed by state and local laws is permitted in
individual student rooms, in fraternity and sorority houses (as permitted by their national
organizations), and at activities held off campus. Specific alcohol regulations are listed in
the Student Handbook. Respect for the rights, privacy and property of all members of the
campus community is the primary consideration.
The possession, use or distribution of illicit drugs, except under direct supervision of
a physician, is an illegal act, and the use of such drugs is extremely hazardous to the well
being of the individual involved. Since we believe that the possession, use or distribution
of illicit drugs is not compatible with good campus citizenship, students possessing, using
or distributing illicit drugs will subject themselves to possible disciplinary suspension from
the College.
We believe that a Christian college must be committed to the principles of honesty
and integrity in the classroom and other campus affairs. It is expected, therefore, that all
members of this community will identify themselves with the principles of honesty and
academic integrity.
Students whose behavior demonstrates inability to understand or unwillingness to abide
by the requirements set forth by the College are subject to disciplinary action, which may
include suspension or dismissal from the College. A complete listing of student rights and
responsibilities can be found in the Student Handbook.
Academic Support Center
The Academic Support Center (ASC) offers a variety of services to assist day and evening
students in managing their course work successfully. Individual academic counseling can
provide assistance to students experiencing difficulty by providing strategies tailored to specific learning styles. Campus-wide and residence hall workshops on topics such as time and
stress management, note taking, study techniques, and preparation for exams give students
additional opportunities to adjust their approach to collegiate academic demands.
33
STUDENT LIFE
Peer learning assistants (LAs), who are hired and trained by the ASC, facilitate student
study groups for many courses each week. In addition, LAs are available for tutoring appointments with students who need one-on-one help with course content.
The Academic Support Center is located in Room 112 of the Hoover-Price Campus Center
(HPCC), with staff available Monday through Friday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., and with evening
hours by appointment. Peer Learning Assistants’ schedules are posted on the Mount Union
home page at www.muc.edu/academics/academic_support_center_asc/study_group_information/, in the residence halls, and in the HPCC.
Alcohol, Drug and Wellness Education
The Office of Alcohol, Drug and Wellness Education strives to facilitate student growth
and development, and encourage exploration of and balance within the social, intellectual,
spiritual, occupational, physical and emotional components of wellness. This office provides
programming and outreach in the form of campus-wide “awareness” events (i.e. Breast Cancer Awareness Month, National Collegiate Alcohol Awareness Week, Great American Smoke
Out and Safe Spring Break), and small group educational programs. The office provides
education and counseling for students concerned about alcohol and drug issues as well as for
those referred through the campus judicial system. Additionally, the Office of Alcohol, Drug
and Wellness Education is a campus-wide resource – providing wellness-related information
and referrals for students, whether for a class project or personal use.
Campus Card and Facilities Scheduling
Facilities Scheduling: All facilities on campus must be scheduled through the Office of
Campus Card and Facilities Scheduling as the office maintains an accurate schedule of all
activities occurring on campus and other events of interest related to Mount Union College
wherever they may take place. This provides one central location where an event can be
scheduled and details arranged for use of any facility on campus. Faculty, staff, or students
can reserve facilities by calling the office at (330) 823-2881. Once a room is confirmed, a
facility request form must be filled out and submitted to the Office of Campus Card and
Facilities Scheduling. The calendar of events and facility request forms can be viewed from
the Mount Union home page at http://ocelot.muc.edu/VEMSpro/.
Purple Plus Cards: All students, faculty and staff receive a Purple Plus Card. The Purple
Plus Card is used to access residence halls and meals as well as to check out books in the
library or as a debit card at various locations on campus. The card is the property of Mount
Union College and is non-transferable. There is a $15 fee for the replacement of lost cards.
Broken cards are replaced at no charge if the broken pieces are presented at the card office. To
obtain a new card, please visit the Office of Campus Card and Facilities Scheduling. The office
is located in the Hoover-Price Campus Center, adjacent to the Information Desk. For more
information, call (330) 823-2881 or visit www.muc.edu/student_life/purple_plu_card.
Career Development
The Office of Career Development provides services for all day and evening students. In
the area of career development, underclassmen are given assistance with self-assessment,
goal setting and choice of major. Junior and senior students have an opportunity to attend
workshops to learn resume writing, interview techniques and the job search process. All
students are invited to career awareness programs where they are able to interact with professionals working in particular career fields. The office coordinates the recruiting program
including on-campus interviewing as well as off-campus recruiting and job search events.
Career advising is available to all students either individually or in a group.
34
STUDENT LIFE
Cooperative education is also under the direction of the Office of Career Development.
This program gives students an opportunity to gain valuable work experience in a specific
career that is related to a major academic field. A work assignment usually begins during the
student’s junior year and will alternate periods of work with periods of study. Cooperative
education enhances academic progress, offers career experience and provides income to help
defray institutional costs. Students may initiate individual programs with the assistance of
the director. Students interested in participating in cooperative education should meet with
the director during their sophomore year.
Counseling Services
The aim of counseling at Mount Union College is to assist students in living their lives as
well as possible. Counseling is a partnership – people working together to find solutions and
possibilities in life. Staff members in Counseling Services work to help Mount Union students
take steps toward: 1) sorting out life’s problems, and 2) making and realizing goals.
Counseling works best for persons facing typical life problems. Typical problems involve
broad areas such as developing a career or life purpose, improving relationships, living with
loss, and managing and reducing stress. Counseling is educational in nature and focuses
on advancing both personal and community wellness. Students experiencing serious emotional or medical problems (including, but not limited to, suicidal or homicidal thoughts
or attempts, eating disorders, substance addictions, and disorders which impair the ability
to think logically or relate with others constructively) are referred for outside treatment,
often with the aid of parents or guardians.
Counseling Services is located in the Hoover-Price Campus Center. Staff members include
a full-time director and a part-time counselor. Free, short-term counseling services are
provided by appointment to enrolled students. Staff members also act as consultants and
educators for student leaders, staff, and faculty on matters related to mental and emotional
health. Counseling appointments are scheduled during daytime business hours, and can
be made by calling (330) 823-2886.
Disability Support Services
Disability Support Services assists Mount Union College students with documented
disabilities in all aspects of college life. To ensure that students with disabilities (learning
disabilities, physical disabilities, emotional disabilities and/or chronic illness) have the
opportunity to participate in College programs and activities, DSS will assist students in
meeting individual needs and interests and will provide awareness of the needs of students
with disabilities to the campus community to foster their inclusion in the diverse student
population.
The responsibility for college success ultimately rests with the student. Students with
disabilities are encouraged to take an active role in advocating for their needs and securing
services and reasonable, effective and appropriate accommodations. To learn if you are
eligible for services through Disability Support Services, contact the program director at
(330) 823-7372 (V/TTY).
Health Service
The Health Center is located in the Ramsayer Student Health Center Building. The Building, given by an anonymous donor in 1958, has treatment rooms, consultation offices, and
two wards for daytime infirmary services.
The Health Center is open Monday through Friday with nurses on duty from 8 a.m.
until 4 p.m. during the academic year when classes are in session. The college physician
35
STUDENT LIFE
is available for students between 11 a.m. until noon. Summer hours are 8 a.m. until noon
with nurses on duty.
The Health Center functions as an ambulatory care center. The focus of the Health Center
is health promotion, health protection, disease prevention, and clinical care. Preliminary
diagnostic work, preventative medicine, and the care of short-term minor illness and injuries
are services provided by the Health Service. (Students who have medical emergencies should
go to the emergency room at the nearest hospital for evaluation and treatment).
The Health Center staff provides students with opportunities for learning outside the
classroom. The Health Center celebrates many national health observances and the Health
Center staff teaches students about healthy lifestyles, health promotion, disease prevention,
safety, and self care issues.
Students who have medical emergencies should go to the Emergency Room of the nearest
hospital. The nearest hospital in Alliance is Alliance Community Hospital located on the
corner of College and Arch streets.
In the case of minor illness and injuries that occur after Health Center hours, students
have access to an urgent care center, such as an immediate care facility, or the hospital.
Students, however, will be liable for expenses incurred unless the medical care is covered
by insurance. Students who need assistance in making arrangements for after hours care
should contact their resident director or community educator. Those students who receive
medical care after hours must contact the Health Center the next day to follow up with the
physician and complete an insurance claim form.
Policy Statement for Follow Up Care
It is the policy of the Student Health Center of Mount Union College that students who
obtain diagnostic tests, medical consultations, or other treatments at the Student Health
Center receive appropriate follow-up care. If a student has an x-ray, diagnostic test or
medical consultation, the results will be provided to the student during his or her follow-up
appointment at the Student Health Center. It is the student’s responsibility to return to the
Student Health Center to obtain x-ray and diagnostic test results or to receive follow-up
care. Unless the x-ray, diagnostic test or medical consultation indicates a serious and/or
emergency medical condition, the Student Health Center will make one telephone call to
the student to inform him or her of the need to return to the Student Health Center, to
schedule or reschedule appointments, or to follow-up with any treatments or other care. If
a student is not available when a telephone call is made to him or her, the Student Health
Center will contact the student by e-mail.
Health Requirements Prior to Arrival on Campus
All students are required to have a physical examination and a completed immunization
record as well as other health information forms on file at the Health Center prior to their
arrival on campus. The completed forms are mandatory. The physical examination includes
questions about Tuberculosis and the possible need for Mantoux (Tuberculosis) skin testing.
On the bottom of the immunization form you will find information about the guidelines
based on recommendations from the Center for Disease Control and the American Thoracic
Society. The information also lists categories of high-risk students. Refer to sections 1 and
2 on the immunization form for details. A chest x-ray is required if the tuberculin test is
positive. For more information about Tuberculosis and testing visit the CDC web page,
www.cdc.gov/nchstp/tb/pubs/corecurr/.
Verification of the following immunizations is required: Diphtheria Tetanus booster
within the past ten years, and two doses of M.M.R. (Measles, Mumps, and Rubella). Dose
1 given at age 12-15 months or later and Dose 2 given at age 4-6 years or later, and at least
one month after the first dose.
36
STUDENT LIFE
To reduce and eliminate vaccine preventable diseases on campus we support the recommendations of the American College Health Association Vaccine-Preventable Disease
Task Force based on guidelines consistent with the Advisory Committee on Immunization
Practices recommendations. Those recommendations include consideration of Varicella
immunization, Hepatitis B immunizations and Meningococcal quadrivalent polysaccharide
vaccine among others. Information about these diseases and vaccines can be found on the
CDC web page, www.cdc.gov.
Due to the identification of certain factors that may place college students at increased
risk for meningococcal disease, the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the
American College Health Association, and the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends
that parents and students be educated about meningococcal disease and the benefits of vaccination. The recommendations further state that “College freshmen that want to reduce
their risk for meningococcal disease should either be administered vaccine (by a health
care provider) or directed to a site where vaccine is available.” For more information about
meningitis visit the web of the Meningitis Foundation of America at www.musa.org.
Student Accident and Sickness Reimbursement Plan
Because Mount Union College has always been concerned with the promotion of good
health for its students, the College has adopted a Student Accident and Sickness Reimbursement Plan. The Plan is provided as part of the general fees paid by full-time undergraduate
students. Every full-time undergraduate student registered during the academic year is
automatically covered. Students must utilize the services of the Health Center whenever
possible. When treatment is beyond the capacity of the Health Center, students will be
referred elsewhere. Brochures explaining benefits and information about the services of
the Health Center are mailed to students prior to the beginning of each academic year and
to new students as they enter the college. Claim forms and details can be obtained from
the Health Center.
The Health Center is a member of the American College Health Association and Ohio
College Health Association.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Mount Union College is a Division III member of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) and the Ohio Athletic Conference (OAC). All athletic contests are
conducted under the rules and regulations of these associations. Student-athletes have the
same privileges and responsibilities as other students.
A diversified program of 11 intercollegiate sports for men and 10 intercollegiate sports
for women is maintained. Men’s sports are baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf,
indoor track and field, outdoor track and field, soccer, swimming and diving, tennis and
wrestling. Women’s sports include basketball, cross country, golf, indoor track and field,
outdoor track and field, soccer, softball, swimming and diving, tennis and volleyball. A
professional medical staff, including three certified athletic trainers, supports the studentathletes of Mount Union College.
The intercollegiate athletics program operates under the general guidance of the faculty. A
Committee on Athletics is appointed by the President and establishes athletics policy; actions
of the committee are regularly reported to the faculty and are subject to faculty approval. The
intercollegiate athletic program operates separately from the academic programs in physical
education, health education, athletic training, exercise science and sport management.
Mount Union College annually completes the NCAA Gender Equity Survey. Under the
Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act, this report is available for review in the Office of Academic
Affairs upon request.
37
STUDENT LIFE
Intercollegiate Athletics Philosophy
Mount Union College endorses the report of the Knight Foundation’s Commission on
Intercollegiate Athletics, and consequently has adopted these principles as guidelines for
our intercollegiate athletics program:
A. The educational values, practices and mission of Mount Union College determines
the standards by which we conduct our intercollegiate athletics program.
B. The responsibility and authority for the administration of the athletics program,
including all basic policies, personnel and finances, are vested in the president of
the College. The Committee on Athletics serves in an advisory capacity and makes
athletic policy recommendations to the president.
C. The welfare, health, safety and academic progress of student-athletes are primary
concerns of athletics administration on Mount Union’s campus.
D. Every student-athlete – male and female, majority and minority, in all sports –will
receive equitable and fair treatment.
E. The admission of student-athletes to Mount Union College will be based on the
same criteria as that of non-athletes.
F. Continuing eligibility to participate in intercollegiate athletics will be based on
students being enrolled full-time for the semester of participation and meeting all
athletic eligibility guidelines as stated in the Mount Union College Catalogue.
G. Student-athletes, in each sport, will be graduated in at least the same proportion
as non-athletes who have spent comparable time as full-time students.
H. All funds raised and spent in connection with intercollegiate athletics programs will
be channeled through the institution’s general treasury – not through independent
groups, whether internal or external. The Department of Athletics budget will be
developed and monitored in accordance with general budgeting procedures on
campus.
I. All athletics-related income from non-college sources for coaches and athletics
administrators will be reviewed and approved by the College. In cases where
the income involves the College’s functions, facilities or name, contracts will be
negotiated with the institution.
J. Annual academic and fiscal audits of the athletics program will be conducted.
Statement Concerning Sportsmanship/Ethical Conduct of Mount Union College Intercollegiate Athletic Teams
Mount Union College expects high standards of honesty, integrity and behavior in the
conduct of intercollegiate athletic competition.
It is the responsibility of coaches, student-athletes, administrators and other athletic
personnel of Mount Union College to recognize the significance of their behavior as visible
members of the campus and local community. These participants are, therefore, expected
to live up to their responsibility by demonstrating good sportsmanship.
Inappropriate conduct on the part of coaches, student-athletes, administrators or other
athletic personnel, which includes the use of alcohol or controlled substances, verbal or
physical abuse, or demeaning words or actions toward officials, coaches, players or fans is
unacceptable and will not be tolerated.
Existing rules for athletic competition that deal with sportsmanship/ethical conduct will
be fully enforced at Mount Union College. Where existing rules are inadequate, the expectations of Mount Union College will set the standard for appropriate behavior.
Intercollegiate Athletics Eligibility
To be eligible for participation in the College’s intercollegiate athletic programs, a student
must be enrolled full-time for the semesters of participation, must be in good academic
38
STUDENT LIFE
standing and be making satisfactory progress toward a degree (p. 68). These requirements
are in accordance with National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) guidelines.
The Intramural Program
The intramural program provides an academic year-round schedule of seasonal sports
with voluntary participation in regularly organized and supervised activities. Under the
direction of the director of intramurals, students assist with the organization and supervision of each activity. Select events for coeducational recreational participation are provided
during the year, including softball, volleyball, racquetball, basketball, badminton, aerobics,
and the annual Run-A-MUC 5K run. Intramural sports are only a part of the total package
of activities sponsored by campus organizations.
International Student Affairs
Located in the Hoover-Price Campus Center, the Office of International Student Affairs provides a wide range of services and programs to assist international students. The
director advises students on cultural adjustment, immigration regulations, academic and
financial concerns, and personal issues. The office also coordinates the Community Friends
Program, International Student Orientation, transportation to and from airports, bus and
train stations at the beginning and end of each semester, and additional programs to meet
the special needs of international students. In addition to serving international students, the
office also functions as a resource for the entire campus community through programming,
referrals, and acting as an advocate and resource on international issues.
Marriage of Students
Students who are married must disclose this fact in completing enrollment forms. In
order to update appropriate records, students planning to be married are encouraged to
notify the dean of students and the director of student financial services in advance of their
marriage.
Multicultural Student Affairs
The Office of Multicultural Student Affairs falls under the Office of Student Affairs, reporting to the vice president for student affairs and dean of students. Multicultural Student
Affairs primarily serves as a resource for students of color in matters of academic, social,
cultural, and personal well-being. However, the office also offers services to all students who
are interested in/concerned with issues of diversity within the campus community. Mount
Union College believes that an appreciation of diversity among campus constituencies creates
a welcoming campus environment that is crucial to the success of all students.
The Office of Multicultural Student Affairs actively works to enhance the quality of student life on the Mount Union College campus by providing programs, services, and other
educational opportunities that contribute to student learning and growth. While student
needs are the primary focus, diversity focused programming is available to the entire Mount
Union Community during the academic year.
Religious Life
The Chaplain: Mount Union College has a chaplain who ministers to the spiritual needs
of the academic community. The chaplain serves as spiritual advisor to students, faculty,
and administration.
39
STUDENT LIFE
The chaplain is responsible for providing and supervising all aspects of religious life on
campus, which include: community worship and prayer; advising and coordinating the
activities of student religious groups; encouraging student involvement in the worship
and community life of churches in the Alliance area; developing and participating in local,
regional and national student religious conferences and retreats; planning and coordinating
work trips for students, faculty, and administrators; and serving as chair of the Subcommittee on Religious Life.
The Subcommittee on Religious Life: This committee is composed of students, members
of the faculty and administration and several local ministers. This committee has responsibility for the general supervision of the religious organizations on the campus.
Local Church Activities: The College cooperates with local churches of all denominations
by encouraging students to take an active part in the various churches.
Residence Life
Housing of students at Mount Union College falls under the auspices of the Office of
Residence Life within the Office of Student Affairs. All traditional freshmen and sophomores are required to live on campus unless they are commuting from their home address,
are married, or have petitioned the Office of Residence Life and been granted permission
to live off campus. In addition, all students living in campus housing are required to be on
a campus meal plan.
Approximately 1,400 students live on campus in 11 residence halls and as many as 20
houses making Mount Union a largely residential campus. There are essentially three types
of housing options available to students residing on campus: single-gender and coeducational traditional style residence halls; coeducational, upper-class suit-style residence halls;
and residential houses. In addition, fraternity members in good standing may choose to live
in their fraternity house. All rooms in college housing are equipped with beds, desks, desk
chairs, dressers, closets or wardrobes, and drapes or blinds. Additionally, all residence hall
rooms and most college houses are wired for computer networking, campus cable, telephone
and voicemail. Laundry machines are available in all residential facilities.
Nine professional staff members, called resident directors, live on campus and are responsible for the day-to-day supervision of the residence halls and houses. In addition to
ensuring the smooth operation of the building, they supervise the student residence life
staff in each area, and strive to make the residence halls and houses true living and learning
communities. There is a resident director on call (RD on duty) 24 hours a day, seven days
a week. The RD on duty is available to assist students with any residence hall emergencies
or after-hour situations that may occur.
Student Involvement and Leadership
Located in the Hoover-Price Campus Center, the Office of Student Involvement and Leadership strives to provide meaningful cocurricular educational opportunities for students in
support of their personal and interpersonal development; leadership development; professional development and their understanding of the rights, responsibilities, privileges and
resources available as a member of the Mount Union community so as to prepare students
for meaningful work, fulfilling lives and responsible citizenship. The Office of Student
Involvement and Leadership is committed to:
•
Providing training in leadership and other social skills;
•
Promoting student involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities;
•
Promoting positive educational outcomes including an appreciation for diversity;
and,
•
Promoting the intellectual, social, recreational, spiritual, moral, and career development of students.
40
STUDENT LIFE
The office is directly responsible for leadership programming, student organization support, the Hoover-Price Campus Center, Preview and Orientation and Parents’ Day.
Leadership Programming
Much of what the office does is viewed through the lens of student leadership development. Our leadership program provides students at a variety of abilities and engagement
levels with appropriately designed leadership opportunities to further enhance their learning
and engagement on campus. Recurring leadership initiatives include Emerging Leaders,
Accelerated Flight School, Keystone Leadership and the annual leadership conference. Additional workshops and offerings are available throughout the year to meet the needs of
student leaders and organizations.
In support of the leadership program and student organizations, the Center for Student
Involvement and Leadership located in the lower level of the Health Center, serves as a
resource center and meeting space for student leaders and organizations.
Preview and Orientation
Preview and Orientation are part of an ongoing and multi-faceted transition process for
new Mount Union students, which involves academic, intellectual and personal development. The primary goal of Preview and Orientation is to assist new students in making
purposeful connections within the College community to increase their future success as
college students.
Preview is designed to begin the college transition process for both students and parents.
In addition to making student, faculty, staff and family connections, Preview will provide
students with the foundation to succeed academically. This includes math and foreign
language testing, learning about the general education requirements, and meeting with an
academic advisor to schedule classes for the fall semester
Orientation will continue the process started at Preview by helping new students connect
with their roommates and first year classmates, cocurricular and extracurricular activities,
and the faculty and academic curriculum.
Hoover-Price Campus Center
The Office of Student Involvement and Leadership manages the entire Hoover-Price
Campus Center including the Campus Grounds and supervision of the Campus Center
Information Desk and College switchboard. Campus Grounds serves as a casual entertainment venue for students, offering access to the campus grill and coffee shop, both operated
by Mount Union’s Dining Services. Campus Grounds also provides access to informal
group meeting space, lounging furniture, weekly entertainment, televisions, board games,
and pool and ping-pong tables.
The office is also responsible for the Campus Center Information Desk and College
switchboard. The Campus Center Information Desk can be contacted by dialing ext. 2878.
The switchboard can be reached from off-campus by dialing (330) 821-5320, or from any
on-campus phone by dialing “0”.
Campus Programming and After Hours
Sponsored by the Office of Student Involvement and Leadership, the Mount Union After
Hours program is designed to provide a late night weekend alternative for student social
interaction. Held during peak social times, events include acoustical acts, survival bingo,
Win the Game, Ice Skating and other themed and student-focused activities. After Hours
strives to give students activities free of charge while creating a fun and exciting atmosphere
both on and off the Mount Union College campus.
41
STUDENT LIFE
The director advises the Student Activities Council. The Student Activities Council is
responsible for most of the student-initiated campus entertainment, including Week of
Welcome, Homecoming, Welcome Back Week and Springfest.
Parents’ Day
Parents’ Day provides students, parents and their families an opportunity to re-connect
during the middle of the fall semester. Including attendance at a Raider football game, a
luncheon and evening entertainment, Parents’ Day provides resources for families to continue
to support the education pursuits of their students.
Student Organizations
In support of the leadership development that takes place in student organizations, the
Office of Student Involvement and Leadership also serves as a resource center and clearinghouse for the approximately 80 active student organizations on campus. Students can
learn about becoming involved in these student organizations by participating in the Student
Involvement Fair held during the second week of each semester.
All student organizations are required to register with the office and maintain current
contact information for presidents and advisors as well as accurate constitutions. Students
interested in starting a new student organization can obtain materials and learn the appropriate process by contacting the office. A Student Organization Handbook is available
from the office. This handbook outlines the rights and responsibilities of registered student
organizations.
Greek Organizations
The assistant director in the office serves as the primary advisor for the seven sororities
and fraternities on campus. The Office of Student Involvement and Leadership holds the
philosophy that the social fraternities and sororities are a part of a community emphasizing
the shared values of the various groups, having a high expectation for interaction among all
groups, having joint boards, and being proactive in nature. When joining one organization,
you can expect to feel a sene of belonging to a greater whole.
Fraternity houses are owned and operated by the alumni house corporations of each
fraternity. Sophomore, junior and senior students may choose to reside in their fraternity
house. Sorority houses are also owned and operated by alumni house corporations, but
exist as meeting spaces only and are not residential facilities.
Mount Union College defers freshmen from joining a fraternity or sorority until the
spring semester. Upper-class students have the opportunity to affiliate with a fraternity or
sorority during a fall recruitment period in September. Freshmen women must achieve a
minimum 2.5 GPA during the fall semester and freshmen men must achieve a minimum
2.0 GPA during the fall semester to be eligible to join a Greek organization. Interfraternity
Council and Panhellenic Council organize and operate the recruitment period in January.
Interfraternity Council and Panhellenic Council sponsor a variety of recruitment events
throughout the fall semester to provide new students with information regarding fraternities and sororities.
Active Student Organizations (as of April 26, 2004)
Accounting Club - The purpose of this organization is to meet the needs of the students
who hold an interest in the accounting field, and to promote an interest and an awareness
of accounting throughout the College community. Membership is open to students who are
currently enrolled in or have previously received credit for an accounting course.
Almost Broken - Almost Broken is a praise band open to students and friends of Mount
Union College who want to help lead others in worship.
42
STUDENT LIFE
Alpha Chi Omega - Alpha Chi Omega is a social Greek organization for women whose
purpose is to encourage the spirit of true sisterhood, to develop through personal effort a
high moral and mental standard, and to advance the appreciation and practice of the fine
arts among its members.
Alpha Delta Pi - Alpha Delta Pi is a social Greek organization for women founded on the
principles of scholarship, leadership, service to others and sisterhood. These principles still
guide the policies and programs of the sorority today.
Alpha Lambda Delta - A national scholastic honorary for freshmen to recognize academic
excellence among freshmen. To be eligible for membership, students must have a 3.5 grade
point average after the first semester or a 3.5 accumulative grade point average at the end
of two semesters.
Alpha Mu Gamma - A national foreign language honorary recognizing achievement in
the field of foreign languages, it’s purpose is to stimulate a desire for linguistic attainment,
to encourage an interest in the study of foreign languages, literature, and civilizations, and to
foster a sympathetic understanding of other peoples and international friendship. Members
must have a final course grade of A in two college level courses of the same foreign language
and must have a minimum cumulative GPA of B in all college level work.
Alpha Phi Omega - A national co-ed service fraternity that provides opportunities for
campus, community, state and national service projects.
Alpha Psi Omega - A national dramatics honorary to promote a high standard of
scholarship and work in drama. Students are elected on a basis of active participation in
theatre production.
Alpha Tau Omega - Alpha Tau Omega is a social Greek organization for men whose goals
are to bind men together in brotherhood based upon eternal and immutable principles.
Alpha Xi Delta - Alpha Xi Delta is a social Greek organization for women that enriches
the lives of women throughout the world with its emphasis on lifelong learning and lasting
friendship, encouraging each member to pursue individual excellence.
American Chemical Society - A student affiliate chapter open to any student working
toward an undergraduate degree in a chemical science or related discipline.
American Marketing Association - The purpose of this organization is to enhance the
academic and professional development of our members by bringing them in contact with
a wide variety of activities through the cooperation of area businesses, professional speakers, the community and other campus organizations. AMA members will learn marketing
principles through volunteering, fundraisers, networking affairs, workshops, corporate
speakers and firm tours. Membership is open to all students.
Association for International Students - An organization open to all interested students
with the purpose of promoting and establishing fellowship and better understanding between
the international students and other members of the College community.
Association for Women in Communications - One of the nation’s oldest and largest
professional communications organizations, the mission is to promote the advancement
of women in all fields of communications, to work for First Amendment rights, to recognize distinguished professional achievement and to promote high professional standards
throughout the communication industry.
Association of Women Students - An organization of all women students that acts as a
coordinating and supportive body for all women’s activities and functions, as well as those
of the College. AWS also serves as a communications center to discuss matters of concern
for all women students, making appropriate recommendations to work for and develop
opportunities through which women students can determine and maintain high standards.
Education on women’s issues is of primary importance.
Beta Beta Beta - A society for students, particularly undergraduates, dedicated to improving the understanding and appreciation of biological study and extending boundaries of
43
STUDENT LIFE
human knowledge through scientific research. Members must be biology or environmental
biology majors who have completed at least three hours of non-introductory classes in the
biological sciences with an average GPA of B in all biology classes at the time of initiation.
Members must be in good academic and social standing.
Black Student Union - This organization has as its objectives: to effectively communicate
the special programs and needs of black students to the College authorities and student
body; to promote pride among students; and to promote and maintain the general welfare of
black students at Mount Union through cultural and social programs for the entire College
community. Membership is open to all interested students of Mount Union whose primary
concern is the promotion of black awareness.
Blue Key Honor Society - A national honorary for junior and senior students that recognizes and selects students based upon their accomplishments in the areas of leadership,
character, scholarship and service to the College and community.
Calliope - The Calliope is the college literary and art magazine with a purpose of encouraging artistic expression in literature and visual arts. Contributions are accepted from
all members of the College community with selections chosen by an editorial staff and
published in an annual magazine.
CHOICES - This group is nationally affiliated with BACCHUS Peer Education Network.
The mission is to promote wellness, advocate responsible decision-making, raise student
awareness regarding healthy lifestyles and collaborate with other student organizations.
College Democrats - Open to all students, this group is interested in furthering the
political interest and knowledge of those persons identifying with the Democratic Party.
College Republicans - Open to all students, this group is interested in furthering the
principles and ideas of the Republican Party.
Commuter Student Association - The Commuter Student Association serves as a voice
for commuter students on campus, promoting activities and programs to benefit commuter
students.
Daddy’s Girls - Daddy’s Girls is a Bible study.
Dance Company - Open to all interested students, this group emphasizes and encourages
individual artistic and technical growth in dance and tries to promote interest in, exposure
to and knowledge of dance throughout the College and local community.
Dance Team - Open to all interested, with tryouts held each year. The purpose of this
organization is to provide entertainment at home basketball games and various other events
and to promote school spirit throughout the year.
Delta Sigma Tau - Delta Sigma Tau is Mount Union’s local, social Greek sorority.
Dynamo - The campus newspaper is published weekly during the academic year. Anyone
interested in journalism may apply to work on the staff, as well as writers, photographers,
typists, business majors and persons interested in graphic design.
Fellowship of Christian Athletes - To present to student athletes and coaches and all
whom they influence the challenge and adventure of receiving Jesus Christ as Savior and
Lord, serving Him in their relationships and in the fellowship of the church.
Freedom - Membership is open to students and friends of Mount Union College who
want to help lead others in worship.
GABLE - Gay, Ally, Bisexual, Lesbian, Ethos - The intentions of this organization are to
provide comfort, strength and a safe place to gather for gays, lesbians, bisexuals, and allies
of such in a social atmosphere; to promote respect, harmony, individuality, community and
understanding; to discourage discrimination of any kind, to educate the campus community
and beyond about gay, lesbian and bisexual issues and to work to abolish stereotypes of gays,
lesbians and bisexuals.
GAMMA - GAMMA, which stands for Greeks Advocating Mature Management of Alcohol,
strives to teach students how to have safe and enjoyable social events with or without alcohol.
44
STUDENT LIFE
GAMMA also provides education on alcohol and other health issues for the benefit of all
to ensure proper messages and alcohol responsibility are conveyed during social fraternity
and sorority functions.
Habitat for Humanity - This organization is open to any student, staff or faculty member
willing to volunteer his/her time for the benefit of others. The purpose of this organization is
to serve Mount Union College and the community by providing students with the opportunity to help low income families in the community by building affordable housing for them,
and by educating the campus and community about the positive effects that volunteering
for Habitat for Humanity provides.
History and Political Science Club - This organization is open to history and political
science majors and other interested students. Its purpose is to provide members an opportunity to express and discuss their own views on current events, to obtain the opinions
of established authorities who speak at meetings, to visit historical sites, and to observe
political activities and processes.
Interfraternity Council - The governing body of the national fraternities on campus that
promotes the Greek community by maintaining harmony and cooperative spirit among
fraternities. Three representatives from each fraternity make up the membership.
Janus Group - The mission of Janus and its members is to promote social justice and
responsible citizenship. We contribute to the intellectual atmosphere at Mount Union College
by exposing relevant social issues, promoting democratic principles, and encouraging civic
engagement. Additionally, by offering educational alternatives that challenge the campus
community to think critically, we strive to raise collective awareness and take positive action
to create social change.
Kappa Delta Pi - An international honor society in education. The purpose of this honor
society is to promote excellence in and recognize outstanding contributions to education.
Members must be of sophomore standing with no less than 50 hours with at least 12 hours
of professional education courses completed with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher for all
coursework completed. Students also must exemplify worthy education ideals, express an
intention of continuing in the field of education and show evidence of leadership abilities.
Kappa Kappa Psi - A national band honorary with the purpose of promoting the existence and welfare of the College bands and cultivating at large a wholesome respect for their
activities and achievements. To be eligible for an invitation for membership, students must
be enrolled in one of the bands during the calendar year and have satisfactorily completed
12 hours of college classes.
Kappa Phi - A national Christian service organization for all interested women students,
Kappa Phi’s purpose is to unite Christian college women in a sisterhood whose common
purpose is growth through fellowship and service to both the campus and community.
Kappa Pi - An art honorary fraternity that recognizes students with artistic interests.
Ladies of Soul Dance Troupe - Provides minority students and other students the opportunity to perform routine and rehearsed dances at scheduled events and programs on
the Mount Union College campus.
Lambda Pi Eta - An honor society that provides a forum of interaction between students,
faculty and professionals interested in the speech/communications discipline. Members
must have 60 semester hours with 12 in communication, be currently enrolled full-time in
good standing, and display commitment to the field of communication. A cumulative GPA
of 3.2 with a GPA of 3.25 in communication classes is required.
Math Club - An organization open to any student who is currently enrolled in or has
previously received credit for a math course. The purpose of the organization is to meet
the needs of students who hold an interest in the mathematical sciences and to promote an
interest in and awareness of mathematics throughout the College community.
45
STUDENT LIFE
Model United Nations Club - The purpose of the Model United Nations Club is to promote a better understanding of the United Nations and provide the grounds for an active
simulation of the United Nations. A primary goal of this organization will be to actively
participate in Model United Nations conferences and tournaments.
Mount Union College Praise Band - Praise Band produces a worship service that provides
the students and friends of Mount Union College with the opportunity to come together
and worship the Lord.
Mu Phi Epsilon - A national music fraternity in the professional field with the purpose of
recognizing scholarship and musicianship, this organization also strives to promote friendship within the group. Membership is open primarily to music majors or minors, or to those
students who meet the following qualifications: 1) completed Music 110; 2) have at least a
3.0 GPA in music courses; 3) have at least a 2.0 GPA in non-music courses.
Newman Catholic Ministries - An organization which fosters fellowship and Christian
ideals among Catholic students and the campus community as a whole, this group meets to
plan campus Masses and other activities including prayer meetings and special speakers.
Ohio Collegiate Music Education Association - Although this organization is open to
all interested students, it is of special interest to music education majors. The organization
provides students with the benefits of professional association and helps to foster a professional attitude and pride in the field.
Order of Omega - A national leadership honorary recognizing outstanding junior and
senior fraternity/sorority members. New members must have a cumulative GPA above the
all-Greek average (2003: 3.038) and are selected based upon their leadership and academic
achievement within the Greek, College and local communities. Chapters may only initiate
3 percent of the total Greek population or 15 members, whichever is greater (2003: 15).
Panhellenic Council - The governing body of the three national and one local sororities
with the purpose of fostering a spirit of cooperation and understanding of mutual concerns
and interests within the Greek community. Membership consists of two representatives
from each sorority.
Phi Kappa Tau - The mission of Phi Kappa Tau, a social Greek organization for men,
is to champion a lifelong commitment to brotherhood, learning, ethical leadership and
exemplary character.
Phi Sigma Tau - The international honor society of philosophy. The objectives of the society shall be to serve as a means of awarding distinction to students having a high scholarship
and personal interest in philosophy; to promote student interest in research and advanced
study in this field; to provide opportunities for the publication of student research papers
of merit; to encourage a professional spirit and friendship among those who have displayed
marked ability in this field; and to popularize interest in philosophy among the general collegiate public. Members must have completed two semesters of philosophy courses with
grades higher than a 3.5 GPA, must rank in the upper 35 percent of their class and must
demonstrate high standards of scholarship in philosophy, as judged by the advisor.
Pi Mu Epsilon - A national mathematics honorary society promoting scholarly activity
in mathematics among students and faculty.
Pre-Law Society - An organization open to all students expressing an interest in understanding legal issues. The purpose of the organization is to provide a forum for discussion
of matters pertaining to law. The organization is open to all students, not just those with a
desire to attend law school.
Psi Chi - A national honor society in psychology. The purpose is to encourage, stimulate,
and maintain excellence in scholarship of the individual members in all fields, particularly
in psychology, and to advance the science of psychology. Members must have registered for
major or minor standing in psychology or for a program psychological in nature which is
equivalent to such standings, have completed at least three semesters of the college course,
46
STUDENT LIFE
have completed nine semester hours of psychology, rank in the upper 35 percent of their
class in general scholarship, have a minimum 3.0 GPA, and have a minimum 3.0 GPA in
psychology courses.
Psi Kappa Omega - The all-college academic honor society with the purpose of promoting scholarship and friendship among the faculty, students and graduates of the College.
Students considered for membership are juniors and non-graduating senior students with
a grade point average of 3.8 or above. Graduating seniors with a grade point average of 3.5
or above will be considered, but membership is limited to 10 percent of the graduating class.
Integrity, leadership, and intellectual and cultural interests also are considered.
Psychology Club - Open to all students. this organization shall encourage and promote
the study of psychology, and stimulate interest in the contemporary changes in the field.
Religion and Philosophy Club - The Religion and Philosophy Club promotes intellectual stimulation regarding deeper understanding of human knowledge and religious
concepts. The club also works to raise issues regarding ideas and practices in the subjects
of philosophy and religion.
Religious Life Council - The council is the programming association of student religious
organizations on campus. RLC sponsors the annual Christian music concert, coordinates
activities for entering and returning students in the fall and encourages mutual support for
all student religious groups on campus.
Residence Hall Association - RHA serves as a link to the administration by representing
the interests of residential students and informing the students of administrative policies
and decisions. RHA provides and organizes educational, cultural, social and community
service programming in order to foster community development within the residence halls.
Membership is open to Mount Union College students who reside in the residence halls or
campus houses.
Rock for Life - Membership is open to Mount Union College students who support life
in all of its forms from the moment of fertilization/conception until natural death.
Sigma Alpha Epsilon - The mission of Sigma Alpha Epsilon, a social Greek organization
for men, is to promote the highest standards of friendship, scholarship and service for its
members based upon the ideals set forth by the founders.
Sigma Nu - The men of Sigma Nu, a social Greek organization, strive to believe in the
life of love, to walk in the way of honor and to serve in the light of truth.
Sigma Pi Sigma - A national physics honor society recognizing scholarly achievement in
the study of physics. Membership is limited to students who are scholastically in the upper
one-third of their class, have completed General Physics I and II and have taken at least one
upper division physics course.
Sigma Tau Delta - A national English honor society with the purpose of rewarding and
encouraging those who have realized accomplishments in the linguistics and the literature of
the English language. Membership is open to English majors or minors who have completed
at least three semesters with a minimum of a 3.0 average in English courses and who rank
in the upper 35 percent of their class in general scholarship.
Sigma Theta Epsilon - The purpose of this fraternity is to extend service projects through
programs of action to meet unfilled human needs and to attempt, with the guidance of God,
to live Christian lives of faith and service. STE appreciates the need for a closer Christian
fellowship among college men and helps to provide social activities through service and
brotherhood as well as a background for understanding themselves, their faith and their
world.
Society for Advancement of Management - An organization open to any Mount Union
College student interested in the field of management with at least a 2.5 overall GPA. The
purpose of this organization is to further understand the concepts, philosophies, principles
and networking opportunities in the field of management.
47
STUDENT LIFE
Society of Computing Students - An organization for students with interests in computing fields such as computer science, information systems or media computing.
Society of Physics Students - A national society open to all individuals interested in
physics. The purpose of the organization is to promote the advancement and diffusion of
knowledge of the science of physics and the encouragement of student interest in physics
throughout the academic and local communities.
Sophomore Service Honorary - A local honorary with goals including serving the community through local service projects, assisting fellow students and faculty members, and
promoting leadership and scholarship in the freshman class. Membership is open to the 5-7
percent of the first year class who meet the following criteria and are elected to membership:
dependability, integrity, service to others and a cumulative GPA of at least 2.7.
Sports Management Association - Open to all interested students, the purpose of this
organization is to give the students managerial experience in sports settings in order to
prepare them for their professional lives.
Student Activities Council - The mission of Student Activities Council is to provide the
college community with an interesting, diverse and entertaining array of social, cultural,
recreational and educational entertainment in order to promote campus unity, out-of-classroom learning, leadership experience and a safe and fun atmosphere for all students.
Student Athlete Advisory Committee - This organization helps to promote the athletic
community through community service and athletic recognition, and aims to educate people
about athletics in general and the various athletic events held at Mount Union throughout
the year.
Student National Education Association - This organization is open to all interested
students but is of special interest to any elementary or secondary education certification
candidates, including music, art and physical education majors.
Student Senate - This student government organization has as its goals: to provide an
effective means of communication between the student body and the College authorities.
Students for Environmental Awareness - SEA will provide students, faculty, staff and
community members with the opportunity to work together to promote the protection
of the environment, educate the public regarding environmental concerns and encourage
practices that benefit the earth.
Theta Alpha Kappa - The national honorary society for religious and/or theological
studies. Membership will be offered to anyone who fulfills the requirements: a) members
must have completed a minimum of 12 semester credits in courses representing religious
studies or theological studies and attained at least a 3.7 (or A-) GPA therein; b) members
must have attained at least a 3.0 (or B) GPA in their total academic program to date; c)
members must have been ranked in at least the upper 35 percent of their class in general
scholarship at the time of induction.
Unonian - The College yearbook has staff openings for students with special interests in
photography, journalism and design.
Venture Club - This organization seeks to accommodate those individuals who have an
adventurous spirit and desire to pursue outdoor activities.
WRMU-FM Radio Station - The Mount Union College radio station provides an opportunity for students to gain practical experience in radio production, programming and
management. Interested students do not need to be media studies majors.
Teacher Placement
The Office of Teacher Placement serves teachers and prospective teachers. Its purposes are
to assist in the placement of members of the graduating class who wish to enter the teaching profession and to aid alumni seeking advancement. Its services are likewise tendered
48
STUDENT LIFE
to school superintendents in search of well-qualified teachers. Information with regard to
vacancies and correspondence relating to candidates should be sent to the director of the
Office of Teacher Placement.
Testing and Guidance
Members of the freshman class and all other students entering Mount Union College for
the first time may be required to take certain tests. The results of these tests are used by the
faculty advisor in guiding the students.
Vocational, interest and aptitude tests and occupational surveys are used to assist students
in choosing a vocation. Specific problems relating to vocational and/or personal testing and
guidance should be discussed with the College counselor or the dean of students.
For guidance in specific areas, the College has: a faculty committee for teacher preparation; a faculty member who advises students interested in post-graduate work in dentistry,
medicine and veterinary science; and a faculty advisor for those students interested in law
school. Students interested in graduate study should confer with their advisor concerning
graduate schools, methods of admission and financial aid available.
Students planning to enroll in professional schools after graduation from Mount Union
should make arrangements to take the national aptitude tests given in their field. Interested
students should see their advisors concerning the time and place for the administration of
the test and the necessary preparation for taking the examination.
Students who plan to enroll in professional or graduate schools immediately upon graduation or shortly thereafter should prepare to take the Graduate Record Examination during the senior year. Certain fellowships and awards require the results from the Graduate
Record Examination during the fall semester. Students should write the graduate school
concerning its policy about the Graduate Record Examination. The Career Services Center
has information about the test dates and other information relative to the Graduate Record
Examination.
49
50
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Academic Policies
and Procedures
Student Responsibility
Each student has the responsibility to be aware of and to meet the Catalogue requirement for graduation, and to adhere to all rules, regulations and deadlines published in this
Catalogue and in the Student Handbook.
Mount Union College Educational Records
Policy Annual Notification to Students
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (commonly referred to
as FERPA, or the “Buckley Amendment,”) Mount Union has adopted the following policies
and procedures to protect the privacy of educational records. Students will be notified of
their FERPA rights annually by publication in the Catalogue and on the College’s website.
Definitions
Mount Union College uses the following definitions in this policy:
Student: any person who attends or has attended the College.
Education records: any record in whatever form (handwritten, taped, print, film or
other medium) which is maintained by the College and is directly related to a student, with
the following exceptions:
• personal records kept by a College staff member if the record is not revealed to
others and is kept in the sole possession of the staff member;
• student employment records that relate exclusively to the student in the capacity of
an employee;
• records maintained separately from educational records solely for law enforcement
agencies of the same jurisdiction;
• counseling records maintained by the College chaplain or the College counselor;
• medical records maintained by the College solely for treatment and made available
only to those persons providing treatment; and
• Office of Alumni Activities records.
Rights Under FERPA
A student shall have the right and parents of a dependent student may have the right to
do the following:
• inspect and review the student’s education records;
• request that the student’s education records be amended to ensure the records are not
inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of a student’s privacy or other rights;
• consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s
educational records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent;
• file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning the failure of
the College to comply with the requirements of FERPA; and
• obtain a copy of the College’s student records policy from the Office of the Registrar.
Procedure to Inspect Education Records
Students may inspect and review their education records upon request to the appropriate
record custodian(s). Students must submit a written request that identifies as precisely as
possible the record(s) the student wishes to inspect.
51
Access will be provided within 45 days of the written request. Information contained in
educational records will be fully explained and interpreted to students by College personnel
assigned to, and designated by, the appropriate office.
Student records are maintained in the following offices:
• admissions and academic records in the Office of the Registrar;
• financial aid records in the Office of Student Financial Services;
• financial records in the Office of Business Affairs;
• progress and advising records in the departmental offices and faculty offices;
• disability-related records in Disability Support Services;
• counseling records in the Office of the Chaplain and Counseling Services;
• academic dishonesty records in the Office of Academic Affairs;
• disciplinary and student conduct records in the Office of Student Affairs.
Right of the College to Refuse Access
The College reserves the right to refuse to permit a student to inspect the following
information:
• the financial statement of the student’s parents;
• letters of recommendation for which the student has waived his or her right of access;
• records of applicants who were neither admitted to nor attended Mount Union College;
• records containing information about more than one student, in which case the
College will permit access only to that part of the record which pertains to the
inquiring student; and
• records which are excluded from the FERPA definition of educational records.
Right to Challenge Information in Records
Students have the right to challenge the content of their education records if they consider the information contained therein to be inaccurate, misleading or inappropriate. This
includes an opportunity to amend the records or insert written explanations by the student
into such records. The student may not initiate a FERPA challenge of a grade awarded unless
it was inaccurately recorded; in such cases the correct grade will be recorded.
Procedures for Hearings to Challenge Records
Students wishing to challenge the content of their education records must submit, in writing to the appropriate office, a request for a hearing which includes the specific information
in question and the reasons for the challenge.
Hearings will be conducted by a College official who does not have a direct interest in
the outcome of the hearing. Students will be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present
evidence relevant to the reasons for the challenge. The hearing officer will render a decision in writing, within a reasonable period of time, noting the reason and summarizing all
evidence presented.
If the hearing results are in favor of the student, the record shall be amended. Should
the request be denied, an appeal may be made, in writing, and submitted to the registrar
within 10 days of the student’s notification by the hearing officer. The appeal shall be heard
by an Appeals Board of three disinterested senior College officials. The board will render a
decision, in writing, within a reasonable period of time.
Should the appeal decision be in favor of the student, the record shall be amended accordingly. Should the appeal be denied, the student may choose to place a statement with the
record commenting on the accuracy of the information in the record and/or setting forth
any basis for inaccuracy. As long as the student’s record is maintained by the College, when
disclosed to an authorized party the record will always include the student’s statement and
the board’s decision.
52
Disclosure of Education Records
The College will disclose “non-directory” information contained in a student’s educational
record only with written consent of the student, with the following exceptions:
• to school officials, including teachers, who have a legitimate educational interest in the record;
• to officials of another school in which the student seeks or intends to enroll;
• to federal, state and local agencies and authorities as provided under law;
• to the parents of an eligible student if the student is claimed as a dependant for
income tax purposes;
• accrediting organizations;
• to comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena;
• emergencies affecting the health or safety of the student or other persons; and
• as otherwise permitted by FERPA.
Any student who wishes to authorize release of his or her grades to one or both parents
should complete an Authorization of Grade Disclosure Form in the Registrar’s Office. Grades
will then be sent to the parents at the end of each semester until the student graduates or
terminates the “release” authorization.
Directory Information
Disclosure of directory information normally may be made without the student’s consent.
Directory information includes the student’s name, school and permanent address, school
and permanent home telephone number, school mail box address, school e-mail address,
majors and minors, dates of attendance, full- or part-time status, degree(s) received and
dates of conferral, honors and awards earned, previous institutions attended, weight and
height of athletes, and participation in officially recognized activities and sports.
A student who wishes to have directory information withheld must submit an Authorization to Withhold Directory Information form to the registrar. The hold will be effective
the first day of class in the next regular semester (fall or spring). Once filed this request
becomes a permanent part of the student’s record until the student instructs the registrar
in writing to have the request removed. Because the College’s computer system is unable to
put a “hold” on selective directory information, all directory information will be placed on
hold or all directory information except name and e-mail address will be placed on hold.
Moreover, this request does not restrict the release of this information to individuals and
agencies listed in “Disclosure of Education Records” above.
Degrees Offered
The College confers upon candidates who satisfy all specified requirements the following
baccalaureate degrees:
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Music Education
Bachelor of Music
Bachelor of Science
In addition to these four degrees, the College offers a cooperative program in engineering
(see page 79).
See page 56 for the list of degrees awarded according to major program.
Although each student is assigned a faculty advisor for discussion of academic program
requirements and progress, it is the student’s responsibility to be aware of and in compliance
with all requirements for degree completion.
Degree Requirements
College Requirements for All Degrees
A.
B.
A minimum of 120 semester hours is required for all degrees;
At least 45 semester hours must be completed at Mount Union College;
53
C.
The last 30 semester hours of a degree program must be pursued in residence at the
College – cooperative and other special programs may be excepted from this requirement;
D. Not more than 48 semester hours in a major field may be counted toward requirements for the bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees;
E. A minimum grade point average of 2.000 on a 4.000 scale must be
achieved for all Mount Union and transient work attempted;
F. Completion of a major with at least a 2.000 grade point average;
G. Completion of a minor with at least a 2.000 grade point average;
H. If required by the major, completion of a concentration with at least a 2.000 grade
point average;
I. Completion of a Senior Culminating Experience;
J. Completion of the general education requirements for the degree to be earned.
Please see pages 91-109.
Special Graduation Requirement Notes
No more than four credits in physical education activity courses, PE 100-199, may count
toward graduation requirements.
Students entering with less than 58 semester hours of credit must successfully complete nine
semester hours of “W” credit beyond EH 100 in at least three courses from not less than three
different disciplines. Students entering with 58 or more hours of credit need only complete
two courses in at least two different disciplines for a total of at least six semester hours.
Each student should have completed EH 100 by the time he or she has accumulated 30
semester hours and should have completed RE 100 and CM 101 or CM 102 by the time he
or she has accumulated 60 semester hours.
Any single course may be used to meet only one (1) general education requirement in
Sections I and II with the exception that this same course could also be used to meet a “W”
course requirement. Courses numbered “199,” “299,” or “399” may meet general education
requirements only if specifically identified as doing so by the Office of the Registrar.
The Mount Union Catalogue in effect at the time of a student’s admission to the College
shall govern such student’s degree requirements; an extended period of non-enrollment at
the College may, at the time of return, result in a change to requirements as specified in a
later issue Catalogue.
When the Office of the Registrar identifies a student who has been pursuing a degree for
more than 10 calendar years, that office will request that the department(s) in which the
student is doing his or her major and minor work complete a review of the student’s record
to date. This review would be to determine if any modifications should be considered or
implemented in the student’s program of study toward the major(s) or minor(s). The
Committee on Academic Policies will be asked to review the student’s record to determine
if any general degree requirements – including the general education requirements – should
be updated for this student. Further updates will be required only if recommended by the
appropriate departments or the Committee on Academic Policies.
Applying for Graduation
All students who wish to graduate must apply for graduation at least one semester prior
to their planned date of graduation. Application for Graduation forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar or online at the registrar’s website. The College recommends that
students apply one to two years before graduation to ensure that all graduation requirements can be identified and completed by the expected graduation date. The application
form will include: when the student plans to complete graduation requirements; a declaration of the student’s major(s), minor(s), and concentration(s); and the degree the student
expects to earn.
54
Once an application is received, the Office of the Registrar and the student’s major department chair will identify any remaining requirements for graduation on a Degree Clearance
Form, a copy of which will be given to the student and her/his advisor.
Degree Conferral
At the end of each fall and spring semester the registrar presents to the faculty the names
of all students who have at that point successfully completed all requirements for graduation. The faculty must then approve these potential graduates before they can be awarded
a degree. Once the faculty have approved the candidates for a specific degree, that degree
will be conferred on those students by the College. The official conferral will occur either in
May, if the student completes requirements during or at the end of the spring semester, or in
January, if the student completes requirements during the period of time from the previous
Commencement to the end of the fall semester. For degrees conferred in January, diplomas
will be mailed to the students; degree conferral in May will be done at Commencement where
diplomas will be issued directly to the student. Students whose degrees were conferred in
January also may participate in the May Commencement exercises. The graduates’ official
academic records will include evidence of degree conferral.
A student who completes degree requirements between the times of degree conferral may
request from the registrar a letter of completion certifying that degree requirements have
been satisfied and the appropriate degree will be conferred at the January or May conferral
date, as appropriate.
If the student has an outstanding financial obligation to the College, until and unless
those financial obligations have been reconciled, a potential graduate or a degree candidate
may not:
A. Obtain a letter of completion.
B. Participate in any aspect of the Baccalaureate or Commencement exercises (i.e. wear
an academic robe, cross the stage with others who have completed degree requirements, etc.).
C. Receive a diploma or any other attendant documents (e.g. certificates, awards, honors,
etc.).
D. Secure any evidence or verification of degree conferral (e.g. transcript etc.).
“Walking” at Commencement
If a student is or will be within one course of completing all requirements for the degree
at the time of the May Commencement, the student may petition the Committee on Academic Policies to be allowed to “walk” at Commencement. Approval is not automatic – the
student must submit a written petition with rationale to the academic policies committee.
The committee will consider whether the student has made a good faith effort to graduate
on time and whether, given the student’s academic history, it is reasonable to believe that
the student will satisfy all degree requirements upon completion of the additional course.
If approval is granted, the missing course must be taken at Mount Union or as an approved
transient course in the summer immediately following that Commencement. The student
must be registered for the course prior to Commencement.
Second Degree Requirements
Although a second baccalaureate degree is not normally conferred by Mount Union
College, a graduate of the College or of another accredited institution can pursue a second
degree by completing the following:
A. The plan must be approved by the major department involved;
B. All requirements for the degree being pursued must be completed including a new
major and minor;
55
C.
D.
E.
F.
All College and liberal arts requirements must be satisfied;
The second degree may not reflect an essential duplication of a major or minor;
A minimum of 30 semester hours in residence beyond the first degree must be completed;
Both degrees may not be conferred at the same time.
The Major
Each student must declare at least one major program of study. A major consists of not less
than 24 nor more than 36 semester hours in a major field, at least 12 of which must be completed
at Mount Union College. However, a student may pursue additional courses in a major field
– to a total of 48 semester hours – to count toward the 120 required for graduation.
Foreign language majors and minors who take courses in a foreign language as part of a
Study Abroad Program in a country where the foreign language being studied is the language
of that country may count those courses toward the minimum residency requirement for
the major and minor subject to the prior approval of the chairperson of the Department
of Foreign Languages at Mount Union College. The chairperson’s review will include a
determination of whether or not there is an appropriate distribution of language/culture/
literature in the major/minor.
By the time a student has completed 60 semester hours, he or she must declare an academic major and be officially assigned to an academic advisor who is a faculty member in
the department responsible for the declared major. To declare a major, the student must
complete a Declaration/Change of Major/Minor/Advisor form; the form must be approved
by the appropriate department chair and submitted to the Office of the Registrar.
Satisfactory completion of a major program includes achieving a 2.000 minimum grade
point average in the major.
Major and departmental requirements appear in the respective discipline sections located
in the Programs of Study section of this Catalogue.
Majors are offered in the following areas:
Degree
BA
BA
BA
BS
BS
BS
BA
BS
BA
BS
BA
BA
BA
BS
BS
BA
BS
BA
BA
BA
BS
56
Major Program
Accounting
American Studies
Art
Athletic Training
Biochemistry
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Science
Early Childhood Education
Economics
English
Environmental Biology
Exercise Science
French
Geology
German
Health
History
Information Systems
Degree Major Program
BA
International Business & Economics
BA
International Studies
BA
Japanese
BS
Mathematics
BA
Media Computing
BA
Media Studies
BA
Middle Childhood Education
BA, BM, BME Music
BA
Non-Western Studies
BA
Philosophy
BA
Physical Education
BS
Physics-Astronomy
BA
Political Science
BA
Psychology
BA
Religion
BA
Sociology
BA
Spanish
BA
Sport Management
BA
Theatre
BA
Writing
A student may be required by his or her major department to complete selected courses
to complement courses in the major field, and/or to satisfactorily complete examinations
related to the major field.
A self-defined, interdisciplinary major is available to a student interested in pursuing a
concentration of study not specified in this Catalogue. Such interdisciplinary majors must
satisfy all College and liberal arts requirements for graduation and must be consistent with
the liberal arts objectives of Mount Union College. Twenty-four semester hours must be
completed in any one department discipline within the self-defined major; however, no
more than 36 semester hours in any one departmental discipline may be applied toward the
total 120 semester hours required for graduation. A student who has completed less than
half the course work in the interdisciplinary major, and who has achieved at least a 2.500
grade point average may submit a self-defined program proposal which will be reviewed and
adjudicated by a committee composed of three faculty members representing the disciplines
involved in the proposal and the Committee on Academic Policies.
The Minor
With the exception of those in the BM or BME degree programs, all students are required
to complete a minor program of study; available minors are noted in the discipline sections
beginning on page 111 of this Catalogue. A minor program consists of from 12 to 18 semester
hours, at least six of which must be completed at Mount Union College. Students may not
declare a major program and a minor program within the same discipline.
Foreign language majors and minors who take courses in a foreign language as part of a
Study Abroad Program in a country where the foreign language being studied is the language
of that country may count those courses toward the minimum residency requirement for
the major and minor subject to the prior approval of the chairperson of the Department
of Foreign Languages at Mount Union College. The chairperson’s review will include a
determination of whether or not there is an appropriate distribution of language/culture/
literature in the major/minor.
To declare a minor, the student must complete a Declaration/Change of Major/Minor/
Advisor form; the form must be approved by the student’s advisor and submitted to the
Office of the Registrar.
Satisfactory completion of a minor program includes achieving a 2.000 minimum grade
point average in the minor.
The Area of Concentration
An area of concentration is a group of courses which together focus on a particular
sub-discipline within a given major, or on a specific pre-professional program. An area of
concentration may be offered by any major, pre-professional program (as defined in this
Catalogue) or professional program. Normally, pre-professional programs require specialized post-baccalaureate study and formal certification. Professional programs are those
which directly qualify a student to seek formal certification in a given profession without
specialized post-baccalaureate study.
An area of concentration must be a distinct program of courses which does not duplicate
an existing major or minor, although courses which count toward a given major or minor
also may count toward an area of concentration. An area of concentration may not be
developed within a minor program.
To be eligible for inclusion in a student’s official academic record, an area of concentration
within a major must contain a minimum of 12 semester hours at least six of which must be
from courses within the department which offers the major. An area of concentration for a
pre-professional or professional program must contain at least 15 semester hours and will
be administered by the advisor or department chair of the program.
57
An area of concentration meeting the above guidelines and approved by the Committee on Academic Policies will be noted on the official academic record of any student who
has completed such area of concentration along with the corresponding pre-professional,
professional or major program.
Approved Areas of Concentration:
Criminal Justice
Finance
Health Systems Administration
Human Resource Management
Management
Marketing
Piano Pedagogy
Pre-Ministry
Quantitative Analysis for Business
Statistics
Note: The list above reflects the areas of concentration approved at the time this Catalogue
was published; to determine if additional areas of concentration have been approved since then,
check with the chairs of the respective departments.
Satisfactory completion of a concentration includes achieving a 2.000 minimum grade
point average in the concentration. The 2.0 in the concentration will be calculated as all the
required courses for the concentration that satisfy the minimum number of hours required
for the concentration.
Senior Culminating Experience
Each department has developed programs through which each of its respective majors
can pursue a special activity or project during the senior year. These programs provide a
variety of experiences through a senior seminar, an independent study/senior research thesis,
a departmental comprehensive oral or written examination, or a capstone course. A student
must complete a Senior Culminating Experience valued at three or more semester hours in
each major he or she pursues even if the student has multiple majors.
English Proficiency
Students displaying substandard ability to communicate in writing may be referred by
a faculty member to the Department of English and/or to the Writing Center. Failure to
achieve a satisfactory level of written expression may, in an extreme case, be the cause for
academic suspension or dismissal from the College. Special programs for non-native speaking students are described on pages 77 and 195.
Writing Across the Curriculum
The Writing Across the Curriculum program offers an opportunity for students to refine
their writing skills throughout their college career. The program is comprised of two parts:
1) a Writing Center that facilitates one-on-one skill development; and 2) a “W” course
component wherein each student is required to successfully complete nine hours of “W”
credit beyond EH 100 in at least three courses from not less than three different disciplines.
Students transferring to Mount Union with 57 or fewer hours completed must successfully
complete the full “W” course component. Students transferring with more than 57 hours will
be required to successfully complete six hours of the “W” course component. To see which
courses earn “W” credit, consult the course listings published annually by the registrar.
Computation of 2.0 in a Major and a Minor
Effective with students entering the College in the 2000 Fall Semester, the 2.0 in the major
shall be calculated as the GPA obtained in all the courses required for the major, plus all
additional elective courses with the disciplinary prefix of the major. For majors that lack
58
a disciplinary prefix, the 2.0 in the major shall be calculated as the GPA obtained in all the
courses required for the major plus all elective courses taken in the home department of the
major. For interdisciplinary majors, the 2.0 in the major shall be calculated as the GPA of
all courses required and elected for the major, plus all additional elective courses taken with
the major interdisciplinary prefix. For self-defined interdisciplinary majors, the 2.0 shall be
calculated using all the required and elected courses approved for the major.
Courses that do not count for any major will not be included in the calculation of the
2.0.
The 2.0 in a minor will be calculated as all the required courses for the minor that satisfy
the minimum number of hours required for the minor.
General Education Curriculum
Mount Union College offers a liberal arts education grounded in the Judeo-Christian tradition. The College affirms the importance of reason, open inquiry, living faith and individual
worth. Mount Union’s mission is to prepare students for meaningful work, fulfilling lives, and
responsible citizenship. To accomplish this mission, the faculty has established a program
to help students obtain a broad base of knowledge in the humanities, arts, and sciences,
along with an awareness of discipline-specific methods of inquiry; to think critically and
communicate effectively; to gain knowledge and skills in a specific discipline requisite for
satisfying careers and/or graduate work and professional studies; to foster an understanding
of various cultures and of the interdependence of the global community; to form moral and
religious values that encourage them to address complex social problems affecting individuals and communities; and, to understand the United States as a dynamic, pluralistic society.
The general education curriculum provides both a framework and a foundation for this
educational program as articulated in the College mission statement.
General education at Mount Union College is intended to help students enhance their
skills in communication, quantitative reasoning, problem solving, and the practice of healthy
living, while exposing them to a broad knowledge base grounded in the liberal arts tradition.
The general education curriculum prepares students to develop life-long competencies in
critical and creative thinking, to construct historically informed frameworks for ongoing
intellectual, ethical, and aesthetic growth, and to understand and deal constructively with
the diversity of the contemporary world.
The general education curriculum is divided according to three levels intended to provide both a foundation and a context for each student’s major field(s) of study. Category
I, Foundations for Inquiry, consists of a core of courses taken by all Mount Union College
students. Category II, Contexts for Inquiry, consists of several interdisciplinary groups of
courses from which students will select their distribution requirements. Finally, Category
III, Contexts for Integration, consists of the Senior Culminating Experience in the student’s
major field(s) of study. An Integrative Experience requirement will be added to the Contexts
for Integration component in the future as specified by the faculty.
I. Foundations for Inquiry Foundations courses are the intellectual cornerstones of
the undergraduate educational experience at Mount Union College. Learning experiences
in these areas are intended to provide students with an introduction to liberal learning, a
sharpening of basic learning skills, and an introduction to the study of values and beliefs.
In completing this core, students will be provided with opportunities to investigate what
it means to be educated, and to develop both a desire for learning and a sense of the value
and importance of acquiring knowledge. Foundations courses are designed to achieve the
following basic goals: the development of an understanding of the meaning and significance
of obtaining a liberal arts education; the development of language and communication skills
which provide students with the tools needed to be fully involved in the process of lifelong
59
learning; and, the development of a basic understanding of the systematic investigation
of religion and human experience. In order to achieve these goals, students will complete
coursework in the following areas:
A. The Liberal Arts Experience: Study in this area is intended as a basic orientation to the
meaning and significance of acquiring a liberal arts education. In completing this requirement, students will learn skills for adapting to college life, enhancing academic performance,
and developing an understanding of the diversity and complexity that now surrounds them.
Students can satisfy this portion of the foundations core by completing LS 100 (The Liberal
Arts Experience).
B. Language and Communication Skills: The completion of the courses required in this
category ensure the development of the ability to communicate effectively in both written
and oral modes and the achievement of proficiency in a second, living language through
the beginning level. After completion of the writing and communication courses in this
category, students should be able to demonstrate: an understanding of the dynamics of
written and oral communication; an understanding of the connection between language
and the learning process; an appreciation of various disciplinary approaches to written
and oral communication; and, an ability to critique their own and others’ written and oral
presentations. After completion of the foreign language proficiency requirement, students
should be able to demonstrate foreign language skills equivalent to the completion of a
102-level foreign language course. In order to ensure continued development and refinement of writing skills, students are required to complete courses selected from the Writing
Across the Curriculum Program which is designed to expose them to writing experiences
in diverse contexts. Students can satisfy the language and communication skills portion
of the foundations core by completing the following: one course in written English; one
course in oral English communication; (1) bachelor of arts and bachelor of science students
must pass the foreign language proficiency test OR a 102-level foreign language course, (2)
bachelor of music in performance students must successfully complete six semester hours
of foreign language study as part of their professional degree requirements, thus while the
foreign language proficiency exam must be taken, passage of the exam will not decrease the
requirement to complete six semester hours of foreign language study, and (3) passage of
the foreign language proficiency exam or a 102-level foreign language course is not required
for the bachelor of music education degree as the daily use of foreign language, especially
Italian, and the study of music itself as means of communication is so deeply ingrained into
the entire gestalt of the College’s bachelor of music education program so as to meet the
learning objectives of this area; and three courses from the Writing Across the Curriculum
program in at least three different disciplines or programs (students should have completed
at least one “W” course by the end of the sophomore year).
C. Religion and Human Experience: Consistent with the Judeo-Christian tradition at
Mount Union College, study in this area is intended to develop in students a critical appreciation for the role religion plays in human experience. Completion of this requirement
involves an exploration of issues that lie at the core of Mount Union’s mission statement
which affirms the importance of reason, open inquiry, living faith, and individual worth.
This course is intended to enable students to become aware of and reflect critically upon their
own values and the diversity of values within their own culture as well as the world views of
others at other times and in other cultures. Learning experiences in this area represent the
establishment of a foundation of knowledge, values, and attitudes which will be built upon
as students continue their undergraduate careers. Students can satisfy this portion of the
foundations core by completing RE 100 (Religion and Human Experience).
II. Contexts for Inquiry In the contexts portion of the curriculum, the primary emphasis
shifts from developing essential skills and introducing the conceptual framework of acquiring
a liberal arts education to the exploration of issues, questions, ideas and methods of inquiry
60
both within specific disciplines and across disciplinary lines. In completing the contexts requirement, students will be introduced to a wide range of content within five interdisciplinary
categories: art and aesthetic perspectives; natural sciences and mathematics; human experience
and social perspectives; global and cultural perspectives; and healthy living.
A. Art and Aesthetic Perspectives: Study in this area is intended to introduce students to
a range of creative expressions and critical perspectives in literature, music, film, theatre, and
art, and simultaneously expose them to new perspectives on human experience and ways
of knowing. In completing this requirement, students will come to appreciate the diversity
and intricacy of creative and critical processes through the study of specific works, building
informed and mature methods of evaluation. They will develop and apply their own critical, evaluative and creative processes and will be encouraged to apply them in coursework
both within and across traditional disciplinary boundaries. Some study in this area will be
interdisciplinary in nature. In satisfying the distribution requirement in this category, students will complete one course in literature, one course in the fine arts, and a third course
in either the fine arts or chosen from an approved list of courses with an artistic or aesthetic
focus (this list will not include additional literature courses).
B. Natural Sciences and Mathematics: Learning experiences in this category will introduce students to key theories and concepts in the natural sciences and mathematics and
to the methods of inquiry specific to them. In completing the natural sciences courses in
this category, students will develop an understanding of their place in the natural universe.
Students will improve their mathematical skills by completing a course that provides them
with extensive experience in problem solving and critical thinking. These requirements
seek to provide students with the knowledge and tools necessary to better comprehend and
function in the natural world. In satisfying the distribution requirement in this category,
students will complete three courses from an approved list.
For (1) bachelor of music education students one course will be in mathematics while (2)
for bachelor of arts, bachelor of science and bachelor of music in performance students one
course will be in mathematics or logic; and (1) for bachelor of arts or bachelor of science
students two courses will be in the natural sciences (biology, chemistry, geology, or physics
and astronomy) where one of these natural science courses must include a lab and (2) for
bachelor of music in performance and bachelor of music education students either one
laboratory (4 or 5 semester hours) or one non-laboratory (3 semester hours) course will be
in the natural sciences (biology, chemistry, geology, or physics and astronomy).
C. Human Experience and Social Perspectives: This category is intended to provide students with the opportunity to study the ways in which a variety of disciplines examine and
explain the nature of human experience. This category is divided into three sub-categories:
(1) history, (2) religion and philosophy, and (3) social sciences. In satisfying the distribution requirement in this category, (1) bachelor of arts and bachelor of science students will
complete one course in history and (2) bachelor of music in performance and bachelor of
music education students will complete MU 102, MU 200 and MU 201, and all students will
complete one course in religion or philosophy, and two courses in the social sciences (one in
economics or political science, and one in psychology or sociology from an approved list.
1. History: By providing an understanding of the past, the study of history encourages the development of the ability to cope with the complexity of the present and, used
cautiously, may offer some insight into the possibilities and challenges presented by the
future. In completing this requirement, students will develop an understanding of the ways
in which human experience has been shaped by the continuous growth and development of
political, religious, intellectual, economic and social forces. The study of history heightens
the understanding of those forces and their impact on society over time.
2. Religion and Philosophy: The study of religion and philosophy encourages the
development of capacities vital to a liberal arts education. Specifically, learning experiences
61
in this area involve the reflective study of values and a critical examination of the student’s
own core beliefs. Courses in these disciplines address contexts of inquiry in the areas of
values, knowledge faith, and meaning. Important to liberal learning is the development of
disciplined reflection and active engagement in the process of placing one’s core beliefs into
a coherent framework that is subject to critical inquiry. Within a context of respectful intellectual engagement, students will learn to evaluate their own as well as opposing viewpoints
and to analyze thoughtfully the arguments used to support them.
3. Social Sciences: These courses are intended to introduce students to the basic
methods and theories of the social sciences. Developing an understanding of human experience requires that people be studied at multiple levels of analysis and from a variety of
perspectives. People develop and function within a context which includes influences residing in the individual as well as within a complex network of social, political and economic
forces. The completion of this requirement is intended to enable students to identify the
personal and social forces which affect them and to explore the meaning of these forces for
human experience.
D. Global and Cultural Perspectives: This category is intended to broaden student perspectives by fostering the ability to understand various cultures throughout the world, to
grasp the interdependence of the members of the global community, and to demonstrate
an understanding of the United States as a pluralistic society. This category is divided into
two sub-categories: (1) international sociopolitical and economic studies and (2) cultural
studies. In satisfying the distribution requirement in this category, students will complete
one course in each sub-category.
1. International Sociopolitical and Economic Studies: Study in this area treats
social, political, and economic systems as objects of scholarly inquiry with a particular
emphasis upon the interdependence of members of the global community. Courses in this
category may include those with a comparative focus.
2. Cultural Studies: Learning experiences in this area involve the exploration of
the social, philosophical, religious, artistic and/or cultural traditions of one or more ethnic, national, regional, or cultural groupings. Of particular concern in this area is that the
populations under study be treated as subjects of their own experience.
E. Healthy Living: These courses are designed to make students aware of what constitutes
a healthy lifestyle, help them to establish patterns of behavior which foster healthful living,
and acquaint them with various physical activities appropriate for lifelong participation in
a regular, individualized fitness program. In satisfying the distribution requirement in this
category, students will complete HE 152 (Wellness).
III. Contexts for Integration Study in this area requires students to explore the content
and methodologies of a variety of academic disciplines with the goal of fostering more intense integrative thinking. Students will be challenged to integrate disciplinary knowledge
and to explore the meaning of that information in ways requiring a high level of integrative
and analytical skills. The development of integrative thinking will be fostered in two ways:
through in depth investigation within the student’s major field(s) of study and through
engaging in interdisciplinary study. Therefore, the integration component of the General
Education Curriculum is composed of two requirements:
A. The Senior Culminating Experience: All Mount Union students will complete a Senior
Culminating Experience as part of the requirements in their chosen major(s). While the
specific parameters for this capstone experience are determined by each department, the
Senior Culminating Experience is intended to provide students the opportunity to integrate
what they have learned in their years of study within the major with their interdisciplinary
experiences across the general education curriculum.
62
B. The Integrative Experience Requirement: The integrative experience requirement is
designed to achieve two broad goals associated with the overarching purpose of fostering
in students personal freedom in the service of human community: (1) to provide a broad
context in which to place students’ experiences within specific disciplines. In so doing,
students will be introduced to complex and multifaceted ideas which, in order to be understood with depth, require taking the perspective of more than one discipline. As they
do this work, students are expected to develop the ability to analyze issues in an active and
reflective manner; and (2) to demonstrate the ability to draw from multiple disciplinary
bases, integrating and synthesizing those perspectives meaningfully. Students will learn to
apply methodology and language from various disciplines as they examine common themes,
issues, problems, topics or experiences. The focus of this learning experience is on making
connections across disciplines illustrating the interrelationships among them. The specific
content of the integrative experience requirement will be decided by the faculty after careful
consideration and pilot testing in the future.
Academic Record
The history of a student’s academic career at Mount Union College is compiled to create
the official academic record; this may take the form of hard copy or computer file format.
The academic record contains all information pertinent to the student’s academic progress:
courses enrolled, terms enrolled, grades, academic action (suspension, dismissal, etc.), degrees
granted, major and minor programs, honors, academic awards, etc. Disciplinary information
or actions will never appear on the students “academic record.” Administrators and faculty
with a need to know (advisors, department chairs, etc.) may secure copies of the academic
record for use when advising the student; such copies are unofficial advisor’s copies and
may not be replicated for release to a third party.
Transcripts
An official copy of the academic record is called a transcript and bears the signature of the
registrar. Only the registrar is authorized to prepare and issue official transcripts.
An official transcript must be requested in writing by the student using either the Transcript
Request Form, a letter of request, a faxed request or by using IQ Web. A transcript may be
sent to a third party designated by the student, or may be issued directly to the student; in
the latter case, the transcript will be marked “Official Transcript Issued to Student.” If the
Office of Business Affairs has placed an academic hold on the student’s record, no transcript
will be issued until the financial obligation to the College has been discharged.
Each student is issued free of charge one official transcript at the time of graduation; all
others require payment at the time of request.
Transfer Credit
A student admitted to Mount Union College after having attended another institution
of higher education will be classified a transfer student and will be required to provide an
official transcript of his or her academic record at the previous school. This transcript will
be the basis for determining what, if any, transfer credit will be accepted by Mount Union
College; such determination will be made by the registrar at the time of admission. In order
to be eligible for transfer to the Mount Union College academic record, a transferred course
must have been completed at a regionally accredited college or university, must have a grade
of “C” or better, and must be in an academic discipline in which courses are offered by Mount
Union. Any credit granted at the time of admission is conditional and may be withdrawn if
a student is deemed incapable of successfully completing advanced work. Grades for transfer
work accepted by Mount Union College will not be included when calculating the student’s
Mount Union grade point average.
63
Academic Honesty
Unless clearly documented with citations indicating otherwise, all academic work is expected to be the student’s own. Plagiarism and/or any other form of cheating or dishonesty
will subject the student involved to punitive action ranging from failure of an assignment
to possible suspension or dismissal from the College. Instances to which this standard will
be applied include but are not limited to the following:
A. Any academic work presented as the student’s own must be solely the work of that
student.
B. Any student’s work which uses ideas, information, or language from other sources
must give appropriate credit to such other sources according to rules for proper source
documentation as specified in the handbook used in EH 100 College Writing.
C. A student may not knowingly give to or receive from another any unauthorized
assistance with examinations, papers and/or other assignments.
D. A student may not submit academic work, or any part of academic work, completed
for one course as work for another course without the expressed prior approval of
the instructor.
E. A student may not destroy, damage, alter or unfairly interfere with access to the
College’s educational resources and materials.
F. A student may not knowingly subvert or otherwise interfere with the academic work
of another.
G. A student may not falsify or misrepresent research or laboratory data or observations.
H. A student may not violate the authorial integrity of computer software through
plagiarism, invasion of privacy, unauthorized access, or trade secret and copyright
violations.
Depending upon the severity of the infraction and the circumstances of the situation,
cases of academic dishonesty may result in penalties ranging from failure of an assignment
up to and including dismissal from the College.
Having determined that an infraction has occurred, an instructor may immediately impose
penalties according to the stated policies of the course syllabus. In addition, any instructor
who suspects or has determined that a case of academic dishonesty has occurred will present
the evidence to the department chair and then to the dean of the College, who may impose
additional penalties as deemed appropriate. A student who wishes to do so may appeal the
decision of the instructor by way of a petition to the Committee on Academic Policies.
Should the dean feel the evidence warrants possible suspension or dismissal, the dean will
convene a subcommittee from the Committee on Academic Policies. The subcommittee will
rule on the case and determine appropriate penalties. A student who wishes to do so may
appeal the decision of the subcommittee to a subcommittee of the College Judicial Board
which will consist of three faculty members and two students.
Petitions and Appeals Regarding Academic Matters
Any student with a concern about an academic matter may attempt to resolve such matter
with the instructor, if one is involved or the department chair. If the matter then remains
unresolved, the student may petition the Academic Policies Committee (petition forms and
information are available from the Office of the Registrar).
In the event that additional relevant information regarding a denied petition becomes
available, students may submit a new petition to the committee. If the matter is not resolved
satisfactorily, the petitioner may appeal to the vice president of academic affairs and dean of
the College. The petitioner must contact the dean’s office no later than the last day of the
term following the semester in which notification of the original decision was received.
64
Grades
Each course completed at Mount Union is assessed by the faculty member who will employ
the following system of grades and quality point equivalencies:
A ......4.00
B ...... 3.00
C ......2.00
D ......1.00
A- .....3.67
B-..... 2.67
C- .....1.67
D- ....0.67
B+ ....3.33
C+ ... 2.33
D+....1.33
F .......0.00
S ..............Satisfactory
H ...........Honors
UA ........Unsatisfactory Audit
U ...........Unsatisfactory
AU .........Satisfactory Audit
Grading Notations
In addition to grades, certain notations are employed to signify specific conditions; these
are:
I Incomplete
WP
Withdrawn Passing
IP In Progress
WF
Withdrawn Failing
P Passed (Transfer Work)
W
Withdrawn Hardship
Grades and/or Grading Notation Definitions
S/U (Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory): Applicable for assignment to sophomores, juniors
and seniors who elect to enroll in certain courses on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory grade basis.
The S/U option must be declared by the end of the eighth week of the semester.
To qualify for this option, a student must satisfy at least one of the following criteria: (1)
cumulative average of at least 3.000, (2) an average of at least 3.000 for the two preceding
semesters, or (3) a junior or senior with at least a 3.000 cumulative average exclusive of the
freshman year. The S/U option may not be used with courses in the major department or
with extra-departmental courses required for the major (except for those courses graded
on an S/U basis only). The S/U option may not be applied to any course being used to
satisfy the liberal arts requirements specified in the “Requirements for a Degree” section
of this Catalogue.
The S/U option may be used for courses in a minor department taken beyond those required for the minor. These courses will not include those that apply directly to the minor
or those extra-departmental courses required for the minor (except those graded only on
an S/U basis).
Academic work completed at the “C” or higher level will be graded “S”; work completed
at the “C-” level or below will be graded “U.” The instructor is expected to report a letter
grade equivalent (“A” to “F”) on the final grade reporting form.
S/U grades are not included in a student’s grade point averages. A student may enroll for
only one elected S/U basis course each semester and a maximum of six such S/U courses
in a degree program.
The Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory option is not available to Mount Union students on
Study Abroad unless this is the only manner in which the course is offered by the host
university.
Restrictions governing the number of courses, the area of concentration or liberal arts
requirements as these relate to the S/U option for a specific course may be adjusted via
petition for an international student who can demonstrate that he or she is experiencing
significant difficulty as a result of language differences.
I (Incomplete): Applicable in an instance where a student’s work is incomplete for the
semester. The assignment of an “I” must be approved by the dean of the College. The dean
should be informed of a medical or other emergency as soon as possible. Requests for the
65
assignment of an “I” for legitimate academic reasons must be submitted by the instructor
to the dean of the College prior to the last week of the semester.
Incomplete grades must be reconciled by the fifth week of the next regular semester following the one during which the “I” grade was assigned. It is the student’s responsibility to
arrange for completion of the work. The final grade is due to the registrar during the sixth
week of the following semester and may be any grade from “A” to “F”. An “I” grade which
has not been reconciled to a final grade by the end of the sixth week of the next regular
semester will become an “F” and included in the calculations of the student’s cumulative
grade point average.
IP (In Progress): Applicable grade assigned at the end of the first semester of a two
semester “extended” course.
WP, WF (Withdrawn Passing, Withdrawn Failing): Applicable to students who withdraw
from a course after the second week but by Monday of the eleventh week of a semester. Withdrawals processed by the end of the second week are not recorded on the official academic
record. Withdrawals processed after the second week but by the first day of the eleventh
week will be recorded as a “WP” or “WF” on the official academic record. Neither the “WF”
nor the “WP” are calculated in the student’s grade point average. A student withdrawing
after the first day of the eleventh week of classes for any reason — other than medical or
nonacademic hardship — will receive grades of “F” which will be used in computing the
cumulative grade point average.
W (Withdrawn): Applicable when a student, with the approval of the dean of the College,
withdraws from a course anytime during the semester for a verified medical or other verified
non-academic hardship. A “W” is not calculated in a student’s grade point average.
AU/UA (Satisfactory Audit/Unsatisfactory Audit): The nature and amount of work
required of an auditor, as well as the criteria for grading, will be specified by the instructor
involved. Work performed at a “C” or higher level will be recorded as “AU” (Satisfactory
Audit) on the academic record; work performed at “C-” or below will be noted as “UA” on
the final grade list record. No credit is awarded for an audited course.
Change of Grade
In order to seek consideration of a request for a grade change in any course, a student
must submit a petition to the Academic Policies Committee. Unless there are justifiable
extenuating circumstances present, a student must submit such petition prior to the end
of the semester following the one during which the original grade was assigned. (See Petitions and Appeals Regarding Academic Matters section on page 64 for more information,
or contact the Office of the Registrar.)
Prior to a student’s graduation from Mount Union, when he or she officially changes
majors or applies to a graduate or professional school requiring A/F grades for courses
originally pursued on an S/U basis, such student may, by petition to the Committee on
Academic Policies, request that an A/F grade replace the S/U grade on the academic record.
The student’s grade point average will be adjusted accordingly. Once changed from S/U to
A/F, a grade cannot be returned to the S/U status.
Repeating Courses
A student may repeat a failed course as often as is necessary in order to pass and receive
credit for the course. The course credit hours for each attempt are used in the calculation
of the student’s GPA unless the course was taken as a “Repeat for change of grade.” With
the exception of courses that are expected to be taken multiple times, such as special topic,
seminar, or applied music courses--a student may receive credit toward graduation for a
course only once. If a student enrolls in a course for which he/she has received credit and
66
“repeat for change of grade” does not apply, the enrollment will be converted to an “audit”
enrollment.
Repeat for Change of Grade
A student may “repeat for change of grade” a regularly offered course as many times as
necessary or desired subject to the following conditions:
A. A student may repeat at Mount Union any regularly offered course taken at
Mount Union College in an attempt to secure a grade of “A” through “F”, however,
experimental courses or topical seminars may be repeated for change of grade only
if the subject matter is the same.
B. A student must repeat the same course and must do so
(1) within 12 months of the prior attempt, or
(2) the next regular offering if offered less than once a year, with the understanding
that the dean of the College may authorize an extension of the time limitation
if mitigating circumstances exist.
C. Grades for all course attempts will appear on a student’s official academic record
but only the last attempt will be used in the calculation of the student’s cumulative
grade point average (grades for repeated prior attempts will be annotated with an
“R” on the academic record).
D. At the time of graduation, grades and quality points for all course attempts will be
used when determining a student’s rank in class and eligibility for college honors,
honors in liberal studies or departmental honors designations.
E. For purposes of this policy, credit earned for any repeated course will apply only
once toward fulfilling degree requirements.
F. And a student may not enroll for an overload during a semester in which a course
is being repeated.
Notes: Courses repeated under the “audit” option will not affect grades for any previous
attempt(s).
The “S/U” option may not be used to repeat a course.
A student should designate – at the time of registration – his or her intent to enroll for a
course on a repeat for change of grade basis. Repeat for Change of Grade Application Forms
are available from the Office of the Registrar.
Due to curricular changes and/or course scheduling, not all courses may be available to
“repeat for change of grade.”
Dean’s List
A Mount Union undergraduate student is eligible for and shall be placed on the Dean’s
List for a given semester subject to the following conditions.
For the semester being considered the student:
A. Must complete at least 12 semester credit hours of traditionally graded course work
– courses graded “S” (Satisfactory) or taken as a repeated course cannot be included
among these 12.
B. Must have at least a 3.550 grade point average for all course work attempted.
C. Cannot have a course graded below a “B” (3.000).
D. Cannot have a course graded “U” (unsatisfactory) or “WF” (withdraw failing);
E. Cannot have a course marked “I” (incomplete) or “IP” (in progress), however, when
the student completes work of the “I” or “IP” graded course(s) he or she may then
be eligible to be added to a supplementary Dean’s List for that semester.
F. Courses graded “AU” (audit), “W” (withdrawn) or “WP” (withdraw passing) do not
disqualify a student who is otherwise eligible for the Dean’s List.
67
Student Classification
A student’s rank is dependent on the number of semester hours of credit she/he has
completed, the sum of Mount Union credits earned and credit allowed for transfer work
completed. A student is classified by rank according to the following.
Freshman
less than 28 total semester hours completed
Sophomore at least 28 and less than 58 total semester hours completed
Junior
at least 58 and less than 88 total semester hours completed
Senior
a total of 88 or more semester hours completed
Note that credit awarded for approved transient course work taken at another institution
is considered to be part of Mount Union credits completed.
A student is classified as full or part time according to the following.
Full-time
enrolled for 12 semester hours or more
Part-time
enrolled for less than 12 semester hours
Overload
enrolled for more than 19 semester hours at Mount Union College or
at Mount Union and as a transient student at another institution
Academic Standing
A student’s academic standing – “good standing” or “on probation” – is dependent upon
her/his grade point average and the number of semester hours she/he has attempted (note
the rule for transfer students below). For a student to attain and/or maintain “good academic
standing” at the College the student must:
A. Have a 1.600 grade point average or higher if she/he has attempted less than 29
semester hours.
B. Have a 1.750 grade point average or higher if she/he has attempted at least 29 semester
hours and less than 45 hours.
C. Have a 1.900 grade point average or higher if she/he has attempted at least 45 semester
hours and less than 60 hours.
D. Have a 2.000 grade point average or higher if she/he has attempted 60 or more
semester hours.
For transfer students the figure used for “semester hours attempted” will be the sum of
transfer credits accepted by Mount Union and the credits attempted here at Mount Union.
Thus, a transfer student who was granted six credits for transfer work and who has attempted 25 credits at Mount Union would have attempted a total of 31 semester hours for
purposes of this policy.
Please note that credit hours attempted and grades awarded for approved transient
course work taken at another institution are considered to be part of Mount Union credits
attempted and grade point average.
Satisfactory Progress
A student enrolled at Mount Union on a full-time basis is considered to be making satisfactory progress toward satisfying degree requirements if she/he satisfactorily completes
at Mount Union College a minimum of:
A. 24 semester hours after two semesters.
B. 48 semester hours after four semesters.
C. 72 semester hours after six semesters.
D. 96 semester hours after eight semesters.
E. Or 24 semester hours during the preceding two semesters of enrollment at the College.
In addition, a student’s performance must represent a pattern which does not jeopardize
the chances of satisfactorily completing degree requirements within approximately 120
semester hours.
68
Credit awarded for transfer work accepted by the College is not included in the hours
used to determine satisfactory progress under this policy.
Please note that credit awarded for approved transient course work taken at another
institution is considered to be part of Mount Union credits.
Cases of failure to make satisfactory academic progress which involve the possibility of
loss of financial aid will be reviewed by the Probations and Suspensions Committee. The
financial aid officer of the College also will serve on the committee as an adjunct member
for purposes of these reviews. A student has the right to submit to the dean of the College
a written formal appeal of committee academic decisions.
Intercollegiate Athletics Eligibility
To be eligible for participation in the College’s intercollegiate athletic programs, a student
must be enrolled full-time for the semesters of participation and must be in good academic
standing and making satisfactory progress toward a degree. These requirements are in accordance with National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) guidelines.
Academic Review
At the end of each semester, the record of every student determined to be subject to
probation and/or suspension will be reviewed by the Probation and Suspension Committee. The voting membership of the committee consists of two faculty members from the
Academic Policies Committee and the Associate Dean of the College. Several administrators
representing academic affairs, enrollment services and student affairs provide support for
this committee.
After reviewing a student’s academic record, both his or her grades, grade point average and
academic progress, the Committee may dismiss, suspend or place the student on academic
probation, with or without conditions applicable to continued enrollment. The Office of
Academic Affairs will notify by letter all students for whom action was recommended.
Appealing Suspensions or Dismissals
A students may appeal a suspension or dismissal decision by submitting a written letter
of appeal to the Office of Academic Affairs. Students are advised to obtain letters of support
from faculty members or advisors.
An Appeals Committee will meet approximately two weeks following the original meeting.
The Appeals Committee will consist of three voting members: two faculty members from the
Academic Policies Committee who were not on the initial Probation/Suspension Committee
and a student from the Academic Policies Committee or a student recommended by the
Office of Academic Affairs or the Office of Student Affairs. Those who submitted an appeal
will be notified by phone and/or letter of the decision by the Appeals Committee.
A student may request that the dean of the College reconsider a suspension or dismissal
decision of the Appeals Committee only when additional pertinent information becomes
available. The dean of the College makes a decision and notifies the student in writing. No
additional appeals are allowed.
Academic Probation
A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below that specified for good academic standing at the end of any semester is considered to be on academic probation. A
student who fails to demonstrate satisfactory progress toward removing the cause of probation may be subject to suspension or dismissal from the College. A student on probation may
be required to take a reduced course load, and/or may be required to enroll for a specified
academic program with required grade objectives during any semester on probation and
may be required to limit participation in extracurricular activities.
69
Suspension
Suspension is the involuntary separation of a student from the College for a specified
period of time; at the end of such period, the student is usually eligible to apply for readmission; procedures for readmission application are listed under the “Readmission After
Suspension,” which appears on page 70 of this Catalogue. A student is subject to suspension
from the College if he or she:
A. Has a grade point average below that required for good academic standing.
B. Was on probation the previous semester and fails to show progress toward attaining
good standing.
C. Has an exceptionally poor record of achievement for any semester.
D. Fails to show satisfactory progress toward meeting the requirements for a degree.
E. Is determined to have violated academic honesty.
F. Becomes subject to disciplinary procedures; in cases where a disciplinary infraction
is deemed to be egregious, immediate involuntary separation may be recommended
by either the dean of the College or the dean of students.
Note: A suspension based on unsatisfactory academic performance will be considered an
“academic suspension” and will be noted accordingly on the student’s official academic record;
a suspension based on unsatisfactory conduct and/or ethics will be considered a “disciplinary
suspension” but will not be noted on the official academic record.
Dismissal
Dismissal is the involuntary and usually permanent separation of a student from the
College; a dismissed student is ineligible to reapply for readmission. A student is subject to
dismissal from the College if he or she:
A. Has been suspended for academic reasons on two or more occasions.
B. Would normally be subject to suspension but the circumstances involved are considered, by either the dean of the College or the dean of students, to be egregious;
in cases of such seriousness, immediate dismissal may be recommended.
Note: A dismissal based on unsatisfactory academic performance will be considered an
“academic dismissal” and will be noted accordingly on the student’s official academic record;
a suspension based on unsatisfactory conduct and/or ethics will be considered a “disciplinary
dismissal” but will not be noted on the official academic record.
Readmission After Suspension
A student suspended from the College for academic reasons is eligible to apply for readmission after a hiatus of at least one semester not including the summer terms; as an example, a
student suspended at the end of spring semester will be eligible to be considered for readmission after the following fall semester. Applications for readmission after suspension must
be submitted to the registrar and will be adjudicated by the dean of the College. A student
who attends another college or university after being suspended from Mount Union must
submit an official transcript from that school before the application for readmission will
be considered. Students returning to the College from academic suspension are limited to
a maximum load of 16 semester hours.
Registration and Enrollment
Faculty Advisors
Academic advising constitutes a key element in the educational plan of Mount Union.
At the time of admission to the College, each student is assigned to a faculty member who
serves both as the instructor, or mentor, for the student’s LS 100 class and as his or her initial
70
academic advisor. When a student declares a major, the chair of the major department will
assign a faculty member in the department to serve as academic advisor to the student. In
addition to this assigned faculty advisor, other members of the College faculty and administration are available to assist students with academic and personal problems.
Registration
For currently enrolled students, each semester during the academic year, all students except graduating seniors will confer with their respective advisors, plan and select a schedule
of approved classes for the following semester and then complete registration for the next
semester at the appropriate times published by the Office of the Registrar. Scheduling may
be done using web registration or by paper using an Initial Registration Form (IRF).
First time students entering in the fall semester will register during the preceding summer. New students entering in the spring semester will register during the break between
the fall and spring semesters.
All continuing and new students are expected to be registered and have paid their fees
or have satisfactory financial arrangements made prior to the start of each semester. Those
who are unable to register until the first week of classes may do so on IQ.Web (if authorized
by their advisor) or with an IRF signed by their advisors.
Students registering during the second week of the semester must have the permission of
their advisor and of the department chair and faculty member of each class for which they
are registering. Any registration during the third week of classes requires the permission
of their advisor, the assistant vice president for academic affairs and the department chair
and faculty member of each class for which they are registering. No late registrations are
permitted after the third week of the semester.
A late registration fee of $50 is levied for registration during the second week of classes,
and a late registration fee of $100 is levied for registration during the third week of classes,
which must be paid to the Office of Business Affairs prior to registration.
Prerequisites
Many courses have prerequisites and these may range from class standing to a series of
specific courses. Course prerequisites are noted for each course in the departments’ “Course
of Instruction” section located near the back of this Catalogue. It is the student’s responsibility to make certain that he or she has met all prerequisites prior to registration for a
course. A student will not be permitted to remain in a course for which the prerequisite
has not been satisfied.
Enrollment Priorities
As with all institutions, the College cannot offer enough sections of all classes to ensure
that all students can enroll in all the courses they wish each semester. For this reason enrollment in some courses is limited to students who must have the course for their major
or minor. Ineligible students who enroll in such courses will be withdrawn by the Office
of the Registrar. Often when those needs have been met, any eligible student may enroll in
the course, however students not needing the class to meet major or minor requirements
may be denied enrollment throughout the entire registration process.
Class Limits
Class limits are established by each department; when this limit is reached during the
registration process, the class is considered closed. Written approval by the chair [or his/her
designate] of the department in which the course resides is required to be registered in a
closed class.
71
Course Load and Overload
With the approval of his or her advisor, a student may register for an academic credit
load up to and including 19 semester hours. A load ranging from 12 to 19 credit hours is
considered full-time and is assessed fees accordingly. An academic load in excess of 19 credits
is considered an overload and therefore requires the approval of the dean of the College and
is subject to an additional fee for which financial aid is not applicable. Students attending
another institution as a transient student at the same time that they are registered for courses
at Mount Union College are subject to the same limitations on overload. The determination of whether or not the student has an overload will be based on the sum of the hours
taken at Mount Union and the other institution. Students attending other institutions in the
summer are subject to the same credit hour limitations that would apply at Mount Union
College. Any course load above that limit – normally nine semester hours – would require
approval by the dean of the College.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors become eligible to register for an overload by satisfying
any of the following:
A. Have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.000.
B. Have a grade point average of at least 3.000 for the preceding two semesters.
C. Be a junior or senior with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.000 exclusive
of the freshman year.
Schedule Changes
During the fall and spring semesters a schedule change period occurs during the first
week of classes. Students may change their schedule by adding (subject to availability) or
dropping classes on IQ.Web or by use of a Schedule Change Form (SCF). During the second week of classes schedule changes may be made only with the permission of the faculty
member and department chair of each class being added and the faculty member of each
class being dropped. Changes during this week and for the remainder of the semester must
be completed on a SCF.
After the second week of the semester the assistant vice president for academic affairs as
well as the department chair and the faculty members teaching the class must approve any
schedule change in which one or more courses are added. Enrollment is not permitted after
the third week of the semester.
A late registration fee of $50 is levied for courses added in the second week of classes,
and a late registration fee of $100 is added in the third week of classes. which must be paid
to the Office of Business Affairs prior to registration.
Withdrawals from classes processed by Friday of the second week of the semester will not
appear on a student’s official academic record. From the third week through the first day
of the eleventh week of the semester, students withdrawing from one or more classes must
obtain their grade at that time, “WP” or “WF,” and a signature from the instructor on a SCF.
The SCF should be taken to the Office of the Registrar. The date that the SCF is received
and processed by the Office of the Registrar will be the “official withdrawal date” from the
class or classes being dropped.
With the approval of the dean of the College, a student may withdraw anytime for verified
medical or other non-academic hardship; such withdrawal will be recorded on the student’s
official academic record as “W”. Any student intending to withdraw for non-academic
reasons should contact the dean of students for assistance.
Withdrawals, other than those for medical or non-academic hardship, processed after
the first day of the eleventh week of the semester will be recorded on the student’s official
academic record as “F” and this grade will be used in computing the grade point average.
Designations of “WP,” “WF” and “W” are not used in computing a student’s grade point
average.
72
Admission to Class
No student is permitted to attend any class section unless he or she is officially registered
for that class section. A student is considered registered only if his or her name appears on
the official class list, or he or she presents a computer-prepared personal schedule reflecting
the specific class. A student will receive neither credit nor a grade in a course for which they
were not officially enrolled.
Auditor
Subject to space availability and permission of the instructor, a student may enroll in any
class as an auditor. Deadlines and procedures for enrolling as an auditor are the same as for
credit registration; however, the registration form must be noted appropriately to designate
audit. After the third week of a semester, a student may not change from audit to credit
or from credit to audit. The fee for auditing a class is one-half the per-semester hour rate
assessed for credit courses.
Attendance Discrepancies at the Start of the Semester
During the second week of the semester faculty are asked by the registrar to report any
students not attending class who are on the class list and any students who are attending
but are not on the class list.
1. Any students who are notified that they are on a class list but are not attending the
class must either immediately start attending the class and notify the registrar that
they are attending or they must withdraw from the class. If no action is taken by
the student, the Office of the Registrar will withdraw the student and no credit will
be received for the course.
2. Any student attending a class who is notified that he/she is not on the class list must
immediately register and meet any financial obligations for that course or the student
will receive no credit for the course even if it is successfully completed.
3. Any student attending a class as of the third week of the semester and who is not
registered for that class must immediately register and meet any financial obligations for that course or the student will receive no credit for the course even if it is
successfully completed.
Class Attendance and Participation
Since there has been significant mutual commitment, by both students and faculty, to the
academic process at Mount Union, it is expected that each student will attend and participate
during all class and laboratory sessions for which he or she is registered. A student who
must be absent from a class for any reason should contact the faculty member prior to the
absence if possible or, in the case of an emergency, as soon as possible thereafter in order to
make arrangements to secure and/or make up missed assignments. Repeated absence can
and probably will affect a student’s final grade and, if not excused by the instructor, may
subject the student to possible suspension or dismissal from the College. Students who stop
attending a class and fail to formally withdraw will receive an “F” grade for the course.
A student who is required to miss class for health reasons is required to contact the Health
Center for either treatment, release or referral. The medical staff will determine the seriousness of health problems and inform the dean of students when absence is legitimate; however,
in all cases, the student is responsible to notify the faculty member and make up missed class
work. In cases of prolonged illness or off-campus emergency, the student must notify the
dean of students who will verify the circumstances and issue excuses when warranted.
Field trips and other academic off-campus activities, organized and supervised by faculty
to support regular course work, are encouraged within the limits of reasonable time spent
73
away from campus. A student may not be required to participate in a field trip which will
necessitate missing other scheduled classes. A student who participates in a College-sponsored field trip does so voluntarily and is responsible to arrange for make-up for any class
missed as a result of field trip participation. Plans for a field trip which will necessitate
participating students being absent from other classes must be cleared with the dean of the
College prior to such event.
Organized student activities and intercollegiate athletics may, as a consequence of external
scheduling exigencies, interfere with regularly scheduled classes. It is expected that a participant in these activities will confer with his or her advisor and carefully evaluate course
requirements when registering for classes each semester; conflicts of time and course work
load may be cause for alternate course selection. Coaches and activity advisors are expected
to explain activity schedules carefully and as early as possible; however, the student is responsible for arranging to miss classes and making up all work. In the event of a conflict between
two field trips or extracurricular activities, the student reserves the right to choose, without
penalty imposed by either activity director, which activity he or she wishes to pursue.
Because absence detracts in different degrees from various learning and class participation
expectations, only the course instructor or the dean of the College may excuse a student
from class. However, to avoid confusion, each individual instructor is expected to establish
and explain in writing his or her attendance policy for each class at the beginning of each
semester; such attendance policy should be coordinated with the class schedule/syllabus, the
campus calendar and institutional priorities. Attendance conflicts will be resolved by the
dean of the College who may confer with all parties involved. Absences resulting from bona
fide emergencies, if verified, may be excused by the dean of the College and work missed
may be made up. Prolonged absence for any reason may result in withdrawal, a grade of
“I” (incomplete), or “F” (failure) depending on the nature of the course work missed and
the circumstances of the absence.
Final Examinations
Final examinations will be conducted at the conclusion of each academic term during the
period designated in the academic calendar. A final examination schedule, specifying days
and times for courses, will be established and published each semester by the registrar. All
final examinations must be conducted according to the schedule. A student may not take
an examination at other than the designated time without petitioning and being granted
permission to do so by the Committee on Academic Policies, or in case of emergency, the
dean of the College.
In addition to petitioning for personal reasons, a student scheduled for three consecutive
examinations in a 24-hour period may petition for a change of time of one of the three
examinations. No petitions requesting examination time changes will be accepted after the
twelfth week of a semester.
If he or she cannot be present for an examination, it is the student’s responsibility to advise
the faculty member. Unless extenuating circumstances exist, a grade of “F” will be assigned
for any missed examination. Cases involving extenuating circumstances must be reviewed
by the dean of the College, the department chairman and the faculty member and usually
will result in the assignment of a grade of “I” (incomplete).
Readmission for Students Returning After a Break in
Enrollment
A Mount Union student whose attendance at the College is interrupted for a period of
one semester or more, either by suspension or by withdrawal for any reason, must apply for
readmission with the Office of the Registrar and be approved for readmission by the dean
of the College in order to resume academic work at Mount Union. An extended absence
74
may result in reassessment and/or adjustment of degree requirements. A student who has
attended any other institutions since leaving Mount Union will have to submit transcripts
from each school attended before being considered for readmission.
Special Educational Opportunities
Honors Program
The Honors Programs provide academic flexibility and challenge for the superior student
who desires to move at a faster pace, work more in depth or work more independently than
would be usual in a regular course. The aim is to encourage intellectual curiosity, initiative,
creativity and a high standard of performance.
Four honors programs are available including Honors in Liberal Arts, Honors in the
Major, First Year in Honors and Latin Honors. A qualified student may participate in
any program and may discontinue honors study without penalty. Students must formally
declare their intention to participate in an honors program no later than the first semester
of their junior year.
The Subcommittee on Advanced Placement and Honors serves as the agency for matters
of policy, for coordination of the Honors Program, for overseeing standards and for carrying
on a continuing evaluation of the program. The Honors Review Board considers proposals
for honors theses and for projects in the Honors in the Major program. For more information about these programs, consult the Honors Handbook or webpage.
Honors in Liberal Studies Program
The Honors in Liberal Arts Program offers the opportunity for honors studies in interdisciplinary seminars with other honors students.
Four honors seminar courses are offered: LS 105 Freshman Seminar in Honors, LS 205
Sophomore Seminar in Honors, LS 305 Junior Seminar in Honors, and LS 405 Senior Seminar
in Honors. The seminar topics vary but will be complex issues or themes that require the
perspective of more than one academic discipline for effective analysis and synthesis.
Honors in liberal arts credit is granted for a grade of at least “B+.” The instructor will
record the final course grade with the prefix “H” so that the honors work appears on the
official transcript. Each honors seminar also satisfies an all-college liberal arts requirement
that varies with the topic.
Eligibility is limited to students with an ACT score of at least a 27 or a SAT-1 score of at
least a 1220 and either a minimum grade point average of a 3.5 or a high school rank in the
top 15 percent of their class, or permission of the Honors Review Board.
For graduation with honors in liberal arts, a student must have at least a 3.50 cumulative
grade point average at graduation and honors credit in at least four different honors seminars, including LS 105 and 405. The four courses must consist of different topics. Because
of the significantly higher expectations of honors work, students are limited to a total of
two honors courses per semester. Special recognition will be given on graduation day for
students who earn honors in liberal arts.
Honors in a Major Program
The Honors in a Major Program offers the opportunity for intensive, individual study
in an area of concentration.
Honors in a major credit is earned by completing an honors project in a regular course.
Although the nature of the honors work will vary, it should involve intellectual creativity and
may take such forms as research, investigation or artistic effort. The student initiates and
plans the honors project and works closely with one or more faculty members in carrying
it out. At the conclusion of the study, superior accomplishment should be demonstrated in
75
some appropriate way. The honors project is done in addition to the normal course assignments, and does not directly affect the course grade.
Students are eligible to enter the Honors in a Major Program if they have at least a 3.50
grade point average in the major, or permission of the Honors Review Board. Adult Studies
students also can participate in the Honors in the Major Program if they meet the eligibility
requirements.
For permission to attempt an honors project in a regular course, the student must submit a complete Honors Application and Registration Form by the end of the third week
of classes of the semester in which the course is taken. The approval of the instructor,
advisor, department chair and the Honors Review Board is required. To receive honors
credit for the course, the student must earn a final grade of at least “B+” in the course, and
a grade of at least a “B+” for the honors project. The instructor will record the final grade
with the prefix “H” so that the honors work appears on the official transcript. Because of
the significantly higher expectations of honors work, students are limited to a total of two
honors courses per semester.
For graduation with honors in a major, a student must have at least a 3.50 grade point
average in the major at graduation and honors credit in at least three courses in the major
that total at least 12 semester hours. The courses must be numbered at the 200, 300 or 400
level and may be further specified by the department.
One of the courses may be an Honors Thesis/Project (All-College course 494). This is
an honors independent study course in the major consisting of three to six semester hours,
open to juniors and seniors. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project, the
student must submit a completed Honors Application and Registration form by the end of
the twelfth week of classes of the semester prior to doing the thesis.
Students who, in the opinion of the department chair and the Honors Review Board, have
met these requirements will be graduated with “Honors in _____,” the major being specified
in which credit for honors work is earned. Special recognition will be given on graduation
day for students who earn honors in a major.
First Year in Honors Program
The First Year in Honors Program offers the opportunity for freshmen to take honors
sections of general education courses LS100, CM101, EH120, RE100 and LS105. Incoming
students with an ACT score of at least a 27 or a SAT-1 score of at least a 1220 and either
a minimum grade point average of a 3.5 or a high school rank in the top 15 percent of
their class, or permission of the Honors Review Board are eligible for this program. To be
considered, students must contact the director of Honors Programs once accepted at the
College. Students who successfully complete all 13 hours of honors credit earning at least
a “B+” in each course will receive a special certificate of completion and notation on their
official transcripts.
Graduation with Latin Honors
The following awards are made for superior work by students during their entire course
of study, to include the grades for all transfer work taken at regionally accredited institutions (the Mount Union College grade point average will determine which level of honors
is awarded):
A. Cum laude – to students with grade point averages in the range 3.550 through
3.749.
B. Magna cum laude – to students with grade point averages in the range 3.750 through
3.899.
C. Summa cum laude – to students with grade point averages in the range above
3.899.
76
Independent Study
Independent studies provide a student with the opportunity for intensive effort in a
specific area of study not normally offered by a department. A student who undertakes
an independent study should express a willingness to go beyond standard course offerings
into an area of special interest to that student. Therefore, the independent study does not
duplicate a course regularly offered by a department or contained in a department’s list of
courses listed elsewhere in this Catalogue.
English as a Second Language Program
Mount Union offers courses targeted to improve oral and written English language skills.
English as a Second Language courses are available to any non-native speaker of English
through the Department of Foreign Languages. These courses may be required for those
students who need to improve their English language proficiency in order to meet the demands of academic work at the College. In addition, international students are encouraged
to select from English as a Second Language courses in content areas, such as literature or
film, which are designed to promote fluency with American culture and facilitate cultural
adjustment. For further information, students may contact the director of the English as a
Second Language Program in the Department of Foreign Languages.
Off-Campus Study
The College participates in several cooperative programs with other institutions for study
in the United States and abroad. Overseas study also is conducted under Mount Union
auspices. Typical programs are described below.
Internships
The internship program offers students academic courses designed to provide practical
field experience in the major area of concentration. These courses are designed and implemented under the immediate and continuing supervision of a faculty member who, with
the student and site supervisor (usually a service or commercial institution manager), will
determine learning objectives, background reading, particular experiences in the field and
patterns of evaluation of the learning accrued. The amount of credit awarded for a particular
internship is determined by the student’s major department. In some cases, regular courses
also may be taken concurrently. Students enrolled in an internship pay normal tuition and
fee charges to the College. Generally, internships are offered primarily to seniors, but arrangements vary according to departmental programs.
International Education
Study abroad is a vital component of the international education experience of Mount
Union students. Such study in a foreign country can be an extraordinary educational and
personal experience. Those Mount Union students who undertake such study are directly
exposed to new cultural experiences, which, in turn, open up fresh perspectives on international, political, economic, and social issues, as well as interpersonal relationships, and,
perhaps, career choices.
The director of the Office of International Programs, the registrar, and the chair of the
Subcommittee on International Education can help interested students plan and implement
comprehensive educational opportunities which will blend the student’s academic-career
interests with the overall objectives of Mount Union.
In recent years the College has encouraged student overseas study in Germany, France,
Spain, Mexico, Japan, Australia, England, Costa Rica, Russia and Italy. In all instances, Mount
Union students are directed to highly selective foreign study programs. Some of these are
conducted totally in English; others require varying degrees of fluency in the language of
77
the host country and institution. Appropriate course credits earned overseas transfer to the
Mount Union transcript.
In a limited fashion, the financial aid a student receives from Mount Union may transfer
elsewhere and be used to meet the costs of study abroad. The College does this to make
overseas study both feasible and attractive, as well as to give deeper meaning to its commitment to international education.
Study at Other Accredited Colleges and Universities
Regular students in good standing at Mount Union may register in other accredited colleges
as transient students during either semester of the academic year or for a summer session.
All programs for transient students must be approved by the registrar and are subject to the
rules and regulations applicable to work done at Mount Union.
Transient Students from Mount Union
A Mount Union student seeking to enroll as a transient at another regionally accredited
institution in order to earn degree-applicable credit to his or her Mount Union academic
program must obtain written approval to do so from the student’s advisor and the Office of
the Registrar prior to enrollment at the institution. Such approval will include determination of transfer credit equivalency. Departmental approval of transient courses is required
if course work is being pursued to satisfy major or minor requirements or if course work is
within the last 30 hours before graduation.
Approval must be obtained for each semester or session of transient attendance at another
institution. Grades earned for course work pursued as a transient student at another institution will be included when the Mount Union student’s grade point average is calculated.
Mount Union College approval to take transient work does not guarantee that the student
will be admitted to take course work by the other college or university.
Advanced Placement
Mount Union encourages the taking of advanced placement courses. In some cases, the
College may award credit. In other cases, the College may waive certain prerequisites or college requirements. Factors considered in granting advanced placement include high school
records, scores on College Board Examinations or similar tests, scores and school reports
on College Board Advanced Placement program, CLEP examinations, and tests devised and
administered by departments within the College.
Students who have completed regular accredited college courses while in high school may,
by having a copy of their transcript sent from that college, be awarded credit, according to
College policy. General conditions of transferring credit also apply here. These courses may
not be included as part of the units required for high school graduation unless they are taken
under the auspice of the Post Secondary Enrollment Option. Further information on the
Advanced Placement Program may be obtained from the Office of Admission.
Entering students are required to take certain tests at the time of entrance to the College
and are encouraged to take placement tests in applicable areas in order that they may begin
course work at the proper level.
Course Work at Other Consortium Colleges
Members of the East Central Colleges consortium have agreed to accept students from
all other member colleges as a means of providing a broader educational opportunity to
full-time students attending any of the consortium colleges.
Mount Union students may enroll for course work which will be completed at another
member institution. Students are provided with a transient approval form and must agree
to accept the campus regulations of the institution they wish to attend. Tuition is paid to
Mount Union and grades are reported by the other college to Mount Union.
78
In a similar manner, regular students at other ECC member colleges may attend Mount
Union. Information on the programs at other colleges can be obtained from the registrar
who will arrange for Mount Union students to attend those institutions.
Postsecondary Attendance
While attending as a postsecondary student, each high school student attending Mount
Union will receive grades and have a grade point average just like any other student attending the College. However, if the postsecondary student later becomes a regular matriculant
at Mount Union College the following guidelines shall apply to credit and grades earned as
a postsecondary student. Credit earned will count toward graduation as long as that same
credit would count if it had been taken by a traditional Mount Union undergraduate. Credits earned will be classified as hours completed and not as hours attempted. If the student
completes a course with an “F” or a “U”, the credits for the course will not be included in
either hours completed or hours attempted. Grades earned in courses successfully completed
will not be used in any calculation of the student’s grade point average (GPA).
Cooperative Engineering Program
Under this plan a student attends Mount Union for four years and majors in one of the
following areas: physics, astronomy/astrophysics, chemistry, or geology, plus, in appropriate cases, mathematics or computer science. Following receipt of the bachelor of science
degree from Mount Union, the student applies to and, if accepted, enters the University
of Pennsylvania Graduate School of Engineering and Applied Science. A student electing
this plan follows a curriculum carefully worked out by the student and advisors at both
Mount Union and Penn. Exceptional academic performance at Mount Union is required
for entrance into the University of Pennsylvania’s Graduate School. This program is unusually desirable in that it is an “engineering plus” program in which the specialization in
engineering is augmented by the time-proven excellence of a background in the liberal arts.
Typical engineering programs in which one may elect to specialize include: bioengineering,
chemical engineering, computer and information science, electrical engineering, mechanical
engineering and applied mechanics, materials science and engineering and systems engineering. Successful graduate work for either one, one-and-one-half, or two years (depending on
the area of specialization chosen) at Pennsylvania results in the awarding of the master of
science in engineering degree. This degree carries considerable prestige in the engineering
field, and one who receives it might choose to enter the practice of engineering directly or
to proceed to study for the degree of doctor of philosophy in engineering.
To be eligible for entrance to engineering schools as outlined above, it is expected that
the student while at Mount Union will maintain a minimum grade point average of 3.3 or
above in all course work.
A number of other, less formal arrangements exist between Mount Union and other universities with advanced engineering programs. These arrangements are similar in nature to
the program outlined above. For further information, contact the chair of the Department
of Physics and Astronomy.
Senior Citizen Enrollment
Any person 60 years of age or older may, subject to permission of the instructor and space
availability, attend free of charge any class offered by Mount Union. Such attendance will
be on a non-credit (audit) basis and no certification of attendance will be available. Detailed
information about this program is available in the Office of Adult Studies.
79
Summer Study
Since 1870 Mount Union has offered a summer term each year. A broad cross-section
of courses is offered, taught by members of the College faculty. Three summer sessions
are available:
Session I: an intensive three-week session
Session II: an eight-week session with most classes held in the evening
Session III: a six-week session which overlaps with the eight-week term
The summer school serves a two-fold purpose. It allows students an opportunity to
accelerate their progress toward graduation. It also offers opportunities for persons with
specific interests to attend the College for shorter periods of time.
During the summer terms the classes are longer and meet more frequently than during
a regular term. The evening classes typically meet two nights a week and day classes may
be held every day. During a three-week session students are permitted to enroll in only one
class. Several classes may be selected during the longer sessions.
Specific information concerning the summer school schedule and tuition may be obtained
from the Office of Adult Studies. Anyone enrolling in a summer course pays the adult studies fee per credit hour (page 27).
Adult Studies Program
Consistent with the mission of Mount Union, the purpose of the Adult Studies Program
is to provide a liberal arts education which promotes achievement of career goals, lifelong
learning, effective communication, critical and creative thinking, personal synthesis of
theory and application, and responsible citizenship in an ever changing world. Through
the use of small, interactive classes, the Adult Studies Program offers credit courses for
persons whose work and/or family responsibilities necessitate alternative scheduling and
curricular programming.
The Adult Studies Program at Mount Union began in the fall of 1992 with courses offered
during the evening hours for students unable to participate in the traditional college program.
Classes generally meet one night a week, and most students plan a part-time schedule.
Students may pursue a degree in the following areas:
A. Business Administration Major
with minor in one of the following:
Information Systems
Psychology
Sociology
and a concentration in either:
Management
Health Systems Administration
B. Psychology/Sociology Combined Major
Adult Studies also offers a teacher licensure program for postbaccalaureate students. The
education courses required for the adolescence to young adult (AYA) license are offered in
the evening, although most courses have a fieldwork component that will require some
daytime attendance in the local schools.
Students can pursue the AYA license in the following areas:
Earth/space science
Life science
Physical science
Integrated language arts
Integrated mathematics
Integrated social studies
80
The multi-age license also is offered through Adult Studies:
Drama/theatre
French
German
Spanish
Music
Physical education
Visual art
Candidates for licensure must pass the appropriate Praxis II exam(s) and be admitted to
the Teacher Education Program of the College.
Through the development of a portfolio, students may be granted credit for college-level
knowledge acquired outside the classroom. It also is possible to receive course credit by
taking equivalency exams through the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP). No
more than a total of 24 semester hours can be obtained through the CLEP exams and/or
the Portfolio Evaluation method.
Qualifying students may be eligible for some financial assistance through federal or state
programs. Some scholarships and grants are available from organizations that offer support to adult learners.
Students interested in the Adult Studies Program should visit the Adult Studies Center,
located in the Keener House, for assistance with the application process, information on
credit for prior college work and advice on building a schedule of classes.
Adult Studies Students and Traditional Day Classes
Adult Studies evening students are permitted limited study in the day program at the
Adult Studies rate per credit hour, with the following conditions:
1. The student must have been enrolled through the Adult Studies program for at least
three semesters, not including summer.
2. The student must be in good academic standing.
3. The student may take a maximum of 18 credit hours during the day at the Adult
Studies price.
4. The student may not take more than nine credit hours during the day in any semester.
A student who wishes to request an exception to the above rules may do so by petition.
Financial Assistance for Adult Studies Students
Adult Studies students may be eligible for federal and state funds, depending on the results
of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and specific program requirements.
Mount Union College’s federal code number (003083) should be included on the FAFSA
so that we may receive your FAFSA results electronically. Institutional funds are available
only to traditional students.
Federal Pell Grants are available to full-time and part-time students based on the results
of filing the FAFSA. The amount of the Pell Grant will be established in relation to the
number of hours for which the student is registered each semester. Post-graduate students
are not eligible for this grant.
Grants from the state of Ohio are available only to full-time undergraduate students. The
Ohio Instructional Grant (OIG) is based on the family’s income. The Ohio Student Choice
Grant is for full-time students who are Ohio residents and who have not been enrolled prior
to 1984. Post-graduate students are not eligible for these grants.
The Part-time Student Instructional Grant began with the 1994-95 school year for private
schools. Limited funds are available from the state of Ohio to be used for part-time students
who are Ohio residents. Priority is to be given to single, head of household families. The
81
amount, which is determined by the College, is not to exceed the cost of tuition and fees for
the student. A FAFSA must be filed to determine eligibility.
Federal Stafford Student Loans are available to students who are enrolled on at least a
half-time basis (at least six hours per semester). Mount Union’s Loan Information Request
Form is available in the Office of Student Financial Services. A FAFSA must be filed in order
to determine financial aid eligibility for the Federal Stafford Student Loan. The borrowing
limit is currently $2,625 per year for freshmen, $3,500 per year for sophomores, $5,500 per
year for other undergraduates up to a maximum aggregate of $23,000 as an undergraduate
student. The interest rate is variable, not to exceed 8.25 percent. The Subsidized Stafford
Loan is subsidized by the federal government while the student is enrolled at least half-time.
Repayment begins six months after the student graduates or leaves school or drops to less than
half-time status. The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is available to those students who may not
qualify for the Subsidized Stafford Loan or only a part of it. The borrower is responsible for
the interest while the student is in school. The sum of the subsidized and the unsubsidized
Federal Stafford Loan cannot exceed the program maximums indicated above.
Information Technology
In 1993 the College began a major project to significantly update its computing and
data communications systems. Known as LATTICE (Learning and Teaching Through an
Integrated Campus Environment), this effort has resulted in new facilities and capabilities
which affect all aspects of life in this community. In many cases, the LATTICE project forms
the foundation upon which other programs and initiatives are based. The major aspects of
LATTICE are outlined below. More complete description of some facilities will be found
elsewhere in this Catalogue.
Campus-Wide High-Speed Data Network
This facility is the foundation upon which all our computer information systems are built.
The data network consists of a high-speed fiber-optic network between buildings and an
Ethernet network within each building (except small houses). Data, CCTV and telephone
jacks are in every residence hall room, office, classroom and lab. The entire network is
directly connected to the Internet.
Public Computer Facilities
General purpose computing labs are located in the Kolenbrander-Harter Information
Center (KHIC), Hoover-Price Campus Center (HPCC), and East Hall. Labs in KHIC are
open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Additionally, the library portion of KHIC has many
public workstations, and there are several, specialized departmental computing labs including
foreign language, music, computer science/information systems, biology, chemistry, geology,
physics, and the Writing Center.
CCTV-Closed Circuit Television System
Residence hall rooms, offices, classrooms, and labs are all attached to the CCTV system.
The College satellite dish farm brings to campus a wide variety of television programming
including commercial channels, educational channels, and special teleconferences. Additionally, the College operates several closed circuit channels for calendars and information,
movies and a variety of educational purposes.
Library System
The College operates an automated library system providing online public access to the
catalogue, circulation services, interlibrary loan, research journals and databases.
82
Language Laboratory
A large, state-of-the-art language laboratory is located in the Kolenbrander-Harter Information Center.
Multimedia Facilities
The College has several multimedia-equipped classrooms including large-screen computer
and video projection and document cameras. Additionally, faculty make use of portable
carts with computers and projectors for use in other classrooms.
Administrative Systems
The student information system provides online services via the web ranging from applying for admission to registering for classes and viewing transcript information. The
college uses an ID card system for electronic access to residence halls, food service, laundry
facilities, vending and copy machines. Textbooks and other Bookstore items are available
on the web.
Technology Resources Acceptable Use Policy
Full Policy (http://it.muc.edu/subpolicies)
Technology User Code of Conduct
The following Code of Conduct is intended to instruct technology users in acceptable
behavior regarding their use of Mount Union technological resources. This document is
not intended to be exhaustive of all possible behaviors that may be deemed inappropriate.
Users are expected to adhere to all policies set forth by the College regarding the use of
technology resources. Failure to follow the expectations set forth in this Code of Conduct
or any other policy of the College regarding use of technology may result in sanctions
against the user, including, but not limited to, loss of access to technology resources and/or
disciplinary action.
1. Users are responsible for how their accounts are used; therefore, every effort must
be made to protect against unauthorized access to accounts. Users should set a
password which will protect their accounts from unauthorized use, and which will
not be guessed easily. If a user discovers that someone has made unauthorized use
of her/his account, she/he should change the password and report the intrusion to
the Department of Information Technology. Users should change their password
on a regular basis to assure continued security of their accounts.
2. Users may not intentionally seek information about, browse, or obtain copies of
or modify files or passwords belonging to other people, whether at Mount Union
College or elsewhere, unless specifically authorized to do so by those individuals.
Also, users may not attempt to intercept, capture, alter or interfere in any way with
information on campus or global network paths.
3. Users must not attempt to decrypt or translate encrypted material or obtain system
privileges to which they are not entitled. Attempts to do any of the above will be
considered serious violations.
4. If users encounter or observe a gap in system or network security, they must report
the gap to the Department of Information Technology. Users must refrain from
exploiting any such gaps in security.
5. Users must refrain from any action that interferes with the supervisory or accounting functions of the system or that is likely to have such effects.
6. Users must be sensitive to the public nature of shared facilities and take care not
to display sounds or messages that could create an atmosphere of discomfort or
harassment for others.
83
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Users must avoid tying up computing resources for game playing or other trivial
applications, sending frivolous or excessive mail or messages locally or over an
affiliated network, or printing excessive copies of documents, files, images or data.
Users should be sensitive to special needs for software and services available in only
one location and cede place to those whose work requires the special items.
Users may not prevent others from using shared resources by running unattended
processes or placing signs on devices to “reserve” them without authorization.
Users may not copy, cross-assemble, or reverse-compile any software or data that
the College has obtained under a contract or license that prohibits such actions.
If it is unclear if it is permissible to take such actions, users should assume that
they may not do so.
Software may not be copied or used illegally. Web site materials must be cited
appropriately and permission obtained for the publishing, performing or distribution of copyrighted material.
Messages, sentiments and declarations sent as electronic mail or sent as electronic
postings must meet the same standards for distribution or display as if they were
tangible documents or instruments. Users are free to publish their opinions, but
they must be clearly and accurately identified as coming from the particular user
or, if a user is acting as the authorized agent of a group recognized by the College,
as coming from the group she/he is authorized to represent. Attempts to alter the
“From” line or other attribution of origin in electronic mail, messages or postings
will be considered violations of College policies.
Users may not take any action that damages Mount Union College technology
resources in any way, including technology found in classrooms, public computing
labs, departmental labs, residence halls and College houses, or any other campus
location.
Users may not establish any computer to function as a server without the knowledge and approval of the Department of Information Technology.
Users are required to utilize anti-virus software on their computers. Anti-virus
software must be updated regularly.
Users may not deploy any network electronic equipment or install wireless access
points without express permission from the Department of Information Technology.
Users who utilize the Mount Union College e-mail system are required to comply
with state and federal law, College policies and normal standards of professional
and personal courtesy and conduct.
Network Use Policies
Mount Union’s network is provided for the academic use of students and faculty of
Mount Union College, as well as to the College administration for conducting official College business. Academic use is determined to be any legitimate use of the network for the
purpose of assisting in the conduct of the College’s academic mission. The official conduct
of College business is limited to efforts on behalf of the management and administration
of the College. The network provides access to the Internet from all offices, residence hall
rooms and computer labs, in addition to public access stations in the library. Students living
in on-campus housing are accorded the privilege of using the network for personal use, as
long as such use is in keeping with all applicable policies of the College, all applicable state
and federal laws, and is not excessive (resulting in diminished service to fellow students).
User access to the network is governed by the acceptable use policy of the College, as well
as by the following:
1. Servers. All servers operating on campus must do so with the knowledge and
consent of the Department of Information Technology. A server is defined as
84
any computer providing services of any type to other computers on the network
or on external networks. Such services could include DNS, DHCP, SNMP, email,
and application, file and/or printer sharing. In order to request the deployment
of a server on the network, written petition must be made, stating:
a. The legitimate academic use of the server;
b. Intended server operating system;
c. All intended server functions and applications, including protocols and
services; and
d. The identity and function of target subordinate computers/users.
Any computer acting as a server without prior authorization as stated above will be
removed from the network. All licensing, operation and support of the hardware
and software utilized will be the responsibility of the petitioner, if such petition is
granted.
2. Accounts. All authorized users will be provided an account by which to access the
necessary network resources of Mount Union College. The information regarding
this account, including the account name and password, is privileged and must
not be disseminated to anyone other than the account owner for any purpose.
Account holders should protect their passwords and keep them confidential. Passwords should be changed frequently. Any problem resulting from irresponsible
use of a password (e.g., a password that can be easily guessed or oral or written
dissemination of a password) may be treated as grounds for action against the
account holder. Any attempt to determine the passwords of other users is strictly
prohibited. The following are categories of authorized users:
a. Full time staff of the College
b. Current faculty members
c. Current students
The following categories of users may be authorized to utilize the College
network based on the legitimate need for access to such resources:
d. Part time staff of the College
e. Volunteer staff of the College
f. Student employees
g. Current students on transfer
h. Retired members of the faculty and staff
i. Guests
Other categories of users may be granted special permission to obtain access to
the system at the discretion of the College. Student employees who need to access
administrative software and resources due to their employment must be given
approval for this access by a department administrator.
3. Special Access. From time to time, circumstances dictate the provision of shortterm, special access to College systems. Such access must be in accordance with
the strictest adherence to the user policies stated above and may only be granted
by the Information Technology Department after review of a written petition.
The petition must state the purpose of the access, the source user name, and the
department. Such access will typically be provided only for a limited time and
will be allowed only from designated computers. All such petitions that are approved will be maintained on file in the Office of Information Technology. All
connections made through such petitions will be monitored.
4. Network Electronic Equipment. Network electronic equipment, including
switches, hubs, and routers, may only be installed on campus with the knowledge
and consent of the Information Technology Department. In order to request the
deployment of this equipment on the network, written petition must be made
stating:
85
5.
6.
7.
8.
a. The legitimate academic use of the equipment;
b. The type of equipment wishing to be deployed and for what purpose;
c. All intended functions, including protocols and services; and
d. The identity and function of target subordinate computers/users.
Any network electronic equipment deployed without prior authorization as stated
above will be removed from the network. If a petition is granted, all licensing,
operation and support of the hardware and software utilized will be the responsibility of the petitioner.
VPN. Virtual Private Network is a resource made available to faculty, staff and
non-residential Mount Union College students. VPN will allow a user to connect
to the campus network from an off campus ISP (Internet Service Provider) and
make it appear to the user that they were physically connected to the Mount Union
network. VPN will allow users to gain access to their home space (H:\ drive),
departmental common space (S:\ drive) and hand-in and handout folders (M:\
drive). VPN will be supported for only specified operating systems. If misuse of
this resource occurs or if the user does not comply with the VPN Policy of Mount
Union College, the Department of Information Technology reserves the right to
terminate any VPN connection without notice. Any party found to have violated
the VPN policy may be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of VPN
access. A copy of the VPN policy can be found on the Department of Information
Technology website.
Wireless. Wireless technology is available in specified areas of Mount Union. Use
of the wireless information network implies consent to abide by all College policies pertaining to the use of computer resources at Mount Union. Users may not
install wireless access points. Any unauthorized wireless access points deployed
will be removed from the network.
Campus ID Card System. The Campus ID Card System is a network resource
and as such is protected by the rules of this policy. Any party found to violate
this policy or damage devices specific to this system, such as door card, vending
machine or laundry readers, may be subject to disciplinary action.
Web Pages. The Mount Union website and individual web pages are network
resources and as such are protected by the rules of this policy. Any party found
to violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary action.
Appropriate Use of E-mail and Internet
Mount Union’s e-mail is intended to serve the communication needs of the College
community. Access to the e-mail system is a privilege. Any e-mail addresses or accounts
assigned by the College to individuals, sub-units or functions of the College are the property
of the College. The Mount Union College network is not intended for private correspondence, as such, all communications on Mount Union computer systems, whether personal
or business-related, are the property of Mount Union College. E-mail users are required to
comply with state and federal law, College policies and normal standards of professional and
personal courtesy and conduct. Unacceptable uses of e-mail and Internet access include,
but are not limited to, the following:
a. Use for any purposes that violate a federal, state or local law.
b. Use for any commercial activities, including commercial advertising unless specific
to the charter, mission or duties of Mount Union College.
c. Use to publish, post, distribute, disseminate or link to any:
i. Inappropriate, profane, defamatory, infringing, obscene, indecent, pornographic, harassing or unlawful topic, name, material or information
ii. Software or other material protected by intellectual property laws, rights
of privacy or publicity or other proprietary rights, unless the individual
86
owns/controls such rights or has received all necessary consents for the use
of such software and other materials
iii. Software or other material that contains viruses, corrupted files or that may
or are intended to damage the operation of another’s computer
d. Use to gather or otherwise collect information about others for commercial or
private use, including e-mail addresses, without the express consent of the individuals.
e. Use for fundraising, political campaign activities or public relations activities not
specifically related to Mount Union College activities.
f. Use to conduct or forward illegal contests, pyramid schemes or chain letters or to
spam.
g. Use to sell access to the Internet.
h. Use to conduct any activity that adversely affects the availability, confidentiality
or integrity of Mount Union’s technology.
i. Use to benefit personal or financial interests of any employee or student.
j.
Use for mass e-mail purposes. Ennouncements should be used for this purpose.
E-mail users shall not give the impression that they are representing, giving opinions
or otherwise making statements on behalf of the College or any unit of the College unless
expressly authorized to do so. Where appropriate, the following explicit disclaimer shall
be included: “The opinions or statements expressed herein are my own and should not be
taken as a position, opinion or endorsement by Mount Union College.”
Security
E-mail is subject to subpoena by a court of law and as stated previously in this policy,
is subject to monitoring and access by Mount Union. Users should be aware that any information submitted via e-mail is not confidential and could be observed by a third party
while it is in transit. Encryption encourages the false belief that privacy can be guaranteed.
Users should never put anything in an e-mail message that must be kept confidential. Email users should assume that anyone could accidentally or intentionally view the content
of their message. E-mail security is a joint responsibility of Mount Union’s Department of
Information Technology and e-mail users. The College will provide the security offered by
the currently used software, as well as a “firewall” to prevent unauthorized access to the mail
server. Users must take all reasonable precautions, including safeguarding and changing
passwords, to prevent the use of the account by unauthorized individuals. Users may not
divulge passwords for Mount Union College accounts to any other person or allow other
persons use of their Mount Union College account for any reasons.
Archiving and Retention
The Department of Information Technology does not archive documents. Mount Union
records communicated using e-mail or the Internet need to be identified, managed, protected
and retained as long as they are needed to meet operational, legal, audit, research or other
requirements. Each director is required to comply with approved records retention schedules
or to set standards to retain, manage and make accessible in an existing filing system, outside
the e-mail system, records needed to support program functions in accordance with Mount
Union College’s standard practices.
Eligibility for E-Mail Privileges
Students are eligible for e-mail privileges as long as the student is officially registered
at Mount Union, and terminate December 1, following May graduation. Faculty and
staff e-mail privileges start on the date employment begins and ends at the time of termi-
87
nation. Mount Union’s Department of Information Technology may, under its sole discretion, attempt to redirect e-mail for a reasonable period of time as determined by the College
for purposes consistent with this policy and the College’s mission. The College may elect to
terminate the individual’s e-mail account or continue the account, subject to approval by
appropriate College supervisory and systems operational authority. The Office of Human
Resources at Mount Union is responsible for notifying the Department of Information
Technology of the date of employment termination.
Special Lectureships
Convocations: During the regular academic sessions, the College conducts Convocations
on selected Tuesdays and Thursdays. The goal of Convocations is to provide additional opportunities for enrichment and growth through contact with a variety of speakers, performers, artists and forums. They are both externally and internally generated programs whose
purpose is to encourage dialogue, debate, and discussion with students, faculty, staff and
the larger global community. Additionally, students often have the experience of meeting
with speakers in class or personal conferences.
The Carr Lecture: The Joseph M. Carr Lectureship was established at Mount Union in
1916 by the Carr family in memory of the Reverend Joseph M. Carr, D.D., a close associate
of President Hartshorn in the early days of Mount Union College. The conditions under
which the lectureship was given state that the lecture shall always be upon the subject, “The
Mission of the Christian College to the World.”
The Dewald Honors Dinner: The Dewald Honors Dinner is made possible by Dr. Donald
W. and Mrs. Eleanore (Iman ’38) Dewald of Mansfield, Ohio. The Dewalds have believed
that academic achievement should be publicly recognized. By means of this event, they
applaud the quality of student effort and encourage the pursuit of academic excellence at
Mount Union College. The purpose of the dinner is to recognize freshman honor scholars,
upperclassmen who earned Dean’s List recognition during the academic year and students
participating in the Honors Program.
The Eckler Lecture: The Eric A. and Mary W. Eckler Lecture in Literature and Drama
was established through an endowment given by Mr. John A. and Mrs. Dorothy (Nelson
’29) Cummins in appreciation of the Ecklers’ years of service to the community and Mount
Union College. The income shall be used annually to bring a person(s) to the campus for
one or more programs in literature or drama. Residents of Alliance and surrounding areas
shall be invited to participate in the public programs.
The Faculty Lecture: Each year a member of the faculty is selected to give a special lecture
relating interesting and important developments in his or her own field or exploring matters
of general concern to the faculty. These lectures are open to the public.
The Heffern Lecture. The Gordon Heffern Business Ethics Lecture was established
by Mount Union College Trustee Gordon E. Heffern to encourage dialogue about the
practical ways in which spirituality can transform the workplace. Heffern, a graduate of
the University of Virginia, served as chairman of the board of Society Corporation before
retiring in 1987.
The George H. Judd Lecture on Business and Finance: Through a contribution by the
Alliance First National City Bank to Mount Union College, the George H. Judd Lecture on
business and finance was established in 1958. This lectureship was established in honor of
Mr. Judd’s fifty-four year connection with the Alliance First National Bank and his service
as a member of the Board of Directors of that bank.
The Myrtie Allen Kershaw Lectureship on Poetry and the Fine Arts: This lectureship
was established in 1960 by a bequest from Myrtie Allen Kershaw of Kent, Ohio, who indicated in her will that such a fund should go to a college chosen by her friend and executrix
of her estate, Elizabeth Clark Bell. Because of Mrs. Bell’s personal interest in Mount Union
88
College, where she was a student in 1932-33 and where her uncle, Robert E. Stauffer, was a
teacher and librarian for many years, she designated Mount Union to receive the fund. The
income is used to bring periodically to the College a person of distinction, for one or more
lectures on ancient or modern poetry, the fine arts, or music or for an original performance
in one of these fields.
The Douglass S. King ’28 Lecture: The Douglass S. King ’28 Lecture in Science was
established through a gift by his wife, Kathryn. The gift was made in honor of Dr. King’s
dedication to the medical profession and the community of Alliance. Dr. King also was
active in the Alliance community theatre program.
The William McKinley Visiting Scholar Program: This program was made possible
through an initial grant made jointly to Mount Union College, Malone College and Walsh
University due to the proximity of the three institutions. The grant was issued by the First
Educational and Charitable Trust which was organized in 1967 with a grant from the Timken Foundation. The visiting scholar spends a week visiting the three colleges presenting
lectures and interacting with faculty and students.
The Schooler Lecture Series: The Schooler Lecture Series was established in 1988
through a grant made by the Schooler Family Foundation of Coshocton, Ohio. Through
their gift, the College is able to provide a dramatically enhanced opportunity for young
men and women studying at Mount Union College and for residents in the greater Alliance
area to experience the breadth and depth of American culture. Speakers have included
former U.S. President Gerald Ford; former U.S. Surgeon General C. Everett Koop; the late
Astronomer Carl Sagan; former U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger; and U.S. Supreme
Court Justice Sandra Day O’Connor.
The Smith Lecture: The C. Richard Smith Lectureship in Business was established by C.
Richard Smith, a 1953 graduate of Mount Union. The purpose of this lectureship is to bring
business professionals to campus to share their knowledge and experience with business
students, faculty and others from the campus and local community.
The Eleanor Mincks Wolf Lecture: The Eleanor Mincks Wolf Lecture was established
by John L. Wolf of Medina in memory of his wife Eleanor (Mincks ’39). She was a former
teacher of English and Latin in Richfield and Highland school districts. This lecture features
a professional in the English field.
89
90
COURSES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION
Courses for General
Education
Each spring, the Office of the Registrar publishes a list of “courses which qualify for
the general education requirements for all degrees.” During the year in which a course is
completed, a student may count that course toward a general education requirement if it
is on the registrar’s list of qualifying courses for that year. Courses that do not appear on
the registrar’s list during the year of completion cannot be used to fulfill general education
requirements. The following is the list for 2004-2005. (This list applies only to students
who start at Mount Union College in the 2000 Fall Semester or later. Students who were
enrolled prior to the 2000 Fall Semester may find their list of qualifying courses by consulting the Office of the Registrar.)
For the B.A. and B.S. Degrees
I. Foundations for Inquiry
A. The Liberal Arts Experience: One course (1 semester hour)
LS 100 The Liberal Arts Experience
B. Language and Communication Skills:
1. One course in written English (3 semester hours)
EH 100 College Writing
EH 100I College Writing Intensive
EH 120 Advanced College Writing
2. One course in oral English communication (3 semester hours)
CM 101 Public Speaking
CM 102 Group Communication
3. Passing the foreign language proficiency test OR a 102-level foreign languag
course (3 semester hours)
FR 102 Elementary French II
GN 102 Elementary German II
JA 102 Elementary Japanese II
SN 102 Elementary Spanish II
4. Three courses from the Writing Across the Curriculum program in at least
three different disciplines or program (ie., course sections with a “W” following the course number such as SO 150W)
C. Religion and Human Experience: One course (3 semester hours)
RE 100 Religion and the Human Experience
II. Contexts for Inquiry
A. Arts and Aesthetic Perspectives:
1. One course in literature (3 semester hours)
Classics
CL 201 Classics I
CL 203 Classics III
English
EH 130 Introduction to Poetry
EH 135 Introduction to Fiction
EH 140 Popular Literature
EH 147 Introduction to Literary Non-Fiction
EH 210 Children’s Literature
91
EH 250 African-American Literature
EH 255 Native American Literature
EH 257 Canadian Literature
EH 260 Post-Colonial Literatures
EH 261 Literature for Adolescents
EH 265 Gender and Literature
EH 270 American Regional Literatures
EH 295 The Human Experience in Literature and Language I
German
GN 150 German Literature
GN 210 Introduction to German Literature and Film
French
FR 150 Francophone Literature in Translation
FR 310 Nineteenth Century Romanticism and Realism
FR 315 Contemporary French Theatre
FR 320 Modern Poetry
FR 325 The Classical Period
FR 330 Eighteenth Century (French) Literature
FR 335 The Novel in the 20th Century
Japanese
JA 150 Japanese Literature in Translation
Spanish
SN 210 Introduction to Spanish Literature
SN 215 Hispanic Literature in Translation
2. One course in the fine arts (3 semester hours)
Art
AR 101 Introduction to Art
AR 105 Basic Drawing
AR 200 Art History Survey I
AR 205 Art History Survey II
AR 210 Art History Survey III
AR 300 History of American Art
AR 400 History of Modern Art
Classics
CL 250 Art History Survey I
Communication
CM 103 Introduction to Film
Music
MU 100 Introduction to Music
MU 104 Fundamentals of Music Theory
MU 200 History and Analysis of Western Music II
MU 201 History and Analysis of Western Music III
MU 250 Music in America
Note: If one of the following three music options is used to fulfill one of the student’s fine arts
requirements, the second fine arts requirement must be met by a traditional classroom course in
music or by a fine arts course outside of music: three consecutive semesters of MU 260 Concert
Choir; or three consecutive semesters of a combination of MU 266 Wind Ensemble [offered
spring semester only] and MU 268 Fall Band [offered fall semester only]; or three consecutive
semesters of the same private lesson, MU 160-180 or MU 460-480.
92
Theatre
TH 105 Introduction to the Theatre
TH 205 Interpretive Reading
TH 220 Acting I
3. A third course in either the fine arts or chosen from an approved list of
courses with an artistic or aesthetic focus [this list will not include additional
literature courses] (3 semester hours)
African-American Studies
AA 226 Black Diaspora Culture
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
B. Natural Sciences and Mathematics:
1. One course in mathematics or logic (3 semester hours)
Mathematics
MA 110 Introduction to Finite Mathematics
MA 120 Precalculus Mathematics
MA 123 Elementary Statistics
MA 125 Elementary Discrete Mathematics
MA 141 Calculus I
MA 142 Calculus II
MA 151 Calculus for Biology
MA 171 Elementary Statistics with Business Lab
MA 241 Calculus III
Philosophy
PL 210 Logic
2. Two courses in the natural sciences [biology, chemistry, geology, and physics
and astronomy] (7 semester hours); one course in the natural sciences must
include a lab
Biology
BI 101 Fundamentals of Biology
BI 110 Anatomy and Physiology I
BI 111 Anatomy and Physiology II
BI 120 Contemporary Biology
BI 122 Contemporary Biology with Lab
BI 125 The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach
BI 127 The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach with Lab
BI 130 Introduction to Environmental Science
BI 201 Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology
BI 202 Introduction to Organismal Biology
BI 203 Introduction to Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
BI 225 Tropical Biology
Chemistry
CH 100 Introductory Chemistry
CH 100 Introductory Chemistry with CH 101 Introductory
Chemistry Lab
CH 110 General Chemistry I
Geology
GY 110 Physical Geology
GY 112 Physical Geology with Laboratory
GY 115 Historical Geology
93
GY 205 Weather and Climate
GY 215 Environmental Geology
GY 220 History of Life
Liberal Studies
LS 115 The Oceans
Physics
PH 101 General Physics I
PH 102 General Physics II
PH 110 Concepts of Physics
PH 120 Astronomy: A Survey
C. Human Experience and Social Perspectives:
1. One course in history (3 semester hours)
HI 101 Western Civilization
HI 102 Western Civilization
HI 110 Asian Civilizations
HI 210 Colonial and 19th Century America
HI 215 The Middle East
HI 225 History of Africa
HI 230 Problems of Developing Nations
HI 265 East Asia to 1800
HI 285 History: Contemporary Fundamentalism
HI 290 History of Civil Rights Movement in U.S.
HI 295 The Progressive Movement in Twentieth-Century America
HI 310 History of Latin America
HI 320 The Renaissance and Reformation
HI 325 Early Modern Europe
HI 335 19th and 20th Century West Africa
HI 336 History of Southern Africa
HI 340 Revolutionary Europe
HI 365 Southeast Asia
HI 380 South Asia
2. One course in religion or philosophy (3 semester hours)
Philosophy
PL 100 Introduction to Philosophy
PL 120 Contemporary Moral Problems
PL 220 Ancient Philosophy
PL 230 Modern Philosophers
PL 240 Existentialism
PL 260 Aesthetics
PL 280 Bio-Medical Ethics
PL 300 Feminist Philosophy/Feminist Ethics
PL 310 Philosophy of Religion (cross-listed as RE 310)
PL 320 Ethics
PL 380 Philosophy of Mind/Artificial Intelligence
Religion
RE 201 Biblical Literature and Religion
RE 210 Judaism: Its Life and Thought
RE 231 Development of the Christian Tradition
RE 260 Religions of the World
94
RE 270 The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian Responses
RE 280 The Search for Meaning
RE 290 Death and Dying
RE 300 Paul and Early Christianity
RE 310 Philosophy of Religion (cross-listed as PL 310)
RE 320 Jesus and the Gospels
RE 350 Atheism
3. Two courses in the social sciences
a. One in economics or political science (3 semester hours)
Economics
EC 105 Introduction to Economics
EC 200 Introduction to Microeconomics
Political Science
PS 105 American National Government
PS 270 American Foreign Policy
b. One in psychology or sociology (3 semester hours)
Psychology
PY 110 Introduction to Psychological Science
PY 216 General Psychology for Early Childhood Education
PY 217 General Psychology for Middle Childhood Education
Sociology
SO 100 Introduction to Sociology
D. Global and Cultural Perspectives:
1. One course in international sociopolitical and economic studies (3
semester hours)
Economics
EC 327 International Trade
EC 328 International Monetary Economics
EC 375 Development Economics
EC 380 Comparative Economic Systems
EC 390 Economies of the Asian Pacific Rim
History
HI 220 East Europe
HI 345 Modern Europe
Political Science
PS 120 Introduction to International Politics
PS 135 Introduction to Political Thought
PS 180 Introduction to Geography
PS 250 Comparative Politics Europe
PS 251 Comparative Politics Asia
PS 252 Politics of the Former Soviet Union
2. One course in cultural studies (3 semester hours)
AA 228 Pivotal African-American Figures
American Studies
AS 200 American Culture and Society
AS 330 Sport and American Culture
Art
95
Communication
CM 381 Diversity: The American Indian and the Rhetoric of Liberation
CM 382 Diversity: African-American Rhetoric
CM 384 Diversity: Intercultural Communication
Economics
EC 330 Economics of Gender
English
EH 260 Post-Colonial Literature
French
FR 225 A Cultural History of the French-Speaking World
FR 250 Contemporary France
German
GN 250 Contemporary Germany
GN 225 A Cultural History of the German-Speaking World
Gender Studies
GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies
GS 210 Introduction to Men’s Studies
GS 220 Gender, Body, Identity
GS 310 Seminar, Gender Studies
Japanese
JA 250 Contemporary Japan
Liberal Studies
LS 106 Race, Culture and American Society
LS 320 Vernacular Music and the Vietnam Conflict
Music
MU 352 World Music
Religion
RE 215 Native American Religious Traditions
RE 220 African-American Religious Traditions
Sociology
SO 150 Introduction to Anthropology
SO 330 Minority Group Relations
Spanish
SN 225 Introduction to Hispanic Culture
SN 250 Spanish and Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
E. Healthy Living:
1. HE 152 Wellness (2 semester hours)
III. Contexts for Integration
A. The Senior Culminating Experience
B. The Integrative Experience Requirement
Art
AR 326 Media Computing I
BA 280 Stock Market Psychology
96
Computer Science
CS 218 Educational Media
CS 231 Introduction to Neural Processing Systems
CS 281 Connections: Exploring Technology and History
CS 326 Media Computing I
Economics
EC 340 Economics and Religion
French
Gender Studies
History
HI 207 People, Passages and Places
HI 281 Connections: Exploring Technology and History
HI 357 War and Society
Japanese
Liberal Studies
LS 320
Vernacular Music and the Vietnam Conflict
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
PL 380 Philosophy of the Mind/Artificial Intelligence
Political Science
PS 300 Introduction to Law and the Legal System
Psychology
PY 231 Introduction to Neural Processing Systems
PY 280 Movies and Madness
Religion
RE 285 Religion and Science
Spanish
Sport Management
SA 350 International Sport Management and Administration
Note: Any one course may be used to meet only one (1) general education requirement.
Courses numbered “199” or “399” may meet general education requirements only if specifically
identified as doing so by the Office of the Registrar or in the Schedule of Classes.
For the B.M.E. Degree
97
3.
Passage of the Foreign Language Proficiency Exam or a 102-level Foreign
Language course is not required for the bachelor of music education degree
as the daily use of foreign language, especially Italian, and the study of music
itself as a means of communication is so deeply ingrained into the entire
gestalt of the College’s bachelor of music education program so as to meet
the learning objectives of this area.
three different disciplines or programs (ie., course sections with a “W” following the course number such as SO 150W).
C. Religion and Human Experience: One course (3 Semester Hours)
Classics
CL 201 Classics I
CL 203 Classics III
English
German
French
Japanese
Spanish
Art
98
Classics
Communication
Music
Theatre
TH 220 Acting I
literature courses]. (3 semester hours)
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
B. Natural sciences and mathematics:
Mathematics
MA 141 Calculus I
MA 142 Calculus II
MA 241 Calculus III
Philosophy
PL 210 Logic
2. One course in the natural sciences [biology, chemistry, geology, and physics
and astronomy] (3 or 4 semester hours); course may include a lab
Biology
BI 110 Anatomy and Physiology I
99
BI 111
BI 120
BI 122
BI 125
BI 127
BI 130
BI 201
BI 202
BI 203
BI 225
Chemistry
CH 100
CH 100
Anatomy and Physiology II
Contemporary Biology
Contemporary Biology with Lab
The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach
The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach with Lab
Introduction to Environmental Science
Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology
Introduction to Organismal Biology
Introduction to Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
Tropical Biology
Introductory Chemistry
Introductory Chemistry with CH 101 Introductory
Chemistry Lab
Geology
Liberal Studies
LS 115 The Oceans
Physics
1. The combination of MU 102, MU 200 and MU 201.
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
PL 320 Ethics
Religion
100
RE 350 Atheism
Economics
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
1. One course in international sociopolitical and economic studies (3 semester
hours)
Economics
History
HI 220 East Europe
Political Science
2. One course in cultural studies (3 semester hours).
American Studies
Art
101
Communication
Economics
English
French
German
Gender Studies
Japanese
Liberal Studies
Music
MU 352 World Music
Religion
Sociology
Spanish
E. Healthy Living:
Art
102
Computer Science
Economics
French
Gender Studies
History
Japanese
Liberal Studies
LS 320
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
RE 285 Religion and Science
Spanish
Sport Manaement
For the B.M. in Performance Degree
103
3.
Passing the foreign language proficiency test OR a 102-level foreign language
course (3 semester hours)
FR 102 Elementary French II
GN 102 Elementary German II
JA 102 Elementary Japanese II
SN 102 Elementary Spanish II
three different disciplines or programs (ie., course sections with a “W” following the course number such as SO 150W).
C. Religion and Human Experience: One course (3 semester hours)
Classics
CL 201 Classics I
CL 203 Classics III
English
German
French
Japanese
Spanish
Art
104
Classics
Communication
Music
Theatre
TH 220 Acting I
literature courses] (3 semester hours)
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
B. Natural Sciences and Mathematics:
Mathematics
MA 141 Calculus I
MA 142 Calculus II
MA 241 Calculus III
Philosophy
PL 210 Logic
2. One course in the natural sciences [biology, chemistry, geology, and physics
and astronomy] (3 or 4 semester hours); course may include a lab
Biology
105
BI 110
BI 111
BI 120
BI 122
BI 125
BI 127
BI 130
BI 201
BI 202
BI 203
BI 225
Chemistry
CH 100
CH 100
Anatomy and Physiology I
Contemporary Biology
Contemporary Biology with Lab
The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach
The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach with Lab
Introduction to Environmental Science
Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology
Introduction to Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
Tropical Biology
Introductory Chemistry
Introductory Chemistry with CH 101 Introductory
Chemistry Lab
Geology
Liberal Studies
LS 115 The Oceans
Physics
1. The combination of MU 102, MU 200 and MU 201
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
PL 320 Ethics
Religion
106
RE 350 Atheism
Economics
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
1. One course in international sociopolitical and economic studies (3 semester
hours)
Economics
History
HI 220 East Europe
Political Science
2. One course in cultural studies (3 semester hours)
American Studies
Art
107
Communication
Economics
English
French
German
Gender Studies
Japanese
Liberal Studies
Music
MU 352 World Music
Religion
Sociology
Spanish
E. Healthy Living:
Art
108
Computer Science
Economics
French
Gender Studies
History
Japanese
Liberal Studies
LS 320
Philosophy
PL 260 Aesthetics
Political Science
Psychology
Spanish
Sport Management
109
110
GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION
General Course
Information
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses in the departmental curricula are detailed on the following
pages. Each course is identified by a two-letter discipline code and a three-digit number
followed by the course title. The suffix E following a course number indicates an extended
course of more than one semester in length.
The semester hours of credit given for satisfactory completion of the course follows the
course description.
Some courses are offered more frequently than others. The current Schedule of Classes
should be consulted in order to determine when the courses are taught.
A roster of full-time faculty is included in the Directory on page 289.
Identification of General Education Courses
Mount Union College has approved a new set of general education requirements that apply
to all students starting with those entering in the 2000 Fall Semester. These requirements
may be found starting at page 91. To further aid students in identifying which courses may
meet a general education requirement, a code to identify the requirement has been added
where appropriate at the end of the course description, e.g., {GenEd. II, D, 2}. The code in
the example would mean that the course would meet a “II Contexts for Inquiry”, “D Global
and Cultural Perspectives”, “2 A course in cultural studies.”
Extended Courses
An extended course, e.g. BI 205E, is a course scheduled to require two consecutive semesters
to complete. Students must be registered for part of the total E course credit in each of the
two semesters. An “IP” (in progress) will be assigned to the transcript at the end of the first
semester. At the completion of the course an appropriate single letter grade will be assigned
for the entire course, thus replacing the interim IP. Deadlines for special options (dropping
the course, conversion to S/U, etc.) are extended until the drop/add period of the second
semester in which the course is active.
All-College Courses
An institutional commitment across the entire curriculum has led to the establishment
of several universal course designations with common descriptions. The following course
descriptions have been established for all departments.
199
Special Topics. A course designed to permit the offering of special subjects appropriate to the program of the department. Such offerings will fill special needs of specific
students, take advantage of the expertise of a visiting professor, or serve as an initial experimental offering of a contemplated regular course. Lower divisional offerings will be listed
as 199. Regular or frequently recurring topics are not offered under this title. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor. May be repeated as new topics are presented. Credit variable,
1-4 Sem. Hrs.
299
Special Topics. A course designed to permit the offering of special subjects
appropriate to the program of the department at the sophomore level. Such offerings will
fill special needs of specific students, take advantage of the expertise of a visiting professor,
111
GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION
or serve as an initial experimental offering of a contemplated regular course. Regular or
frequently recurring topics are not offered under this title. Prerequisite: as established by
the department. May be repeated as new topics are presented. Credit variable, 1-4 Sem.
Hrs.
399
Special Topics. A course designed to permit the offering of special subjects appropriate to the program of the department. Such offerings will fill special needs of specific
students, take advantage of the expertise of a visiting professor, or serve as an initial experimental offering of a contemplated regular course. Upper divisional offerings will be listed
as 399. Regular or frequently recurring topics are not offered under this title. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor. May be repeated as new topics are presented. Credit variable,
1-4 Sem. Hrs.
494
Honors Thesis/Project. A research/project course designed to meet the needs
of the individual student seeking honors in the major at graduation. Prerequisites: junior
or senior standing, and approval of the instructor, the department chair and the Honors
Review Board. Credit variable, 3-6 Sem. Hrs.
498
Internships (Internal)*. Students are provided with a significant learning experience outside the classroom setting. Although the program is designed to be fundamentally
an educational experience, professionally productive work will constitute an integral part
of the internship. Specific arrangements and requirements will vary with the program. A
contract will specify the activities with which the student will be involved. Taken under
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grade option only. Only one internship may be taken for credit
but may, in certain cases, be repeated for audit. Credit variable, 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
499
Internships (External)*. Through the cooperation of agencies and businesses
in the vicinity of the College, students are provided with a significant learning experience
outside of the classroom setting. Although the program is designed to be fundamentally an
educational experience, professionally productive work will constitute an integral part of the
internship. Specific arrangements and requirements will vary with the program. A contract
will specify the activities with which the student will be involved. The basis of determining
the grade for the program will be given in the contract and will include an evaluation by
the supervisor at the organization where the internship work is done, an assessment by the
internship faculty advisor, and a written report of the internship experience submitted by
the student. Prerequisites will vary with the internship. Participation is by petition to the
chair of the department. Taken under Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory grade option only. Only
one internship may be taken for credit but may, in certain cases, be repeated for audit. Credit
variable, 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
*Note: For internships, a maximum of 15 semester hours will be counted toward the 120
hours required for graduation. These 15 semester hours can be spread over as many semesters
as a department may approve. All majors will consist of a minimum of 24 semester hours of
coursework, exclusive of “498” or “499”. All minors will consist of a minimum of 12 semester
hours of coursework, exclusive of “498” or “499”. Credit for internship hours will be in addition
to these minimum hours for the major and minor. International students must complete the
mandatory forms for academic internships (CPT/OPT) through the Office of International
Student Affairs.
112
GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION • ACCOUNTING
Programs of Study
Disciplines
Disciplines are identified in abbreviated form by double initials preceding the three-digit
course number. The key to this initialing system is as follows:
Accounting, AC
Gender Studies, GS
Adolescence to Young Adult Education, AE Health, HE
African-American Studies, AA
History, HI
American Studies, AS
International Studies, IN
Art, AR
Japanese, JA
Athletic Training, AT
Liberal Studies, LS
Biology, BI
Library Science, LI
Business Administration, BA
Mathematics, MA
Chemistry, CH
Middle Childhood Education, ME
Classics, CL
Music, MU
Communication, CM
Non-Western Studies, NW
Computer Science, CS
Philosophy, PL
Early Childhood Education, CE
Physical Education, PE
Economics, EC
Physics & Astronomy, PH
Education, ED
Political Science, PS
English, EH
Psychology, PY
English as Second Language, FE
Religion, RE
Exercise Science, ES
ROTC : Air Force, AF and Army, MS
Foreign Languages, FL
Sociology, SO
French, FR
Spanish, SN
Geology, GY
Sport Management, SA
German, GN
Theatre, TH
Majors, Minors,
Concentrations and
Courses by Discipline
Accounting
The accounting major is administered by the Department of Economics, Accounting and
Business Administration. For a detailed description of the department, see page 166.
Requirements for the Major in Accounting
Required Accounting Courses
AC 205 and 206
Elementary Accounting I and II
AC 310 and 311
Intermediate Accounting I and II
Five additional accounting courses including:
AC 455W
113
ACCOUNTING
and two from:
AC 345
AC 445
AC 450
AC 454
Advanced Cost Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Advanced Tax Accounting
Seminar in Accounting
Other required courses
CS 100
Introduction to Computers
BA 143
Integrating College and Life Options
EC 170
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics I
MA 171
Elementary Statistics with Business Lab
EC 172
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics II*
BA 243
Exploring and Evaluating Life Options
EC 200
Introduction to Microeconomics
EC 201
Introduction Macroeconomics
EH 240
Business and Technical Writing
or
EH 245
Advanced Writing
BA 250
Business Law I
or
BA 255
Business Law II
BA 343
Pursuing Personal Life and Career Plans
A Senior Culminating Experience is required of all students. Students who major in
accounting must complete AC 455 Accounting Issues as their Senior Culminating Experience.
*Note: Students can substitute MA 141, MA 142, MA 123 and EC 345 for EC 170, MA
171 and EC 172. All four of these courses must be taken to replace EC 170, MA 171 and
EC 172.
Preparation for Certification in Public Accounting
Requirements for becoming a Certified Public Accountant are set by the various state
boards of accountancy. Currently included in Ohio’s requirement are 150 semester hours
with appropriate course work in accounting and business-related topics.
Accounting areas should include:
•
Auditing
•
Financial accounting
•
Information systems
•
Management accounting
•
Professional ethics and responsibilities
•
Taxation
Business related subject areas should include:
•
Business ethics
•
Business organization
•
Communication skills
•
Economics
•
Group and individual behavior
•
Finance
•
Legal and social environment of business
•
Marketing
•
Quantitative applications
114
ACCOUNTING
Students should see their accounting advisors to select courses meeting the above criteria.
The following options are available to meet the current 150-semester hour requirement.
Track 1 – Additional Undergraduate Hours
The student may take up to 19 semester hours without overload charges during any or
all of the traditional eight semesters. Additional hours may also be earned during summer
sessions. The student would major in accounting and satisfy the business-oriented course
requirements with a minor in business administration and selected additional course work
to include the above topics.
Track 2 – 4 + 1 Program
Students may participate in our 4 + 1 Program with a traditional bachelor of arts degree
in accounting. After completion of an additional year of appropriate coursework at an affiliated university or other university of the student’s choice, the student would be awarded
a master’s degree from that institution.
Preparation for Other Accounting Careers
For accounting majors who are not planning on careers in public accountancy, a traditional
undergraduate option is available. This track serves as preparation for careers in business,
industry, finance and non-profit or governmental areas. Students complete the required
courses for the major in accounting with accounting electives in the areas of:
•
Managerial/cost accounting
•
Auditing
•
Federal income tax
•
Governmental and not-for-profit accounting
Additional recommended courses in the business area are BA 200 Management Principles,
BA 220 Marketing Principles, BA 320 Corporate Finance and BA 399 Management Information Systems. These courses would provide a minor in business administration. Students
following this track might also choose a minor or additional course work in information
systems or legal studies.
Requirements for the Minor in Accounting
EC 200
AC 205
AC 206
AC 305
AC 310
AC 340
Introduction to Microeconomics or EC 105 Introduction
to Economics
Elementary Accounting I
Elementary Accounting II
Federal Income Tax
Intermediate Accounting I
Managerial Cost Accounting
Requirements for Honors in Accounting
See page 75 for a detailed description of the requirements for graduating with honors in
a major. Courses that may be taken for honors in accounting are the following: AC 311,
AC 330, AC 340, AC 345, AC 445, AC 450 and AC 454, AC 494.
Course Descriptions
AC 199 Special Topics in Accounting. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
AC 202 Financial Accounting. This course is intended to introduce basic concepts of
accounting with primary emphasis on analyzing financial statements. The student of fi-
115
ACCOUNTING
nancial accounting should become familiar with accounting ideas and terminology, should
understand what accounting statements mean, should develop an ability to analyze using
accounting as a tool and to communicate using accounting as a language. Designed for majors outside the Department of Economics, Accounting and Business Administration. Not
open to students with credit for AC 205. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission
of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. Note: It is recommended that student schedule BA 320 Corporate
Finance I in the semester directly following the completion of AC 202.
AC 205 Elementary Accounting I. Introductory accounting including the complete
accounting cycle from transaction analysis through preparation of financial statements.
Introduction to internal control, and beginning the detailed study of the asset, liability and
equity accounts. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
AC 206 Elementary Accounting II. Continuation of introductory accounting including
the detailed study of additional asset, liability and equity accounts; proprietorship, partnership and corporation accounting. Prerequisite: AC 205. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 299 Special Topics in Accounting. See All-College 299 course description of page
111.
AC 305 Federal Income Tax. A practical and theoretical introduction to the study of
federal taxes on income with emphasis on the preparation of income tax returns for the
individual. Topics covered include the concept of income as it relates to taxation, capital gains
and losses, basis for determining gains or losses, sales and exchanges, deductible expenses,
tax credits and special situation. Prerequisite: AC 205. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 310 Intermediate Accounting I. The theoretical foundations of accounting; intensive
study of concepts and applications in accounting for cash, investments, receivables, inventories, operational and intangible assets and liabilities. Prerequisites: AC 205 and AC 206
with a B average or better, or consent of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 311 Intermediate Accounting II. A continuation of intermediate including intensive
study of debt securities, corporate equity accounts, pensions, leases, income taxes, cash flows
and accounting changes. Prerequisite: AC 310. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 330 Auditing. A study of audit objectives, principles, standards and procedures for
conducting an examination of the financial statements and related accounting records of a
business enterprise. Attention is given to current pronouncements of the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants issued through its Senior Technical Committee, Standards
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and SEC releases. Prerequisites: AC 311. 3
Sem. Hrs.
AC 340 Managerial Cost Accounting. Cost behavior analysis; budgeting; cost volumeprofit analysis; standard costs for control and product costing; alternative product costing
methods; variance analysis; systems choice. Prerequisite: AC 205. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 345 Advanced Cost Accounting. Relevant cost and special decisions; process costing;
cost allocation and responsibility accounting; capital budgeting; decentralization, transfer
pricing and performance measurement; inventory planning, costing and control. Prerequisite: AC 340. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 399 Special Topics in Accounting. See All-College 399 course description on page
112.
AC 400 Independent Study-Accounting. Independent investigation of a problem or
problems in accounting. Prerequisite: Open to advanced students in accounting. A prospectus must be submitted for approval prior to registration. 3 Sem. Hrs.
116
ACCOUNTING • AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES
AC 445 Advanced Accounting. Contemporary accounting theory and practice for
branches, business combinations, consolidations and international accounting with emphasis
on ethical issues in accounting. Prerequisite: AC 311. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 450 Advanced Tax Accounting. Consideration of the major complexities of tax
accounting methods for passive activities, tax credits, business expenses and property
transactions. An introduction to the tax concerns for partnerships and corporations. Use
of current tax reporting services and other reference materials and tax research on selected
cases. Prerequisites: AC 305, AC 311. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 454 Seminar in Accounting. A series of in depth studies of various topics in accounting. The seminar may be repeated if different topics are covered. Typical topics are:
Accounting for Governmental and Non-profit Organizations and International Accounting.
Note: Not all topics available will be offered every year. Prerequisites: Open to all junior
or senior accounting majors or others with permission of the instructor. Certain seminars
may have special prerequisites; for this information, refer to the department’s yearly listing
of seminars offered. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 455 Accounting Issues and Problems. The study of current and relevant developments in accounting theory and practice including authoritative pronouncements of the
various accounting standards boards. Students will present papers throughout the semester
orally and in writing on relevant issues. A major project also will be included in which
the students will form a hypothetical business starting with the proprietorship form and
progressing through a partnership and corporation. This course has been designated as the
Senior Culminating Experience for individuals with a major in accounting. Prerequisite:
AC 311 and senior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AC 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
AC 499 Internship in Accounting. An experience based course in which students are
placed in appropriate business or agencies where previous classroom learning may be integrated with work in their major discipline. The exact location, program and method of
education are provided in a contract drawn between the student, the department faculty
internship coordinator and the host internship supervisor. Specific restrictions apply. Departmental approval is required prior to registration for this course. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
This interdisciplinary minor, drawn from the humanities and social sciences, offers a means
of gaining an appreciation and understanding of the African-American heritage. Students are
offered an opportunity to study the contributions and the impact of the African-American
experience on American life. Through this sequence of study, students will be challenged
to discover the rich multicultural nature of America.
Requirements for the Minor in African-American Studies
A minimum of 18 semester hours must be taken from the offerings in African-American
studies. This must include LS 106, AA 206W and 12 additional hours from among the following: AA 199; AA 399; AA 400; HI 225 History of Africa; EH 250 African-American
Literature; RE 220 African-American Religious Traditions; CM 278 Race, Images and the
Media; CM 382 African-American Rhetoric; SO 330 Minority Group Relations and EH
440 Topics in African-American Literature. No more than three credits may be counted
toward the minor from AA 199/399.
A student majoring in American studies may not minor in African-American studies.
117
AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES • AMERICAN STUDIES
Course Descriptions
AA 199 Special Topics in African-American Studies. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
AA 206W Introduction to African-American Studies. A broad introduction to the interdisciplinary field of African-American studies. This course will be organized around six
units of inquiry, each of which will address a different disciplinary approach, using a variety
of texts, including literature. Particular attention to the critical debates emerging over time
from these disciplines will serve as a framework for examining this field. Prerequisite: AA
106 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AA 226 Black Diaspora Culture. An introduction to the issues relative to Black culture
as a distinct, living phenomenon emerging out of the Pan-African or diasporic experiences
of people of African descent, grounded in and driven by “the folk” and folk experience. Students will be introduced to traditional Western categories of “high v. low art,” “art v. craft,”
and the ways in which African peoples brought their cultures and cultural practices across
the Atlantic to recreate them in the New World within a variety of regional environments.
The course attempts to answer the question: “what kinds of cultural practices developed and
continue to develop out of that African-in-design, American-in-origin, transatlantic experience?” through consideration of visible “high” culture – painting, sculpture, music – and
invisible “low” or “folk” or “popular” culture—quilting, cooking, hair. Prerequisites: LS 106
or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 3; II, D, 2 or III,B.}
AA 228 Pivotal African-American Figures. The course will examine the life and times
of important African-American figures. This will include but is not limited to individuals
in religion, science, politics, history, medicine, literature, athletics, business, drama, theatre,
television, entertainment, law, art, music, dance and social activism. The purpose of the
course is to engage the material to elucidate many contributions to the above areas made by
African-Americans. The course will study anywhere from one to three individuals at a time.
The course will use primary and secondary sources including books, published memoirs,
letters, various recordings (visual and audio), pictures and Internet sources. Prerequisites:
LS 106, AA 206, RE 220 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, D, 2.}
AA 400 Independent Study. A study of selected topics in African-American studies on
an individual basis. Emphasis on independent inquiry and on proper form and style for
reporting results. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. Credit variable, 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
American Studies
The goal of the American Studies Program is to give the student an appreciation of our
civilization as a vital culture with its own traditions, customs, values, ideals, ethics, and myths,
and an understanding of its relationship to other civilizations. As an interdepartmental
major, the American Studies Program is designed to encourage the student to combine the
basic methods and perspectives of several traditional scholarly disciplines so as not to isolate
the American experience but, rather, to demonstrate its rich heritage. The program is not
designed to supplant normal departmental work, but to supplement it. The philosophy
under-girding the concept of the major is that a liberally educated person must be able to
comprehend his/her own heritage with discernment and understanding.
118
AMERICAN STUDIES
Requirements for the Major in American Studies
The student majoring or minoring in American studies must submit a written proposal
for participation in the program. Each student will design a coherent sequence of courses
that would help the student explore indepth a topic related to the American experience. A
student proposal should demonstrate how American studies meets the student’s needs and
evidence of an interest in interdisciplinary study. The proposal must be approved by the
American Studies Board. The approved program may be modified at any time with the
director’s approval. The major consists of at least 36 semester hours from those approved
for this major and must include AS 200W, Special Topics in American Culture and Society,
and AS 400, Seminar in American Studies. It must include at least 12 semester hours from
the offerings of a single department. The remaining 18 hours can come from any courses
in the AS curriculum, but must come from at least two different departments.
A student majoring in American studies may not minor in African-American studies.
Requirements for the Minor in American Studies
The general requirements for the major also apply to the minor with the following
exceptions. The minor shall consist of at least 18 semester hours which must include AS
200W. The other 15 semester hours may not include more than nine semester hours from
the offerings of a single department. At least two courses taken for the minor must be at
the 300-level or above.
Requirements for the Minor in African-American Studies
For the requirements for this minor see Catalogue description of African-American
studies on page 117.
Courses in the American Studies Program
AA 228
Pivotal African-American Figures
American Studies
AS 200W Special Topics in American Culture & Society
AS 330W Sport & American Culture
Art
AR 300
History of American Art
Communication & Theatre
CM 103
Introduction to Film Theory
CM 130
The Mass Media
CM 278
Race, Images and the Media
CM 381
The American Indian and the Rhetoric of Liberation
CM 382
African-American Rhetoric
CM 420
American Public Address
CM 435
Telecommunication Law & Policies
Economics
EC 105
EC 200
EC 201
EC 300
EC 315
Introduction to Economics
Introduction to Macroeconomics
Business, Government and Economic Policy
Money and Banking
119
AMERICAN STUDIES
English
EH 250
EH 255
EH 257
EH 270
EH 335
EH 352
EH 371
EH 372
EH 373
EH 375
EH 380
EH 440
EH 356
African-American Literature
Native American Literature
Canadian Literature
Regional American Literatures
The Literary Essay (with approval of the director of American studies)
American Postmodernism
Early American Literature
Nineteenth-Century American Literature
Twentieth-Century American Literature
The American Novel
The American Short Story
Topics in African-American Literature
Autobiography (with approval of the director of American studies)
Foreign Language
FR 150
Francophone Literature in Translation
SN 215
Hispanic Literature in Translation
History
HI 210
HI 295
HI 311W
HI 312W
HI 313W
HI 331W
Colonial and Nineteenth Century America
The Progressive Movement in Twentieth Century America
The Atlantic World, 1492-1825
The Age of the American Revolution
The Sectional Conflict: Civil War & Reconstruction, 1832-1876
The American Intellectual Experience
Liberal Studies
LS 106
Race, Culture & American Society
LS 320W Vernacular Music and the Vietnam Conflict
Music
MU 250W Music in America
Philosophy
PL 250
Philosophers of the Twentieth Century
Political Science
PS 105
American National Government
PS 110
American State and Local Government
PS 210
Congress
PS 211
Presidency
PS 270
American Foreign Policy
PS 300
Introduction to Law and the Legal System
PS 305
Constitutional Law: Civil Rights & Liberties
PS 306
Constitutional Law: Sources of Power
PS 315
American Political Thought
Sociology
SO 100
SO 200
SO 230
SO 240
SO 310
120
Introduction to Sociology
Contemporary Social Issues
American Society
Courtship and Marriage
American Family
AMERICAN STUDIES • ART
SO 320
SO 330
SO 390
Religion
RE 250
Sociology of Gender
Minority Group Relations
Social Organization
African-American and Native American Religious Traditions
*Note: Seminars and “199/299/399” courses in various disciplines often treat topics pertinent to American Studies. Such courses may be taken to satisfy the major if prior director
approval is received.
Course Descriptions
AS 199 Special Topics in American Studies. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
AS 200W Special Topics in American Culture and Society. An interdisciplinary approach
to the study of culture and society in America. The topics to be covered will be chosen by the
professor, but might include such topics as Puritanism, jazz and blues aesthetics, gender in
America and the American West. The instructor will introduce students to American Studies
and explore the importance of interdisciplinary study. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II.D.2.}
AS 299
111.
Special Topics in American Studies. See All-College course description on page
AS 330W Sport and American Culture. An investigation of the cultural, political, economic
and social realities/representations of sport and American culture. Course looks at how
both amateur and professional sports affect our understanding of race, class and gender in
late 20th and early 21st century America. Prerequisites: EH 100, AS 200 or permission of
the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, D, 2.}
AS 399 Special Topics in American Studies. See All-College 399 course description on
page 112.
AS 400 Seminar in American Studies. An interdisciplinary seminar on some aspect of
American experience. The topic of study will be selected by the instructor. Emphasis is on
indepth research, critical methodology and mature scholarship. A major paper is required.
AS 400 is the Senior Culminating Experience for the American studies major. Prerequisite:
AS 200, junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AS 405 Independent Study in American Studies. In consultation with the director, the
student will select a topic in American studies to be developed on his/her own initiative
with an appropriate faculty member. Emphasis is on indepth research, critical methodology
and mature scholarship. A major paper is required. Should the student wish, such a paper
might involve archival work in the College’s Historical Room or at other local archives.
Prerequisites: AS 200 or instructor’s permission, junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AS 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course descriptions on page 112.
AS 498 Internship (Internal). See All-College 498 course descriptions on page 112.
AS 499 Internship (External). See All-College 499 course descriptions on page 112.
Department of Art
The Department of Art is committed to the following goals: 1) To provide a sound technical, theoretical, and historical foundation for the student majoring in art; 2) To provide
an environment in which the student can function as an independent, creative individual;
3) To serve the student body of a liberal arts institution.
121
ART
A major in art will provide an excellent basis for further study leading to a career in fine
or applied art, or for an advanced degree leading to teaching. The department has initiated
a program which meets the requirements for a multiage teaching license.
The art major is a two-stage program involving the freshman-sophomore foundation
courses and junior-senior advanced study. The foundation courses deal with the fundamental
theory and studio skills which provide the broad base from which any artist functions. In the
junior-senior advanced studio courses, the student uses the theory and skills learned in the
foundation sequence to develop a personal creative approach which can function both as a
method of inquiry and as a vocabulary for the communication of humanistic ideas. A thorough general study of the history of art is offered as an important part of the art major.
Requirements for the Major in Art
A.
Foundation Courses
Semesters
AR 105
Basic Drawing
1
AR 110W
Design I
1
AR 115
Design II
1
AR 216
Intermediate Drawing
1
AR 220
Sculpture I
1
AR 225
Printmaking I
1
AR 230
Painting I
1
B.
Upper-Level Studio Courses
Advanced Studio (Any area)
AR 450
Senior Exhibition (SCE)
1
1
3
3
Art History
AR 200
AR 205
AR 210
Art History Survey I
Art History Survey II
Art History Survey III
1
1
1
3
3
3
12
36
C.
Subtotal
D.
Courses Strongly Recommended, but not Required
AR 315
Life Drawing
1
AR 400
History of Modern Art
1
Second Advanced Studio
1
AR 300
American Art Survey or
1
Third Advanced Studio
Overall Total Required and
Recommended Courses
16
Course Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
48
Students interested in earning a multiage teaching license should consult their advisor
and the Department of Education for specific course requirements.
Requirements for the Minor in Art
A minor shall consist of 12 semester hours of art courses exclusive of AR 250 and AR 251.
Specific course requirements for an art minor are flexible so that the student can structure
the minor to his/her specific interests. The minor may be in studio, art history, or a combination of the two. Consult with Department of Art faculty when planning an art minor.
122
ART
Requirements for Honors in Art
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in art if they have at least a 3.5 grade
point average in the major or permission of the Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in art, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12 semester hours.
One of the courses may be AR 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be taken for three to six
credit hours. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project, a completed Honors
Application and Registration Form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by
the end of the twelfth week of classes of the semester prior to doing the thesis. Students
must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit.
Other courses students may take for honors in art include any 200-level or above course
except AR 250 or AR 251. For permission to register for a course with honors in the major,
a completed Application and Registration Form must be filed with the director of Honors
Programs by the end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course is taken.
Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see page 75
of this Catalogue for more information about Honors Programs.
Requirements for the Major in Media Computing
An interdisciplinary program of study, the media computing major is administered by the
Department of Computer Science and Information Systems. Majors will be well grounded
in both art and computing. The principles of digital sound, electronic communication and
project management are of importance in this field and by using these principles the students
will gain experience in production and management of current media.
The following are requirements for the major:
AR 105
Drawing I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 110W
Design I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 115
Design II, 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 121
Programming & Problem Solving I, 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 221
Programming & Problem Solving II, 4 Sem. Hrs.
MU 315
Digital Sound, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR/CS 326
Media Computing I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 327
Advanced Media Computing, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 427
BA 495
Project Management, 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 480
Computer Graphics, 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS/AR 497
Senior Culminating Experience, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Media Computing Minor
There is no minor in media computing at this time.
Course Descriptions
AR 101 Introduction to Art. A general introduction to art for students not majoring in art.
Visual elements, characteristics of various media and highlights of the major historical styles
are studied in the context of the purposes of art. Except when taken as a “repeat for change
of grade,” this class is open only to freshman students. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
AR 105 Basic Drawing. An introduction to the theory and techniques of representational
drawing, with emphasis on both the technical and expressive aspects of drawing as a means
of visual communication. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A, 2.}
123
ART
AR 110W Design I. A study of the fundamentals of two dimensional design. Emphasis is
placed on the elements of shape, value, line, movement and texture as they apply to over all
visual organization. Prerequisites: Art or media computing majors; art minors with department approval. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 115 Design II. A continuation of the study of two-dimensional design, with emphasis
on color organization and spatial systems. Prerequisite: AR 110W. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 199 Special Topics in Art. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
AR 200 Art History Survey I. Art from prehistoric through Gothic era. Co-listed as CL
250. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
AR 205 Art History Survey II. Western art from the Renaissance through the present. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
AR 210 Art History Survey III. A general survey of non-western cultures. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,D,2 or II,A,2.}
AR 216 Intermediate Drawing. A second level drawing course which expands on the
principles covered in Basic Drawing and introduces more subjective applications of the
drawing theory. Prerequisite: AR 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 220 Sculpture I. An introduction to the problems specific to three-dimensional design
and expression. The specific media and techniques studied are variable. Prerequisite: AR
115. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 225 Printmaking I. An introduction to printmaking as a vehicle for creative expression. Emphasis is placed on relief printing and etching. Prerequisites: AR 105, AR 115. 3
Sem. Hrs.
AR 230 Painting I. An introduction to the elements of composition, structure, and expression in painting. The primary emphasis is on the acrylic medium. Prerequisites: AR 115.
3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 250 Art Materials and Methods. This course includes philosophy, materials and
procedures essential to a balanced art program in the schools. Laboratory experience in art
activities is provided. Prerequisites: AR 110W and AR 115. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 251 Professional Issues in Art Education. This course includes strategies for the implementation of a balanced art curriculum for schools. It builds upon knowledge and practices
from AR 250. Laboratory experiences are provided. Prerequisite: AR 250. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 300 History of American Art. A history of American art from the colonial period to
present, with emphasis on painting and sculpture. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
AR 301 Appreciation of Visual Art. An analytical course oriented to a basic understanding
of the visual aspects of art. Composition, color, style and expression are studied from the
viewer’s standpoint, so that the student can develop the capacity to understand, interpret
and make judgments. Not recommended for freshmen or students having difficulty with
extemporaneous writing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 305 Art Study Travel Seminar. A guided study tour of various European cities (London, Paris, Venice, Rome, Florence, Cairo and Athens were visited in the past). Emphasis is
on direct apprehension of the art and architecture of each site in its actual context. Visits to
museum collections, cathedrals, palaces, archaeological sites, and other points of concern and
interest. The course incorporates a degree of flexibility in order that it may serve a variety
of situations involving foreign on-site study. In addition to the tour, seminar attendance
(prior to tour), background study, writing projects and research are required. 4 Sem. Hrs.
124
ART
AR 315 Life Drawing. The study of the human figure as a subject for drawing, with
considerations of the figure as a structural entity in itself, as a problem in composition and
as an expressive vehicle. Prerequisites: AR 105, AR 115. 3 Sem. Hrs.
*AR 316/AR 416 Advanced Drawing. Advanced creative work in drawing, the specific
content of which is determined by the student in conference with the instructor. Prerequisites: AR 105, AR 110W. 3 Sem. Hrs. each.
*AR 320/AR 420 Advanced Sculpture. Advanced creative work in sculpture, the specific
content of which is determined by the student in conference with the instructor. Prerequisite:
AR 220. 3 Sem. Hrs. each.
*AR 325/AR 425 Advanced Printmaking. Advanced creative work in printmaking, the
specific content of which is determined by the student in conference with the instructor.
Prerequisite: AR 225. 3 Sem. Hrs. each.
AR 326 Media Computing I. An introduction to the problems specific to electronic design
and expression. The specific media, applications and techniques are variable. Prerequisites:
AR 105, AR 115, CS 121, and CS 221. Co-listed as CS 326. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
AR 327/427 Advanced Media Computing. Advanced creative work in media computing, the specific content of which is to be determined by the student in conference with the
instructor. Prerequisite: AR/CS 326. 3 Sem. Hrs.
*AR 330/AR 430 Advanced Painting. Advanced creative work in painting, the specific
content of which is determined by the student in conference with the instructor. Prerequisite:
AR 230. 3 Sem. Hrs. each.
AR 400 History of Modern Art. A study of the development of modern art from 1850 to
present. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
AR 450E Senior Exhibition. A studio project which is intended to draw together the thinking and skills of the student from the entire undergraduate career. It is to be a consistent
body of creative work suitable for exhibition in the spring semester of the senior year. This
is the SCE for art majors. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
AR 497 Media Computing SCE. It is expected that the SCE will be an extra departmental
experience under the guidance of someone from art, computer science and information
systems, business, communications or music. The minor may play a significant role in the
SCE. The main purpose of the course is to give the student an opportunity to work on a
single semester-long project, the subject of which is of particular interest to the student.
The topic chosen must require the transformation of current knowledge into knowledge
about a previously unknown topic, or a completely new aspect of such a topic. The student
must document the ways in which such new learning will occur. In addition it is a studio
project which is intended to draw together the thinking and skills of the student from the
entire academic career. It is to be a consistent body of creative work suitable for exhibition
in the spring semester of the senior year. Prerequisites: MU 315, AR 327, AR 427, CS 480
and senior standing. Co-listed as CS 497. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 499 Internship in Art. Internship is at Butler Institute of American Art in Youngstown
or the Canton Art Institute. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
*Note: The double numbers on the four advanced studio courses listed above indicate that
any of them can be taken twice.
125
ASTRONOMY • ATHLETIC TRAINING
Astronomy
For a detailed description of the Department of Physics and Astronomy, see page 247.
Mount Union College offers a comprehensive preparation for those students desiring to
become professional astronomers. Excellent observational facilities available to qualified
students include: (1) A 24-inch five-mirror coude reflecting telescope used for photographic and photoelectric spectrophotometry of stellar surfaces and atmospheres; (2) a
12-inch Newtonian reflector; (3) an 11-inch Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope used for BVRI
photoelectric photometry of stellar objects; (4) a charge coupled device (CCD) camera for
digital imaging of faint astronomical objects; (5) a high-speed computer workstation for
digital image analysis; (6) a nine-inch f/15 refracting telescope used for the study of lunar
and planetary detail; (7) a portable eight-inch Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope; and (8) two
precision astrographic telescopes.
Athletic Training
The athletic training major is a part of the Department of Human Performance and Sport
Management. For a complete description of the department, see page 240.
Mount Union College has developed the athletic training major to prepare qualified
students for athletic training/sports medicine related careers. Since 1987, the major has met
National Athletic Trainer’s Association (NATA) standards as an Approved Undergraduate
Athletic Training Education Program and effective November 1998, it has been accredited
through the American Medical Association’s Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs (CAAHEP).
The major can also be utilized as preparation for post-graduate study in sports related
allied-health fields such as physical therapy, kinesiotherapy, physician’s assistant, nursing,
podiatry, emergency medical technician, cardiac rehabilitation, exercise physiology, kinesiology/biomechanics, sport psychology, nutrition or other allied medical professions. A
graduate with an athletic training major may also pursue employment in professional sports,
colleges and universities, high schools, sports medicine centers, as an orthopaedic physician
extender, industrial settings, private health/physical fitness clubs and/or the marketing and
business aspects of the profession.
The CAAHEP Accredited Athletic Training Education Program qualifies students to
challenge the NATA Board of Certification (NATABOC) examination as well as the state
examination for licensure as an athletic trainer in Ohio upon graduation. Students selected
into the athletic training major (see Selective Admission) learn and serve under the direct
supervision of the college/team physician, the college medical director and approved clinical
instructors in the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of athletic related injures and
illnesses. Students in the major are strongly urged to obtain a teaching certification in one
or more secondary education areas.
Requirements for the Major in Athletic Training
Curriculum
I. Required Courses for the Athletic Training Major:
AT 115
Introduction to Sports Medicine
AT 116
Seminar in Athletic Training
AT 216
Injury Recognition I
AT 217
Injury Recognition II
AT 316
Medical Aspects of Sport
AT 380
Therapeutic Modalities
AT 390
Therapeutic Rehabilitation
AT 475W
Senior Culminating Experience in AT
126
Sem. Hrs.
4
1
4
4
1
3
3
3
ATHLETIC TRAINING
AT 197
Athletic Training Practicum I
1
AT 297
Athletic Training Practicum II
1
AT 397
Athletic Training Practicum III
1
AT 497
Athletic Training Practicum IV
1
HE 140
Safety, First Aid and Emergency Care
3
HE 205
Personal Health
3
HE 250
Nutrition Science
3
PE 305
Kinesiology
3
PE 310
Biomechanics
3
ES 230
Basic Pharmacology
3
ES 333
Physiology of Human Performance
4
II. Required courses that may also count toward College General Requirements:
BI 110
Anatomy and Physiology I
4
BI 111
4
PY 110
Introduction to Psychological Science
3
PE 134
Basic Weight Training
1
III. Elective course
AT 499
Internship in Athletic Training
3
Selective Admission
Entrance into the CAAHEP accredited athletic training major is by selective admission. A
formal application process shall be initiated at the end of the “rookie” year, the year in which
the student is a candidate for the athletic training major (typically the freshman year) and
after successful completion of the following prerequisites:
•
AT 115
•
AT 116
•
HE 140
•
PE 305
•
BI 110
•
BI 111
An average GPA of at least 2.5 must be achieved in these courses.
•
One hundred hours of clinical directed observation in the athletic training room
(up to 20 hours may be completed in a physical therapy department);
•
Directed observation of all scheduled activities of five different sports for one
full week each;
•
Three supportive letters of recommendation;
•
Written application and resume;
•
Written examination (minimum score: 70 percent);
•
Oral/practical examination (minimum score: 75 percent);
•
Cumulative GPA of at least a 2.5 at the time of application;
•
Meet all technical standards established for the program and the profession of athletic training (see Student Athletic Trainer Handbook for a complete listing).
These are minimum requirements for admittance. Competitive selection criteria will be
employed if/when there are more qualified candidates than available positions. A re-application process is available if a student is unsuccessful on the initial application to the
program. It is the policy of the Mount Union College Athletic Training Education Program
not to discriminate on the basis of race, gender, religion, age, color, creed, national or ethnic
origin, marital or parental status, or handicap in the selection of students into the Athletic
Training Education Program.
127
ATHLETIC TRAINING
Additionally, as a part of the matriculation process, all students admitted to the program
must complete formal OSHA training (which includes obtaining or declining the hepatitis
B vaccination), purchase student liability insurance and successfully complete a medical
examination.
Clinical Experience
One thousand hours of clinical field experience under the direct supervision of qualified
clinical instructors, in an approved clinical setting are required and available only for students
selected into the athletic training major. Within this requirement, four clinical rotations must
be distributed over at least four semesters and must include at least one clinical rotation with
1) an upper-extremity intensive sport, 2) a lower-extremity intensive sport, 3) a protective
equipment-intensive sport and 4) a medical intensive experience. Athletic training students
may also obtain field experiences in local area high schools, physical therapy departments,
ambulance riding or other appropriate allied medical venues.
Additionally, this curriculum is rigorous, and may actually result in students selected into
the athletic training major have to complete more than the 120 semester hours required
for graduation.
Requirements for the Minor in Athletic Training
The purpose of this minor is to provide the student with basic knowledge of athletic
training. It is designed primarily for those students pursuing other allied medical fields,
graduate schools or those in teaching/coaching fields. It is an attractive and marketable
combination with the following majors: Pre-medicine, pre-allied health, health/physical
education/coaching, biology and all education majors.
The athletic training minor does not meet National Athletic Trainer’s Association Board
of Certification (NATABOC) or Ohio licensure eligibility requirements, and therefore, does
not lead toward NATABOC certification or licensure as an athletic trainer in Ohio.
The following courses are required for the athletic training minor:
Curriculum
AT 115
AT 116
AT 216
HE 205
HE 140
HE 250
Introduction to Sports Medicine
Seminar in Athletic Training
Injury Recognition I
Personal Health
Nutrition Science
Sem. Hrs.
4
1
4
3
3
3
Requirements for Honors in Athletic Training
To receive departmental honors in athletic training, a student must meet all criteria for
graduating with honors in a major (for a detailed description of the additional requirements
for graduating with honors in a major, see page 75), and complete AT 216, AT 380 and AT
390 for honors.
Course Descriptions
AT 115 Introduction to Sports Medicine. Introduction to the multifaceted field of sports
medicine and specifically, athletic training. Includes the roles and responsibilities of various members of the sports medicine team, basic components of a comprehensive athletic
injury/illness prevention program including physical examinations and screening procedures,
physical conditioning, sports nutrition, environmental risk factors, medical-legal considerations, medical terminology and documentation, fitting and maintenance of protective
128
ATHLETIC TRAINING
equipment, application of supportive taping, wrapping etc., and an introduction to general
sports injury and illness classifications. Student seeking selection into the accredited athletic
training major must take this course. Three class hours plus seventy-five minutes of lab per
week (lab fee required). Should be taken concurrently with BI 110. 4 Sem. Hrs. (offered fall
semesters)
AT 116 Seminar in Athletic Training. This course has a workshop-type structure. Its
purpose is to provide students with theoretical knowledge and psychomotor proficiency
relating to supportive taping, wrapping, special pad fabrication and other therapeutic techniques used in the care and prevention of injuries relating to physically active individuals.
A lab fee is required. The class meets for ninety minutes per week. Prerequisite: AT 115 or
permission of instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
AT 197 Athletic Training Practicum I. A clinical education course to specifically prepare the student for entry-level competence in various athletic training clinical skills. This
practicum course will include the development of selected clinical skills focusing on emergency procedures and therapeutic rehabilitation clinical proficiencies. A lab fee is required.
Prerequisite: AT 116 Seminar in Athletic Training; required and available for matriculated
athletic training majors only or by permission of the Athletic Training Education Program
director. 1 Sem. Hr. (offered fall semesters)
AT 199 Special Topics in Athletic Training. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
AT 216 Injury Recognition I. Clinical evaluation of injuries and illnesses commonly sustained by the competitive athlete and/or physically active individual (s). Prepares students to
formulate a clinical impression of the nature and severity of injuries/illnesses relating to the
head, face, neck, shoulder, elbow, wrist, and hand for the primary purpose of administering
medical referrals. Three class hours and 90 minutes of lab/workshop per week. Prerequisite:
AT 115, AT 116 and BI 110. 4 Sem. Hrs. (offered fall semesters)
AT 217 Injury Recognition II. The continuation of AT 216; Clinical evaluation of the injuries and illnesses commonly sustained by the competitive athlete and/or physically active
impression of the nature and severity of injuries/illnesses relating to the abdomen, thorax,
lower back, pelvis, hip, thigh, knee, ankle and foot for the primary purpose of administering
proper first aid/emergency care as well as making appropriate medical referrals. Three class
hours and 75 minutes of lab/workshop per week. Prerequisite: AT 216 Injury Recognition
I. 4 Sem Hrs. (offered spring semesters)
AT 297 Athletic Training Practicum II. A clinical education course to specifically prepare
the student for entry-level competence in various athletic training clinical skills. This practicum course will include manual muscle testing, the therapeutic use of various resistance
modalities, assessing joint range of motion (goniometry), segmental girth, limb length,
vital signs, posture, and other anthropometric, medical and environmental measurements.
Prerequisites: AT 216, AT 217, and AT 380 (should be taken concurrently with AT 390). Class
meets two hours per week. 1 Sem. Hr. (offered spring semesters)
page 111.
AT 316 Medical Aspects of Sport. This course will cover various topics relating to sports
medicine. The student will gain an in-depth physician’s and/or allied medical expert’s perspective on selected orthopaedic and general medical problems and issues related to sports.
Prerequisite: AT 390 and AT 297 or permission of the Athletic Training Education Program
director. 1 Sem. Hr. (offered even-year spring semesters)
129
ATHLETIC TRAINING
AT 380 Therapeutic Modalities. A study of the physical principles, physiologic effects,
indications, contraindications, safety precautions and standard operating procedures of
contemporary therapeutic modalities commonly used in athletic training therapy. Prerequisite: AT 116. 3 Sem. Hrs. (offered fall semesters)
AT 390 Therapeutic Rehabilitation. Basic components of a comprehensive rehabilitation program including anatomical and physiological basis of a rehabilitations prescription,
determination of therapeutic goals and objectives, selection and use of various rehabilitation techniques plus the development of criteria for progression and return to full active
participation. (Should be taken concurrently with AT 297.) Prerequisite: AT 216 and AT
380. 3 Sem. Hrs. (offered spring semesters)
AT 397 Athletic Training Practicum III. A clinical education course to specifically prepare the student for entry-level competence in various athletic training clinical skills. This
practicum course will include the development of selected clinical proficiencies, focusing
on the psychomotor aspect of injury rehabilitation; therapeutic exercise and modality use,
applying a problem-based approach. Prerequisite: AT 216 and AT 217. Class meets two
hours per week. 1 Sem. Hrs. (offered fall semesters)
page 112.
AT 400 Independent Study (elective). The student, in consultation with the instructor,
will select a topic, project, or problem for in-depth research. Prerequisite: A 2.8 GPA in
major and junior standing. 1-3 Sem. Hrs. (offered every semester)
AT 475W Senior Culminating Experience in Athletic Training. A study of the administrative aspects of comprehensive athletic training programs including facility design and
management, budget development and inventory control. Research design plus the in-depth
research of a selected sports medicine topic will be included. This research project plus
the mock-NATABOC final examination will count as the senior culminating experience
for athletic training majors. Other topics involving current issues in athletic training are
discussed. This course has been approved as a “writing intensive” course through the Mount
Union Writing Across the Curriculum Program. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only those
who have completed or will concurrently complete all other athletic training core courses.
3 Sem. Hrs. (offered fall semesters)
AT 494
Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
AT 497 Athletic Training Practicum IV. A clinical education course to specifically prepare the student for entry-level competence in various athletic training clinical skills. This
practicum course will include the development of selected clinical proficiencies, emphasizing
the psychomotor aspects of injury/illness assessment applying a problem-based approach.
Prerequisite: AT 397, AT 380 and AT 390. Class is two hours. 1 Sem. Hr. (offered spring
semesters)
AT 499 Internship in Sports Medicine/Athletic Training. An elective, off-campus field
experience learning and serving in a medicinal or allied health setting. The student intern
will gain a hands-on, professionally supervised clinical experience and a broader perspective
of the athletic training/sports medicine field. The course provides practical application of
theoretical provided by the cooperating organization and the college. Prerequisites: HE
240, AT 380, AT 390, AT 297 and at least junior standing. Departmental approval is required
prior to registration for this course. 3 Sem. Hrs. (offered every semester)
130
BIOLOGY
Department of Biology
The Department of Biology seeks to provide students with an understanding of life as a
process. Within its courses, the department emphasizes concepts which unify and clarify
this goal. In addition, an appreciation of our biological relationship to the living world is
presented. A flexibility in curriculum choices allows students to prepare for graduate work
in the biological science, or professional work in medical arts or allied health professions.
Requirements for the Major in Biology
A major in biology consists of 36 semester hours of course work in biology, exclusive of
BI 120, BI 122, BI 125 and BI 127. BI 110 and BI 111 are not recommended for pre-professional or graduate school bound students. Specific courses required for graduation are: BI
201, 202, 203 and BI 425E. No more than three semester hours of BI 360 or BI 499 may be
counted toward the major. Extra-departmental requirements for the major are: CH 110
and CH 111 and (MA 141 or MA 151), or MA 123.. Majors in biology may not minor in
environmental biology and vice versa.
Requirements for a Minor in Biology
A minor in biology consists of any two of BI 201, 202 and 203 plus additional departmental
courses for a total of 18 semester hours.
Requirements for the Major in Environmental Biology
The environmental biology major consists of 36 semester hours of course work in biology. Required courses are: BI 201, BI 202, BI 203, BI 220, BI 227, BI 321 and BI 425E. In
addition, at least nine credit hours must be taken from among the following courses and
at least three of the nine credits must be at the 300-level or above: BI 215, BI 225W, BI 226,
BI 230, BI 235, BI 236, BI 250, BI 280W, BI 285, BI 305, BI 315, BI 320W, BI 321, BI 325,
BI 330, BI 350, BI 405, BI 498. Special courses (BI 199, BI 399) and directed study (BI 360)
may be applied towards this major only when approved, in advance, by the department
chair. Extra-departmental requirements for the major include CH 110, CH 111 and (MA
141 or MA 151), or MA 123.. The Senior Culminating Experience requirement is satisfied
by completion of an indepth research project through BI 425E. Majors in environmental
biology may not minor in biology and vice versa.
Requirements for the Minor in Environmental Biology
A minor in environmental biology consists of BI 202, BI 203, BI 220 and BI 227, plus one
additional course at the 200-level or above chosen from among those specific courses (listed
above) that can be used to satisfy the requirements for the major in environmental biology.
In total, 18 semester hours are required.
Requirements for Honors in Biology or Environmental
Biology
Graduating seniors are awarded honors in biology or environmental biology after earning
a 3.5 cumulative grade point average in all biology courses, complete of BI 425E (4 semester
hours) for honors with a minimum grade of B+ and 12 semester hours in honors courses
at the 200 or 300 level.
Medical Technology and Cytotechnology
Medical technology and cytotechnology programs are pre-professional programs that prepare
students to enter clinical programs at schools of medical technology or cytotechnology.
131
BIOLOGY
These are 4+1 curriculum programs. Students spend four years at Mount Union College
completing normal degree requirements with a biology major. Included in the biology major
are the courses required for application to a clinical school which include: BI 201, BI 202,
BI 203, BI 110, BI 111, BI 300, BI 305, BI 340, BI 355, CH 110, CH 111 and CH 230.
Course Descriptions
BI 110/BI 111 Anatomy and Physiology. An integrated study of the structure and function of the major organ systems of the human body. Enrollment is limited to biology and
related majors and minors. Each semester: three class hours and one three-hour laboratory
per week. A lab fee is charged for the course. BI 110 is not a prerequisite to BI 111. 4 Sem.
Hrs. each. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
BI 120 Contemporary Biology. A study of selected topics in the biological sciences with
emphasis on contemporary problems confronting modern society. This course is designed
for the non-science major and does not satisfy requirements for a major or minor in biology
or environmental biology. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
BI 122 Contemporary Biology with Laboratory. A study of selected topics in the biological sciences with emphasis on contemporary problems confronting modern society.
This course is designed for the non-science major and does not satisfy requirements for a
major or minor in biology or environmental biology. Three class hours and one three-hour
laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 2.}
BI 125 The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach. An introduction to environmental science that emphasizes the interrelationships among natural sciences, social sciences
and the humanities. Specific issues will be addressed with the three themes of populations,
resources and pollution. This course is designed for the non-science major and does not
satisfy requirements for a major or minor in biology or environmental biology. Credit cannot be received for both this course and BI 227. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II, B, 2.}
BI 127 The Environment: An Interdisciplinary Approach with Laboratory. An introduction to environmental science that emphasizes the interrelationships among natural sciences,
social sciences and the humanities. Specific issues will be addressed with the three themes
of populations, resources and pollution. This course is designed for the non-science major
and does not satisfy requirements for a major or minor in biology or environmental biology.
Credit cannot be received for both this course and BI 227. Three class hours and one three
hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 2.}
BI 199
Special Topics in Biology. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
BI 201, 202, 203 The Biology Core. This three-course core serves as the foundation for
biology and environmental biology majors. The biology core presents the study of life at all
levels of organization, from biomolecules and subcellular organelles, to functioning organisms, to populations and ecosystems.
BI 201 Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology. This course introduces students
to the study of life processes at the cellular and subcellular level. Topics include biological
chemistry, cell structure and function, metabolism and molecular genetics. Each semester:
three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Priority in registration for biology and related majors and minors. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 2.}
BI 202 Introduction to Organismal Biology. This course introduces students to the study
of life processes at the organismal level. Topics include classical genetics and the structure and
function of both plants and animals. Each semester: three class hours and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Priority in registration for Biology and related majors
and minors. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: New = II, B, 2.}
132
BIOLOGY
BI 203 Introduction to Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. This course introduces
students to the study of life processes at the population and ecosystem level. Topics include
ecology, the diversity of life, population genetics and evolution. Each semester: three class
hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Priority in registration for
biology and related majors and minors. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 2.}
BI 205E Vertebrate Morphogenesis and Histogenesis. This course is an integrated
study of vertebrate anatomy, histology and embryology. This integrated approach allows a
comprehensive presentation of vertebrate structure and development at both the macro and
micro level. This is a two semester course. Both semesters must be completed for credit.
Prerequisite: BI 201 or consent of instructor. Three to four class hours and two three-hour
laboratories per week. 10 Sem. Hrs.
BI 215 Organic Evolution. A study of the mechanisms and forces of evolutionary change.
Emphasis is on evolutionary genetics and the interpretation of morphological and molecular
evidence. Familiarity with personal computers helpful but not required. Prerequisite: BI 203.
Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 220 Ecology. An introduction to the ecological factors affecting the distribution and
abundance of the major groups of animals and plants. Emphasis is on the local fauna and
flora, utilizing frequent field trips. Prerequisites: BI 203. Familiarity with personal computers helpful but not required. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. 4
Sem. Hrs.
BI 225W Tropical Biology. A study of tropical organisms and their environment. Emphasis
will be on the Neotropics, using Costa Rica as a model. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Three class hours per week. Offered in alternate years (spring semester). 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,B,2.}
BI 226 Tropical Biology Field Experience. An intensive, three week study of tropical
biology. Students will explore and conduct field studies in major tropical ecosystems in
Costa Rica. Prerequisites: BI 225 or consent of instructor. Offered in alternate years during
first Summer session. 2 Sem. Hrs.
BI 227 Introduction to Environmental Science. This introductory level course focuses
on the scientific principles which underlie the functioning of the global environment. The
course addresses problems related to human society and explores possibilities for alleviating
these problems. The course will provide the student with a knowledge of how the environment functions and prepare the student to make wise decisions regarding the environment.
Enrollment is limited to biology and related majors and minors or consent of instructor.
Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 230 Conservation Biology. This course is an introduction to conservation biology, a
synthetic discipline within biology that addresses the loss of biological diversity throughout
the world. The course is divided into three principal sections, (1) biological diversity: principles, threats and values, (2) practical applications, and (3) the human role and solutions.
The course also will present some of the currently active research in conservation biology.
Three class hours per week. Prerequisite: BI 227 or consent of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 235 Rocky Mountain Ecosystems. This course presents a study of the organisms and
ecosystems of western North America. Emphasis will be on the tall grass and short grass
prairies, and various mountain and alpine ecosystems, using the prairies of Kansas, and the
prairies and mountains of Colorado as models. Prerequisites: BI 235 or consent of instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
BI 236 Rocky Mountain Ecosystems Field Experience. This course is the field experience component of BI 235 Rocky Mountain Ecosystems and is an intensive study of prairie
133
BIOLOGY
and mountain ecosystems. Students will travel to the Konza Prairie field station in Kansas
and to the University of Colorado and University of Denver field stations in Colorado for
a two-week field experience. Offered in alternate years during the second summer session.
Prerequisites: BI 235 or consent of instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
BI 240W Genetics. A study of hereditary mechanisms and the experimental methods used
in the analysis and manipulation of these mechanisms. Topics include classical transmission genetics, the nature of the gene and microbial and molecular genetics. The laboratory
includes experiments in Drosophila genetics, bacterial and phage genetics and molecular
genetics. Prerequisite: BI 201 and BI 202 or consent of instructor. Three class hours and
one three-hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 250 Field Botany. A study of the phylogenetic and evolutionary relationships in nonvascular and vascular plants with an emphasis on the native flora of Ohio. Studies in the
field and laboratory investigate the taxonomy, life cycles, anatomy and ecology of selected
plant groups. Prerequisites: BI 202 or 203. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory
per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 280W Biology of Marine Organisms. A study of selected groups of marine organisms.
Emphasis is placed on ecological, reproductive and physiological adaptations to the marine
environment. Where appropriate, biological and societal factors concerning the economic
importance of marine organisms are included. Participation in an extended field trip either
during or after completion of the campus portion of the course is required. A fee is charged
for the field trip. Prerequisite: BI 201, BI 202 or BI 203. Two three to four-hour classes per
week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 285 Vertebrate Zoology. This course is an introduction to the biology of vertebrates.
It will specifically focus on the evolution of vertebrates and the physiology, anatomy, behavior
and ecology associated with each vertebrate class. Three class hours and one three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisite BI 202 or BI 203. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 299
BI 300 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology. A study of the physiological and
biochemical activities of eucaryotic and procaryotic cells. The course deals with cellular
metabolic systems, regulation of these cellular systems and the molecular biology of eucaryotic and procaryotic organisms. Prerequisites: BI 201 and CH 110. Three class hours and
one three-hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 305 Microbiology. An introduction to the distribution, physiology and morphology
of the common bacteria, yeasts and fungi of economic or pathogenic importance to man.
Prerequisites: BI 201 and CH 110. Three class hours and two two-hour laboratories per
week. 5 Sem. Hrs.
BI 310 Parasitology. A study of the identity, morphology and life cycles of the common
parasites of animals. Host-parasite relationships, human pathogenesis and epidemiology
are discussed. Prerequisite: BI 202. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per
week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 315 Physiological Ecology. An examination of how the structure and function of
organisms allow them to exploit their specific environment and/or ecological niche. The
course focuses on a variety of ecosystems, assesses the environmental stresses inherent in
each, and looks at the physiological adaptations that selected organisms have evolved which
allow them to be successful in that environment. Syntheses of many biological disciplines,
problem solving and experimental procedures/interpretations are involved. Three hours
of lecture/discussion and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BI 202 or BI
203. 4 Sem. Hrs.
134
BIOLOGY
BI 320W Plant Physiology. A study of plant functions. Water relations, photosynthesis,
respiration, translocation and growth regulators are stressed in relation to growth, differentiation and reproduction of plants. Prerequisites: BI 202 and CH 110. Three class hours
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 321W Aquatic Ecology. A study of the ecology of freshwater ecosystems. Energetics,
chemistry, movements of nutrients, and plankton and littoral communities will be presented
with particular attention to north temperate ecosystems. Laboratories will emphasize field
work. Prerequisites: BI 203 or consent of instructor. Three class hours and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Offered in alternate years. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 322 Ecotoxicology. A study of toxic effects of chemicals upon components of ecosystems. The course will begin by examining how human activities have provided pathways
for pollutants into the environment. Students will then learn how those pollutants affect
biochemical and physiological processes of organisms and thus may alter functions of ecosystem components. Prerequisites: BI 203 or consent of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 325 Environmental Soil Science. An examination of soil characteristics and processes
including chemistry, physics, biology and management with an emphasis on environmental
and ecological issues. Students will learn to characterize soils and their properties. Three
hours of lecture/discussion and one three-hour laboratory per week. Taught in alternate
years. Prerequisite: BI 227 or BI 220. 4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 330 Restoration Ecology. Restoration ecology utilizes ecological understandings to
restore or enhance biological function in damaged ecosystems. Examples of such systems
include abandoned mine land and depleted farm land. The course combines readings in the
current literature with field projects in restoration. Prerequisite: BI 220. Three class hours
BI 340 Immunobiology. A study of the immune response mechanisms including cellular
and humoral immunity. Structure and production of immunoglobulins are discussed. In
vivo aspects of immunology and diagnostic serological analysis are considered. Prerequisites: BI 201 and CH 110. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per week. 4
Sem. Hrs.
BI 350 Quantitative Ecology. Ecology is an inherently quantitative discipline. This course
will introduce students to a number of quantitative tools used by ecologists including GIS
(geographical information systems), statistical data analysis and other tools based on the
needs and interests of students in the class. Prerequisite: BI 220. Two class hours and three
laboratory hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 355 Pathogenic Microbiology. A course dealing with the pathogenesis of infectious
microbes. Topics covered include: mechanisms of entry, infection initiation, tissue invasion
and clinical pathology. Diseases caused by major pathogens also are discussed. Prerequisites:
BI 305. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 360 Independent Study. An indepth exploration of student-selected subject matter.
Registration requires consent of the instructor. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 380W Vertebrate Physiology. A study of the functions of vertebrate tissues and organs
and how these functions interact to maintain homeostasis. Prerequisites: BI 111 or BI 205E,
BI 201 and BI 202, and junior standing. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory
BI 399
BI 405 Research. This course involves the experimental investigation of a problem in
biology. Primarily for advanced students majoring in biology. Registration by consent of
the instructor. 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
135
BIOLOGY • BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BI 410 Seminar. Discussions and critical evaluations of selected topics in biology, with an
emphasis upon the current literature. Suggested for senior majors, but registration requires
consent of the instructor. One three-hour meeting per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BI 425E Senior Culminating Experience. A two-semester course designed to fulfill the
college requirements for a Senior Culminating Experience. This course is required of all biology majors. This course has as its requirements the completion of a senior research project,
presentation of a poster paper and attendance at the departmental seminars. Prerequisites:
Senior standing. 2 Sem. Hrs. each semester for a total of 4 Hrs.
BI 494
BI 498 Internship in Environmental Education (Internal). Students will gain experience in
developing, implementing and evaluating environmental and outdoor education programs.
Work will be done through the College’s John T. Huston-Dr. John D. Brumbaugh Nature
Center but may involve outreach activities to other agencies or groups in the area. Students
will be required to participate in at least one state or regional meeting of environmental
educators. The internship is designed for students who intend to be educators or who plan
to work in the general area of outdoor education. Specific activities will be specified in a
contract between the student and instructor. S/U grade option only. Prerequisite: Open
only to juniors and seniors who are majoring or minoring in education, biology or environmental biology. Credit variable, 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
BI 499 Internship in Biology. An experience based course designed for juniors and seniors.
Students are placed in appropriate laboratories or agencies where previous classroom learning may be integrated with a work experience. The exact location, program and method of
evaluation are provided in a contract drawn between the student, the faculty sponsor, and
the host internship supervisor. Registration by arrangement with the faculty sponsor and
departmental chairman. Specific restrictions may apply. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
The following courses are offered by the Department of Biology in support of the Canton
Aultman School of Nursing Program. They are not available to any students not admitted
to the Aultman Program.
NU 100 Anatomy and Physiology for Students of Nursing. An overview of the major
organ systems of the human body and the functional characteristics of those systems. Frequent reference to the disease state of these systems is made. Four lecture hours and one
three-hour laboratory session per week. Enrollment is limited to students enrolled in the
Aultman Hospital Nursing Program. 5 Sem. Hrs.
NU 200 Microorganisms and Disease for Students of Nursing. A study of disease causing
microorganisms such as protozoa, bacteria and viruses. The disease state and the immune
response to these microorganisms also are discussed. Three lecture hours and two one and
one-half hour laboratory sessions per week. Enrollment is limited to students enrolled in
the Aultman Hospital Nursing Program. 4 Sem. Hrs.
The business administration major is administered by the Department of Economics,
Accounting and Business Administration. For a detailed description of the department,
see page 166.
The business administration major consists of three components of study.
Stage one, the first component, is a group of 12 courses that covers, on a survey and
principles basis, the major business and business related fields that are central to a business
major.
136
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Stage two, the second component, is a group of courses selected according to the
guidelines set out below that requires students to investigate areas of business outside their
intended areas of concentration.
Stage three, the third component, is a group of courses selected according to the guidelines set out below to enable the students to concentrate in one of five basic business fields:
finance, health systems administration, management, marketing or quantitative analysis.*
To meet the requirements for the business administration major, a student must complete
the stage one and stage two courses, choose and complete one or more of the Stage Three areas
of concentration, and meet the general college requirements for a baccalaureate degree.
Any student choosing to obtain a major in international business and economics will not
be permitted to dual major or minor in either business administration or economic.
*Note: A student can develop an alternative area of concentration outside of the five listed but
only with prior approval of the Department of Economics, Accounting and Business Administration.
Requirements for the Major in Business Administration
Stage One (to be completed by all business administration majors):
CS 100
Introduction to Computer Applications
EC 170
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics I**
MA 171
Elementary Statistics with Business Lab**
EC 172
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics II**
BA 143
EC 200
EC 201
AC 205
AC 206
Elementary Accounting II
BA 200
Management Principles
BA 220
Marketing Principles
BA 243
BA 320
Corporation Finance I
BA 343
EH 240W
or
EH 245
Advanced Writing
**Note: Students can substitute MA 141, MA 142, MA 123, and EC 435 for EC 170, MA 171
and EC 172. All four of these courses must be taken to replace EC 170, MA 171, and EC 172.
Recommended courses: PY 320 Industrial/Organizational Psychology, CM 102 Group
Communication, CM 326 Advanced Public Speaking.
Stage Two
Students will select four of the following seven groups and then take at least one course
in each of the four selected groups. Those students who concentration is health systems
administration will satisfy stage two by taking BA 270 Insurance, BA 370 Consumer Behavior,
BA 390 Health Care Management and AC 340 Managerial Cost Accounting.
Group A
EC 315
Money & Banking
EC 327
International Trade
EC 328
International Monetary Economics
EC 330
Economics of Gender
EC 375
Development Economics
137
EC 380
EC 390
Group B
BA 370
BA 371
BA 396
BA 397
BA 471
BA 474W
Group C
BA 270
BA 321
BA 398
BA 453
BA 455W
BA 460
BA 473
Group D
BA 341
BA 425W
BA 435
BA 451
BA 452W
EC 450
Group E
EC 425
EC 435
CS 121
Group F
AC 305
AC 310
AC 340
Group G
PS 365
BA 380
BA 390
BA 410
EC 310
Group H
BA 456
BA 395
BA 491W
Comparative Economic Systems
Economics of the Asian Pacific Rim
Consumer Behavior
Promotion
Selling and Sales Management
International Marketing
Marketing Research
Marketing Policies and Strategies
Insurance
Corporate Finance II
Multinational Finance
Seminar in Portfolio Management and Mutual Funds
Investment Principles and Analysis
Financial Institutions
Seminar in Derivatives
Production Management
Planning, Policy and Control
Decision Making Strategies for the 21st Century
Seminar in Business Management
Seminar in International Business
Seminar in Labor
Managerial Economics
Advanced Quantitative Tools for Business and Economics
Programming and Problem Solving I (any CS course
granting at least 3 semester hours credit may replace CS
121.)
Federal Income Tax
Intermediate Accounting
Health Policy Analysis
Health Care Finance
Health Care Management
Health Systems Practicum
Health Economics
Compensation 7 Staffing
Seminar in Human Relations, Communications and Ethics
Stage Three
Each student must complete the required courses for at least one of the following areas of
concentration. Recommended courses, listed under each area of concentration, are optional.
The courses which are recommended should be used as a guide by the student in consultation
with his/her advisor to best support the student’s personalized program.
138
Finance Concentration
This program has been prepared to provide the student interested in financial management with a basic overview of the field of finance and to develop skills that are necessary
to perform financial analysis.
Required Courses:
EC 315
Money and Banking
BA 321
Corporate Finance II
BA 455W
Investment Principles and Analysis
BA 460
Financial Institutions
And one of the following:
BA 453
Seminar in Portfolio Management and Mutual Funds
BA 473
Seminar in Derivatives
BA 398
Recommended Courses:
AC 305
Federal Income Tax
AC 340
EC 425
BA 255
Business Law II
BA 270
Insurance
BA 450
Seminar in Finance
***Note: BA 455W Investment Principles and Analysis has been designated as the Senior
Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in finance.
Health Systems Administration Concentration
There has been a significant growth in the need for professionals in the area of health
administration. This concentration attempts to address the educational needs of individuals interested in this area.
Required Courses:
PS 365
Health Policy Analysis
EC 310
Health Economics
BA 380
Health Care Finance
BA 390
Health Care Management
BA 410
Health Systems Practicum***
Recommended Courses: It is recommended that the student minor in accounting
which may be met by the following additional courses:
AC 305
Federal Income Tax
AC 310
Intermediate Accounting I
AC 340
Additional recommended support courses:
BA 270
Insurance
BA 255
Business Law
BA 456
PY 110
Introduction to Psychological Science
PY 320
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
EH 240
BI 110
Anatomy & Physiology
BI 111
Anatomy & Physiology
***Note: BA 410 Health Systems Practicum has been designed as the Senior Culminating
Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in health systems administration.
139
Human Resource Management Concentration
This program has been prepared to provide the student interested in human resource
management with a basic overview of the field and the functions performed by human
resource managers today.
Required Courses:
BA 456
BA 395
Compensation and Staffing
BA 491W**
Seminar in Human Relations, Communications, Ethics
EC 450
Seminar in Labor
PY 320
or
SO 390
Sociology of Organizations
BA 451
Seminar in Management – Special Topics, HR
BA 452W
PY 320
**Note: BA 491W Seminar in Human Relations, Communication, Ethics has been designated
as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration
in human resource management.
Management Concentration
This program has been prepared to provide the student interested in management with
a basic overview of the field of management and the function performed by managers
today.
Required Courses:
BA 341
Production Management
BA 425W
Planning Policy and Control***
BA 456
BA 335
Business Ethics
BA 435
Decision Making Strategies for the 21st Century
BA 499
Internship in Business
or
EC 450
Seminar in Labor
BA 451
Seminar in Management
BA 452W
AC 340
BA 371
Promotion
BA 250
Business Law I
EC 300
Business, Government and Economic Policy
EC 360
Intermediate Microeconomic Theory
PY 225
Personality
PY 320
PY 425
Group Dynamics
***Note: BA 425W Policy, Planning and Control has been designated as the Senior Culminating
Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in management.
Marketing Concentration
140
This program has been prepared to provide the interested student with a basic overview
of the marketing field, and, in addition, a deeper understanding in a number of marketing
specific areas such as promotion, consumer behavior and marketing research.
Required Courses:
BA 370
Consumer Behavior
BA 471
Marketing Research
BA 474W
Marketing Policies and Strategies***
BA 371
Promotion
BA 396
Selling and Sales Management
BA 397
BA 454
Seminar in Marketing
or
BA 499
Internship in Business
BA 425W
EC 327
International Trade
EC 375
EC 390
EC 435
Advanced Quantitative Tools for Business and Economics.
***Note: BA 474W Marketing Policies and Strategies has been designated as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in marketing.
Quantitative Analysis Concentration
This program has been prepared to provide the student with an overview of the operations research and statistical analysis functions in business.
Required Courses:
MA 142
Calculus II
MA 123
Elementary Statistics
BA 471
Marketing Research
or
EC 425
EC 435
Advanced Quantitative Tools in Business and Economics***
CS 121
Programming and Problem Solving I
CS 221
Programming and Problem Solving II
CS 312
Business Programming
MA 241
Calculus III
MA 322
Linear Algebra
MA 335
Differential Equations
MA 351
Numerical Analysis
MA 405 and 406 Mathematical Statistics I and II
PL 210
Logic
***Note: EC 435 Advanced Quantitative Tools in Business and Economics has been designated
as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration
in quantitative analysis.
Requirements for the Minor in Business Administration
EC 105
AC 202
BA 200
BA 220
BA 310
Introduction to Economics
Financial Accounting
Introduction to Finance
141
In addition to the required courses listed above, the student shall take at least one other
BA course at the 300 or 400-level.
The following courses also meet the requirements: EC 200 and EC 201 for EC 105; AC
205 and AC 206 for AC 202; and BA 320 for BA 310.
It is recommended that students schedule BA 310 or BA 320 in the semester directly following the completion of their accounting course.
be permitted to dual major or minor in either business administration or economics.
Requirements for Honors in Business Administration
a major. Courses that may be taken for honors in business administration are the following:
BA 321, BA 341, BA 370, BA 371, BA 380, BA 390, BA 425W, BA 460, BA 471 and BA 494.
Requirements for the Interdisciplinary Major in International Business and Economics
Required Economics Courses:
EC 170
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics I*
MA 171
Elementary Statistics with Business Lab*
EC 172
EC 200
EC 201
EC 327
International Trade
or
EC 328
EC 380
or
EC 390
Required Business Courses:
BA 143
BA 200
BA 243
BA 310
Introduction to Finance
BA 343
BA 452W
Seminar in International Management**
BA 397
or
BA 398
Required Language Courses: Students are required to complete 15 hours of coursework taught in the same language. Students may choose to study French, German, Spanish,
or Japanese. Courses taught in English will not count toward the 15 hours required for the
major.
Required Study Abroad Program: Students must earn six semester hours of credit
while participating in a study abroad program at an accredited university. (International
students can fulfill this requirement by completion of six semester hours of credit at Mount
Union College.)
142
Required Support Courses
CS 100
Introduction to Microcomputer Applications
PS 120
Introduction to International Politics
AC 202
And two of:
EC 375
Development Economics of HI 230 Developing Nations
PS 250
Comparative Politics (Europe)
or
PS 251
Comparative Politics (Asia)
PS 326
International Institutions
PS 227
Model United Nations
PS 252
Politics of the Former Soviet Union
PS 340
International Political Economy
*Note: Students can substitute MA 141, MA 142, MA 123, and EC 435 for EC 170, MA 171,
and EC 172. All four of these courses must be taken to replace EC 170, MA 171, and EC 172.
**Note: A senior culminating experience is required of all students. Students who graduate
with a major in international business and economics must complete BA 452W Seminar in International Management as their Senior Culminating Experience.
Course Descriptions
BA 143 Integrating College and Life Options. This course is intended to generate an
enhanced level of self-awareness related to integrate in college and life choices. Students
will be challenged to identify their personal skills, goals, and objectives and relate them to
curricular, co-curricular, and extra-curricular opportunities and possible professional and
career alternatives. A review of current economic, professional, and societal trends and
opportunities will help students become aware of more diverse future alternatives. 1 Sem.
Hr.
BA 199 Special Topics in Business Administration. See All-College 199 courses description on page 111.
BA 200 Management Principles. Introduction to the basic principles, policies and methods employed in the management of business enterprises and not-for-profit organizations.
Provides a general understanding of the managerial functions of planning, organizing,
leading and controlling from the viewpoint and needs of the professional manager. An
international perspective to business and management will be incorporated in the course.
Prerequisite: At least sophomore standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 220 Marketing Principles. Introduction to marketing theory and its application.
Analysis of marketing functions as they relate to pricing, product decisions, distribution,
promotional activity and market research. Prerequisite: At least sophomore standing. 3
Sem. Hrs.
BA 243 Exploring and Evaluating Life Options. This course is intended to help the student reflect upon and refine their professional and personal objectives while gaining vital
skills and knowledge that will help them successfully plan for and achieve those objectives
upon graduation and throughout their life. Students will engage in activities and personally
relevant research designed to expand their knowledge of available opportunities and personal
and professional success factors for those opportunities, while continuing to relate them to
curricular, co-curricular, and extra-curricular opportunities. They will also develop a better
awareness of their personal strengths and weaknesses as they relate to their desired futures
143
and refine or develop plans for pursuing their desired careers or courses of graduate study.
1 Sem. Hr.
BA 250 Business Law I. An introductory study of business law with emphasis on topics
which include torts, crimes, contracts, agency, and real and personal property. Prerequisite:
At least sophomore standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 255 Business Law II. A further study of business law with emphasis on topics which
include partnerships, corporations, sales, negotiable instruments, insurance and bankruptcy.
BA 270 Insurance. This course surveys the insurance field. Attention is given to business
as well as individual and governmental insurance programs and risk management theories.
BA 280 Stock Market Psychology. Focus of this course is on the individual investor’s
perception of the world and efforts to secure a better or at least equally prosperous future. It
is an attempt to bring together empirical findings and relevant and potentially useful theories from financial economics and psychology. It brings together theories from behavioral
finance and research results from modern cognitive and social psychology. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
BA 299 Special Topics in Business Administration. See All-College 299 course description on page 111.
BA 310 Introduction to Finance. This course is intended to expose students to the breath
of finance: to provide an understanding of the interrelationships among the three areas of
finance: financial management, financial markets and investment; and introduce students
to the key tools used by financial managers and investors in analysis and decision making.
It will make students aware of the many career opportunities in finance and acquaint them
with the vocabulary of finance. Note: A student who successfully completes BA 320 may not
subsequently earn credit for BA 310; however if credit is first earned in BA 310 the student
may subsequently take and receive credit for BA 320. Prerequisites: EC 105 or EC 201 and
AC 202 or AC 206. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 320 Corporate Finance I. Principles and problems in financial management of corporations: the study of corporate securities, the management of capital and the analysis of
securities. Note: A student who successfully complete BA 320 may not subsequently earn
credit for BA 310; however if credit is first earned in BA 310 the student may subsequently
take and receive credit for BA 320. Prerequisites: BA 200 and EC 105 or EC 201, and AC
202 or AC 206 or with permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 321 Corporate Finance II. The study of financial decision making within a business
firm. Emphasis on the interrelationships of the various aspects of a firm’s financing decisions will be studied and their impact on the firm’s value analyzed. Prerequisite: BA 320. 3
Sem. Hrs.
BA 335 Business Ethics. The course is designed to provide students with those concepts
and analytical skills that will enable them to utilize general ethical theory in attempting to
resolve both personal and professional dilemmas, as well as to reflect on the moral issues
facing the larger society. Prerequisite: At least junior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 341 Production/Operations Management. This course describes the conditions
through which production operations takes place and the part managers and workers play
in performing related activities. Emphasis is on the role of managers as decision makers
who continually face alternatives, and the ways in which production/operations decisions
144
must be considered in relation to other functional areas of organizations. Prerequisites: BA
200 and either AC 205 or AC 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 343 Pursuing Personal Life and Career Plans. This course is intended to help
students prepare for and accomplish a successful transition from college to graduate study
or a professional career. Students will be challenged to understand various elements of
successful pursuit of an ultimate career, including interviewing, career-related communication, and professional presence. Workshops and lectures led by subject matter experts will
provide important applied techniques and theories. Students will integrate those theories
and techniques into their own skill and knowledge. 1 Sem. Hr.
BA 370 Consumer Behavior. The course focuses on the consumer’s decision making
behavior, that is, the specific process through which a consumer passes when he or she
considers and evaluates products and/or services for eventual purchase. Also considered
are the psychological factors, environmental variables and personal differences that affect
consumer behavior. Prerequisite: BA 220. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 371 Promotion. The course focuses on the various elements of the promotional mix.
Personal selling, promotion, publicity and mass selling (advertising) are each studied in
detail. Also considered is the overall role of promotion in the development of a cohesive
product or service marketing strategy. The orientation of the course is centered both on
theory and application. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 200 and at least junior class standing. 3
Sem. Hrs.
BA 380 Health Care Finance. This course attempts to blend the topics of both accounting
and finance. It covers those types of financial decisions that health care executives are most
likely involved with, and provides material that will help students understand the conceptual
basis and mechanics of financial analysis and decision making as it pertains to the health
care industry sector. Prerequisites: AC 206, BA 320 and BA 270. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 390 Health Care Management. This course identifies the major issues in the management of health care programs, including budgeting, marketing and supervision procedures.
Also included are medical record systems, policy and procedural concerns, and reporting
requirements unique to the health care industry. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 220, and PS 365.
3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 395 Compensation and Staffing. The hiring process from recruitment to retention
will be the focus of the course. Employee benefits, compensation plans, wage and salary
administration, as well as government regulations will be discussed. Prerequisites: BA 200.
3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 396 Selling and Sales Management. The course examines the disciplines of professional selling and selling management. Prevalent myths are identified and dispelled. The
importance of relationship management is emphasized. Prerequisite: BA 220. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 397 International Marketing. The course examines the theory and application of
marketing from a global perspective, rather than just from the U.S. points of view. Prerequisite: BA 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 398 Multinational Finance. Provides students with an awareness of the applicability
and limitations of business finance theories and practices when applied to the financial
management of international business. Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 105 and BA 310 or BA
320. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 399 Special Topics in Business Administration. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
145
BA 400 Independent Study-Business. Involves the independent investigation of a problem
in business administration. Open to advanced students majoring in business administration.
A prospectus must be submitted for approval prior to registration. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 410 Health Systems Practicum. Students will be involved with researching a current
issue facing the health care industry today with a departmental presentation of the resulting
research paper. Course includes training within an appropriate health care facility for actual
work experience and observation. This course has been designated as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in health systems
administration. Prerequisite: BA 390 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 425W Planning, Policy and Control. Provides an in depth understanding and application of business strategy, policy and planning, organizational design, organizational objectives and control techniques used in a competitive business environment. A computerized
management decision game and case studies are used to integrate the concepts studies. This
course has been designated as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring
in business with a concentration in management. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 220, BA 320,
and at least junior class standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 435 Decision Making Strategies for the 21st Century. This course is designed to
examine decision making strategies used by some of the most successful corporations in
the United States. Students will be introduced to the problem solving techniques employed
by corporations attempting to exceed customer expectations, envision new products and
markets, increase speed and agility, pursue total quality and reshape the organization. Prerequisite: BA 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 451 Seminar in Management. A series of studies of selected topics in management
and human relations. The seminar course can be repeated for credit if different topics are
covered. The seminar is open to seniors and juniors with the permission of instructor. Certain seminars may have special prerequisites; for this information refer to the department’s
yearly listing of seminars offered. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 452W Seminar in International Business. This seminar focuses on the international
perspective of business. It broadly outlines how business became international and how
countries organize internal economic affairs. It addresses the mounting pressure from
foreign companies to increase productivity, improve quality and be more creative. To
meet existing and future challenges, the various international environments economic,
legal, political, physical, and cultural will be addressed. This course has been designated
as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in International Business
and Economics. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 220, BA 320, EC 327, 328 or with permission
of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 453 Seminar in Portfolio Management and Mutual Funds. A study of the principles
of asset allocation in portfolio construction, selection and mutual fund management. The
seminar is open to seniors and juniors with the permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 454 Seminar in Marketing. A series of studies of selected topics in marketing. The
seminar course can be repeated for credit if different topics are covered. The seminar is
open to senior and juniors with the permission of instructor. Certain seminars may have
special prerequisites: for this information refer to the department’s yearly listing of seminars
offered. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 455W Investment Principles and Analysis. Designed to enable students to distinguish
between various types of investment securities and to acquaint the student with recognized
safety tests. A part of the course will be devoted to interpretation of financial statements
and ratios and analysis of a security. This course has been designated as the Senior Culmi-
146
nating Experience for individuals majoring in Business with a concentration in Finance.
Prerequisites: BA 320 and at least junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 456 Human Resource Management. This course has been designed to focus on
current human resource management issues. Human resources is the comprehensive set
of managerial activities and tasks concerned with development and maintaining a qualified
workforce in ways that contribute to organizational effectiveness. Prerequisite: BA 200. 3
Sem. Hrs.
BA 460 Financial Institutions. This course will review the structure of financial institutions
in the American economy. Particular attention is given to the asset and liability management
of commercial banks, savings and loans, pension and investment funds, insurance companies,
credit unions and finance companies. Prerequisites: BA 320, EC 315. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 471 Marketing Research. The entire marketing research process is studies for the
purpose of creating knowledgeable providers and users of marketing research information.
A project is included which is designed to demonstrate the role of marketing research as
an information-gathering tool, and to provide an opportunity to experience the process.
Prerequisite: BA 220, EC 172 or MA 123, and either BA 370 or BA 371 and at least junior
class standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 473 Seminar in Derivatives. Designed for advanced undergraduate students in accounting and finance. It is a comprehensive introduction to using the derivative markets
for managing risks in commodity and financial markets. It will concentrate on forward and
future contracts, options markets, interest rate and forward exchange derivative contracts
and advanced topics in pricing derivative securities. Hedging, interest rate risk and foreign
exchange risk management techniques will be discussed. Prerequisite: BA 320 and at least
junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 474W Marketing Policies and Strategies. This course is designed as a capstone course
in marketing. It will deal with marketing policies and strategies with particular emphasis
on managerial decision-making. This course has been designated as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in marketing.
Prerequisite: BA 471. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 481 Seminar in Small Business. This seminar is designed to focus on the start-up
management of small businesses. A strong emphasis will be placed on entrepreneurial opportunities and new venture activities necessary for the successful operating of small business
firms. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 220, BA 320 and at least junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 491W Seminar in Human Relations, Communications and Ethics. Designed for
advanced undergraduate students in business management. This seminar is designed to
focus on current business practices and issues involving human relations, communications,
and ethics necessary to meet existing and future challenges management and employees
must understand in conducting business. Prerequisites: BA 200, BA 220 and at least junior
standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
BA 495 Project Management. This course is designed to introduce students to project
management techniques for coordination, implementation, and control of complex tasks,
world projects in the manufacturing and information services industries. Prerequisites: BA
341 or CS 121 (choose one) and MA 171 or Ma 123 or MA 125 (choose one). 3 Sem. Hrs.
BA 499 Internship in Business Administration. An experience based course in which
students are placed in appropriate businesses or agencies where previous classroom learning
may be integrated with work in their major discipline. The exact location, program and
method of education are provided in a contract drawn between the student, the department
147
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISTRY
faculty internship coordinator and the host internship supervisor. Specific restrictions apply.
Departmental approval is required prior to registration for this course. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Chemistry
The Department of Chemistry seeks to contribute to the achievement of the general objectives of the College by providing a well-balanced program of studies. Courses are offered to
satisfy the needs of students with a casual interest in chemistry, those requiring a supporting
program to their major, or those desiring a major which provides a strong background of
knowledge in the field of chemistry. Majors are prepared for advanced study in graduate
or professional school or for careers in chemistry. Instruction in the department places
emphasis on the use of modern scientific instruments, a library of books and journals in
chemistry, and the ability of the student to do independent work.
Requirements for the Major in Chemistry
A.
Core Courses
CH 110
CH 111
CH 220
CH 231
CH 341
CH 342
CH 381
CH 382
CH 481
CH 482
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry II
Analytical Chemistry
Organic Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry I Lab
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
SCE
Total
B.
Chemistry Electives
Semester Hours
(additional courses to make 36 hours)
CH 232
Organic Chemistry II
4
CH 343
Physical Chemistry II
3
CH 344
Physical Chemistry II Lab
1
CH 360
Independent Studies in Chemistry
Variable
CH 370
General Biochemistry
3
CH 371
Biochemistry Lab
2
CH 372
Advanced Biochemistry
3
CH 414
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
4
CH 451
Instrumental Analysis
4
CH 460
Research
Variable
Total
10
C.
Required Extra-departmental Courses
PH 101
General Physics I
PH 102
General Physics II
MA 141
Calculus I
MA 142
Calculus II
Total
Total of All
A chemistry major may not major in biochemistry.
148
Semester Hours
4
4
5
4
3
1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
3
26
Semester Hours
5
5
4
4
18
54 semester hours
CHEMISTRY
A senior culminating experience is required of all chemistry majors. This requirement
may be met by completion of CH 460, CH 494, or CH 499 for a minimum of three credits
or by certain off-campus research experiences which have been approved in advance.
Requirements for the Minor in Chemistry
a. CH 110, 4 credits and CH 111, 4 credits
b. Two additional courses with labs in at least two areas of chemistry
c. MA 123 or MA 141
Requirements for Honors in Chemistry
Students desiring honors in chemistry must complete CH 231, 341, 342, and 494 for
honors. Additional requirements may be found in the description of the Honors in a Major
Program on page 75. Presentation of a paper reporting the honors research at a professional
meeting is encouraged.
Requirements for the Major in Biochemistry
A.
Core Courses
CH 110
CH 111
CH 220
CH 231
CH 232
CH 370
CH 371
CH 372
CH 381
CH 382
CH 481
CH 482
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry II
Analytical Chemistry
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
General Biochemistry
Biochemistry Lab
Advanced Biochemistry
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Seminar
SCE
Total
B.
C.
Semester Hours
4
4
5
4
4
3
2
3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
3
34
Biochemistry electives
(one additional course to make 36 hours)
CH 341
Physical Chemistry I
CH 342
Physical Chemistry I Lab
CH 343
Physical Chemistry II
CH 344
Physical Chemistry II Lab
CH 360
Independent Study in Chemistry
CH 414
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CH 451
Instrumental Analysis
CH 460
Research
Total
Semester Hours
Required extra-departmental courses
PH 101
General Physics I
PH 102
General Physics II
MA 141
Calculus I
MA 142
Calculus II
BI 201
Introduction to Cellular and
Molecular Biology
Semester Hours
5
5
4
4
4
3
1
3
1
Variable
4
4
Variable
3
149
CHEMISTRY
Plus any two of the following:
BI 202
4
BI 240
Genetics
4
BI 300
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology 4
BI 305
Microbiology
5
Total
31
Total of All
67
Biochemistry majors may not major or minor in chemistry but may minor in biology.
Course Descriptions
CH 100 Chemistry in Society. A study of the basic principles of chemistry and their application to understanding environmental and societal problems facing man in today’s world
and in the future. This course is designed for the student with no background in chemistry.
It may be used to fulfill part of the graduation requirement in natural science, but is not
applicable to the chemistry major or minor or biochemistry major. Designed for non-science majors; no prior knowledge of chemistry is required or assumed. It is recommended
that CH 101 be taken concurrently. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: Old
= G; New = II,B,2.} {When taken with CH 101, GenEd: II,B,2 (4 hrs).}
CH 101 Chemistry in Society Laboratory. A laboratory course taken concurrently with
CH 100. This course will include laboratory investigations of fundamental chemical properties and processes as they apply to class discussions concerning the role of chemistry in
understanding problems in the environment and society. The work of this course will be
integrated with CH 100 and the same grade will be assigned for both courses. This course
will not count towards a major or minor in chemistry or a major in biochemistry. One
three-hour laboratory per week. 1 Sem. Hr.
CH 110 General Chemistry I. A course in the principles of chemistry designed for the
student who expects to major in chemistry or who wishes to use the contents of this course
for work in the other physical or biological sciences. Students who enroll in this course must
have had one year of high school chemistry and two years of high school mathematics or
equivalent, or permission of instructor. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory
per week. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 2.}
CH 111 General Chemistry II. A continuation of CH 110. An introduction to the chemistry of the elements and their compounds along with a study of the principles of qualitative
analysis. Laboratory work is devoted to the separation and identification of cations and
anions in solution. Prerequisite: CH 110 or permission of the instructor. Three class hours
CH 160/CH 260 Independent Study. A course of independent study designed to meet a
particular need for specific students. The course may include any combination of seminar,
tutorial and laboratory sessions appropriate to the need. Registration for these courses is
only by permission of the instructor. Credit variable, 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
CH 199 Special Topics in Chemistry. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
CH 220 Analytical Chemistry. A study of the principles of chemical equilibrium and
their application to problems of chemical analysis and an introduction to optical, electrochemical and chromatographic methods of analysis. Prerequisite: CH 111 or permission
of instructor. Three class hours and two three-hour laboratories per week. 5 Sem. Hrs.
CH 230 Basic Organic Chemistry. One semester course designed for students requiring
an introduction to the basic compounds and principles of organic chemistry. This course
150
CHEMISTRY
will cover selected topics in aliphatic and aromatic chemistry. Special attention will be given
to compounds of biological or biochemical interest. This course will not count towards a
chemistry major. Prerequisite: CH 111. Three class hours and two three-hour laboratories
CH 231 Organic Chemistry I. A first course in the chemistry of carbon compounds designed for chemistry majors and premedical students. Emphasis is placed on the study of
the nature and consequences of covalent bonds as encountered in organic compounds. The
major aspects of the chemistry of aliphatic hydrocarbons and saturated functional groups are
included. The principles of chirality and both IR and NMR spectroscopy also are studied.
The laboratory concentrates on organic microlab techniques including gas chromatography
and spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CH 111. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory
CH 232 Organic Chemistry II. A continuation of CH 231. This course covers the major
aspects of the chemistry of unsaturated functional groups and selected aromatic and heterocyclic compounds. Emphasis is placed on reaction mechanisms. The laboratory is designed
to apply the techniques acquired in CH 231 to synthesis, identification and mechanism
problems. Prerequisite: CH 231. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory per
week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CH 299 Special Topics in Chemistry. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
CH 340 Thermodynamics. An examination of the laws of classical thermodynamics associated with energy, entropy, and Gibbs energy. Further topics of study include equilibrium,
colligative properties and transport properties. This course will be given as an intensive study
consisting of approximately the first twelve weeks of CH 341 plus a special topics project in
conjunction with a faculty member from the Department of Physics and Astronomy. This
course will not count towards a chemistry major. Co-listed as PH 340. Prerequisites: CH
111, PH 102, and MA 142. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CH 341 Physical Chemistry I. An examination of the laws of classical thermodynamics
associated with energy, entropy and Gibbs energy. Further topics of study include equilibrium, colligative properties, transport properties and chemical kinetics. CH 342 should be
taken concurrently. Prerequisites: CH 111, PH 102 and MA 142. 3 Sem Hrs.
CH 342 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I. A laboratory course to be taken concurrently
with CH 341. Experiments involve the determination of a variety of thermodynamic functions studied in CH 341 including heat capacity, enthalpy and equilibrium constants. Additional experiments cover colligative properties, transport properties and chemical kinetics.
One three-hour laboratory per week. Corequisite: CH 341. 1 Sem. Hr.
CH 343 Physical Chemistry II. A study of electrochemistry, wave mechanics, chemical
bonding, molecular spectroscopy, solids, liquids and surfaces. CH 344 should be taken
concurrently. Prerequisites: CH 341. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CH 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II. A laboratory course to be taken concurrently
with CH 343. Experiments involve electrochemical measurements, modern computational
techniques, and detailed spectrocopic analysis of selected compounds and materials. One
three-hour lab per week. Corequisite: CH 343. 1 Sem. Hr.
CH 360 Independent Studies in Chemistry. For advanced students in chemistry. A
combination of discussions, library search and laboratory periods to familiarize the student
with the practice and theory of selected procedures, instruments and techniques applied to
chemical investigations. This course may be taken for more than one semester as dictated
151
CHEMISTRY
by the program of the student and the nature of the work. Registration for this course only
by permission of instructors. Credit variable, 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
CH 370 General Biochemistry. To understand what makes living organisms different
than their environment, one must investigate their chemical makeup. The structures and
properties of four major types of biological molecules, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and
nucleic acids will be studied. Other topics include enzymes, electron transport, energy
transformation and storage mechanisms, and an introduction to various metabolic pathways.
Prerequisites: CH 230 or CH 231 and BI 201 or BI 202. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
CH 371 Biochemistry Laboratory. Biotechnology has changed the way we live, and these
techniques are commonly used in medicine and forensics. In this laboratory the chemistry
of the major classes of biomolecules – proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and enzymes – will be
explored including enzyme kinetics and inhibition studies. Special emphasis will be placed
on the current use of computers in structural biochemistry. Students will gain experience
in protein purification and recombinant DNA technology. Two three-hour laboratories per
week. Prerequisite: CH 370. 2 Sem. Hrs.
CH 372 Advanced Biochemistry. This course builds upon the understanding of structural
biochemistry, enzymology, energy transport and metabolism previously acquired. Each of
these areas will be addressed in further detail including allosteric effects, enzyme kinetics,
thermodynamics of energy coupling processes, biosynthesis and degradation of metabolic
intermediates, and molecular genetics. Prerequisites: CH 232 and CH 370. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CH 381/CH 382/CH 481/CH 482 Chemistry Seminar. Library research on a subject of
current chemical interest is followed by an oral presentation and discussion. Each student
is responsible for giving one seminar in both junior and senior years. In addition, guest
speakers from academia and industry will speak to the class. Prerequisites: Junior or senior
standing, respectively. 0.5 Sem. Hrs. each
CH 399 Special Topics. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
CH 414 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of the physical and chemical properties
of inorganic substances from a consideration of atomic structure, the nature of the chemical bond, group theory, and the periodic system of the elements. Three class hours and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CH 341. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CH 434 Organic Analysis. An introductory course in qualitative and quantitative methods
as applied to organic substances including selected procedures for isolation, purification and
identification of organic compounds. Both chemical and instrumental methods of analysis
are studied. Prerequisites: CH 220 and CH 232 or permission of instructor. One class hour
and two three-hour laboratories per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CH 451 Instrumental Analysis. A study of the principles and applications of instrumental
techniques used for analytical measurements such as spectrophotometry, chromatography,
etc. Two class hours and two three-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisites: CH 220, CH
231 and CH 341. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CH 460 Research. For advanced students majoring in chemistry who show an aptitude
for doing independent work. This course may be taken for more than one semester as
dictated by the program of the student and the nature of the work. A formal paper on the
work undertaken will be required at the end of each semester. Prerequisites: CH 231 and
CH 341. Registration for this course only by permission of instructors. Credit variable, 1-4
Sem. Hrs.
CH 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
152
CHEMISTRY •CLASSICS • COMMUNICATION
CH 499 Internships in Chemistry. See All-College 499 course description on page 112.
Classics
The classics minor and the classics courses are under the direction of the Department of
History. Courses in the classics are offered periodically by members of the faculty in the
arts and the humanities.
Requirements for the Minor in Classics
CL 201; CL 202; CL 203; CL 250/AR 200; and CL 350/HI 350.
Course Descriptions
CL 199 Special Topics in Classics. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
CL 201 Classics I. A survey of Greek civilization as expressed in its mythology, literature,
art and philosophy with emphasis on mythology and literature. Homer, Aeschilus, Sophocles,
Euripides, Plato, Aristotle, etc. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of the
instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
CL 202 Classics II. A survey of Greek and Roman historians, institutions, law, political
thought and society. The course will include the early history of Christianity and its impact
on the Roman Empire. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor.
3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
CL 203 Classics III. A survey of Roman civilization as expressed in its mythology,
literature, art and philosophy, with emphasis on mythology and literature. Cicero, Virgil,
Ovid, Horace, Seneca, Terance, etc. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of the
instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1.}
CL 250 Art History Survey I. A general survey of the history of art from prehistoric
through the Gothic periods. Co-listed as AR 200. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
111.
CL 350 Ancient Greece and Rome. A survey of the ancient roots of western civilization
with emphasis placed on the intellectual and cultural as well as the political development of
ancient Greece and Rome from approximately 800 B.C. to 300 A.D. Prerequisite: any 100
or 200-level history course. Co-listed as HI 350. 3 Sem. Hrs.
112.
Department of Communication
The Department of Communication seeks to integrate the strengths of the liberal arts
tradition with the theoretical foundation and skills necessary for majors to enter a communication profession or to continue studies in graduate school. The major programs are
designed to graduate students who are technically proficient as well as knowledgeable and
conversant in the theory, history, literature and criticism of the field.
The department offers two majors: media studies and communication studies. The media
studies major is a broadly focused program preparing students for careers or graduate study in
the mass media, radio, television, journalism or public relations. The communication studies
major reflects the diversity of the field including rhetoric and argumentation, interpersonal,
153
COMMUNICATION
organizational and intercultural communication and prepares students for graduate study
or careers in business, government, social service and other professional fields.
Requirements for the Major in Media Studies
The media studies major requires 36 semester hours in the department. These hours are divided into a 27-hour core and a nine-hour area of specialization. The core courses include:
a. CM 110
Introduction to Communication
b. CM 140
Broadcast Studio Operation
c. CM 130
Survey of the Mass Media
d. CM 250
Introduction to Journalism
e. CM 240
Radio Production and Programming
f. CM 330
Theories of Mass Communication
g. CM 331
Communication and Mass Media Research
h. CM 430
Mass Media Criticism
i. One of the following diversity courses:
CM 380
Gender, Communication and Society
CM 381
CM 382
CM 483
International Media Systems
CM 384
Intercultural Communication
j.
CM 490
In addition, nine hours must be taken from one area of specialization:
a. Broadcasting: TH 110 Voice Improvement, CM 245 Broadcast News Writing and
Reporting, CM 340 Advanced Broadcast Production and Programming, CM 483
International Media Systems, CM 435 Telecommunication Law and Policies
b. Print: CM 255 Introduction to Public Relations, CM 256 Production & Design
for Journalism & Public Relations, CM 350 Advanced Writing for Journalism &
Public Relations
c. Diversity and Communication: CM 380 Gender, Communication and Society,
CM 381 The American Indian and the Rhetoric of Liberation, CM 382 AfricanAmerican Rhetoric, CM 483 International Media Systems, CM 384 Intercultural
Communication. Note: The nine hours selected by students electing the diversity
specialization must be in addition to the diversity course taken to meet the core
requirement “i” above.
d. Self-defined: select nine hours of communication courses at the 200 level and
above in consultation with an academic advisor.
Extra-departmental courses. In addition to the above requirements, media studies majors
must take MA 123 and EH 325.
Departmental majors are encouraged to enroll in courses in economics, business administration, history, political science, literature and English. Students interested in technology and
communication should enroll in computer science and information systems courses. Majors
also are encouraged to actively participate on the staffs of WRMU and the Dynamo.
Requirements for the Minor in Media Studies
The media studies minor requires 18 semester hours:
a. CM 110
b. CM 130
c. CM 330
Theories of Communication and Mass Communication
d. Nine additional semester hours in the department at the 200 level or above.
Note: CM 140 (1 Sem. Hr.) plus CM 240 (2 Sem. Hrs.) will satisfy three hours of 200 level
work.
154
COMMUNICATION
Requirements for the Major in Communication Studies
The communication studies major requires 36 semester hours in the department:
a. CM 110
b. CM 130
c. CM 101
Public Speaking and CM102 Group Communication
d. CM 320
Communication Theories
e. CM 384
f. CM 225
Organizational Communication
g. CM 321
Research in Communication Studies
h. CM 490
i. Select two courses from the following group:
CM 226
Persuasion
CM 227
Public Advocacy and Argumentation
CM 326
Advanced Public Speaking
CM 420
American Public Address
j.
Select two courses from the following group:
CM 380
CM 483
International Media Systems
CM 381
CM 382
Extra-departmental courses: In addition to the above requirements majors must take
MA 123 and EH 325.
Requirements for the Minor in Communication Studies
The communication studies minor requires the following 18 semester hours:
a. CM 110
b. CM 102
Group Communication
c. CM 130
d. CM 320
Communication Theories
e. Select one:
CM 380
CM 382
CM 381
The American Indian and Rhetoric of Liberation
CM 384
f. CM 225
Organizational Communication
Note: A student majoring in either media studies or communication studies is not eligible
to also minor in the department.
Internships in Media Studies and Communication Studies
Majors in the department who intend to pursue professional careers in broadcasting,
print journalism, public relations, or other areas of the field are urged to participate in
the department’s internship program. Internships provide students with concentrated
field experience and are open to qualified juniors and seniors who meet the department’s
eligibility requirements.
Note: Internships are available to department majors only.
Requirements for Honors in the Department
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in communication if they have at least
a 3.5 grade point average in the major or permission of the Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in communication, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12
155
COMMUNICATION
semester hours. One of the courses may be CM 494, Honors Thesis/Project that may be
taken for three to six credit hours. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project,
a completed Honors Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of
Honors Programs by the end of the twelfth week of classes of the semester prior to doing
the thesis. Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit.
Other courses students may take for honors in communication include any 200-level or
above course. For permission to register for a course with honors in the major, a completed
Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by
the end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course is taken. Students
must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see page 75 of this
Catalogue for more information about Honors Programs.
Portfolios
The department places heavy emphasis on portfolios for the assessment of student
progress. Majors are required to begin a portfolio in their freshman year and add to it
throughout their academic careers. Specific course assignments will be required for portfolio inclusion. In addition, work completed for WRMU, the Dynamo, internships or other
communication related employment could be included. Portfolios will be assessed by the
department faculty both at the midpoint of the major’s course work and at the conclusion
of CM 490 Senior Seminar.
Course Descriptions
CM 101 Public Speaking. A study of effective extemporaneous speaking emphasizing
informative and persuasive public speaking. Special attention is given to the coherent
organization of ideas, effective use of language, logical reasoning, argumentation, audience
adaptation and critical listening. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,2.}
CM 102 Group Communication. An introductory course in the processes and procedures
of group decision making. Emphasis on communication processes and conference leadership
within the problem-solving context. Groups define, research, analyze and propose feasible
courses of action to problems. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,2.}
CM 103 Introduction to Film. An introduction to the fundamentals of film theory and
criticism. Students will learn the basic techniques involved in film production and evaluate
the impact of film on society. Critical tools that enable the student to analyze and evaluate
the film media will be applied in classroom viewing experiences. Laboratory experience
required. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
CM 110 Introduction to Communication. An introductory survey of the concepts, principles and theories that define the study of communication. Attention given to the history
of the discipline, ethics, the process of communication, contexts of communication and
research skills fundamental to the study of communication. Required for the major and
minor in the department and to be completed prior to the end of the second year of study.
3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 130 Survey of the Mass Media. An introduction into the historical, legal and social
backgrounds of contemporary mass communication media including newspapers, radio,
television, film, magazines, books and the Internet. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 140 Broadcast Studio Operation. An introduction to the functions, operations and
equipment found in the radio studio. FCC Rules and Regulations are emphasized. Required
of all majors and students wishing to be on the staff of WRMU. 1 Sem. Hr.
CM 199 Special Topics. See All-College course descriptions on page 111.
156
COMMUNICATION
CM 220 Interpersonal Communication. A study of the major approaches, models, theories
and research on dyadic and small group communication. Focus will be on topics such as
verbal communication, nonverbals, listening, perception, ethics, conflict management, and
self-disclosure in personal and professional relationships. Prerequisites: CM 110 and CM
101 or CM 102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 225 Organizational Communication. A review of the development of organizational
communication theory and how application of that theory adds to our understanding of
organizations as information systems. Topics include information flow, organizational
structures, formal and informal networks, organizational cultures, and external and internal
organizational communication. Prerequisite: CM 101 or CM 102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 226 Persuasion. Examines the nature of persuasion as a rhetorical practice, contemporary theories of persuasion and the role of persuasion in a democratic society. Attention
is given to the creation and evaluation of persuasive messages. Prerequisite: CM 101 or CM
102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 227 Public Advocacy and Argumentation. The study of the principles of argumentation, including collection and evaluation of evidence, modes of reasoning, briefing and
organizing arguments and the refutation of arguments. Prerequisite: CM 101 or CM 102.
3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 240 Radio Production and Programming. An introduction to the principles of writing
and producing materials for the broadcast media. Interviewing skills and news writing are
stressed. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 140. 2 Sem. Hrs.
CM 245 Broadcast News Writing and Reporting. An examination of the fundamentals of
writing and reporting for the broadcast media. Topics include the newsroom, news selection,
news writing, editing, interviewing, press conferences, disaster and on-the-scene reporting,
and news ethics. Prerequisite: CM 240, CM 250. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 246 Video Production I. This course will cover the basic principles and techniques
employed in video production. Students will be engaged in hands-on experiences with
video cameras, lighting, sound and editing technologies. Prerequisites: CM 140, CM 240.
3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 250 Introduction to Journalism. An introductory course in news gathering and writing
for the print media. Prerequisites: EH 100 and CM 130, or permission of the instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs.
CM 255 Introduction to Public Relations. A course designed to develop public relations
skills. Emphasis on journalistic style of news releases and informational writing for inhouse publications. Prerequisites: CM 250 and CM 256 (may be taken concurrently). 3
Sem. Hrs.
CM 256 Production and Design for Journalism and Public Relations. An examination
of the integration of print and design and the concepts, theories and skills needed to convey
messages. The course features hands-on experiences in the computer assisted techniques of
writing and producing publications. Prerequisites: CM 250. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 260 Peace and Conflict Rhetoric. An examination of peace and conflict in the world
from a rhetorical perspective. Persuasive efforts aimed at mobilizing a nation for war, defining the enemy, declaring war, sustaining morale, and negotiating for peace will be examined.
The use of language to shape perceptions in historical documents and contemporary events
will be studied. Prerequisites: CM 101 or 102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 265 Persuasion and Social Movements. A study of persuasion in the initiation and
maintenance of social movements for change. Focus will be on one or more of the following
157
COMMUNICATION
movements: abolitionist, labor, African American civil rights, feminist, environmental, gay
& lesbian, student, Chicano, and/or American Indian. Persuasive strategies used by those
advocating change as well as those opposed to change will be considered. Prerequisites: CM
101 or 102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 278 Race, Images and the Media. This is a course in media literacy which will offer
students the opportunity to critically examine the image construction of African-Americans in newspapers and magazines, television, radio, the Internet and film. Although other
co-cultures will be discussed, the course will focus on the portrayal of African-Americans
by the mainstream and alternative U.S. media. Prerequisite: LS 106 or permission of the
instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 295 Communication Practicum. Open to majors wishing to pursue projects in radio,
television, public relations, public speaking, film or print. Course work involves active participation in a performance-oriented project. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 Sem.
Hrs. Graded S or U. Prerequisites: CM 110 and permission of instructor. 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
CM 299 Special Topics in Communication. See All-College 299 course description on
page 111.
CM 320 Communication Theories. A thorough examination of classical and contemporary
concepts, models and theories of rhetoric, interpersonal, intercultural and organizational
communication. Prerequisite: Junior standing, CM 110. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 321 Research in Communication Studies. An introduction to research design with
application of qualitative methods typically used in communication studies including
rhetorical criticism. Prerequisites: Junior standing, CM 320 or permission of instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs.
CM 326 Advanced Public Speaking. An advanced course in public speaking. Building
on the skills and theories of CM 101, this course will focus on the careful planning and
delivering of public speeches. Attention will be paid to organizational and research skills,
audience adaptation, language use, argumentation and delivery. Prerequisites: CM 101 and
sophomore standing or above. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 330 Theories of Mass Communication. A thorough examination of the concepts,
hypotheses, models and selected theories fundamental to the study of mass media. Prerequisite: Junior standing, CM 110. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 331 Mass Media Research and Audience Analysis. An introduction into the social science research process with an application of quantitative research methods used to
examine the communication process, the media industries and audiences. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, CM 130, CM 330 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 333 Advanced Film Studies. An advanced course in the study of film. Focus will be
on directors, issues, genre, time period, or style. Topic will vary and will be announced in
advance. Prerequisite: CM 103. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 335 Communication and the Professions. A course focusing on the mass media and
taught by experienced professionals in the fields of print journalism, radio, television, public
relations or film. Topics announced in advance. Open to junior and above communication
majors or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 340 Advanced Broadcast Production and Programming. An intensive project driven
course in radio production offering the student opportunity to develop creative talents as
a writer and producer. Commercial writing and dramatic production will be stressed, but
flexibility for individual interests will be honored. Prerequisites: CM 240. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 346 Video Production II. Building on the fundamentals of CM 246, this course will
cover advanced principles and techniques employed in video production. Students will be
158
COMMUNICATION
engaged in hands-on experiences producing several projects. This will be a laboratory-based
course. Prerequisites: CM 246 (recommended CM 245). 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 350 Advanced Writing for Journalism and Public Relations. A course on news gathering and research designed to develop journalistic writing skills in feature stories, editorials,
columns and copy for public relations brochures. Prerequisite: CM 250 and CM 255. 3
Sem. Hrs.
CM 380 Diversity: Gender, Communication and Society. An examination of how communication structures gender identities, and how gender affects communication interpersonally and through the mass media. Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 381 Diversity: The American Indian and the Rhetoric of Liberation. A study and critical analysis of the persuasive discourse advanced by American Indians from first encounter
to contemporary times in their quest for liberation. Historical, political, cultural, environmental, human rights, justice and spiritual issues will be explored. Emphasis placed on the
rhetorical strategies employed and social exigencies addressed in representative speeches
and texts. Prerequisites: Junior standing or above. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
CM 382 Diversity: African-American Rhetoric. A study and critical analysis of the persuasive discourse advanced by African-American spokespersons from colonial times to the
present, including the abolition era and civil rights movement. Emphasis placed on the
rhetorical strategies employed and social exigencies addressed in representative speeches
and documents. Prerequisite: Junior standing or above. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
CM 384 Diversity: Intercultural Communication. A study of human communication
across cultures focusing on the variables that influence interaction when members of different cultures come together. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above or permission
of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
CM 399 Special Topics. See All-College 399 course description on pages 112.
CM 400 Independent Study. The study of selected topics in communication. Individual
research is emphasized. A paper or major project is required. May be repeated for not more
than 6 Sem. Hrs. Prerequisites: CM 110, CM 320 or CM 330, CM 321 or CM 331 and junior
or above standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 420 The Critic: American Public Address. Examines the significant pubic discourse
of a chosen period in American history that contributes to social and political change. Attention is variably given to historical context, biography and argumentative strategies of
opposing interests. Choice of historical period varies with instructor and will be announced
in advance. Prerequisite: Junior or above standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 430 The Critic: Mass Media Criticism. A seminar which will explore the techniques of
mass media criticism and the social, political and economic impact of the media on American
society. Prerequisites: CM 320 or CM 330 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 435 Telecommunication Law and Policies. A seminar which examines the policy
formation and implementation in telecommunications. Topics covered include the role of
the Federal Communications Commission, an analysis of the First Amendment and related
Supreme Court interpretations of the law as it relates to policies. Prerequisites: CM 130 and
junior or senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CM 483 Diversity: International Media Systems. Comparison of national approaches
to television, radio, cable, telephone, the Internet, satellite communication and print media.
The transnational flow of news and entertainment programs and their social and political
impact on cultures and the role of international regulatory bodies will be discussed. Prerequisites: CM 130 and junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
159
COMMUNICATION • COMPUTER SCIENCE
CM 490 Senior Seminar – SCE. A senior seminar that culminates in a research project
focusing on a creative, historical, descriptive, legal, or critical aspect of communication or
mass media. Synthesis is stressed. Required of all seniors. Prerequisite: senior standing. 3
Sem Hrs.
CM 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
CM 499 Internship in Communication. An opportunity for a significant experiential learning experience outside of the classroom. Admission to the internship program is through a
formal application and approval process. A student’s academic record and active participation in the communication activities sponsored by the department are major criteria for
admittance into the program. See a department faculty member or the department secretary
for details and application form. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in the major and
approval of the department. Graded S or U. 3, 6 or 12 Sem. Hrs. May be repeated.
Department of Computer Science and
Information Systems
The Department of Computer Science and Information Systems offers a program which
gives students a broad background in the fields of the discipline while maintaining a harmony
with the overall mission of the College. The specific mission of the department is twofold:
(1) to ground our majors and minors in the discipline, and (2) to enable all students to take
full advantage of current and future technological innovations.
Note: Students should get a copy of the requirements for their entry year from a department
member.
Note: Students may only receive one major or one minor from this department.
Note: Students who participate in the Cooperative Education Program should anticipate
that more than four academic years will be needed to complete their baccalaureate degree.
Requirements for the Major in Computer Science
1.
Foundation courses
CS 121
4 hrs.
CS 221
4 hrs.
CS 225
Foundations of Computing
2 hrs.
CS 262
Computer Organization
3 hrs.
2.
Core courses
CS 340
Algorithms and Data Structures
4 hrs.
CS 365
Operating Systems
3 hrs.
CS 440
Principles of Programming Languages
3 hrs.
CS 450
Theory of Computation
3 hrs.
3.
Option courses
A. One of CS 301, CS 312, CS 313, CS 351, CS 360, CS 399
3 hrs.
B. One of CS 462, CS 475, CS 480, CS 498, CS 499
3 hrs.
Alternative way to satisfy Option-A: Any course that can be used to satisfy Option-B
also can be used to satisfy Option-A, but cannot be used to satisfy both Option-A and Option-B simultaneously.
4.
CS 490
Software Engineering
4 hrs.
Total hours of computer science requirements:
36 hours
5.
160
Mathematics Requirements
MA 125
Elementary Discrete Math
or
MA 362
Discrete Math
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
MA 123
or
MA 141
3 hrs.
Calculus I
4 hrs.
Requirements for the Minor in Computer Science
A.
CS 121
(formerly CS 141)
B.
CS 221
(formerly CS 142)
C.
CS 262
Computer Organization
D.
One of CS 313, 340, 351, 360, 365, or the 400-level courses
Total hours for computer science minor:
4 hrs.
4 hrs.
3 hrs.
14 hours
Requirements for the Major in Information Systems
A.
B.
CS 100
CS 110
CS 121
CS 245
CS 312
CS 320
CS 475
CS 490
MA 125
or
MA 362
MA 141
or
MA 123
or
MA 171
Introduction to Data Bases
COBOL I
Business Programming
Structured Systems Analysis
Data Base Theory and Applications
Three additional CS courses at 300 or above
Software Engineering
Elementary Discrete Math
Discrete Math
Calculus I
Elementary Statistics with a Business Lab
Requirements for the Minor in Information Systems
CS 100
CS 110
CS 121
CS 245
CS 320
Introduction to Data Bases
COBOL I
Structured Systems Analysis
Requirements for the Major in Media Computing
An interdisciplinary program of study, the media computing major is administered by the
Department of Computer Science and Information Systems. Majors will be well grounded
in both art and computing. The principles of digital sound, electronic communication and
project management are of importance in this field and by using these principles the students
will gain experience in production and management of current media.
The following are requirements for the major:
AR 105
Drawing I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 110W
Design I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
AR 115
Design II, 3 Sem. Hrs.
161
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CS 121
CS 221
MU 315
AR/CS 326
AR 327
AR 427
BA 495
CS 480
CS/AR 497
Programming & Problem Solving I, 4 Sem. Hrs.
Programming & Problem Solving II, 4 Sem. Hrs.
Digital Sound, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Media Computing I, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Project Management, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Computer Graphics, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Senior Culminating Experience, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Media Computing Minor
There is no minor in media computing at this time.
Course Descriptions
CS 100 Introduction to Computer Applications. An introduction to the tools and assessment methods involved in the collection, storage, retrieval, interpretation and presentation of information. Students will gain facility with a variety of tools in a problem-solving
context. The ability to evolve skills in the current environment into skills needed in future
environments will be emphasized. This course is designed and intended to be useful for
Mount Union students in all disciplines and is the first course for the major and minor
in information systems. This course is graded on an S/U basis. Three hours per week of
class/laboratory for 10 weeks. 2 Sem. Hrs.
CS 110 Introduction to Databases. Database models, database design and implementation. Emphasis is placed on relational data bases and fourth generation tools. Three hours per
week of class/laboratory for 10 weeks. Prerequisite: CS 100 or permission of the instructor.
2 Sem. Hrs.
CS 121 Programming and Problem Solving I. An introduction to the computing field
with a focus on algorithms and their use in problem solving. Students will, through the
laboratory experience, develop concrete problem solving and programming skills and,
through reading and classroom discussion gain an appreciation for the essence of the field
of computing. Three class hours and one laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: Math
competency; MA 125 recommended (may be taken concurrently). 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 199 Special Topics in Computer Science. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
CS 218 Educational Media. This course provides the framework for linking national
technological standards and non-technological media to the PK-12 classroom by integrating course content from education, library science, psychology, philosophy, and sociology.
Emphasis is placed on basic operations and concepts of technology; social, ethical, and
human issues related to technology; technological tools for productivity, communication,
research, problem-solving, and decision-making; learning environments and experiences
supported by technology; methods and strategies for applying technology to maximize
student learning; assessment and evaluation strategies that are facilitated with technology;
and professional practice enhancement by using technology. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III, B.}
CS 221 Programming and Problem Solving II. Advanced language concepts including
data models, order of execution, file management, encapsulation, testing and debugging.
Three class hours and one laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: CS 121. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 225 Foundations of Computing. Development of mathematical concepts used in
computer science, with an emphasis on application. Topics include: Boolean circuits and
162
COMPUTER SCIENCE
binary arithmetic, logic programming, functions and functional programming, programming with sets and relations, simple algorithms from graph and number theory, algorithm
correctness and efficiency. Two class/laboratory sessions per week. Prerequisites: MA 125
or permission of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
CS 231 Introduction to Neural Processing Systems. This course will be a comparison
study of the biological components that govern brain function, the cognitive frameworks and
the behaviors that emerge. These behavioral and biological constructs will then be related
to the structure, construction, and capabilities of artificial neural network computational
devices. The focus will be on the basic principles of neuroscience and cognitive perception, as well as the practical application of neural networks to the solution of real-world
problems. A major component of the course will be the development of a student-designed,
semester long, neural network project which addresses and provides a theoretical solution
to a behavioral problem. Prerequisites: one college-level mathematics course of MA 110 or
above, and PY 110. Co-listed as PY 231. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III, B.}
CS 240 C Programming. An introduction to the syntax and structure of the C programming language. Emphasis is on the use of pointers and structures for data manipulation.
Students may receive credit for only one of CS 240 and CS 312. Three class hours and one
laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: CS 221 or permission of the instructor. 4 Sem.
Hrs.
CS 245 COBOL I. Basic structure of COBOL programs, sequential file input and output
statements, computation, branching and iteration, simple sorting and control breaks, and
table handling. Laboratory assignments deal with typical business reporting problems.
Three class hours and one laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: CS 121. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 281 Connections: Exploring Technology and History. Connections is an examination
of the interplay, agency and course of history and technology traces the evolution of selected
machines within their historical context and the connections behind those inventions. It
purposefully integrates the dialectic of technological and scientific determinism against
human agency. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, EH 100, any one course in history, and
any one course in computer science, or instructors’ approval. Cross-listed as HI 281. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: III, B.}
CS 262 Computer Organization. An introductory course in computer organization and
design, with coverage of assembly language programming. Concepts studied apply to various
hardware platforms. Students will learn the basic principles governing the organization of
computer hardware components, how those components interact, and how the components
may be controlled via layers of software. Topics investigated will include: digital logic, registers, addressing modes, instruction execution, instruction sets and various number systems.
Prerequisite: CS 121. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 286 Introduction to Digital Video. An introduction to the basics of the technical
aspects of creating digital video presentations. The primary focus of this course will be on
non-linear editing techniques, including scene transitions, audio mixing, animated graphics
and titles. Prerequisites: CS 100 or CS 121 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
on page 111.
CS 301 Microprocessors. An applied course in medium-scale integrated circuits which
focuses on microprocessor chips, I/O bus, timers, serial and parallel I/O ports, and the assembly language computer programming necessary to operate these devices. Laboratory
work consists of work on microprocessors of current interest. Prerequisites: PH 126 or
equivalent experience and permission of the instructor to register for this class. Two threehour classroom-plus-laboratory meetings per week. Co-listed as PH 301. 4 Sem. Hrs.
163
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CS 311 Large Systems Programming Using Ada. Production programming often involves the design of a large system in a group environment. The Ada programming language
is especially appropriate for this task. Significant programming experience is assumed. Three
class/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: CS 221 or CS 245. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 312 Business Programming. An investigation of typical business computing problems
and the development of solutions. Three class hours and one laboratory session per week.
Prerequisite: CS 221 or CS 245. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 313 Artificial Intelligence. An overview of the field, including: representing knowledge, logical systems, forward and backward reasoning, searching, learning, planning,
natural language processing, case- and rule-based systems, and genetic algorithms. Prolog
(PROgramming in LOGic) will be introduced and used extensively. Three class/laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisite: CS 221 or CS 245. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 314 Scientific Programming Using FORTRAN. The FORTRAN language will be
used as a tool in the exploration of problems from various scientific disciplines. Three
class/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: MA 141 and CS 121. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 320 Structured Systems Analysis. An overview of the systems development life cycle
with emphasis on the techniques and tools of system documentation and logical system
specification. Three class hours per week. Prerequisites: EH 100, CM 101, CS 121. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
CS 326 Media Computing I. An introduction to the problems specific to electronic design
and expression. The specific media, applications and techniques are variable. Prerequisites:
AR 105, AR 115, CS 121 and CS 221. Co-listed as AR 326. 3 Sem Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
CS 340 Algorithms and Data Structures. Topics covered include linked lists, stacks,
queues, trees, recursion, searching, sorting, hashing, and analysis and measurement of
algorithms. Three class hours and one laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: CS 221
and CS 225. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 345 COBOL II. Advanced COBOL statements and programming techniques. Topics
include subprograms, multi-level sorting and control breaks, data manipulation, relative
and indexed files, and file maintenance. Three class hours and one laboratory session per
week. Prerequisite: CS 245. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 351 Numerical Analysis. A study of numerical integration and the numerical solution of differential equations, numerical methods for linear algebra, matrix inversion and
the solving for real roots of equations. Oriented toward computation using computers.
Prerequisites: CS 221, MA 322 and MA 335, or permission of the instructor. Co-listed as
MA 351. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 360 Data Communications. History of data communications, hardware, software,
protocol architectures, local area networks, wide area networks. Examples will be drawn
from current standard protocols. Three class hours and one laboratory session per week.
Prerequisite: CS 221 or CS 245. 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 365 Operating Systems. The study of software designed to control the operation of the
components of a computer system. A survey of typical operating systems is included along
with investigation of concurrent processes, deadlock, memory management, file systems
and processor scheduling/utilization. Programming skills will be utilized and expanded.
Prerequisite: CS 221 and CS 262. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 366 Operating Systems Laboratory. Programming experience in the implementation
of operation tasks in a working operating system environment. All programming is done
in the C language. This is an optional lab to be taken concurrently with CS 365. One class/
164
COMPUTER SCIENCE
laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: CS 221, CS 312 or permission of the instructor.
1 Sem. Hr.
CS 375 Web Database Programming. An introduction to programming client-server
applications that use a web browser on client machines and a database engine on the server.
The course includes programming the user interface and the database interface. Prerequisites:
CS 121, CS 110, and either CS 221 or CS 245. 4 Sem. Hrs.
on page 112.
CS 421 Computer Simulation. A comprehensive and practical study of modeling and
simulation of real-world systems on computer hardware. The main focus of the course
will be simulation of discrete systems using a simulation library for a typical modern programming language. Students will also explore random number generation, methods for
modeling real-world systems, some special purpose simulation programming languages, and
simulation of continuous systems. Prerequisites: MA 123 and either CS 221 or CS 245. 3
Sem. Hrs.
CS 440 Principles of Programming Languages. The principles and programming styles
of programming languages both in design and implementation. Syntax, lexical analysis,
BNF, parsing, compilers, interpreters, binding, run-time environment. Languages of various
types are examined. Three class hours per week. Prerequisites: CS 221, and CS 225 or CS
245. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 450 Theory of Computation. Topics covered include finite automata, pushdown automata, Turing machines, regular languages, context-free languages, recursively enumerable
languages and the halting problem. Prerequisite: CS 221 and CS 225. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 460 Computer & Network Security. This course provides an introduction to the
subject of computer and network security. It will cover major threats to security and tools
developed to defend against such threats. Prerequisites: MA 125 and CS 360. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 462 Advanced Computer Organization. This course is intended as a sequel to CS
262, Computer Organization. The primary focus of the course will be the organization of
computer systems from the instruction set architecture level down to gates and flip-flops,
augmented by short studies of specific computer systems. Prerequisites: CS 221 and CS
262. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 475 Data Base Theory and Applications. Theoretical introduction to data base
models, data base design, normalization, data administration. Specific applications are
studied and developed using fourth generation languages and application programming
interfaces with third generation languages. Three class hours per week. Prerequisites: CS
110 and CS 245, or CS 221. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 480 Computer Graphics. This course is intended to provide an understanding of the
principles behind the art and science of computer graphics. The subject matter is broad and
combines elements of computer hardware and software, mathematics and numerical methods,
art, and programming with complex data structures. Prerequisite: CS 221. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 490 Software Engineering. A study of software development characterized by a
practical, orderly and measured development process. The dominant features of this process
are requirements specification, software design method selection, software testing, use of
software teams and quality assurance. This course is the Senior Culminating Experience for
computer science and information systems majors. Prerequisites: (CS 340 or CS 312) and
MA 123 and (senior standing or permission of the department). 4 Sem. Hrs.
CS 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
165
COMPUTER SCIENCE • ECONOMICS
CS 497 Media Computing SCE. It is expected that the SCE will be an extra departmental
experience under the guidance of someone from art, computer science and information
systems, business, communications or music. The minor may play a significant role in the
SCE. The main purpose of the course is to give the student an opportunity to work on a
single semester-long project the subject of which is of particular interest to the student.
The topic chosen must require the transformation of current knowledge into knowledge
about a previously unknown topic, or a completely new aspect of such a topic. The student
must document the ways in which such new learning will occur. In addition it is a studio
project which is intended to draw together the thinking and skills of the student from the
entire academic career. It is to be a consistent body of creative work suitable for exhibition
in the spring semester of the senior year. Prerequisites: MU 315, AR 327, AR 427, CS 480
and senior standing. Co-listed as AR 497. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CS 498 Independent Study. Students design and implement a project. A contract signed
by the student, the instructor and the department chair details the specific project requirements. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: senior standing. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
CS 499 Internship. This course provides a significant learning experience outside of the
academic environment and related to the student’s career goals. Students do their internship
at an industrial, business, or financial organization, or at a research laboratory. A contract
signed by the student, the supervisor and the department chair details the specific activities
and requirements. May not be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Senior standing, all but one
of the other computer science courses required for the major, cumulative average of 2.50,
average of 3.00 in computer science courses, and recommendation of the Computer Science
& Information Systems Internship Selection Committee. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Economics, Accounting and
Department Goals
166
The Department of Economics, Accounting and Business Administration, building on
the liberal arts foundation, challenges and supports students in developing a capacity for
learning. Department program create opportunities that:
(1) contribute to the students’ academic development in a major field of study;
(2) assist students in the development of critical thinking skills, including the ability to
think in quantitative and analytical terms;
(3) support students in developing effective oral and written communication skills;
(4) encourage students to become more aware of various cultures and the global environment in which we live and how the many varied social, political and economic forces can
affect the decision making process;
(5) help students develop moral reasoning skills and an awareness of professional ethics;
(6) enable students to acquire a sense of responsibility and a capacity for service;
(7) provide students with the opportunity to develop interpersonal, technological, leadership and organizational skills;
(8) foster students’ self-awareness that enables the selection of an appropriate career path
and encourages a commitment to lifelong learning.
The department offers majors in economics, accounting, and business administration
with concentrations in finance, health systems administration, management, marketing, and
quantitative analysis, and an interdisciplinary major in international business and economics.
Minors are offered in economics, accounting and business administration.
Students are able to prepare for teaching, graduate school, and a variety of careers in
economics, accounting and business.
ECONOMICS
Professional Internships and Cooperative Education
Opportunities
Students may pursue Internships and cooperative education opportunities with business,
government, or not-for-profit organizations. These experiences provide an opportunity
to:
•
Apply and build on academic theories in a practical work setting.
•
Obtain valuable experience in a career field of interest that provides professional,
intellectual and interpersonal challenges in a real work environment.
•
Build a professional network and develop mentors in a chosen career field.
•
Explore options and validate personal career desires through a process of research and
action aimed at selection for a worthwhile experiential education opportunity – skills
that can be applied directly to future career planning and job search efforts.
Internships can be taken for academic credit under “499” series courses. Students can
include an internship or cooperative education experience in a traditional four-year baccalaureate degree program. In some cases, however, students may require more than four
years to complete their baccalaureate degree. Selection for internships and cooperative
education opportunities by sponsoring organizations is competitive.
Economics
Requirements for the Major in Economics
AC 205
or
AC 202
BA 143
BA 243
BA 343
CS 100
Introduction to Computers
EC 170
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics I*
EC 172
EC 200
EC 201
EC 360
Intermediate Microeconomic Theory
EC 365
Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory
EC 455
Seminary in Economics**
EH 245
Advanced Writing
MA 171
Elementary Statistics with Business Lab*
In addition to the required courses listed above at least two other courses in economics
(EC) must be successfully completed.
*Note: Students can substitute MA 141, MA 142, MA 123, and EC 435 for EC 170, MA 171
and EC 172. All four of these courses must be taken to replace EC 170 MA 171 and EC 172.
**Note: EC 455 Seminar in Economics has been designated as the Senior Culminating
Experience for individuals majoring in economics.
Requirements for the Minor in Economics
EC 105 Introduction to Economics (designed for majors outside the Department of
Economics, Accounting and Business Administration),* or both EC 200 Introduction to
Microeconomics and EC 201 Introduction to Macroeconomics.
167
ECONOMICS
In addition to the required courses listed above, four other courses in economics must
be successfully completed, one numbered above EC 201 and three numbered at 300-level
or higher (but excluding EC 435).**
*Note: EC 105 can be substituted for both EC 200 and EC 201 as prerequisites for 300 and
400 level courses.
**Note: EC 170, EC 172 are not eligible to be counted as courses in the economics minor.
Requirements for Honors in Economics
a major. Courses that may be taken for honors in economics are the following: EC 315, EC
327, EC 328, EC 375, EC 380, EC 390, EC 425, EC 435, EC 455.
Course Descriptions
EC 105 Introduction to Economics. An introduction to the tools and techniques of economic analysis. Economics principles and concepts are used to examine current problems
such as pollution, surpluses, shortages, poverty, inflation and unemployment. Designed for
majors outside the Department of Economics, Accounting and Business Administration.
May be substituted for both EC 200 and EC 201 as prerequisite for 300 and 400 level courses.
Not open to students with credit for EC 200. 3 Sem. Hrs. . {GenEd: II,C,3,a.}
EC 170 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics I. Introduces material
concerning systems of equations, matrix algebra and linear programming as applied to
economic and business analysis. Basic skills will be developed to provide the student with
a sufficient background to proceed with the study of more advanced topics. Emphasis of
the material presented will be on business and economic applications, including computer
solutions to real-world problems. Two lecture sessions and one laboratory session per week.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on math placement exam or permission of instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs.
EC 172 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics II. Introduces material
concerning applied statistical tests, calculus and regression analysis. This course will build
on skills developed in EC 170 and MA 171. Emphasis of the material will be on business and
economic applications, including computer solutions to real-world problems. Two lecture
sessions and one laboratory session per week. Prerequisite: EC 170, MA 171. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 199 Special Topics in Economics. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
EC 200 Introduction to Microeconomics. An introduction to economic principles and
analytical tools needed to think intelligently about social and economic problems. The course
emphasizes concepts and principles and their use in analyzing current economic issues and
the consequences of various existing and proposed government policies. Prerequisites: EH
100, CM 101. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,3,a.}
EC 201 Introduction to Macroeconomics. An introduction to the activities and impact
of government, consumers, and business firms on the national economy including the
determination of national income and the use of monetary and fiscal policy. Prerequisite:
EC 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 299 Special Topics in Economics. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
168
ECONOMICS
EC 300 Business, Government and Economic Policy. A study of the effect government has had on business through environmental, taxation, and affirmative action policies,
international political agreements and other regulations on business activity. The course
also includes an analysis of alternatives to the current governmental policies which affect
the business sector. Prerequisite: EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 310 Health Economics. This course examines how economic analysis can be applied to
various components of the health care system. Microeconomic theory is used to understand
the operation of health care markets and the behavior of participants (consumers, insurers,
physician, and hospitals) in the health care industry. International comparisons and the
role of the public sector will be included. Prerequisites: EC 105 or EC 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 315 Money and Banking. A study of the nature and definition of money, the role of
money in the macroeconomy, the supply of and demand for money, the role of the Federal
Reserve System in monetary policy, the deposit insurance system, and the controversy between Monetarists and Keynesians. Prerequisite: EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 327 International Trade. The microeconomic aspects of international economics: the
pure theory of trade, trade in intermediate goods, trade with imperfect competition, tariffs,
quotas, regional integration, multinational corporations and the North-South dialogue.
Prerequisite: EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
EC 328 International Monetary Economics. The macroeconomic aspects of international
economics: foreign exchange rates, the balance of payments, capital flows, international
indebtedness and alternative international monetary systems. Prerequisite: EC 201. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
EC 330 Economics of Gender. This course examines the impact of gender differences
on economic opportunities, activities and rewards. Economic issues emphasized are labor
force participation, earnings, investment in human capital and gender segregation in the
workplace. Cross-societal comparisons also will be made. Prerequisites: EC 105 or EC 200.
EC 340 Economics and Religion. Many religious perspectives have at their core an economic view of society. In this course, a biographical approach will be used to help students
understand the linkages between economics and religion. In the first half of the course,
students will examine the connections between economics and religion by studying the lives
and the writings of famous economists and important religious thinkers. In the second half
of the course, students will engage in a dialogue on the economic issues that are imbedded
in the different religious perspectives examined. The primary focus of the course will be
on the range of Christian views that have economic underpinnings but there also will be
some discussion of economic views derived from other religious traditions. Prerequisites:
RE 100 and either EC 105, or EC 200 and EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
EC 360 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Emphasizes the development of microeconomic theory and its use in explaining and predicting certain types of real world
phenomena. Topics covered include consumer behavior, economic decision making, prices,
production, wages, resource allocation and economic efficiency. Prerequisites: EC 172 or
MA 123, and EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 365 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. Topics will include the analysis of
consumption, investment and government spending; monetary and fiscal policy; and the
classical, Keynesian and Monetarist views of the macroeconomy. Prerequisites: EC 172 or
MA 123, and EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 375W Development Economics. A study of Third World development problems, such
as poverty inequality, debt burdens and rural stagnation. Global interdependency and poli-
169
ECONOMICS
cies for management of food, energy, natural resources, technology and financial flows will
be examined. Prerequisites: EC 105 or EC 201 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,D,1 or III,B.}
EC 380 Comparative Economic Systems. An examination of the basic institutions of
capitalism, socialism and communism from an economic point of view. The course stresses
the development and functioning of present varieties of these “isms.” Special emphasis is
given to those countries of the former Soviet Union and Central and Eastern Europe which
are making the transition from centrally planned socialistic states to market economies.
Prerequisite: EC 105 or EC 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
EC 390 Economies of the Asian Pacific Rim. A survey of economic development in the
economies of East Asia, focusing on Japan as the model for the region, the four tigers – Hong
Kong, Taiwan, Singapore and South Korea – and the newly industrializing economies of
Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia and the Philippines. The course will include an economic
analysis of the factors that contributed to the substantial growth in East Asia from 1960-1989
and the subsequent financial crisis that ensued in the 1990s. Prerequisites: EC 105 or EC
201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
EC 399
112.
Special Topics in Economics. See All-College 399 course description on page
EC 400 Independent Study-Economics. Involves the independent investigation of a
problem in economics. Open to advanced students majoring in economics. A prospectus
must be submitted for approval prior to registration. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 425 Managerial Economics. A study of the various ways in which microeconomic
principles and quantitative tools can be used to aid managers in making sound decisions.
Prerequisites: EC 172 or MA 123 and EC 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 435 Advanced Quantitative Tools for Business and Economics. This course will
deal with a comprehensive survey of regression theory and the statistical measurements used
and problems incurred in economic modeling. It also will expose students to quantitative
methods used in decision making in business. Such topics as transportation modeling,
queuing theory and simulation will be discussed. An emphasis will be placed on practical
applications in the business world. This course has been designated as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in business with a concentration in quantitative
analysis. Prerequisites: EC 172 or MA 141, and MA 123. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 450 Seminar in Labor. This seminar deals with the problems of labor relations and
labor economics. Key issues dealt with are unemployment, poverty, race relations and inflation. Current labor problems are emphasized. Prerequisites: EC 201 and BA 200. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
EC 455 Seminar in Economics. An indepth study of a few contemporary problems and
issues such as poverty, welfare, unemployment, discrimination, crime, environmental abuse,
government, energy and unemployment. Topics will be announced in advance. Emphasis is
placed on critical analysis, discussion, research and reporting. This course has been designated
as the Senior Culminating Experience for individuals majoring in economics. Prerequisites:
EC 172 or MA 123, and EC 201 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EC 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
EC 499 Internship in Economics. An experience based course in which students are placed
in appropriate businesses or agencies where previous classroom learning may be integrated
with work in their major discipline. The exact location, program and method of education
are provided in a contract drawn between the student, the department faculty internship
170
ECONOMICS • EDUCATION
coordinator and the host internship supervisor. Specific restrictions apply. Departmental
approval is required prior to registration for this course. Will only count as one course
towards the major or minor in economics. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Education
Mount Union College is approved by the Department of Education of the State of Ohio for
the preparation of competent, capable and caring teachers in initial early childhood, middle
childhood, adolescence to young adult and multiage licenses and in advanced programs in
reading and middle childhood generalist endorsements. Only candidates and/or graduates
who complete their initial teaching licenses at Mount Union College may seek licensures in
the advanced programs. Candidates are able to major and minor in early childhood (CE)
and middle childhood (ME). Candidates are able to minor in adolescence to young adult
(AE) and in multiage (M/A) education.
The early childhood major and license prepare candidates to work with typically developing and included children. The middle childhood major offers a choice of four different
areas of emphasis leading to licensure: language arts, science, social studies and mathematics.
The middle childhood major chooses two areas of emphasis in addition to a minor area
of study. The adolescence to young adult minor, when taken with an appropriate major,
offers programs leading to licensure in the following areas: earth/space science (geology
major); physical science (chemistry/physics major); life science (biology major); integrated
mathematics (mathematics major); integrated language arts, (English literature or writing
major); integrated social studies (economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology major). The multiage minor, when taken with an appropriate major, leads to licensure
in the following areas: drama/theatre, French, German, Spanish, music, physical education
and visual arts. In all programs, the candidate is prepared to meet the requirements for the
appropriate Ohio Provisional License. A reading endorsement for any of the above listed
licenses and the middle childhood generalist endorsement are also available. A Guide to
Teacher Licensure Programs, available in the Department of Education office, gives detailed
course requirements.
In order to meet the requirements for licensure in all programs, it is critical that the
candidate begins the professional education sequence during the second semester of the
freshman year and scrupulously follows the sequences for the appropriate major, minor
and general education requirements.
Field experience begins in the spring semester of the freshman year. In order to provide a
rich experience, placements are made in varied school and community agency settings. It is
recommended that candidates have access to their own automobiles for field experiences.
Candidates interested in teaching in other states should consult with the Mount Union
College Department of Education, as well as the State Department of Education of the other
state(s), for information on reciprocity and other important data. Assistance to teacher
education candidates and graduates seeking teaching positions is provided by the Mount
Union College Teacher Education Program office.
In addition to meeting and maintaining the requirements for admission into the Teacher
Education Program (TEP) and for course requirements for the licensure area, teacher candidates must meet the qualifying scores on PRAXIS II examinations (Principles of Learning
and Teaching (PLT) and Subject Assessments/Specialty Area Tests).
Introduction to the Mount Union College Teacher Education Program and Licensure Standards
Mount Union College’s Teacher Education Program is based on the guidelines suggested
by the Ohio Department of Education and the National Council for Accreditation of
171
EDUCATION
Teacher Education (NCATE). Composed of all departments at Mount Union College, the
Teacher Education Program is guided by a conceptual framework that gives the program
“an underlying structure…that gives conceptual meanings through an articulated rationale
to the unit’s operation and provides direction for programs, courses, teaching, candidate
performance, faculty scholarship and service and unit accountability.” (NCATE, 2001)
Mount Union College’s Teacher Education Program’s Conceptual Framework focuses on
its theme, candidate performance, program areas and commitments to diversity, technology and assessment.
The theme, “Caring Teachers Live What They Believe”, has its roots in the synthesized “We
Believe” statements collected from Teacher Education Program faculty, teacher candidates,
members of our partner schools and other professional community members. The Teacher
Education Program Advisory Council, Unit Governance Committee, Kappa Delta Pi and
SNEA interacted with various drafts of the conceptual framework. This allowed input from
teacher candidates, cooperating teachers, as well as other constituents from our partner
schools. Fundamental to understanding the theme is Martin Haberman’s (1995) belief that
only decent people can be prepared to teach, Nel Noddings’ (1995) understanding of the
ethic of care, Mount Union College’s mission statement and Mount Union College’s Teacher
Education Program’s 11 common goals.
The Teacher Education Program has established criteria for candidate performance. Key
elements in understanding Mount Union College’s Teacher Education Program’s teacher
candidates’ performance are the descriptors competent, capable and caring.
•
Competent reflects our commitment to grounding our teacher candidates in
knowledge of content, pedagogy and child development appropriate to each area
of licensure.
•
Capable reflects the nexus of theory to practice. This criterion refers to Mount
Union College’s teacher candidates’ ability to apply the theories regarding instructional techniques, classroom management, reflection and the varying needs
of students in microteaching situations as well as actual school settings.
•
Caring reflects the disposition that is most essential to the theme, Caring Teachers
Live What They Believe. Our teacher candidates must demonstrate that they are
committed to service and to the betterment of children’s lives.
The Teacher Education Program licensure programs are aligned with state, national
and international standards. Licensure standards ensure that only those teachers who can
perform the work will do the work. The standards emphasize performance throughout a
teacher’s career. The ultimate benefit of this new direction is a better education for Ohio’s
students.
These standards increase the rigor in the teaching profession because they:
1. Strengthen Ohio’s teacher preparation programs,
2. Require successful performance of beginning teachers,
3. Achieve higher standards through licensure, and
4. Intensify professional development.
Licensure requirements are subject to the authority of the Ohio State Department of
Education and Ohio law. All program curricula, requirements and policies are subject to
change given the nature of the ongoing review process between Mount Union College and
the Ohio Department of Education.
Teacher Education Program’s Mission and Goals
The Mount Union College Teacher Education Program’s mission statement is derived
from the vision expressed in the College’s mission statement, but it offers a version more
particular to the preparation of teacher candidates.
172
EDUCATION
Mount Union College’s Teacher Education Program prepares candidates for meaningful
careers in the field of education. Building upon a solid liberal arts foundation, the Teacher
Education Program assists candidates in developing knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to become effective and caring teachers in an ever-changing society. Mount Union
College’s candidates are prepared to become reflective, lifelong learners.
This mission is realized for all candidates through the attainment of eleven common goals
that are aligned with Ohio Teacher Education and Licensure Standards, INTASC, PRAXIS
and NCATE Program standards. The Teacher Education Program has established programs
in early childhood, middle childhood, adolescence to young adult and multiage education
to assist candidates to:
1) Develop an understanding of subject matter areas and to create meaningful learning experiences based on this knowledge.
2) Develop an understanding of students’ cognitive, social, physical and emotional
development and to create learning opportunities that support student academic
development.
3) Recognize and value student diversity and the differences in how students learn
and provide instruction to accommodate such diversity.
4) Develop instructional plans based on students’ needs, curricular goals and models,
subject matter, and community.
5) Develop pedagogical knowledge and skills and to use this expertise to encourage
each student to develop critical-thinking and problem-solving skills.
6) Create a classroom environment that facilitates learning and a climate that encourages fairness, positive social interactions, active learning and self-motivation.
7) Develop effective verbal, nonverbal, written, technological and media communication skills to support and enhance student learning.
8) Understand the role of assessment and the use of formal and informal assessment
strategies to evaluate student learning.
9) Develop skills necessary for self-reflection and to use this knowledge to analyze
past experiences and to pursue professional development opportunities.
10) Collaborate with students, candidates, parents, community members and professional colleagues in order to support student learning and development.
11) Demonstrate a sense of caring.
Performance-based assessments are used to monitor candidates’ performances and to
determine the extent to which candidates meet goals and standards. The predominant assessment tool relied upon in the Teacher Education Program is the candidate’s professional
portfolio. The portfolio is used as a continuous assessment tool not only for individual
candidates but also to determine and to re-examine trends in candidate development within
and across programs. The portfolio contains products/artifacts chosen by the candidate
with the guidance of professional community members in order to provide evidence of
content, pedagogical and professional knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to help
all students to learn. The artifacts/projects included in the portfolio are judged at transition points by using holistic and analytical evaluations as evidence of goal attainment with
the aim of becoming competent, capable and caring teachers. The transition points are
1) program admission, 2) entry into clinical practice, 3) exit from clinical practice and 4)
program completion.
Program Admission
Transition point I, program admission, is the entry stage into the Teacher Education Program. In order to be accepted into the program, it is essential that the prospective teacher
possesses certain personal and professional characteristics. For purposes of admission, the
standards are as follows including signatures on the Mount Union College Student Code of
173
EDUCATION
Conduct and the Good Moral Character statements: 1) a minimum of 50 semester hours;
2) the Teacher Education Program application; 3) declaration of a major/minor; 4) a minimum 2.5 overall GPA; 5) EH 100, EH 100I, or EH 120; CM 101 or CM 102; and MA 110 or
higher with a course grade no lower than C-; 6) a minimum grade of C+ in ED 150; 7) a
minimum grade of C in 200-level (AE, CE and ME) courses for the appropriate program, 8)
a minimum grade of C in PY 216 or PY 217 (for the appropriate program); 9) satisfactory
field evaluations; 10) evidence of good moral character; 11) Myers Briggs Personality Profile
results and self-reflection; 12) positive references including ones from the advisor and from
the vice president for student affairs; 13) no record verification from the Bureau of Criminal
Identification and Investigation (BCI & I) and/or the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI);
and 14) submission of the PORT I Assessment Checklist with appropriate signatures. Postbaccalaureate and transfer candidates must pass the PRAXIS II Subject Assessments/Specialty
Area Tests and/or the Principles of Learning and Teaching Tests (PLT).
The candidate must achieve the acceptable level in PORT I. In order to complete this level,
the candidate must include in the portfolio specific and prescribed artifacts that demonstrate
acceptable development of the eleven Teacher Education Program goals. Through the use
of the portfolio, the candidate demonstrates growth in developing content, professional and
pedagogical knowledge, skills and dispositions.
Entry into Clinical Practice
The next transition point of candidate assessment takes place prior to admission into clinical
practice. Coursework, field/clinical experience evaluations and completion of PORT II are key
indicators at this juncture. To be eligible for clinical practice, the candidate must have been
admitted into the Teacher Education Program and must have met the following requirements:
1) maintained admission into the Teacher Education Program; 2) a minimum of 88 semester
hours; 3) the clinical practice application and the TEP application review; 4) a minimum
overall 2.5 GPA; 5) a minimum major 2.5 GPA (80 percent coursework completed in AYA
and M/A; 100 percent in CE and ME); 6) all specialty area coursework completed with a
minimum of 2.0 GPA; 7) a minimum grade of C in 300-level and 400-level (AE, CE, ED,
ME) courses for the appropriate program; 8) completed all professional and pedagogical
courses for licensure; 9) a minimum grade of C in CS 218 (all programs) and SO 311 (CE);
10) satisfactory field evaluations; 11) PRAXIS II Subject Assessments/Specialty Areas Tests
and the Principles of Learning and Teaching (PLT) PRAXIS II tests passed and subscores
submitted in portfolio; 12) positive references; and 13) PORT II Assessment Checklist
completed with appropriate signatures.
In PORT II, the candidate must achieve an acceptable level in all 11 Teacher Education
Program goals as well as to demonstrate a commitment to technology, a commitment to
diversity and an impact on P-12 students through the use of portfolio artifacts and selfreflections. In PORT II, candidates reflect upon the various course-related artifacts and
self-select the artifacts to be included in the portfolio. A written self-reflection that includes
justification for the inclusion of specific artifacts into the portfolio must be completed. All
PRAXIS II subscores must be included in PORT II. The process of self-reflection and justification provides the candidate with the opportunity to reflect upon his/her growth and
development of becoming a competent, capable and caring teacher.
Exit from Clinical Practice
At the next transition point, exiting clinical practice, the candidates are commonly assessed by data gathered from clinical practice evaluations and portfolios. These assessments
are utilized to assess the candidates’ proficiencies to deliver content; to use the pedagogical,
professional knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to help all students to learn; to
positively impact all students; and to exhibit a sense of caring.
174
EDUCATION
In PORT III, the candidate demonstrates with clinical experience artifacts and self-reflections that he/she has performed on an acceptable level during clinical practice all 11 Teacher
Education Program goals, a commitment to technology, a commitment to diversity and an
impact on P-12 students. In addition to the portfolio (PORT III), additional requirements
for exiting clinical practice are as follows: 1) TEP application review; 2) a minimum 2.5
overall GPA; 3) successful completion of clinical practice; 4) satisfactory clinical practice
evaluations; 5) positive references and 6) PORT III Assessment Checklist with appropriate
signatures.
Program Completion
The final transition point for candidates in Mount Union College’s Teacher Education
Program is program completion. The focus of this period is to ensure that the candidate has
developed content, pedagogical and professional knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to help all students to learn. The requirements at this transition point are as follows: 1)
maintained admission in the TEP; 2) an approved BA, BS, or BME degree clearance; 3) the
TEP application review; 4) a minimum 2.5 overall GPA; 5) a minimum 2.5 GPA in major
with all content complete; 6) a minimum grade of C in all additional licensure requirements
(ex: reading); 7) the satisfactory completion of all portions of PRAXIS II (ex: reading endorsement); 8) the Myers Briggs culminating self-reflection; 9) positive references; 10) no
record verification from the Bureau of Criminal Identification and Investigation (BCI & I)
and/or the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and 11) the Ohio Department of Education
(ODE) teacher license application and fee.
Teacher Education Program’s Monitoring
In order to be accepted into, to continue in, or exit from the Teacher Education Program
at each transition point, the candidate must document the completion of all requirements
for that particular transition point. All updated information is maintained in a candidate
database and file. The administrative assistant in the Teacher Education Program office
documents all qualifications and the completion of transition-point requirements. The
candidate’s file is formally reviewed during the next Subcommittee on Teacher Education
meeting held in January, May, August or December. In order to ensure equity, all of the
candidates’ applications (traditional undergraduates, transfers and post-baccalaureates) will
be formally reviewed during a Subcommittee on Teacher Education meeting. The Department of Education chairperson will notify each candidate in writing via a formal letter of
the status of the decision.
Due Process
In order to eliminate bias and to ensure a fair and equitable practice, all candidates
(traditional undergraduates, transfers and post-baccalaureates) will be formally reviewed
during a Subcommittee on Teacher Education meeting. Based on the recommendations
of the Subcommittee, the Department of Education chairperson notifies candidates in
writing if they are permitted or not permitted to advance to the next transition point. An
individual conference will be scheduled with the candidate if requested. If the candidate
wishes to submit new or additional information that had not been considered when the
application was reviewed, he/she may submit an appeal in writing to the Subcommittee on
Teacher Education. The appeal must be submitted to the Teacher Education Program office
within the time frame determined by the Subcommittee on Teacher Education and prior
to the next scheduled meeting. The candidate will be notified in writing within 30 days of
the receipt of appeal regarding the status of the decision.
175
EDUCATION
Retention in the Teacher Education Program
All candidates must demonstrate satisfactory progress toward completion of licensure at
each transition point. All requirements are indicators of growth in becoming a competent,
capable and caring teacher. If a candidate is not making satisfactory progress as described in
the assessment plan at each transition point, the candidate will be notified of his/her removal
from the Teacher Education Program. The candidate may reapply for readmission upon
meeting the prescribed requirements. The candidate has the right to submit an appeal in
writing to the Subcommittee on Teacher Education. The appeal must be submitted to the
Teacher Education Program office within the time frame determined by the Subcommittee
on Teacher Education and prior to the next scheduled meeting. The candidate will be notified in writing of recommendations within 30 days of the receipt of appeal.
Higher Education Report Card
The Higher Education Report Card is a federal requirement of Title II for all colleges and
universities offering teacher preparation. Mount Union College is proud to announce that
in the fourth year of reporting, the 2002-2003 academic class of new teachers continued to
perform successfully on PRAXIS II tests required to obtain licensure. This information will
continue to serve as a benchmark as the College builds upon its rich tradition of preparing
new educators.
Requirements for the Major in Early
Childhood Education
The major consists of the following education courses: ED 150, CE 200, CE 250, CE 315,
CE 320, CE 322, CE 332, CE 335, CE 355, CE 365 and CE 380. Additional coursework is
necessary for licensure.
Requirements for the Minor in Early Childhood
Education
The minor in early childhood education consists of 15 semester hours to include: ED
150, CE 200, CE 250, CE 380, and one of the following: CE 315, CE 320, CE 335. Not open
to education majors.
Requirements for the Major in Middle Childhood Education
The major consists of the following courses: ED 150, ME 200, ME 250, ME 350, ME 355,
ME 365, ME 400, and two courses which relate directly to the teacher candidate’s chosen areas
of emphasis ME 315, ME 320, ME 335 and ED 340 (only language arts area of emphasis).
Additional coursework is required for licensure.
Requirements for the Minor in Middle Childhood
Education
The minor consists of 16 semester hours to include: ED 150; ED 340, ME 200; ME 350,
and two of the following: ME 315, ME 320, ME 335. Not open to education majors.
Requirements for the Minor in Adolescence to Young
Adult Education
The minor consists of the following courses: ED 150, AE 201, AE 262, AE 335, AE 372
and AE 365. Additional coursework is required for licensure. Those who do not desire to
do clinical practice or pursue a license may substitute ED 355 or another approved education course for AE 365.
176
EDUCATION
Requirements for the Minor in Multiage Education
The minor consists of the following courses: ED 150, CE 200, ME 200, AE 262, CE 332,
ED 355 for a total of 18 hours. Additional coursework is required for licensure.
Each licensure area also requires coursework in disciplines other than education. This
additional coursework should be carefully chosen and scheduled to fulfill general education
or other College requirements when appropriate. It is essential that a candidate wishing to
major or minor in education consult an advisor in the Department of Education early in
the first year at Mount Union College.
Requirements for Honors in Education
Candidates are eligible to enter the Honors Program in education if they have at least a
3.5 grade-point average in their education major, education minor or permission from the
Honors Review Board.
To receive honors in education, a candidate must have at least a 3.5 grade-point average
at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12 semester hours.
For permission to register for an honors course, a completed application form must be
filed with the director of Honors Programs by the end of the twelfth week of classes of the
semester prior to taking the course. Candidates must earn a B+ or higher in their honor
courses to earn honors credit. Candidates may take any 300-level or higher courses for
honors in education.
Adolescence to Young Adult Course Descriptions
AE 201 Introduction to Adolescent Education. This course focuses on the modern
secondary school from the perspective of structure, curriculum, learning, teacher and
student. Emphasis is placed upon the role of the secondary teacher and how he/she affects the education and development of the adolescent. Issues of race, gender, diversity,
and their impact on the modern secondary school will be studied. Twenty clock hours of
field experience in a secondary school are required. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AE 262 Conceptual Issues Related to Teaching Adolescents. The professional practice of the secondary teacher is examined in this course. Candidates analyze the various
roles that are now used to define exemplary teaching performance. These include: lifelong
learner, collaborator, problem solver, communicator, group member, decision maker, value
analyzer, integrator of instructional design, thinker, organizer, leader, risk taker and reflective
practitioner. Twenty clock hours of field experience in a secondary school are required. 3
Sem. Hrs.
AE 335 Methods in Adolescent Education. This is a multidisciplinary methods course
for candidates who are preparing to teach in adolescence to young adult programs. Content
includes: theories, models, and strategies for teaching diverse learners, planning instruction, creating effective learning environments, and collaboration with parents and other
professionals. Emphasis is placed on helping the candidate to develop the professional
knowledge base necessary for success in accordance with the requirements of the state and
other educational agencies. Twenty clock hours of field experience in a secondary school
are required. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AE 365 Preclinical Practice - Adolescence to Young Adult. In this course, the candidate
spends 12-13 hours per week for seven to eight weeks (90 hours) in a secondary school
setting observing and applying theories, principles and methods of teaching related to the
preclinical practitioner’s major field of study. The preclinical practitioner is a teaching assistant and works closely with school personnel in non-instructional, clinical and instructional
177
EDUCATION
activities designed to promote readiness for clinical practice. The teaching of a 10-day unit
is required. Group seminars are arranged by the field placement coordinator and include
preparation of the portfolio (PORT II). Preclinical practice is offered every semester. The
preclinical practitioner will make a choice of completing preclinical practice in a diverse or
non-diverse setting. Clinical practice will be completed in the opposite setting. Prerequisite:
Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 2 Sem. Hrs.
AE 372 Assessment, Instructional Design and Evaluation in Adolescent Education.
This course builds on the “theory base” developed in AE 335. Assessment techniques and
standards are examined for their role in the planning of instruction. Portfolios, performancebased assessments, rubrics, essential questions and understandings, validity, context and
authenticity are included. Planning, evaluating, and the integration of instruction also are
incorporated. Clinical experiences are conducted in the classroom. Prerequisite: AE 335. 3
Sem. Hrs.
AE 405W Advanced Techniques of Instructional Management. This course emphasizes
unit/lesson planning and the writing of instructional objectives. Historical, technological
and societal issues related to subject fields are traced. Behavioral and other advanced techniques of student discipline are presented. This course should be taken during the five-week
period prior to clinical practice. Thirty hours of field experience in a secondary school are
required. Prerequisite: AE 335. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AE 470 Clinical Practice - Adolescent. The candidate assumes all responsibilities of teaching in a secondary school setting for 10 weeks (300 clock hours). This course is graded S/U.
Group seminars are arranged by the field placement coordinator. The clinical practitioner’s
setting for clinical practice (diverse or nondiverse) will be the opposite of the preclinical
choice. Prerequisite: Admission into Clinical Practice. 10 Sem. Hrs.
Early Childhood Course Descriptions
CE 200 Introduction to Early Childhood Education. An introduction to the field of early
childhood education, based on standards set by the National Association for Education of
Young Children (NAEYC), includes: 1) the diversity of its historical and disciplinary roots;
2) an in-depth study of developmentally appropriate practice (DAP) including how it is
informed, implemented and evaluated; and 3) a review of the Code of Ethical Behavior. The
inclusivity of DAP, as informed by guidelines set by the Council for Exceptional Children
(CEC), also will be studied. Thirty clock hours of field experience are required. Prerequisite:
ED 150. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CE 250 Inclusive Education of Young Children. Examination is made of the legislation and public policy that influence early childhood education. This course introduces
candidates, in collaboration with parents and other professionals, to the development of
IEPs (Individual Education Plans) and IFSPs (Initial Family Service Plans), allowing them
to play an initial role in interagency collaboration, referral and consultation. Candidates
learn the relationship of IEPs and IFSPs to curriculum and early childhood practice. Thirty
clock hours of field experience are required. Prerequisite: CE 200. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CE 315 Teaching Social Studies to Young Children. The candidate explores methods
of teaching the social sciences to young children between the ages of three and eight, drawing upon Ohio’s Model Competency-Based Program and “Expectations of Excellence,” and
the National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS) curriculum standards. These serve as
guidelines for interdisciplinary and multicultural lesson design. The incorporation of history, civics, and geographical themes, in addition to appropriate use of children’s literature
and technological resources in the designing of units, lessons, and assessment to meet the
178
EDUCATION
needs of a variety of learners, will also be studied. If not taken concurrently with SO 311,
20 clock hours of community agency and family field experience are required. Prerequisite:
CE 320 Teaching Mathematics to Young Children. This course includes a national and
state standards-based study of the goals, content, material, technology, and methods of
teaching mathematics to young children between the ages of three and eight. Emphasis is
placed on the young child’s natural mathematical development. Lessons are created based
on play-centered activities, student exploration and ongoing assessment. Mathematical
content for the young child is integrated throughout the course A minimum of 20 clock
hours of primary grade field experience is required to enhance in-class activities. Prerequisites: Completion of one mathematics course within the general education requirements
and admission into the Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CE 322 Family-Community Collaboration. This is a one-week intensive placement in
collaboration with a family of a young child receiving special services through a county
board of mental retardation or a public school system. The primary focus is to provide
candidates with the opportunity to observe, to create, and to use communication and appropriate assessment strategies for the diverse needs of learners, families and communities.
Through guided reflective journals, candidates will demonstrate respect for the reciprocity in
collaborative relationships. Prerequisites: Admission into the Teacher Education Program.
1 Sem. Hr.
CE 332 Best Practice in Early Childhood Education. The centrality of play and the integration of the Ohio Models are emphasized in the course that serves as the Senior Culminating
Experience for early childhood education majors. “Developmentally appropriate play” is used
to inform the choice of materials, activities and manipulation of the environment as an aspect
of action research to be completed with children as a part of concurrent field experience.
Learning the key elements of the fine arts of drama, music, creative movement, dance and
visual arts as well as physical education appropriate for young children is enhanced in the
course as sections include candidates pursuing multiage “specialist” licenses as well as \early
childhood education “generalist” licenses. The mirroring of specialist/generalist collaboration used in centers and schools serving young children is effective practice for candidates
and is reflected in the guest lecturers and specialists from various disciplines who aid in
teaching the course. Lesson planning, teaching, assessment, and reflection are an important
cycle completed through the service learning project in the course. Early childhood majors
should take the course concurrently with CE 365. This course is offered every fall semester.
Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program and senior standing. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
CE 335 Teaching Science to Young Children. A national and state standards-based
study of objectives, content, materials, technology and methods of instruction essential to
the teaching of science to young children between the ages of three and eight is undertaken.
Emphasis is placed on lesson development based on play-centered activities, exploration
and hands-on experiences. Prerequisites: Completion of two science courses (one physical
and one life) within the general education requirements and admission into the Teacher
Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
CE 355 Integrated Language Arts for Emergent Readers and Writers. This course is a
study of theories of language arts (listening, speaking, reading, writing, viewing and visually
representing). Attention is given to issues, purposes, materials, technology and processes
for teaching emergent and early reading and writing, both narrative and expository. A firm
knowledge base and skills in planning, delivery and assessment of content, based upon the
Ohio Department of Education’s Competency-Based Language Arts Model, are developed.
179
EDUCATION
Individual differences among students based on their diversity (cultural, linguistic, gender and
exceptionalities) are anticipated through integration of theme-based inclusive trade books
and materials. The block scheduling fulfills the State of Ohio’s reading core requirements
for reading instruction and content area reading. ED 340 should be taken concurrently.
Early childhood field experience to support the coursework is required. This course is offered every spring semester. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program.
6 Sem. Hrs.
CE 365 Preclinical Practice - Early Childhood. In this course the candidate spends 12-13
hours per week for seven to eight weeks (90 hours) in a preschool, kindergarten or primary
grade setting observing and applying theories, principles and methods of teaching related to
the candidate’s major field of study. The candidate is a teaching assistant and works closely
with school personnel in noninstructional, clinical and instructional activities designed to
promote readiness for clinical practice. The teaching of a 10-day integrated unit or project
is required. Group seminars are arranged by the field placement coordinator and include
preparation of the portfolio (PORT II) as well as workshops in identification of communicable diseases, abuse and neglect, and first aid and CPR. This course is graded S/U and is taken
concurrently with CE 380 only for early childhood majors and CE 332 for early childhood
majors and applicable multiage minors. This course will be offered every fall semester. The
preclinical practitioner will make a choice of completing preclinical practice in a diverse or
nondiverse setting. Clinical practice will be completed in the opposite setting. Prerequisite:
CE 380W Classroom Structures and Behavior Management. This course considers
theories, basic principles and procedures of classroom structure and behavior management.
Management of inclusion settings, with medically fragile students and those with special
feeding and toileting needs, also is addressed. Behavioral assessment, self-assessment and
self-control skills are emphasized. A sensitivity to possible differences between classroom
behavioral expectations and the home environment is developed. Thirty clock hours of field
experience are required. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 3
Sem. Hrs.
CE 470 Clinical Practice - Early Childhood Education. The candidate assumes all
responsibilities of teaching in a prekindergarten through third grade setting for 10 weeks
(minimum 300 total clock hours). This course is graded S/U and is required for early
childhood licensure. Group seminars to enable collaboration, evaluation and reflection are
arranged by the field placement coordinator. This course will be taken concurrently with
CE 475. The clinical practitioner’s setting for clinical practice (diverse or nondiverse) will
be the opposite of the preclinical choice. Prerequisite: Admission into Clinical Practice. 10
Sem. Hrs.
CE 475 Seminar in Early Childhood Education. CE 475 provides a nexus between theory
and practice. This seminar will meet at Mount Union College and on-site in the preschool,
kindergarten or primary settings where Mount Union teacher candidates are carrying out
their clinical practice. Opportunities for group reflection, professional interactions, consultations and preparation of the portfolio (PORT III) will be offered. This course will be taken
concurrently with CE 470. Prerequisite: Admission into clinical practice. 2 Sem. Hrs.
General Education Course Descriptions
ED 150W Foundations of Education. This is the first course taken in the professional
sequence for candidates in all teaching fields and licensure areas. A wide range of topics is
explored including historical and philosophical foundations of American education, the role
of the teacher, instruction and curriculum, and issues impacting students in the schools. A
180
EDUCATION
key component of the course will be the candidate’s definition, exploration and evaluation
of the mission to teach at the early, middle and adolescent levels. Thirty clock hours of field
experience are required. This course is a prerequisite for all other early childhood, middle
childhood, adolescence to young adult and multiage candidates. 3 Sem. Hrs.
ED 199 Special Topics in Education. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
ED 340 Phonics, Processes and the Structure of Language. This course focuses on
the nature, role and elements of phonics and phonemic awareness within the language arts
processes. A firm knowledge and skill base in planning, instruction and assessment based on
the Ohio Department of Education’s Competency-Based Language Arts Model curriculum
is developed. Emphasis is on the developmental processes of listening, speaking, reading,
writing and the structure of language. Special attention is given to word recognition, vocabulary and comprehension strategies utilized by fluent readers. Prerequisite: Admission
into the Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
ED 355 Content Area Reading. Emphasis is placed on the development and adaptation
of reading, writing and study skills as applied to the content areas. Objectives, content, materials, technology, methods and evaluation necessary in promoting reading at the middle,
adolescent and multiage levels are developed. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher
ED 370 Meeting Individual Needs in Reading. Understanding of the assessment process
and various assessment approaches, procedures useful in assessment and diagnosis, and the
remediation of reading, writing, and language problems are emphasized. Special attention
is given to portfolio usage, performance assessment, and the alignment of assessment with
curriculum and instruction. A focus on the diverse and exceptional needs of students is
included. This field experience includes an intensive case study which incorporates reading assessment, diagnosis, and remediation of a school-age student. Field experience with a
middle or primary grade student is required. Prerequisite: CE 355 or ME 355. Admission
ED 399 Special Topics. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
ED 400 Independent Study in Education. This course is available to juniors or seniors
majoring or minoring in education. The candidate, in consultation with a member of the
Department of Education, will select a topic or problem and do an in-depth study. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
ED 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Middle Childhood Course Descriptions
ME 200W Introduction to the Middle School. This course is an introduction to the history,
philosophy, social/cultural influences and organization of the middle school. The course
emphasizes the role of the teacher in the middle school and the relationship between the
diverse needs of the young adolescent and the curriculum. Twenty clock hours of field
experience are required. Prerequisite: ED 150. 3 Sem. Hrs.
ME 250 Middle School Community Field Experience/Seminar. Directed on-site observation and participation in various educational, social, health and community settings
are featured. The emphasis is on how the teacher collaborates with social and community
services and families in diverse settings to enhance the education of the young adolescent.
This course is taken concurrently with PY 217. Thirty clock hours of field experience are
required. This course is to be taken spring semester of the sophomore year. 1 Sem. Hr.
181
EDUCATION
ME 315 Teaching Social Studies in the Middle School. This course includes a study of
the objectives, content, materials and methods of instruction essential for teaching social
studies in the middle school. Emphasis is placed on developing a firm knowledge base that
includes an understanding of content and skills in social studies based on Ohio’s Model
Competency-Based Program. Reflective decision making on selection and integration of
the six strands in the Ohio Model, appropriate to the students’ levels and different settings,
also is emphasized. This course also focuses on the multicultural and diversity aspects of
teaching. This course is offered every spring semester. Prerequisite: Admission into the
Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
ME 320 Teaching Mathematics in the Middle School. A national and state standards-based
(NCTM, NNSA and Ohio Standards) study of the goals, content, materials, technology and
methods of teaching mathematics in the middle school is emphasized. This course is offered
every spring semester. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
ME 325 Teaching Reading and Writing in the Middle School. This course focuses on the
theories, issues, purposes, materials, technology and processes for teaching narrative reading
and writing in the middle school. A firm knowledge and skill base in planning, instruction
and assessment, based on the Ohio Department of Education’s Competency-Based Language
Arts Model curriculum, is developed. This course is designed to provide candidates with
a theoretical foundation of knowledge about teaching the language arts strands (reading,
writing, listening, speaking) as interactive processes, through traditional and literature-based
texts. Emphasis is on the emergent (developmental) process that is influenced by various
factors and is sensitive to individual differences (e.g., diversity, exceptionality). This course
is taken concurrently with ME 365, ME 400 and one of the following: ME 315, ME 320 or
ME 335. A total of 30 clock hours of field experience is required when taken concurrently
with another reading course. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program.
3 Sem. Hrs.
ME 335 Teaching Science in the Middle School. A national and state standards-based
study of objectives, content materials, technology and methods of teaching science in the
middle school is emphasized. This course is offered every spring semester. Prerequisite:
ME 345 Content Area Reading and Writing in the Middle School. In this course, emphasis is placed on the development, purpose, methods, materials, technology and processes of
teaching reading, and writing and study skills, applicable to the content areas in the middle
school curriculum. A firm knowledge and skill base in planning, instruction and assessment,
based on the Ohio Department of Education’s Competency-Based Language Arts Model
curriculum, is developed. The understanding of reading and writing, as well as the other
language arts strands as interactive processes influenced by various factors and sensitive to
individual differences (e.g., diversity, exceptionality), is emphasized. Special attention is given
to unit integration and integrating various types of literature (e.g., multicultural, gender
studies) in the content areas. A total of 30 clock hours of field experience is required when
taken concurrently with another reading course. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher
ME 350 Middle School Field Experience/Seminar. This course provides a directed onsite educational observation and participation experience in a middle school environment.
A weekly seminar addressing issues in the middle school is included. Thirty clock hours of
field experience are required. This course is to be taken spring semester of the junior year.
Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 1 Sem. Hr.
182
EDUCATION • ENGLISH
ME 365 Preclinical Practice - Middle School. In this course the candidate spends approximately 12-13 hours per week for seven to eight weeks (90 clock hours) in a middle
school setting observing and applying theories, principles and methods of teaching related
to one of the candidate’s areas of emphasis. The candidate is a teaching assistant and works
closely with school personnel in noninstructional, clinical and instructional activities
designed to promote readiness for clinical practice. The candidate is required to teach a
10-day interdisciplinary unit. Group seminars, arranged by the field placement coordinator, include preparation of the portfolio (PORT II). This course is graded S/U and is taken
concurrently with ME 400. The preclinical practitioner will make a choice of completing
preclinical practice in a diverse or nondiverse setting. Clinical practice will be completed in
the opposite setting. Prerequisite: Admission into the Teacher Education Program. 2 Sem.
Hrs.
ME 400 Best Practice in the Middle School. This course focuses on the practical implementation of the theories surrounding the middle school. Based on state and national
middle school standards, the course emphasizes such topics as designing and implementing
classroom management plans for the middle school, collaborating in teams to create and
to teach interdisciplinary units appropriate for a diverse population and advising middle
school students in a teacher-based guidance program (when possible). Action research is
required. This course is the Senior Culminating Experience for the middle childhood education major. This course is to be taken concurrently with ME 365. Prerequisite: Admission
ME 470 Clinical Practice - Middle School. The candidate assumes full responsibilities
of teaching in a middle school setting for 10 weeks (300 clock hours) with placement in
two areas of emphasis. A special emphasis is on self-reflection, professional development
and a commitment to lifelong learning. Prior to assuming full responsibility, 30 additional
clock hours of field experience are required for observation and participation in the readiness activities for the clinical practice experience. This course is graded S/U and is required
for the middle childhood licensure. Group seminars are arranged by the field placement
coordinator. The clinical practitioner’s setting for clinical practice (diverse or nondiverse)
will be the opposite of the preclinical choice. Prerequisite: Admission into Clinical Practice.
10 Sem. Hrs.
Department of English
The objectives of the Department of English are to educate students in written and oral
expression, linguistics, the cultural significance of literature and literary history. The department prepares majors for teaching, graduate study, and professional and business careers.
Requirements for the Major in English
The English major requires 36 hours above the 100-level. Students majoring in English
must take EH 295 and EH 296 (during the sophomore year if at all possible), one creative
writing course (or EH 300 or EH 247), one language or linguistics course (except EH 235),
EH 413 or EH 410, one course in English literature before 1800 (either EH 315 or EH 328),
one course primarily in nineteenth-century English literature (either EH 332 or EH 345),
one period course in American literature, one 300-level genre course, EH 310 (if possible
during the junior year), one elective at the 200, 300 or 400-level, and EH 430 (the SCE).
Students interested in earning a teaching license including English should consult their
advisors and the Department of Education for specific course requirements.
183
ENGLISH
Requirements for the Minor in English
The English minor requires 18 hours above the 100-level. Students with this minor must
take EH 295 and EH 296, one creative writing course (or EH 300 or EH 247), one English
period course or EH 410 or EH 413, one American period course, and one elective at the
300 or the 400-level.
Requirements for the Major in Writing
The writing major requires 36 hours above the 100-level. Students majoring in writing
must take EH 295 and EH 296; EH 325; three courses in literature (one period course, one
genre course, and one elective at the 200, 300 or 400-level); one course in language history
or linguistics (EH 385 or EH 405); three credit hours of a writing internship or one of the
following: EH 310, EH 417 or EH 450; three genre-specific writing courses in one or a
combination of the following three areas:
(1) Professional writing (print media: CM 250, CM 256, CM 350; broadcast media: CM
240, CM 340, CM 245; or non-fiction/belles lettres: EH 240, EH 245, or EH 247);
(2) creative writing (EH 216, EH 217, EH 243);
(3) teaching writing (EH 210, EH 235, EH 300);
(4) and EH 435 (the SCE).
Requirements for the Minor in Writing
The writing minor requires 18 hours above the 100-level. Students minoring in writing
must take EH 295 and EH 296, one course in language history and/or linguistics (EH 385
or EH 405), EH 325, and two additional writing courses.
Requirements for Honors in English
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in English or the Honors Program
in writing if they have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the major or permission of the
Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in English or honors in writing, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade
point average in the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum
of 12 semester hours. One of the courses may be EH 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be
Other courses students may take for honors in English or honors in writing include any
200-level or above course required for the major. For permission to register for a course with
honors in the major, a completed Application and Registration form must be filed with the
director of Honors Programs by the end of the third week of classes of the semester in which
the course is taken. Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit.
Please see page 75 of this Catalogue for more information about Honors Programs.
Course Descriptions
EH 100 College Writing. A course requiring a research paper and frequent written assignments related to classroom discussions and readings. Individual conferences help students
formulate, organize and express ideas. EH 100 is a prerequisite to all other English courses
and does not count toward a major or minor in English. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,1.}
EH 100I College Writing Intensive. This course is designed to meet the needs of students
who lack wide experience in writing for the academic community. The purposes of the
course are to help students improve their writing abilities, develop and gain confidence in
184
ENGLISH
their analytical abilities, and discover and develop their own academic voices. The course
will fulfill the same requirements as EH 100, but it will entail two additional hours of class
time and more personal attention. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,1.}
EH 120 Honors College Writing. A course in expository writing, including research writing, for the exceptionally strong student writer. This course meets all requirements met by
EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,1.}
EH 130 Introduction to Poetry. An introduction to the nature and function of poetry
as a literary genre. Emphasis will be placed on recognizing and understanding patterns of
cultural, ethical and aesthetic experience as these are reflected in a variety of poems by a
diverse range of authors. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
EH 135 Introduction to Fiction. An introduction to the study of fiction through the
analysis and interpretation of representative examples. A thematic focus may be used to
provide a basis for comparing writing from diverse periods and places. Prerequisite: EH
EH 140 Popular Literature. This course is designed to provide scholarly background
to genres that have gained wide readership in various historical periods. The focus of the
course will alternate each time it is taught among the following: detective fiction, science
fiction, gothic fiction and romance. In each case, students will be provided with historical
background and critical strategies for approaching these popular genres. Prerequisite: EH
EH 147W Introduction to Literary Non-Fiction. An introduction to the genre of literary
non-fiction through the analysis and interpretation of representative examples. Extensive
reading and discussion of essays, from short, journalistic pieces to longer, book-length pieces.
This course may be taught either thematically or historically. Prerequisite: EH 100, EH 100I,
or EH 120W. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1.}
EH 199 Special Topics in English. See All-College 199 course descriptions on page
111.
EH 210 Children’s Literature. A course exploring the scope, importance and content of
literature for children. Students will be exposed to the techniques of evaluation and methods
of presenting and studying literature with children. Priority is given to students seeking
licensure in inclusive early childhood education. Prerequisite: EH 100, ED 150W and CE
200 [CE 200 may be taken concurrently]. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1.}
EH 216 Writing Short Fiction. An exploration of the creative process; directed writing
of short fiction. Small group conferences as well as regular classes. Prerequisite: EH 100.
3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 217 Writing Poetry. An exploration of the creative process; directed writing of poems.
Small group conferences as well as regular classes. Prerequisites: EH 100 and EH 216 or
permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 235 Practical English Grammar. A study of grammatical conventions and standard
vocabulary of written English; emphasis will be on the application of grammar, punctuation,
conventions and usage. This course includes required writing assignments. Prerequisite:
EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 240 Business and Technical Writing. Writing for business, industry, the basic sciences
and social services will be studied and practiced. Assignments will include memos, letters,
proposals, feasibility studies, progress reports, recommendations, evaluations, professional
and popular articles, technical descriptions and instructions, and correspondence related
to employment. Microcomputer word processing may be utilized. Prerequisite: EH 100.
3 Sem. Hrs.
185
ENGLISH
EH 243 Writing Drama. An exploration of the unique challenges of writing drama,
conducted in a workshop environment in which students write and share original one-act
plays. In addition to writing drama, the course will include a study of the elements of drama,
dramatic theory and the analysis of published one-act plays. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
EH 245 Advanced Writing. A course stressing the development of skills needed for
generating and organizing ideas, for revising and editing prose, and for adapting writing to
various audiences and purposes. Emphasis will be placed on the expression of argument,
persuasion and opinion. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 247 Writing Literary Non-Fiction. An exploration of the creative process; directed
writing of literary non-fiction. Small group conferences, workshops and full class meetings.
Prerequisites: EH 100, 100I or 120W. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 250 African-American Literature. An introduction to works of poetry, prose and fiction by African-American writers. Special attention will be placed on those historical factors
and literary traditions which shaped African-American literature and eventually led to works
by authors such as Hughes, Hurston, Morrison, Petry, Walker and Wright. Prerequisite: EH
100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1 or II,D,2.}
EH 255 Native American Literature. This course will focus on the literature of Native
Americans which is not covered by traditional genre and period courses. It will deal with
the distinctive geographical settings, social concerns and political issues related to the Native
American experience. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1 or II,D,2.}
EH 257 Canadian Literature. This course will focus on the literature of Canada through a
study of representative fiction, drama and poetry. It will deal with the distinctive geographical, historical, social and political concerns of Canadians as seen through their literature.
Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
EH 260 Post-Colonial Literatures. A comprehensive exploration of literatures emerging in
the wake of the colonial experience in Asia, Africa and/or the Americas. Texts and regional/
thematic focus may vary but could include authors such as Amilcar Cabral, Aime Cesaire,
Franz Fanon, Trinh Minh-ha, Gayatri Spivak, Edward Said or Leopold Sedar Senghor. The
course will address the ways in which social and political experiences affect artistic choices,
issues of cultural imperialism, the synthesis of indigenous and imposed cultural traditions,
and notions of literature as a means of resistance or liberation, from the historical perspectives of both the colonized and the colonizers. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,A,1 or II,D,2.}
EH 261 Literature for Adolescents. A survey of literature appropriate for readers in
grades four through nine. The course will include a wide selection of works ranging from
traditional folk tales to contemporary fiction. The goal is to help class members establish
personal criteria for judging both appropriateness and merit of material suitable for this
age level. Whenever possible, connections will be made between analysis of literature and
presentation of literature in middle school classrooms. Priority is given to students seeking
licensure in middle childhood education. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: Old
= H; New = II,A,1.}
EH 265 Gender and Literature. This course will use a wide range of literature including
writers whose works have directly addressed gender issues as well as writers whose works
have indirectly reflected these issues to explore how cultural expectations about gender and
gender roles affect the lives of women and men. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,A,1 or II,D,2.}
186
ENGLISH
EH 270 American Regional Literatures. An introduction to works of poetry, prose and
fiction by regional writers. Attention will be placed on the historical and social factors which
shaped the literary traditions of a particular area. Texts and regional/thematic selections
of the course will vary but could focus on the literature of the following: the American
South, Appalachia, the American West, the Caribbean, the Gilded Age in New England.
Prerequisites: EH 100, 100I or 120W. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1.}
EH 295W The Human Experience in Literature and Language I. This is the first of the
two foundation courses for English and writing majors and minors. Enrollment is limited to
these majors or minors. The course is an exploration of the traditional understandings of
literary genres and historical periods as well as an introduction to the discipline and current
issues of English studies. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A.}
EH 296W The Human Experience in Literature and Language II. This is the second of the
two foundation courses for English and writing majors and minors. Enrollment is limited to
these majors or minors. The course is an exploration of three influential twentieth-century
approaches to literature (such as the new critical emphasis on tradition and individual talent, the understanding of literature as universal archetype, structuralism, reader-response
theories, and/or more recent views of literature) and an application of those approaches.
Prerequisites: EH 100 and EH 295. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 299 Special Topics in English. See All-College 299 course description on page 111.
EH 300 Issues in Composition Study. This advanced course introduces students to composition studies. After an historical grounding in the field, the course will explore student
writing as both academic outcome and teaching method. Students will discuss composition
studies’ recurring themes and current issues. Students will be encouraged to address their
own academic and professional interests through the coursework and writing in this class.
EH 100 or 120, one “W” course, and permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 310 Critical Theory and Practice. An advanced introduction to critical theories. Emphasis will be placed on contemporary critical practices beyond the level introduced in EH
295 and EH 296. Attention also will be given to the history of literary criticism particularly
as it informs late twentieth century theory. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296, junior
standing, or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 315 The English Renaissance. A study of representative poetry, prose and drama
(excluding Shakespeare) from approximately 1500-1660. Some attention will be given to
the Renaissance and Reformation movements outside England as background to the English
literature of the period. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 325W Rhetoric for Writers. An introduction to the history of rhetoric as it specifically
pertains to writing and writing instruction. Students will read both primary and secondary material. Class discussion will attempt to synthesize readings with the students’ own
knowledge about writing. Some discussion of the teaching of writing also will occur. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 326 Women and Literature. A study of the contributions of women authors to literary
tradition, with a focus on the images of women in literature and a discussion of feminist
criticism. Specific authors, titles and topics will vary, and the focus may be arranged thematically or chronologically. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296, or permission of the
EH 328 Medieval English Literature. This course will focus on the culture and literary
texts of the English Middle Ages. Through a selection of medieval prose, poetry and drama
ranging through religious, learned, courtly and popular works, the course will explore “solace and sentence’- literature which entertains and literature which asks fundamental social,
187
ENGLISH
political, ethical, and intellectual questions as well. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296.
3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 332 Neoclassicism and Romanticism. This course will concentrate on English literature written during the Restoration and eighteenth century (often called the Neoclassical
Age) and the first third of the nineteenth century (the Romantic period). Representative
authors are Dryden, Pope, Swift, Defoe, Johnson, Radcliffe, Blake, William and Dorothy
Wordsworth, Percy and Mary Shelley, Coleridge, Keats and Byron. Prerequisites: EH 100,
EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 335 The Literary Essay. An advanced study of the essay as a literary form/genre.
Course could be taught by theme (“Criticism and Culture ” or “Nature Writing”), by period,
or by some combination of the two (“18th Century Travel Writing”). Prerequisites: EH
100, 100I or 120W; EH 295 and 296 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 345 Victorian and Early Twentieth-Century Literature. A study of the novel, popular fiction, non-fictional prose, poetry and melodrama of the Victorian period and early
twentieth century. Special attention will be given to such representative authors as Arnold,
Browning, Tennyson, Dickens, Carlyle, Hardy, Conrad, Eliot and Joyce. Prerequisites: EH
100, EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 350 Twentieth Century Drama. A study of representative drama beginning with
Ibsen. Major achievements will be surveyed and the drama of a particular region or period
will be selected for more detailed study. (The focus of this segment may vary each time the
course is offered.) Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor.
3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 352 American Postmodernism. A study of the variety of literary texts written in
America since World War II. Representative authors may include Barth, Gass, Pynchon,
DeLillo, Morrison, Reed, LeGuin and Silko. Prerequisites: EH 100, 100I or 120; EH 295
and 296 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 356 Autobiography. A survey of the autobiographical texts of America from the early
American period to the present, or of England. The course also might include the study of
letters, diaries, memoirs, journals, and fictionalized recall. Special emphasis will be placed
on the autobiography as a form especially suited for the exploration and definition of the
self. Prerequisite: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 360 Twentieth Century Poetry. A study of representative major poets since 1900.
In alternate semesters, either modern poets (writing prior to 1960) or contemporary poets
(writing after 1960) will be emphasized. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 365 The English Novel. A study of the English novel from its beginning to the present.
Representative novels are studied. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of
the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 370 The Modern Novel. A study of trends in the novel (excluding British and United
States) from 1900 to the present. Representative novels from a number of countries are read
and discussed. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs.
EH 371 Early American Literature. A study of the origins of American literature in indigenous and immigrant genres. Students will be introduced to Native American creation
narratives and other oral narratives, to immigrant journals, spiritual autobiographies, and
captivity narratives, and to slave narratives as foundations for a distinctive American literature. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
188
ENGLISH
EH 372 Nineteenth-Century American Literature. A study of American fiction, poetry,
non-fiction prose, and oral narrative during the nineteenth century. Representative authors
may include Poe, Emerson, Douglass, Thoreau, Melville, Stowe, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain,
Dunbar and James. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 373 Twentieth-Century American Literature. A study of literature written in America
during the twentieth century. Authors studied might include Frost, Pound, Hemingway,
Hurston, Faulkner, Stevens, Hughes, O’Conner, Albee, Rich, Morrison, Pyncheon and Barth.
Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 375 The American Novel. A study of selected writers who have made important
contributions to the U.S. novel. The novelists studied will vary from semester to semester.
Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 380 The American Short Story. A study of representative short story writers. Special
attention will be given to major trends in the development of the short story in the United
States. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
EH 385 Introduction to Linguistics. An introduction to the elements of language – phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics – and how these elements are essential
to understanding what language is and how we use language. In addition, the course will
explore language acquisition and language variety (dialects of a language). Prerequisite:
EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 399 Special Topics in English. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
EH 405 History of the English Language. A study of the evolution of the English language
from its roots in Proto-Indo-European to its present form. Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
EH 410 Shakespeare. A study of a representative selection of Shakespeare’s tragedies,
comedies and history plays. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296, junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 413 Chaucer. A study of The Canterbury Tales and other poetry of Geoffrey Chaucer
primarily in Middle English. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH 296, junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 417 Writing Workshop. An opportunity for students to study, indepth, an area of
writing (poetry, fiction, drama and/or literary non-fiction/critical essay). Class will provide
an intensive workshop experience for students to receive feedback on their writing from the
instructor and other members of the class. Prerequisites: EH 100, a 200-level writing course
(EH 216, 217, 240, 243, 245 or 247), and a portfolio of work submitted to the instructor
before the first day of class. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 430 English Seminar. A conference course for senior English majors in selected topics
in English and American literature with emphasis on individual research. This course is the
senior culminating experience for the English major. Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 295, EH
296 and senior standing. Juniors with outstanding performance in the major may take this
course with the permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 435 The Senior Portfolio. An opportunity for senior writing majors to explore,
indepth, an area of writing which best reflects their intended field(s) of expertise. Students
will spend part of the semester working independently (e.g., reading and writing in their
intended field), and the remainder of the semester assembling a senior portfolio (ideally
across at least two genres) to represent their work as professional writers. Students also
will be responsible for producing a reflective, critical introduction to their portfolios which
189
ENGLISH • EXERCISE SCIENCE
examines the progress of their individual endeavors over the course of the previous four
years. Prerequisite: Senior standing as a writing major. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 440 Topics in African-American Literature. An advanced study of literature in the
African-American tradition. Topics will vary but the course may focus on specific periods
(Modernism and the Harlem Renaissance, The Black Arts Movement), genres (Orality and
the African-American Poetic Tradition), or topics (Violence and the Black Imagination,
Women Writers of the African Diaspora). Prerequisites: EH 100, EH 250 or permission of
EH 442 Topics in Gender and Literature. An advanced study of the relationship of gender to literature. The specific topics will vary but the course may focus on specific periods
(Gender and Medieval Literature), genres (Gender and Authorship in the Nineteenth-Century Novel), or topics (Men and Women as Readers of Fiction). Prerequisites: EH 265 or
EH 444 Topics in Linguistics. An advanced study of current issues in linguistics. While
specific topics will vary, the course will focus on one to three current issues or approaches.
Prerequisite: EH 385. 3 Sem. Hrs.
EH 450 Independent Study. Open to senior English majors who wish to pursue a topic
related to the study of language or literature. Study may be taken on an interdepartmental
basis with permission of the departments involved. A prospectus and preliminary bibliography of the project must be submitted for departmental approval prior to registration. 3
Sem. Hrs.
EH 494 Honors Thesis/Project. A research/project course designed to meet the needs
of the individual student seeking honors in English at graduation. Prerequisites: junior or
senior standing, and approval of the instructor, department chair, and the Honors Review
Board. Credit variable, 3-6 Sem. Hrs.
EH 499 Internship in English. See All-College 499 course description on page 112.
Exercise Science
The exercise science major is a part of the Department of Human Performance and Sport
Management. For a complete description of the department, see page 240.
The Exercise Science Program has been created to meet the increasing demand in our
society for quality health care professionals to create and direct wellness programs. This
concentration will prepare the student for various certification levels offered by the American
College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) and/or for certification offered by the National Strength
and Conditioning Association (NSCA) upon graduation. The major can also be utilized
as preparation for graduate study in sports related allied-health fields, including physical
therapy. The graduate may pursue employment in the allied-health field, commercial and
corporate fitness facilities, and cardiac rehabilitation units.
Requirements for the Major in Exercise Science
Required Exercise Science Courses
Semester Hours
ES 110
Introduction to Exercise Science
2
ES 230
Basic Pharmacology
3
ES 260
Growth and Physical Activity
3
ES 333
Human Performance Physiology
4
ES 334
Strength Training and Conditioning
4
ES 400
Environment and Human Performance
3
ES 410
Health Appraisal and Prescription**
4
190
EXERCISE SCIENCE
ES 420
Wellness – Special Populations**
ES 460
Personal Training
ES 475
SCE
ES 499
Internship
Total
**To be taken concurrently
3
3
3
3
35 semester hours
Other Departmental Courses
PE 305
Kinesiology
Total
Semester Hours
3
3 semester hours
Extra Departmental Courses Semester Hours
BI 110
Anatomy and Physiology
BI 111
CH 110
General Chemistry
CH 111
General Chemistry
PY 110
Introduction to Psychology
MA 123
Statistics
Total
Total
4
4
4
4
3
3
22 semester hours
60 semester hours
Required Courses for those seeking ACSM and/or NSCA Certification (not required
for degree):
HE 140
Safety, First Aid, and Emergency Care
Recommended Elective Courses
Semester Hours
(for those wishing to pursue graduate studies):
ES 240
Cardiac Rehabilitation
3
ES 485
Independent Research/Study
3
ES 498
Internship (Internal)
3
CH 231
Organic Chemistry I*
5
CH 370
General Biochemistry*
3
CH 371
General Biochemistry Laboratory*
1
Total
18 semester hours
*Students wishing to complete these courses along with the exercise science major requirements will earn a minor in chemistry.
Note: Students wishing to pursue graduate work in a related field (physical therapy, occupational therapy, physician assistant, exercise physiology, biomechanics) are encouraged to
either minor in biology or chemistry.
Exercise Science Minor
Track One (Athletic Training Majors)
Semester Hours
ES 334
Strength Training and Conditioning
4
ES 400
Environmental Physiology
3
ES 410
Health Appraisal and Prescription
4
ES 420
Wellness – Special Populations
3
Total
14 semester hours
Track Two (Non-Athletic Training Majors)
ES 110
Introduction to Exercise Science
BI 111
ES 333/PE 405 Physiology of Human Performance
ES 400
Environmental Physiology
Total
Semester Hours
2
4
4
3
13 credits total
191
EXERCISE SCIENCE
Requirements for Honors in Exercise Science
To receive honors in the Exercise Science Program a student must meet all criteria for
graduating with honors in a major and satisfy all of the following criteria: complete a minimum of 12 semester hours to include ES 333, ES 334 and ES 410 for honors.
Course Descriptions
ES 110 Introduction to Exercise Science. Introduction to the field of exercise science,
including aspects of human performance, clinical exercise physiology, and strength training
and conditioning. Includes basic components of program design, training and assessment,
while placing the students in a variety of professional field settings. (Offered fall semesters.)
2 Sem. Hrs.
ES 199 Special Topics in Exercise Science. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
ES 230 Basic Pharmacology. This course will give the students understanding of medications commonly prescribed in the exercise science setting. The student will become aware
of indications, contraindications and side effects of drug therapy. Emphasis will range from
drugs used for hypertension, diabetes, epilepsy, asthma, cardiac abnormalities, CVD, cardiac
arrhythmias, orthopedic problems and common illnesses. Prerequisite: AT 115, BI 110, BI
111. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 240 Cardiac Rehabilitation. An introduction to the field of cardiac rehabilitation.
Practical aspects of clinical exercise physiology and its application into the hospital rehabilitation setting are emphasized. Discussion of cardiac physiology, common cardiac issues, and
arrhythmias. This course also includes the use of diagnostic tools such as stress testing and
the associated electrocardiograms. Special attention will be paid to the geriatric population.
Primarily designed for those students wishing to pursue either graduate school in the field of
clinical exercise physiology or those seeking employment in a hospital based rehabilitation
setting. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BI 111, ES 230, ES 333. (Offered Fall semesters). 3 Sem.
Hrs.
ES 260 Growth and Physical Activity. This course considers physical activity and fitness in the context of physical growth, biological maturation and behavioral development
during childhood and adolescence. The students will receive an overview of the concepts
of growth, maturation and development, effects of physical activity on these parameters,
and understand general concepts in motor development as they relate to physical activity.
Prerequisite: BI 110. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
page 111.
ES 333 Physiology of Human Performance. The goal of this course is to gain an understanding of system physiology and the effects of physical activity on the human body.
Cardiovascular, pulmonary, musculoskeletal function, energetics and training for human
performance will be the areas of focus in this class. This course is designed to introduce
exercise science and athletic training majors to the skills needed to complete certification
standards established by the American College of Sports Medicine and the National Athletic
Trainers Association, respectively. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BI 111. Lecture 3 hrs./week,
lab 1 day/week. (Offered fall semesters.) 4 Sem. Hrs.
ES 334 Strength Training and Conditioning. This is a four hour lecture/laboratory
course covering the physiological basis of strength and cardiovascular conditioning along
with the fundamentals of designing comprehensive training programs for improving human
performance. Students learn the kinesiological aspects of training, cardiovascular training,
192
EXERCISE SCIENCE
plyometrics, flexibility training and sport specific training for injury prevention. Prerequisites: AT 115, PE 305. Lecture 3 hrs./week, lab 1 day/week. (Offered spring semesters.) 4
Sem. Hrs.
ES 340 Corporate and Worksite Wellness. Components of administering and managing
corporate and worksite fitness and wellness programs are examined. Topics covered include:
Paradigms in health promotion, health and exercise program planning, facility planning and
design, program management, policies and procedures, staffing, equipment, ethics, safety
and legal issues, and marketing. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or instructor’s permission. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 360 Motor Control and Learning. A conceptual and practical approach to the understanding of motor behavior, neuro-physiological control and mechanical function. The
course provides the student with a framework and principles to enhance functional ability
for a cross-section of individuals, from populations that include persons developmentally
and physically challenged, to those along the continuum wishing to enhance skilled performance. (Offered Spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
page 112.
ES 400 Environment and Human Performance. A multidisciplinary approach to human
adaptation and factors influencing human movement in diverse micro- and macro-environments. Factors considered include temperature, altitude, precipitation, under-water
weightlessness, light, noise and socio-cultural. Health and safety in locomotion, rehabilitation, sport/recreation and occupational contexts are emphasized. Prerequisites: ES 333 or
instructor approval. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 410 Health Appraisal and Exercise Prescription. A study of the standards for exercise
testing and prescription. An emphasis will be placed on both preventive exercise programs
for apparently healthy individuals and rehabilitative programs for cardio respiratory diseased persons. Prerequisite: ES 333. Lecture 3 hrs./week, lab 1 day/week. (Offered spring
semesters.) 4 Sem. Hrs.
ES 420 Wellness-Special Populations. This course is designed to explore the role of the
exercise specialist and special populations. There is an emphasis placed on working with
geriatric populations and addressing issues concerning health and disease in this group. A
review of physiological and psychological changes with age will be examined along with
disease states such as: cancer, cardiopulmonary, obesity, Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s, osteoporosis, among others. Prerequisite: ES 333. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 460 Personal Training. An advanced course dealing with relevant issues in personal
training and fitness. Discussion of lifting techniques, practical application of exercise prescriptions and program design, and motivational strategies employed by strength and conditioning professionals will be the focus of this course. Special attention will be given to the
populations of sedentary persons, athletes, geriatric patients, and children. Prerequisites:
PE 305, ES 333, ES 410, and ES 420. (Offered spring semesters). 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 475 SCE in Exercise Science. Research design plus an indepth research of a selected
exercise science topic and its presentation will be included. The research/presentation will
count as the SCE for the exercise science majors. Other topics include current issues in
exercise science. Prerequisites: Open to seniors only, those who have completed or will
concurrently complete all other exercise science core courses with the exception of ES 499.
(Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 485 Independent Research/Study. This course is an independent research and or
study project. It is offered to students who have a desire to pursue undergraduate research
193
EXERCISE SCIENCE • FOREIGN LANGUAGES
in preparation for graduate level education. It is meant to be an extension of the ES 475
SCE course. Prerequisites: ES 475 (SCE), MA 123, instructor approval. (Offered spring
semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
ES 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
ES 498
Hrs.
Internship (Internal). See All-College 498 course description on page 112. 3 Sem.
ES 499 Internship. An experience-based course in which the student spends a specified
amount of time with a sport related medical or allied health agency or organization in order
to gain experience and to understand the application of exercise science. Supervision will
be jointly provided by the cooperating organization and the college departmental staff.
Prerequisites: ES 333, ES 334, ES 410, junior standing, and permission of the instructor.
(Offered every semester.) 3-4 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Foreign Languages
The Department of Foreign Languages supports the liberal arts philosophy of the College
and its general objectives by offering the student the opportunity to broaden perspectives
humanistically and pragmatically. Through the study of foreign languages, literatures and
cultures, the student becomes better equipped to develop the flexibility of mind to meet the
demands of a pluralistic society.
The department prepares majors for graduate study, the teaching profession and careers
where a knowledge of a foreign language and culture is needed, such as government, business, social work and law. Teacher candidates must meet the requirements of Mount Union
College and the Ohio Department of Education for teacher licensure. All teacher candidates
must complete a college-approved study abroad experience.
The department is committed to the effective use of technology in the teaching of foreign
languages. A new language laboratory has been installed, permitting computer-assisted
instruction and the use of audiotapes, videotapes, DVDs and materials on laser discs and
in CD-ROM format.
Native speakers of French, German, Japanese or Spanish who wish to enroll in a course
in their native language are encouraged to enroll in an upper-level content (not a skills)
course, such as literature and culture. Such students should seek the advice of the instructor or the department chair if they have questions about which course to take. All courses
in the Department of Foreign Languages are taught primarily in the target language unless
otherwise indicated in the course description.
The Foreign Language Proficiency Requirement
As a graduation requirement, all Mount Union College students must demonstrate proficiency in a modern foreign language equivalent to the satisfactory completion of a 102-level
course. The proficiency requirement can be satisfied in one of the following ways:
1. By passing the Proficiency Test.
2. By satisfactorily completing a 102- or higher level course in a modern foreign language
previously studied.
3. By satisfactorily completing the 101-102 sequence of a modern foreign language not
previously studied.
Special situations:
a. Students who have never studied a modern foreign language before coming to
Mount Union College must satisfactorily complete the 101-102 sequence of a
foreign language taught at Mount Union College.
194
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
b.
c.
Students who have satisfactorily completed a three-semester-hour course at the
102 level or higher in any modern foreign language at an accredited college or
university will be considered to have completed the foreign language proficiency
requirement.
Four-year Mount Union College international students from countries where
English is not an official language can choose to satisfy the foreign language
proficiency in one of the above-mentioned ways or as follows:
1. By presenting a TOEFL score of 500 or higher.
2. By satisfactorily completing an ESL course at the 109-level or higher.
English as a Second Language
Administered by the Department of Foreign Languages, courses in English as a Second
Language (ESL) are offered, but no major or minor is given in this area of study. The courses
offered are provided especially for those international students who require additional English
language study in order to meet continuing academic demands at the College.
Course Descriptions
FE 109 ESL Communication. A semi-intensive course designed to cover a broad range
of English communication strategies. This class will meet two hours per day for a total of six
hours per week. Students who take FE 109, FE 110 and FE 111 may apply no more than the
last six credits toward graduation. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 6 Sem. Hrs.
FE 110 ESL Writing. A writing course designed for students who have learned English as
a foreign language. Emphasis is on appropriate organization, focus, structure and grammar
of academic English. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FE 111 ESL Reading. A reading course designed for students who have learned English
as a foreign language. Emphasis is on syntax and semantics of academic English as well as
on specific aspects of academic reading. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
FE 199
Special Topics in ESL. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
FE 299
FE 399
Requirements for the Major in French, German, Japanese and Spanish
The French, German, Japanese and Spanish majors require 33 semester hours in courses
with the same foreign language prefix, including completion of the advanced language sequence (300, 301 in French, Japanese and Spanish, and 304, 305 in German) and the Senior
Culminating Experience. At least six hours must have been earned in a study abroad program
approved by the College and the Department of Foreign Languages. Students desiring teacher
licensure would need to take additional courses as per state requirements.
Requirements for the Minor
The minors in French, German, Japanese and Spanish consist of 15 semester hours of
course work in courses with the same foreign language prefix including completion, as a
minimum, of the intermediate level sequence (201 and 202).
195
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Requirements for Honors in French, German, Japanese
or Spanish
See page 75 for a detailed description of the requirements for graduation with honors
in a major. Honors in the French, German, Japanese or Spanish major may be earned by
converting a minimum of three regularly scheduled upper division (300 or higher) courses
to honors credit for a total of at least 12 semester hours. One of the courses may be an
Honors Thesis/Project (All-College course 494).
Foreign Language Courses Offered
FL 199 Special Topics in Foreign Languages. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
on page 111.
on page 112.
French Course Descriptions
FR 101 Elementary French I. An introduction to speaking, listening to, writing and reading French, using an interactive approach. Oral presentations, extensive and varied drills,
cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. This course is intended for students
who have never studied French before. Students who have completed more than two years
of high school French may not take this course for credit. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FR 102 Elementary French II. Continuation of FR 101. Students who successfully
complete FR 102 should have an understanding of the basic grammar and sound system of
French, and they should be able to express themselves orally in basic French, read simple
French text, write basic sentences in French on certain topics, and understand basic spoken
French in uncomplicated circumstances. Oral presentations, extensive and varied drills,
cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: FR 101 or up to three
years of secondary school French. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
FR 130 Films from the French-Speaking World. This course focuses on the language,
setting, events, culture and cinematography in feature-length films from French-speaking
Europe, Africa, America and other French-speaking regions of the world. All films to be
viewed are in French. Speaking and listening skills in French, with particular attention paid
to the regional variations of spoken French around the world, will be reinforced. Prerequisite:
FR 102 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
FR 150 Francophone Literature in Translation. The study of major literary works from
various parts of the French-speaking world. Course content, theme and focus may vary with
each offering. The course is conducted in English and all readings are in English translation.
Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 199
Special Topics in French. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
FR 201 Intermediate French I. A basic grammar review and introduction of certain
advanced grammatical structures in French. Continued practice and new applications of
speaking, listening, writing and reading skills in French. Oral presentations, extensive and
varied drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: FR 102
or three years or more of secondary school French. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
FR 202 Intermediate French II. Continuation of FR 201. Students who successfully
complete FR 202 should have a good understanding of French grammar and be able to com-
196
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
municate with reasonable effectiveness in oral and written French in most uncomplicated
circumstances. They also should be able to read and understand spoken French of average
difficulty. Prerequisite: FR 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
FR 225 A Cultural History of the French-Speaking World. An intermediate-level cultural
survey tracing the artistic, literary, musical, religious and social developments of France
from the earliest cave paintings at Lascaux to the end of World War II. Special attention is
paid to the mission civilatrice evident in French colonial efforts. Prerequisite: FR 202 or
permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
FR 250 Contemporary France. A study of the culture and civilization of France and their
impact upon the contemporary world. This course is conducted in English and all readings
are in English. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2 & III, B.}
FR 299 Special Topics in French. See All-College 299 course description on page 111.
FR 300 Advanced Spoken French. An intensive course conducted entirely in French
with an emphasis on developing an active command of the spoken language. Class exercises
emphasize comprehension and oral proficiency. Prerequisite: FR 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FR 301 Advanced Grammar and Composition. An intensive grammar review aimed at
increasing comprehension and written expression. Emphasis is on the use of compositions
and translations to develop a correct and idiomatic written style. Prerequisite: FR 202. 3
Sem. Hrs.
FR 310 Nineteenth Century Romanticism and Realism. Readings from such authors
as Hugo, Lamartine, Vigny, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert and Zola. Prerequisite: FR 202 or
permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 315 Contemporary French Theatre. Readings from a variety of twentieth-century
French playwrights and a discussion of their literary contributions. Prerequisite: FR 202
or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 320 Modern Poetry. This course examines the work of a variety of 19th and 20th
century French poets. Prerequisite: FR 202 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 325 The Classical Period. This course investigates the works of the great French
writers of the 17th century. Prerequisite: FR 202 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 330 Eighteenth Century Literature. A survey of 18th century French writers. Prerequisite: FR 202 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
FR 335 The Novel in the 20th Century. A survey of the most important French writers
of the 20th century and a discussion of their contributions. Prerequisite: FR 202 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: New = II,A,1.}
FR 361 Translation Practicum I. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating
commercial, technical and literary texts between French and English. Students will complete specific translation assignments designed to increase reading and writing abilities to
the ACTFL Advanced level upon completion of FR 361, FR 362 and FR 363. Prerequisite:
FR 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
FR 362 Translation Practicum II. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between French and English. Students will
complete specific translation assignments designed to increase reading and writing abilities
to the ACTFL Advanced level upon completion of FR 361, FR 362 and FR 363. Prerequisite:
FR 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
197
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FR 363 Translation Practicum III. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between French and English. Students will
to the ACTFL Advanced level upon completion of FR 361, FR 362 and FR 363. Prerequisite:
FR 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
FR 375 Commercial and Technical French. Advanced training in the language of commercial and technical documents in French. Required for international business majors.
Prerequisite: FR 301. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FR 385 Methods of Teaching French. A practical and theoretical methodology course
which emphasizes lesson planning, writing instructional objectives, assessment, curriculum
design and a study of methodologies and materials relevant to the teaching of French in the
elementary, middle and secondary schools. The course emphasizes the core guidelines of the
American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages and relates instructional planning
to Ohio’s Model for a Competency-Based Program in Foreign Languages. This course must
be taken prior to or concurrently with multiage student teaching and FR 386. This course
does not count toward the requirements of the major or minor in French. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in French and permission of the
FR 386 Practicum in the Teaching of French. A practicum designed to put into immediate practice theories and strategies discussed in FR 385. The student will serve as a teaching
assistant in an elementary or intermediate course in French in the Department of Foreign
Languages. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with FR 385. This
course does not count toward the requirements for the major or minor in French. Prerequisites: Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in French and permission
of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FR 387 Teaching French in the Elementary School. This course is a practicum designed
to make available to the teacher candidate in French a practical field experience at the elementary school level. Under the direct supervision of foreign language faculty, the teacher
candidate will participate in a FLES program at a local elementary school for one semester.
It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with FR 385. This course does not
count toward the requirements for the major or minor in French. Prerequisite: Permission
of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
FR 399 Special Topics in French. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
1-6 Sem. Hrs.
FR 430 Senior Seminar. This course constitutes the senior culminating experience for
a French language major. The students work intensively with a reading list established by
the instructor. Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. 3 Sem. Hrs.
FR 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
German Course Descriptions
GN 101 Elementary German I. An introduction to speaking, listening to, writing and
reading German, using an interactive approach. Oral presentations, extensive and varied
drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. This course is intended for
students who have never studied German before. Students who have completed more than
two years of high school German may not take this course for credit. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 102 Elementary German II. Continuation of GN 101. Students who successfully
complete GN 102 should have an understanding of the basic grammar and sound system
198
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
of German, they should be able to express themselves orally in basic German, read simple
German text, write basic sentences in German on certain topics and understand basic spoken
German in uncomplicated circumstances. Oral presentations, extensive and varied drills,
cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: GN 101 or up to three
years of secondary school German. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
GN 150 German Literature in Translation. The study of major literary works by Germanspeaking authors in translation. Course content and theme may vary with each offering.
The course is conducted in English and all readings are in English translation. Prerequisite:
EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
GN 199 Special Topics in German. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
GN 201 Intermediate German I. A basic grammar review and introduction of certain
advanced grammatical structures in German. Continued practice and new applications of
speaking, listening, writing and reading skills in German. Oral presentations, extensive and
varied drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: GN 102
or three years or more of secondary school German. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: New = I,B,3.}
GN 202 Intermediate German II. Continuation of GN 201. Students who successfully
complete GN 202 should have a good understanding of German grammar and be able to
communicate with reasonable effectiveness in oral and written German in most uncomplicated circumstances. They also should be able to read and understand spoken German of
average difficulty. Prerequisite: GN 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: New = I,B,3.}
GN 210 Introduction to German Literature and Film. A survey of modern German fiction
and poetry. Prerequisite: GN 202 or its equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1.}
GN 225 A Cultural History of the German-Speaking Countries. An intermediate-level
cultural survey tracing the artistic, literary, musical, religious and social development of the
German-speaking countries from the early Middle Ages through World War II. Readings
and class discussions are in German. Prerequisites: GN 202 or permission of the instructor.
GN 250 Contemporary Germany. A study of unified Germany – its cultural, political,
economic and social trends since 1945. Special emphasis is placed on German Reunification
and its effects, as well as on Germany’s role within the European Union. Taught in English.
GN 299 Special Topics in German. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
GN 304 Advanced German I. An intensive course, conducted entirely in German with
an emphasis on increasing speaking, listening, writing and reading skills. Prerequisite: GN
202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 305 Advanced German II. An intensive course, conducted entirely in German with a
further emphasis on increasing speaking, listening, writing and reading skills. Prerequisite:
GN 304. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 361 Translation Practicum I. The course offers practice at the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between German and English. Students will
complete preset modules under the supervision of the instructor. This course may be taken
concurrently with GN 362 and GN 363. Prerequisite: GN 304. 1 Sem. Hr.
GN 362 Translation Practicum II. The course offers practice at the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between German and English. Students will
199
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
GN 363 Translation Practicum III. The course offers practice at the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between German and English. Students will
GN 375 Commercial and Technical German. Advanced training in commercial and
technical German as well as a study of German business culture. Required for international
business majors. Prerequisite: GN 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 385 Methods of Teaching German. A practical and theoretical methodology course
design, and a study of methodologies and materials relevant to the teaching of German in the
be taken prior to or concurrently with Multiage Student Teaching and GN 386. This course
does not count toward the requirements of the major or minor in German. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in German and permission of the
GN 386 Practicum in the Teaching of German. A practicum designed to put into immediate practice theories and strategies discussed in GN 385. The student will serve as a
teaching assistant in an elementary or intermediate course in German in the Department
of Foreign Languages. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with GN
385. This course does not count toward the requirements for the major or minor in German. Prerequisites: Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in German
and permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 387 Teaching German in the Elementary School. This course is a practicum designed to make available to the teacher candidate in German a practical field experience at
the elementary school level. Under the direct supervision of foreign language faculty, the
teacher candidate will participate in a FLES program at a local elementary school for one
semester. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with GN 385. This course
does not count toward the requirements for the major or minor in German. Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
GN 399 Special Topics in German. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
1-6 Sem. Hrs.
GN 430 Senior Seminar. This course constitutes the Senior Culminating Experience for
a German major. Students work intensively with a reading list established by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GN 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Japanese Course Descriptions
JA 101 Elementary Japanese I. An introduction to modern spoken and written Japanese
with an emphasis on practical everyday transactions. Oral presentations, extensive and
varied drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Mastery of hiragana
and katakana syllabaries. Open to all students who have had little or no experience in the
language. Students who have completed more than two years of high school Japanese may
not take this course for credit. 3 Sem. Hrs.
200
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
JA 102 Elementary Japanese II. Continuation of JA 101. Prerequisite: JA 101 or equivalent as determined by the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
JA 130 Japanese through Film. This course focuses on language, current events and culture
in feature-length films in Japan. All films viewed are in Japanese. Speaking and listening
skills will be reinforced. Prerequisites: JA 102 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
JA 150 Japanese Literature in Translation. The study of major literary works from Japan.
Course content, theme and focus may vary with each offering. The course is conducted in
English and all readings are in English translation. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
JA 199
111.
Special Topics in Japanese. See All-College 199 course description on page
JA 201 Intermediate Japanese I. A continued application of speaking, listening, writing and reading skills in Japanese. Introduction to Kanji characters. Extensive laboratory
exercises. Prerequisite: JA 102 or equivalent as determined by the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: I,B,3.}
JA 202 Intermediate Japanese II. Continuation of JA 201. A basic grammar review and
continued application of all language skills and Kanji characters. Students who successfully
complete JA 202 should have a sound understanding of basic Japanese grammar for everyday
conversation, express themselves orally in Japanese in uncomplicated circumstances, and
read and write certain Japanese texts with limited Kanji characters. Prerequisite: JA 201 or
equivalent as determined by the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
JA 250 Japanese Culture. A study of the culture and civilization of Japan and its impact
upon the contemporary world. This course is conducted in English and all readings are in
English. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2 or III, B.}
JA 261 Kanji Practicum I. An intermediate level course which offers practice in pronouncing, reading, writing and understanding the meaning of Kanji characters. Prerequisite: JA
202. 1 Sem. Hr.
JA 262 Kanji Practicum II. An intermediate level course which offers practice in pronouncing, reading, writing and understanding the meaning of Kanji characters. Prerequisite:
JA 202. 1 Sem. Hr.
JA 263 Kanji Practicum III. An intermediate level course which offers practice in pronouncing, reading, writing and understanding the meaning of Kanji characters. Prerequisite:
JA 202. 1 Sem. Hr.
JA 299
111.
Special Topics in Japanese. See All-College 299 course description on page
JA 300 Advanced Spoken Japanese. Advanced Japanese with an emphasis on increasing capability in oral communication. Conducted in Japanese. Prerequisite: JA 202 or
equivalent as determined by the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
JA 301 Advanced Grammar and Composition. An intensive review aimed at increasing
reading comprehension and effective written expression. Emphasis is on the use of compositions to develop a correct and idiomatic written style and to increase Kanji characters.
Prerequisite: JA 202 or equivalent as determined by the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
JA 375 Japanese for Practical Business Use. This course will deal with many of the
aspects of the Japanese language as it serves the business community. Prerequisite: JA 300
or JA 301 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
JA 399 Special Topics in Japanese. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
1-6 Sem. Hrs.
201
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
JA 430 Senior Seminar. This course constitutes the Senior Culminating Experience for
a Japanese major. Students work intensively with a reading list established by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair. 3 Sem. Hrs.
JA 494
Spanish Course Descriptions
SN 101 Elementary Spanish I. An introduction to speaking, listening to, writing and
reading Spanish, using an interactive approach. Oral presentations, extensive and varied
drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. This course is intended for
students who have never studied Spanish before. Students who have completed more than
two years of high school Spanish may not take this course for credit. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 102 Elementary Spanish II. Continuation of SN 101. Students who successfully
complete SN 102 should have an understanding of the basic grammar and sound system of
Spanish, and they should be able to express themselves orally in basic Spanish, read simple
Spanish text, write basic sentences in Spanish on certain topics, and understand basic spoken
Spanish in uncomplicated circumstances. Oral presentations, extensive and varied drills,
cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: SN 101 or up to three
years of secondary school Spanish. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
SN 199 Special Topics in Spanish. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
SN 201 Intermediate Spanish I. A basic grammar review and introduction of certain
advanced grammatical structures in Spanish. Continued practice and new applications of
speaking, listening, writing and reading skills in Spanish. Oral presentations, extensive and
varied drills, cultural readings and laboratory exercises will be used. Prerequisite: SN 102
or three years or more of secondary school Spanish. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
SN 202 Intermediate Spanish II. Continuation of SN 201. Students who successfully
complete SN 202 should have a good understanding of Spanish grammar and be able to
communicate with reasonable effectiveness in oral and written Spanish in most uncomplicated circumstances. They also should be able to read and understand spoken Spanish of
average difficulty. Prerequisite: SN 201. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
SN 210 Introduction to Spanish Literature. A survey of modern Spanish fiction and
poetry. Prerequisite: SN 202 or its equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,1.}
SN 215 Hispanic Literature in Translation. The study of major literary works from various parts of the Spanish-speaking world. Course content, theme and focus may vary with
each offering. The course is conducted in English and all readings are in English translation.
Prerequisite: EH 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, A, 1 or III,B.}
SN 225 Introduction to Hispanic Culture. An intermediate-level course based on selected
topics in Hispanic cultures, such as, but not limited to, religion, politics, customs, beliefs,
creative expression and issues of gender and race. Prerequisite: SN 202 or the equivalent.
SN 240 Spanish-Language Cinema. A general review of syntax through speaking,
listening, reading and writing, emphasizing the study of culture. The course will include
feature-length films from throughout the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: SN 102
or four or more years of secondary school Spanish. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,3.}
SN 250 Spanish and Spanish-American Culture and Civilization. A study of the culture
and civilization of Spain and their impact upon the contemporary world. This course is
conducted in English and all readings are in English. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2 & III, B.}
202
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
SN 280 Gender and Ethnicity in Spanish-American Literature. An exploration of the
themes of gender and ethnicity in Spanish-American literature. Emphasis will be placed
on viewing the texts through the perspective of women and minorities. This course will be
conducted in Spanish with supplementary readings in English. Prerequisites: SN 202 or
111.
SN 300 Advanced Spoken Spanish. An intensive course conducted entirely in Spanish
with an emphasis on developing an active command of the spoken language. Class exercises
emphasize comprehension and oral proficiency. Prerequisites: SN 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 301 Spanish for the Professions. An intensive grammar review aimed at increasing
comprehension and written expression, emphasizing the use of language in major professions,
such as, but not limited to, business, education, law enforcement and medicine. Prerequisite:
SN 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 305 Hispanic Perspectives on U.S. Society. A review of writings describing and
analyzing U.S. society from the viewpoints of Spanish and Spanish-American authors. Possible topics include, but are not limited to, Hispanic perspectives on U.S. politics, educational
systems, commercial practices, daily customs, religious beliefs and history. This course is
conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: SN 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 310 Romanticism and Realism in Spanish Literature. Readings from the 19th century,
emphasizing the development of romanticism, realism and naturalism. Prerequisite: SN
210 or SN 280. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 315 Spanish-American Readings. A survey of the literature of Latin America including
a representative writer from each country. Prerequisite: SN 210 or SN 280. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 320 Modern Hispanic Poetry. The study of the great poets of the 19th and 20th
centuries, such as Becquer, Espronceda, Zorilla, Machado, Salinas, Jimenez, Lorca, Guillen.
Prerequisite: SN 210 or SN 280. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 325 Cervantes. A study of the major works of Miguel de Cervantes, including the
Quixote, selected exemplary novels and entremeses. Prerequisite: SN 210 or SN 280. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
SN 330 Golden Age Theatre and Poetry. A study of the theatre and poetry of the 16th
and 17th centuries, including authors such as Calderon de la Barca, Lope de Vega, Tirso de
Molina, Quevedo, Garcilaso de la Vega and San Juan de la Cruz. Prerequisite: SN 210 or
SN 280. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 335 Generation of ’98 to the Present. Readings from the 20th century writers with
special emphasis on the generation of ’98, which includes such authors as Unamuno, Ortega
y Gassett, Baroja, Valle-Inclan, as well as the post-Civil War authors. Prerequisite: SN 210
or SN 280. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 361 Translation Practicum I. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between Spanish and English. Students will
to the ACTFL advanced level upon completion of SN 361, SN 362 and SN 363. Prerequisite:
SN 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
SN 362 Translation Practicum II. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between Spanish and English. Students will
to the ACTFL Advanced level upon completion of SN 361, SN 362 and SN 363. Prerequisite:
SN 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
203
FOREIGN LANGUAGES • GENDER STUDIES
SN 363 Translation Practicum III. This course offers practice of the techniques of translating commercial, technical and literary texts between Spanish and English. Students will
to the ACTFL Advanced level upon completion of SN 361, SN 362 and SN 363. Prerequisite:
SN 301. 1 Sem. Hr.
SN 385 Methods of Teaching Spanish. A practical and theoretical methodology course
design, and a study of methodologies and materials relevant to the teaching of Spanish in the
be taken prior to or concurrently with multiage student teaching and SN 386. This course
does not count toward the requirements of the major or minor in Spanish. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in Spanish and permission of the
SN 386 Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish. A practicum designed to put into immediate practice theories and strategies discussed in SN 385. The student will serve as a
teaching assistant in an elementary or intermediate course in Spanish in the Department
of Foreign Languages. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with SN
385. This course does not count toward the requirements for the major or minor in Spanish. Prerequisites: Successful completion of one or more 300-level courses in Spanish and
SN 387 Teaching Spanish in the Elementary School. This course is a practicum designed to make available to the teacher candidate in Spanish a practical field experience at
the elementary school level. Under the direct supervision of foreign language faculty, the
teacher candidate will participate in a FLES program at a local elementary school for one
semester. It is recommended that this course be taken concurrently with SN 385. This course
does not count toward the requirements for the major or minor in Spanish. Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
112.
SN 430 Senior Seminar. This course constitutes the Senior Culminating Experience for a
Spanish language major. The students work intensively with a reading list established by the
instructor or develop a project which meets the approval of the department. Prerequisite:
Consent of the department chair. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SN 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Gender Studies
This interdisciplinary minor, drawn from the humanities and social sciences, offers a means
of examining the significance of gender in shaping the experiences of communities and
individuals. Within the liberal arts tradition, gender studies analyzes the effects of cultural
attitudes and social structures on the experiences of men and women, examines previously
unavailable information about the lives and contributions of women, and demonstrates the
importance of gender as a category of analysis to understand social structures of identity,
power, and privilege. Graduates who have completed the gender studies minor are poised
to work in a variety of settings ranging from social service to policy and lobbying organizations to research centers and educational services. Combined with majors such as English,
religion, sociology, psychology, business, sport medicine, education, communication, etc.,
204
GENDER STUDIES
the gender studies minor gives students a competitive edge for employment. Additionally,
minoring in gender studies appropriately prepares students for many graduate programs.
Requirements for the Minor in Gender Studies
The minor consists of a total of fifteen hours that must be taken from the courses listed
below. The core course, GS 201, is required. Additional courses with the “GS” prefix may
be taken toward the minor however the minor must include one course from at least two
other disciplines.
GS 201
Introduction to Gender Studies
GS 210
Introduction to Men’s Studies
GS 220
Gender, Body, Identity
GS 310
Seminar in Gender Studies
CM 380
Diversity: Gender, Communication and Society
EC 330
Economics of Gender
EH 265
Gender and Literature
HI 260
Women in East Asia
PL 350
Feminist Philosophies
PS 216
Women and Politics
PY 345
Human Sexual Behavior
PY 385
Psychology of Gender
RE 390
Women and Religion
SN 280
Gender and Ethnicity in Spanish American Literature
SO 240
Courtship and Marriage
SO 310
American Family
SO 320
Sociology of Gender
Course Descriptions
GS 199 Special Topics in Gender Studies. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
GS 201 Introduction to Gender Studies. A broad introduction to the basic theories,
definitions and methods of the interdisciplinary field of gender studies. The course is
devoted to analyzing the experiences of men and women with respect to the psychological,
cultural and biological factors that influence individual gender identity development and
the construction and representation of gender in society. The complex intersection of race,
ethnicity, class and gender will be explored. This course is required for the gender studies
minor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2 or III,B.}
GS 210 Introduction to Men’s Studies. An introduction to the diverse and interdisciplinary field of men’s studies. The complex intersections between masculinities and race,
ethnicity, class, and sexual orientation will be an ongoing concern of the course. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II, D, 2.}
GS 220 Gender, Body, Identity. The course examines the importance of the human body
understood as both a biological and cultural entity. Some of the topics to be explored in the
class are foot-binding, genital mutilation, “cutting,” tattoos and “body adornment,” steroids,
anorexia, cosmetic surgery, the medical construction of gender and the cyborg. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II, D, 2.}
page 111.
GS 310 Seminar in Gender Studies. An advanced seminar exploring current theories
and/or issues in the interdisciplinary field of gender studies. The specific topics will vary
205
GENDER STUDIES • GEOLOGY
according to the interests of the faculty member teaching the course. The complex intersections between gender and race, ethnicity, class, and sexual orientation will be an ongoing
concern of the seminar. Prerequisite: GS 201 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II, D, 2.}
page 112.
GS 400 Independent Study in Gender Studies. The study of selected topics or projects
in gender studies. Open to juniors and seniors minoring in gender studies. A prospectus
must be submitted for approval prior to registration. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GS 499 Internship. Prerequisite: Junior or senior status and approval of gender studies
director. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Geology
The Department of Geology offers a program which is designed to give the student a solid
foundation in understanding the materials, processes and history of the earth. Programs of
study are available for those students who plan to enter graduate schools and professional
careers, as well as for those students who intend to terminate their studies with the bachelor’s
degree. Opportunities are available for students who wish to include geology as part of a
double major or self-defined major. Cooperative education programs may be arranged
through the Career Services. Each student works closely with department faculty members
in developing a course of study that best suits his or her individual objectives.
Requirements for the Major in Geology
Departmental courses required for the major: A geology major consists of 36 semester
hours of geology courses including GY 110 or 112, 115, 301, 302, 310, 325, 330, 400 and
additional courses selected in conference with the advisor.
A senior experience is required of all students. In the Department of Geology this may
be met by satisfactory completion of four semesters of GY 400 plus achievement of a passing grade on a standardized comprehensive test. Students are encouraged to undertake
independent study by enrolling in GY 385 and/or GY 410.
Extra-departmental courses required for the major: MA 106 or 120; CH 110, 111; PH
101, 102 or two courses in biology (not including BI 120). MA 141 is strongly recommended,
but not required.
Students found to be deficient in communications skills will complete work in appropriate courses selected in conference with the department. Proficiency in a second language
is strongly encouraged.
Certain requirements may be waived at the discretion of the department if the student
presents acceptable alternatives.
Courses recommended (but not required) for geology majors intending to continue
advanced studies in graduate school: GY 250, 305, 320, 350, 360 and 370. Completion
of a summer course at an accredited field camp is strongly recommended. The amount
of credit for such a course which can be applied toward the degree requirements will not
exceed seven semester hours.
Students planning graduate study should note that most geology departments require two
courses each in chemistry, physics and calculus, and completion of a summer field course.
Some graduate programs require a reading knowledge of a second language.
206
GEOLOGY
Field Trips
Field trips constitute an integral part of the geology curriculum and students are encouraged to participate in such trips if at all possible. Extended field trips may be incorporated
into the following courses: GY 115, 302, 310E, 320, 325, 330, 350, 370.
Requirements for the Minor in Geology
Sixteen semester hours of geology courses including GY 110 or 112 and 115. Courses
most suitable for completion of the geology minor include GY 301, 310, 320, 325 and 330,
but other courses may be selected according to the student’s interests. Normally GY 250
will not be credited toward completion of the minor.
Requirements for the Minor in Earth Science
The minor in Earth science consists of 17-18 semester hours of coursework distributed
among the biological, earth/space, physical and environmental sciences as recommended
by the different science departments at Mount Union College. This minor is not available
for students majoring in biology, chemistry, geology or physics. The following courses are
required: GY 112 Physical Geology and Lab (4); GY 215 Environmental Geology (4); PH
120 Astronomy (4); and a geology elective at the 200-level or higher (2-4). In addition,
choose one of the following: BI 120 or 122 Contemporary Biology (3 or 4); CH 100/101
Introductory Chemistry (3 or 4); or PH 110 Concepts of Physics (3).
Requirements for Honors in Geology
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in geology if they have at least a 3.5
grade point average in the major or permission of the Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in geology, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the
major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12 semester hours.
One of the courses required is CM 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be taken for three to
six credit hours. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project, a completed Honors
Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by
Other courses students may take for honors in geology include any 200-level or above
course. For permission to register for a course with honors in the major, a completed Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by the
end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course is taken. Students must
earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see page 75 of this Catalogue
for more information about Honors Programs.
Course Descriptions
GY 110 Physical Geology. An introduction to the basic principles of geology and processes
of earth history including geologic time, weathering and erosion, volcanism, earthquakes,
mountain building and the earth model. Emphasis on the scientific method of investigation. Students who complete GY 110 may not receive credit for GY 112. Three class hours
per week. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 112 Physical Geology. An introduction to the basic principles of geology and
processes of earth history, including geologic time, weathering and erosion, volcanism,
earthquakes, mountain building and the earth model. Three class hours per week and one
lab session per week. The laboratory will involve a study of the physical characteristics of
rocks and minerals, and interpretation of topographic and geologic features. The work of
207
GEOLOGY
the lab will be integrated with that of the class. Students who complete GY 112 may not
receive credit for GY 110. No prerequisites. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 115 Historical Geology. Investigation of the development of, and distribution of the
continents through time based upon evidence of the geologic record; and of the evolution
of life based upon the fossil record. Prerequisite: GY 110 or 112. Five to six class/laboratory
hours per week. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 199 Special Topics in Geology. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
GY 205 Weather and Climate. A study of the nature of the Earth’s atmosphere, atmospheric circulation and energy, clouds and precipitation, frontal systems and other weather
phenomena that affect our everyday lives. The relationship between weather and climate
and global problems related to sustainable human existence will be considered. Not open
to freshmen except by permission. Satisfies the non-laboratory science requirement. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 210 Hydrology and Water Resources. A study of water properties, occurrence,
distribution, and movement and their relationship with the environment within each phase
of the hydrological cycle. The course also examines water quantity and quality issues, and
water management policies. This course will count toward either a major or a minor in
biology and geology. Prerequisite: BI 203 or GY 110 or GY 112 or consent of the instructor.
Three class hours and one two to three-hour laboratory per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 215 Environmental Geology. The relationships between humans and their geological
environments. Topics discussed will vary but may include: geologic hazards, the impact of
civilization upon streams and ground water, problems related to development of coastal
regions, the availability and development of natural resources, and urban planning. Prerequisite: GY 110 or 112, or permission of the instructor. Five to six class/laboratory hours
per week. Offered in alternate years. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 220 History of Life. A study of the basic principles used by paleobiologists to understand the history of life on Earth, and an application of those principles through a survey of
major events and trends in the evolution and diversification of life. Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites: Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
GY 250 Field Methods. A course designed to familiarize the student with standard techniques of mapping, geologic measurement, and note-taking in the field. Prerequisites: GY
112 and 115. Three to four class/laboratory hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
101.
GY 301 Mineralogy. Introduction to crystallography, physical mineralogy and crystal
chemistry. Recognition and classification of minerals. Relation of physical properties of
minerals to crystal structure. GY 110 or GY 112, CH 110 and MA 106 or 120, or the equivalent are recommended. Five to six class/laboratory hours per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 302 Petrology. Study of the evolution and occurrence of igneous and metamorphic
rocks. Physical and chemical classification of rocks based upon mineralogy and textures.
Prerequisite: GY 301. Five to six class/laboratory hours per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 305 Optical Mineralogy and Petrography. Determination of the optical properties
of isotropic, uniaxial and biaxial minerals by means of the petrographic microscope. Introduction to thin-section petrography. Prerequisite: GY 301 or permission of the instructor.
Seven to eight class/laboratory hours per week. Offered in alternate years. 5 Sem. Hrs.
208
GEOLOGY
GY 310E Regional Geology. The geology and geomorphology of selected regions of the
United States and North America. Emphasis on the use of basic geologic principles in the
interpretation of geologic features and landforms. Prerequisites: GY 110 or GY 112, GY
115, or permission of the instructor. A full-year course with three class/laboratory hours
per week. Offered in alternate years. 5 Sem. Hrs. (A student electing to complete only the
first semester of this course will receive 2 Sem. Hrs. credit.)
GY 320 Paleontology. Introduction to classification and identification of fossils. Evolution and distribution of the major invertebrate phyla through geologic time. Prerequisites:
GY 110 or 112, 115, or permission of the instructor. Five to six class/laboratory hours per
week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 325 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation. Principles of stratigraphy and sedimentation
involving studies of the components and structures of sediments. Correlation, classification
and interpretation of sedimentary deposits. Prerequisites: GY 110 or GY 112 and GY 115.
GY 301, 302 and 320 are recommended but not required. Five to six class/laboratory hours
GY 330 Structural Geology. A study of the principles of and causes of deformation of
the Earth’s crust. Recognition and analysis of structural features. Prerequisites: GY 110 or
112, 115, MA 106 or 120 or equivalent. GY 302 is recommended but not required. Four to
five class/laboratory hours per week. Offered in alternate years. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 360 Topics in Geochemistry. Topics in the chemistry of earth processes selected
according to individual interests of the students. Prerequisite: GY 302 and CH 111, or
permission of the instructor. Three or four class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
GY 370 Mineral Deposits. The occurrence and formation of mineral deposits. Studies
of the general features of ore deposits, ore suites and examples from several mining districts
relevant to problems of ore genesis. Prerequisites: GY 302, 330 and 360 are recommended
but not required. Five to six class/laboratory hours per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 385 Directed Studies in Earth Sciences. Studies relevant to a topic selected by the
student in conference with the instructor. The study may take the form of library research,
discussion, or field or laboratory investigation under close supervision of the instructor.
The study may represent an extension of previous course work. Open to advanced students
majoring in geology. Prerequisite: Registration only by permission of the instructor. May
be taken more than one semester. 2 or 4 Sem. Hrs.
112.
GY 400W Seminar. Four semesters of seminar are required of geology majors. Normally
each student will give six presentations which may include reviews of classical papers and
current publications relevant to the broad spectrum of earth science. Advanced students
are encouraged to present the results of original research and study. Regular attendance
at scheduled seminars is expected. Course may be entered in sophomore or junior year. 3
Sem. Hrs.
GY 410 Research. Independent study and research in earth science may be taken on an
interdepartmental basis with permission of the departments involved. Research projects are
determined by the student’s interest. A formal presentation of the results of the research is
required. Open to advanced students majoring in geology who have demonstrated a desire
and an aptitude for independent research. Prerequisite: Registration only by permission of
the instructor. May be taken more than one semester. 2 or 4 Sem. Hrs.
GY 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
209
HISTORY
Department of History
For a detailed description of the classics minor, see page 153.
For a detailed description of the non-Western studies major and minor, see page 236.
History
The history major offers a program designed to acquaint students with the Western
historical tradition, in order to prepare them for the exercise of the duties of citizenship, to
promote understanding of the basis of contemporary Western society and to provide context
for the appreciation of the Western cultural tradition. The history major also is designed
to acquaint students with non-Western historical traditions in order to prepare them for
participation in the increasingly interdependent world community, to grant them perspective on Western culture and to broaden their intellectual horizons. Generally, course work
in history provides students with a sound intellectual foundation, including a background
of knowledge as well as writing and critical thinking skills, for any future professional,
educational or career endeavor. More specifically, the history major prepares students for
graduate study in history and related fields as well as for careers in education.
Requirements for the Major in History
Those majoring in history must take 36 hours in the discipline. These must include
HI 101, HI 102, HI 110, HI 210, HI 230, HI 295 and three 300-level courses. Majors in
history also must take HI 400 or HI 401, which serve as the SCE. (Majors planning to attend graduate school may register for HI 450 or HI 494 in place of HI 400. These students
should also register in foreign language courses.) In addition, majors are required to take
EC 105 and PS 105.
Requirements for the Minor in History
Those who minor in history must take 18 hours in the discipline. These must include HI
101, HI 102 and HI 110. At least one additional course must be at the 300-level.
Requirements for Honors in History
Honors in history may be earned by:
(1) Holding a 3.5 GPA in history courses at graduation.
(2) Completing three 300-level history courses for honors credit.
(3) Completing HI 494.
Consultation with and permission of both the course instructor and the department chair
during the semester prior to doing honors work are required.
Course Descriptions
HI 101/HI 102 Western Civilization. A survey of the development of Western civilization
from its earliest times to the mid-17th century. It emphasizes the evaluation of institutions
and the cultural contributions of successive periods. HI 102 stresses the major cultural and
institutional changes from 1648 to the present. Each 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 110 Asian Civilization. A survey of cultural, political, economic and social developments in Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Islamic civilizations. Critical attention will be paid
to the interaction of Asia and the West in the 19th and 20th centuries. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,1.}
HI 199
210
Special Topics in History. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
HISTORY
HI 207 People, Passages, and Places. A travel centered interdisciplinary exploration
of journeys, locations, and their role in the creation and shaping of North American identities. It questions who the peoples of North America are and how geographic location and
the physical and intellectual processes of getting there have influenced their identities. One
week will involve travel and a stay in a selected location which will change with each course
rotation and will include sites within the U.S., Canada, and Mexico. Prerequisites: EH 100
or instructor’s permission. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, D, 2 or III, B}
HI 210 Colonial and Nineteenth Century America. A critical review of American history from European exploration through Reconstruction following the Civil War. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 215 The Middle East. An analysis of 20th century political, economic and social
developments of the area. Attention will focus on the major nationalistic, religious and
international problems that have affected this strategic area. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 220 East Europe. A survey of the history of Eastern Europe from the 18th century to
the present. Attention will focus on the Hapsburg and Ottoman Empires, national revival
and the emergence of nation-states, Communist domination and Communist collapse. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
HI 225 History of Africa. A study of the ancient African civilizations, the slave trade, the
colonial period and the emergence of modern nations. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 230 Problems of Developing Nations. An interdisciplinary focus on the human
dimension in the political, economic and social development of new Asian and African
states. Emphasis is placed on the conflict between traditional values and institutions and
those of modern societies. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 260 Women in East Asia. By examining individual life histories, exploring the development of women’s consciousness, and analyzing historical events, this course is designed
to make a historical survey of continuity and change in the roles and conditions of women
in East Asian society from ancient times to the present. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 265 East Asia to 1800. A survey of the traditional cultures of China and Japan from
early times to the incursion of the West. Attention will focus on Chinese and Japanese history, society, religion, art and literature from the Chinese conception of “dao” to the Japanese
“myth of uniqueness.” 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 275 African-American History. This course is a survey of African-American History
from colonial times to the present. Slavery, abolition, segregation, civil rights, and social
reform will be discussed in the context of social, political, economic, and intellectual history.
3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 281 Connections: Exploring Technology and History. Connections is an examination
of the interplay, agency, and course of history and technology traces the evolution of selected
machines within their historical context and the connections behind those inventions. It
purposefully integrates the dialectic of technological and scientific determinism against
human agency. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, EH 100, any one course in history, and
any one course in computer science, or instructors’ approval. Cross-listed as CS 281. 3 Sem.
HI 285 History of the Contemporary Fundamentalism. An analytical survey of the
origin, nature, and development of militant organized religions in South East Asia and the
Middle East. The focus of the course will be an examination of the causes, development,
and impact of the emergence of the fundamentalism and revivalism in social and political
areas in selected countries in order to assess the nature of hostility toward modernity and
211
HISTORY
democracy. Frequent references will be made to terrorist activities, especially in the Middle
East in recent years. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, C, 1.}
HI 290 History of Civil Rights Movements in the U.S. The course will examine the
origins, development, and the various features of the civil rights movements in the United
States. It will focus on the impact of various related movements on the political and social
life in America. Frequent references will be made to civil rights leaders, activists, and associations. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, C, 1.}
HI 295 The Progressive Movement in Twentieth-Century America. An analysis of the
domestic development of modern America with an emphasis on the rise of the federal government, the rise of the presidency and the rise of liberalism. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 299
HI 310 Latin America. A survey of Latin American history from the colonial period to the
present with special focus on the political development of the major nations of the region.
3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 311 The Atlantic World, 1492-1825. An examination of the Atlantic World from
its creation through the overthrow of European empires in the New World. Major topics
include the establishment of European colonial empires in the Americas, the transatlantic
slave trade, the creation of global trade networks, European wars for empire, and the creation
of new peoples and nations. Prerequisites: HI 210 and sophomore standing or instructor
approval. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 312 The Age of the American Revolution, 1750-1815. An examination of the age of
the American Revolution from the French and Indian War through the end of the War of
1812. Major topics include the imperial and colonial polities, struggles for dominance in
North America, the development of the Revolutionary movement and the establishment and
defense of the Early Republic. Prerequisites: HI 210 and sophomore standing or instructor
approval. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 313 The Sectional Conflict: Civil War and Reconstruction, 1832-1876. An examination of Sectional Conflict from the Nullification Crisis of 1832, through the Civil War, and to
the end of Reconstruction in 1876. Particular attention will be devoted to the issue of states’
rights, slavery, the American political system, civil war, emancipation and reconstructing
the nation. Prerequisites: HI 210 and sophomore standing or instructor approval. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
HI 314 United States Constitutional History. An examination of the United States
Constitution from its inception through the twentieth century and its place and role in
American history. The course gives particular attention to the Constitution’s role in shaping
the federal government, American politics, society, and economics, the changing nature of
federalism, to the federal government’s power, and to the changing notions of individual
rights. Prerequisites: HI 210 and sophomore standing, or instructor approval. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 315W United States Since 1945. The history of the United States focusing on its
prominence in world politics and economics since World War II and the repercussions of
this at home. Topics for study may include: civil rights and social reform, the Atomic question, the U.S. Soviet conflict, terrorism, domestic politics, foreign relations, U.S. cultural and
intellectual history. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 320 The Renaissance and Reformation. A survey of Europe from the first stirrings
of the Renaissance in Italy to the conclusion of the Catholic Counter-Reformation, covering the approximate years 1300 to 1600. This course emphasizes intellectual, political and
institutional developments. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
212
HISTORY
HI 325 Early Modern Europe. A survey of Europe from the religious wars of the 16th
century through the Enlightenment to the eve of the French Revolution covering the approximate years 1559 to 1789. This course emphasizes intellectual, political and economic
developments. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 331W The American Intellectual Experience. A careful study of representative texts in the
intellectual traditions of the United States from colonial times to the present. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 335 19th and 20th Century West Africa. This course will explore the main themes of
West African history including the development of “legitimate” trade, 19th century political
units in West Africa, Islamic reform movements, traditional religions, European missionaries,
European conquest, colonialism and independence. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 336 History of Southern Africa. A study of the growth and development of southern
Africa from the 17th century African and European invasions and migrations to the present
day, with emphasis on European economic and political imperialism and black-white economic and political confrontations. Independence movements in Lesotho, Swaziland and
the Union of South Africa; the nature of apartheid system of the Republic of South Africa;
and the rise of the African National Congress also will be explored. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,1.}
HI 340 Revolutionary Europe. A survey of Europe from the French revolution to World
War I. This course emphasizes the development of nationalism and liberalism, the implications of the progress of science and industry and the emergence of imperialism. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 345 Contemporary Europe. A survey of Europe from World War I to the present.
This course emphasizes the rise of communism and fascism, the breakdown of collective
security, World War II, the Cold War and the development of the European community. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
HI 350 Ancient Greece and Rome. A survey of the ancient roots of Western Civilization
with emphasis placed on the intellectual and cultural as well as the political development of
Ancient Greece and Rome from approximately 800 B.C. to 300 A.D. Co-listed as CL 350. 3
Sem. Hrs.
HI 355 Medieval Europe. A survey of Europe from approximately 300 to 1300 with special attention given to the development of the church, the Empire, feudalism, and dynastic
states, as well as the trade revival. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 357 War and Society. An examination of war and warfare, and their interrelationship
with human society from the ancient world through the present. The focus is primarily
on the Western experience, but not to the exclusion of non-Western societies’ comparative
experiences. Among other things, this course will consider the definition of warfare, war in
its political and cultural contexts, the evolution of warfare, the roles of ideology, technology, demography, and economics, and the influence of war on civilization and vice-versa.
Prerequisites: Three hours in history and sophomore standing, or instructor approval. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
HI 358 Topics in Military History. A varying topical study of European and American
military history. Emphasis changes from semester to semester but will always include the
effects of politics, technology, and tactical theory on military affairs. Students may receive
credit more than once as long as the topic is different each time. Prerequisites: Three hours
of history and sophomore standing, or instructor’s approval. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 360 Modern China. An examination of both the rise of Chinese nationalism and the
entangling relations with the West during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3
Sem. Hrs.
213
HISTORY
HI 363 Contemporary China. An examination of the society, politics and culture of both
the Peoples’ Republic of China and the Republic of China from Mao’s entry into Beijing in
1949 to Deng’s suppression in Tiananmen in 1989. Major topics include the agricultural,
industrial and cultural revolutions, the democracy movement, the crisis of leadership under communism, political and economic development under the Guomindang, and U.S.
relationships with both Beijing and Taiwan. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 364 China’s Partners in the 20th Century. This course analyzes Sino-foreign cooperative efforts from late imperial times to the present, with emphasis on political, military,
economic and cultural relations. Students are expected to learn distinguishing characteristics
of bilateral exchanges between China and Western European nations, the former Soviet
Union and the United States in the twentieth century. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 365 Southeast Asia. An examination of the Asian countries south of China and east
of India. Emphasis will be placed on the political, economic and social development of the
region in the 20th century. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 370 Modern Japan. An examination of the major political, economic, cultural and
diplomatic events that have brought Japan from sheltered feudalism to militant aggression,
from total devastation to international preeminence in little over a century. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 380 South Asia. An examination of the Indian subcontinent from early times to the
present with emphasis placed on the political, economic, social and religious development
of modern India and Pakistan. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,1.}
HI 385 Modern Russia. A survey of Russian history in the 19th and 20th centuries, from
the era of the Napoleonic Wars through the Bolshevik Revolution to the collapse of the Soviet
Union and the attempts to structure its successor state in the 1990s. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 399
HI 400W Seminar in Western History. Each student will select a topic from some area
of European or American history, apply critical research techniques to it and complete a
polished paper. This course satisfies the Senior Culminating Experience for history majors.
Prerequisite: HI 300. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 401W Seminar in Asian History. Each student will select a topic from some area of
Asian history, literature, art or religion, apply critical research techniques to it and complete
a polished paper. Required of all non-Western studies majors as their Senior Culminating
Experience. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during the semester prior to
the one in which the course is offered. Prerequisite: HI 300. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 405 Independent Study in History. Open to junior and senior students majoring in
history. Emphasis is on an indepth independent inquiry of a subject. Arrangements must
be made with the instructor during the semester prior to the one in which the course is
offered. Prerequisite: HI 300 and permission of instructor. Variable credit, 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 450 Senior Thesis. An independent research course to culminate in a significant,
scholarly paper, written in consultation with an advising faculty member. Can be completed
in one or two semesters. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during the semester
prior to the one in which the course is offered. Prerequisite: HI 300 and permission of the
instructor and department chair. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HI 494 Honors Thesis/Project. A formal, scholarly paper written under the supervision of an advising professor. (See All-College 494 course description on page 112.) Can
be completed in one or two semesters. Arrangements must be made with the instructor
during the semester prior to the one in which the course is offered and proposal must
receive approval from the Honors Review Board. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing,
214
HISTORY • INFORMATION SYSTEMS • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
instructor’s permission, and Honors Review Board approval. 3 or 6 Sem. Hrs. Note: If taken
for six semester hours, it will be offered as HI 494E with three semester hours each semester.
HI 499 Internship. This is an experience-based course in which the student spends a
specified amount of time with a local, county or state historical society in order to learn how
such institutions function and to understand the richness of local historical sources and their
importance to the historian. Supervision is provided by the cooperating society and the
Department of History. The specific program for each internship will vary as agreed upon
by the intern, the internship coordinator and the cooperating society. HI 499 will count as
only one offering within the major. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during
the semester prior to the one in which the course is offered. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Information Systems
Mount Union College offers a major and minor in information systems administered by
the Department of Computer Science and Information Systems. Those wishing to pursue
information systems studies should read the descriptive material contained in the section
on Computer and Information Systems found on page 160.
International Studies
Administered by the Department of Political Science, international studies is an interdepartmental major designed to provide students with an international perspective on current
economic and political issues as well as with the historical knowledge necessary to understand
the development of these issues. Students in this major are expected to develop the skills
necessary for an international career in public service or the private sector.
Requirements for the Major in International Studies
Upon declaring the major, students will choose one of three tracks, each of which requires
36 total hours: international relations, European studies and Asian studies. Students will
then be asked to develop a coherent four-year plan of study in consultation with their academic advisor. Students should take into consideration that they must minor in a foreign
language and spend a semester off campus, either in a study abroad program or in a foreign
policy-related internship. The student with a double major should be aware that courses
taken to satisfy the first major will not be counted toward the second. Similarly, the same
course cannot count toward the major and minor. Specific requirements are listed below
for each of the three tracks.
International Relations Track: 36 hours to be selected in consultation with the
faculty advisor. Students are required to minor in a foreign language and earn at least six
credits either in a study abroad program or in a foreign policy related internship. These
six credits may be counted toward either the foreign language minor or, where appropriate,
the major.
Courses should be chosen to complement one another and form a coherent program
of study. A program of study should be designed by the student in consultation with the
faculty advisor within one semester of declaring the major.
Required (nine credits): PS 120 Introduction to International Politics and PS 350 Quantitative Methods; SCE in either political science (PS 400W) or history (HI 400W or HI 401W).
Students with an economics minor may complete their SCE in economics (EC 455).
Three courses (nine credits) in international economics:
EC 327
International Trade
EC 328
EC 375W
215
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
EC 380
EC 390
Economies of the Pacific Rim
Three courses (nine credits) in international relations/comparative politics:
PS 135
Twentieth Century Political Ideologies
PS 227
Model United Nations
PS 340
Political Economy
PS 225
Introduction to International Relations
PS 326
International Organizations
PS 250
Comparative Politics (European)
PS 251
Comparative Politics (Asian)
PS 252
PS 270
PS 470
Colloquium in Political Science (National Security)
IN 199
Special Topics
IN 399
Special Topics
IN 499
Internship in International Relations
Three courses (nine credits) in Asian history, African history, European history and
American diplomatic history:
HI 215
Middle East
HI 220
East Europe
HI 225
Africa
HI 230
Developing Nations
HI 260
Women in East Asia
HI 265
East Asia to 1800
HI 310
Latin America
HI 335
West Africa
HI 336
Southern Africa
HI 340
Revolutionary Europe
HI 345
Modern Europe
HI 360
Modern China
HI 363
Contemporary China
HI 364
China’s Partners in the 20th Century
HI 365
Southeast Asia
HI 370
Modern Japan
HI 380
South Asia
HI 385
Modern Russia
EH 260
Post-colonial Literature
FR 225
Cultural History of the French-speaking World
FR 250
Contemporary France
GN 250
Contemporary Germany
JA 250
Japanese Culture
SN 225
Introduction to Spanish Culture
SN 250
Spanish and Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
European Track: 36 hours to be selected in consultation with the faculty advisor.
Students are required to minor in a European language (excluding English) and earn at least
six credits in a study abroad program in Europe. Courses taken abroad may be counted
toward either the foreign language minor or, where appropriate, the major. Courses should
be chosen to complement one another and form a coherent program. A program of study
should be designed by the student in consultation with the faculty advisor within one semester of declaring the major.
Required (six credits): PS 120 Introduction to International Politics and PS 350 Quantitative Methods; SCE in history (HI 400W) or political science (PS 400W) to be completed as
216
part of the 30 credits listed below. Students who have a minor in economics may complete
their SCE in that discipline.
Five courses (15 credits) in international relations, comparative politics and international economics. Students must take at least one political science and one economics
course.
PS 135
PS 227
Model UN
PS 340
Political Economy
PS 225
PS 326
PS 250
Comparative Politics (European)
PS 252
PS 270
PS 470
EC 327
International Trade
EC 328
EC 375W
EC 380
PS 400W
Seminar in Political Science (SCE) (when appropriate)
IN 199
Special Topics
IN 399
Special Topics
Five courses (15 credits) in history or foreign language from the following list:
FR 225
Cultural History of the French-speaking World
FR 250
Contemporary France
GN 250
Contemporary Germany
SN 225
Introduction to Spanish Culture
SN 250
Spanish and Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
HI 220
East Europe
HI 325
Early Modern Europe
HI 340
Revolutionary Europe
HI 345
Modern Europe
HI 385
Modern Russia
HI 400W
Seminar in Western History (SCE) (when appropriate)
PL 230
Modern Philosophers
PS 331
Modern Political Philosophy
Asian Track: 36 hours to be selected in consultation with the faculty advisor. Students
are required to minor in an Asian language and earn at least six credits in a study abroad
program in Asia. Courses taken abroad may be counted toward either the foreign language
minor or, where appropriate, the major. Courses should be chosen to complement one another and form a coherent program. A program of study should be designed by the student
in consultation with the faculty advisor within one semester of declaring the major.
Required (six credits): PS 120 Introduction to International Politics and PS 350 Quantitative Methods; SCE in either political science (PS 400W) or history (HI 401W) to count
toward the thirty credits listed below. Students who have a minor in economics may complete
their SCE in that discipline.
Five courses (15 credits) in international relations, comparative politics and international economics. Students must take at least one political science and one economics
course.
PS 135
PS 227
Model UN
217
PS 340
Political Economy
PS 225
PS 326
PS 251
Comparative Politics (Asian)
PS 252
Former Soviet Union
PS 270
PS 470
EC 327
International Trade
EC 328
EC 375W
EC 380
EC 390
Economies of the Asian Pacific Rim
PS 400W
Seminar in Political Science (SCE)(when appropriate)
IN 199
Special Topics
IN 399
Special Topics
Five courses (15 credits) in history or Asian culture:
JA 250
Japanese Culture
HI 110
Asian Civilizations
HI 215
The Middle East
HI 230
Problems of Developing Nations
HI 260
Women in East Asia
HI 265
East Asia to 1800
HI 360
Modern China
HI 363
Contemporary China
HI 364
HI 365
Southeast Asia
HI 370
Modern Japan
HI 380
South Asia
HI 401W
Seminar in Asian History (SCE)(when appropriate)
RE 370
Hinduism Buddhism
JA 150
Japanese Literature in Translation
AR 210
Requirements for the Minor in International Studies
The minor in international studies requires 18 hours of courses from one of the three tracks
listed above, with nine hours (including PS 120) earned in political science or economics and
nine hours earned in history or culture courses. Students minoring in international studies
are strongly encouraged to develop proficiency in a foreign language.
Course Descriptions
IN 199 Special Topics in International Studies. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
on page 111.
on page 112.
218
IN 494
IN 498
Internships (Internal). See All-College 498 course description on page 112.
IN 499
Internships (External). See All-College 499 course description on page 112.
LEGAL STUDIES • LIBERAL STUDIES
Legal Studies
The legal studies minor is administered by the Department of Political Science.
Legal issues have a profound impact on the lives of all our citizens. Laws determine such
issues as whether the police can randomly stop and search automobiles, what constitutes
sexual harassment in the workplace, whether schools can require students to take mandatory
drug tests, and what type of speech and expression can be censored.
At a time when laws are increasingly important in their scope and reach, it is essential for
students to understand the operation of our legal system, the sources of our laws, and how
to interpret and apply legal concepts.
This minor is designed for all students who wish to gain an appreciation of this complex
system. Legal studies also will provide students with the skills essential for admission to
law school as well as training necessary for employment with governmental agencies and
in business settings.
Requirements for the Minor in Legal Studies
All minors will be required to complete 18 semester hours of course work. Required
courses are: PS 300 Introduction to Law, 3 Sem. Hrs.; PS 305 Constitutional Law: Civil
Rights and Liberties or PS 306 Constitutional Law: Sources of Power, 3 Sem. Hrs. (Students
must take one constitutional law course as a requirement; they may use the other as an elective); PL 210 Logic, 3 Sem. Hrs.; CM 227 Public Advocacy and Argumentation or PS 401W
Seminar in Political Science and Law, 3 Sem. Hrs.; and SO 105 Introduction to Criminal
Justice, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Minors also must complete one of the following courses: AC 202 Financial Accounting,
3 Sem. Hrs.; AC 305 Federal Income Tax, 3 Sem. Hrs.; BA 250 Business Law I, 3 Sem. Hrs.;
BA 255 Business Law II, 3 Sem. Hrs.; PS 210 Congress, 3 Sem. Hrs.; PS 305 Constitutional
Law: Civil Rights and Liberties or PS 306 Constitutional Law: Sources of Power, 3 Sem. Hrs.
(Students must take one course as a requirement; they may use the other as an elective); PS 308
Criminal Law and Procedure, 3 Sem. Hrs.; or SA 360 Legal Issues in Sport, 3 Sem. Hrs.
Liberal Studies
Liberal studies courses are typically interdisciplinary in nature. They are designed by
individual members of the faculty, rather than by academic departments, in order to explore
topics or areas of interest which involve a number of the traditional areas of study. In a few
cases, experimental inquiries and special interests not represented elsewhere in the curriculum
are offered by permission of the dean of the College on a non-recurring basis.
Course Descriptions
LS 100 The Liberal Arts Experience. Designed to orient new students to the concepts,
goals and processes of liberal arts education. Consideration will be given to the expectations and opportunities which distinguish the particular educational experience of Mount
Union College. Meets two hours per week until mid-semester and is required of all entering
freshmen. 1 Sem. Hr. {GenEd: I,A.}
LS 105 Freshman Seminar in Honors. This is an interdisciplinary honors seminar for freshmen and sophomores. The topic varies, but will be a complex issue or theme that requires the
perspective of more than one academic discipline for effective analysis and synthesis. This
course will satisfy an all-college liberal arts requirement that varies with the topic. Honors
in liberal arts credit is granted for a grade of at least B+. Prerequisite: Limited to freshmen
with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5 , or who rank in the top fifteen percent of their high
school class, and have a combined SAT score of at least 1220 or a composite ACT score of
at least 27, or permission of the Honors Review Board. 3 Sem. Hrs.
219
LIBERAL STUDIES
LS 106 Race, Culture and American Society. An examination of the racial and ethnic
diversity in American society for an understanding of American culture. This course will
look at such issues as the history, culture and contributions of Native Americans, AfricanAmericans, Hispanic Americans, Asian Americans and Euro-Americans as a framework for
understanding America, from its beginnings, as a pluralistic, multi-ethnic and diverse society.
The influence of class and gender on formulations of ethnic and racial identity also will be
considered. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
LS 115 The Oceans. An interdisciplinary course surveying the biological, chemical,
physical and geological phenomena that are characteristic of the oceans. Man’s interactions
with the oceans, e.g., economic resources and technology, maritime law, pollution, fisheries,
etc. also are discussed. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
LS 199 Special Topics in Liberal Studies. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
LS 205 Sophomore Seminar in Honors. This is an interdisciplinary honors seminar for
sophomores and juniors. The topic varies, but will be a complex issue or theme that requires
the perspective of more than one academic discipline for effective analysis and synthesis.
This course will satisfy an all-college liberal arts requirement that varies with the topic.
Honors in liberal arts credit is granted for a grade of at least B+. Prerequisites: Completion
of LS 105 with a B+ or higher and sophomore or junior rank with a cumulative GPA of at
least 3.50, or permission of the Honors Review Board. 3 Sem. Hrs.
LS 250 Study/Travel Seminar. A course which allows a student to participate in study/
travel programs in other countries for international intercultural purposes. An agreement
among the student, the dean of the College and an assigned faculty member will enumerate
credit, educational objectives and the requirements to satisfy them. Enrollment in the course
requires approval of the contract by the Academic Policies Committee prior to initiation of
the program. Graded only on an S/U basis. Credit variable, 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
page 111.
LS 300 The Nature of Science. Study of some aspects of the origins, development and
social impact of scientific concepts, methods and institutions in the modern era, as discussed
by scientists and others. Major emphasis will be given to the increasingly massive and powerful science establishment of recent decades, and its interaction with public policy and with
various aspects of our culture. Prerequisites: EH 100, CM 101. Not open to freshmen. 3
Sem. Hrs.
LS 305 Junior Seminar in Honors. This is an interdisciplinary honors seminar for sophomores and juniors. The topic varies, but will be a complex issue or theme that requires the
perspective of more than one academic discipline for effective analysis and synthesis. This
course will satisfy an all-college liberal arts requirement that varies with the topic. Honors
in liberal studies credit is granted for a grade of at least B+. Prerequisites: Completion of
LS 205 with a B+ or higher and sophomore or junior rank with a cumulative GPA of at least
3.50, or permission of the Honors Review Board. 3 Sem. Hrs.
LS 317 Field Experience in Marine Science. Participation in an extended field trip to
a marine science laboratory or marine environment. For students enrolled in (or having
completed) one of: LS 115, BI 220, BI 280, GY 320 or GY 325. The trip may occur outside
the normal academic calendar. A fee is charged. Graded on an S/U basis. Participation is
limited, selective and requires permission of the instructor. Registration occurs during the
semester following completion of the course. This course does not fulfill the laboratory
portion of the all-college liberal arts requirements. 1 Sem. Hr.
220
LIBERAL STUDIES • LIBRARY SCIENCE • MATHEMATICS
LS 320 Vernacular Music and the Vietnam Conflict. A seminar course in which students
will study and discuss vernacular music that addresses the Vietnam Conflict. The focus of
study will be on the music itself, the way in which the music was marketed, the use of song
texts as rhetoric, the history of the war and the sociology of audiences for the various genres
of war-related songs. Prerequisite: At least sophomore standing. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, D,
2; III, B.}
page 112.
LS 405 Senior Seminar in Honors. This is an interdisciplinary honors seminar for juniors
and seniors. The topic varies but will be a complex issue or theme that requires the perspective of more than one academic discipline for effective analysis and synthesis. This course
will satisfy an all-college liberal arts requirement that varies with the topic. Prerequisite:
Completion of LS 305 with a B+ or higher and junior or senior rank with a cumulative GPA
of at least 3.50, or permission of the Honors Review Board. 3 Sem. Hrs.
Library Science
Course Descriptions
LI 100 Elementary Bibliography. A basic course in research methods including the use of
libraries and reference sources, the structure of subject literatures, indexing and classification
concepts, copyright issues and developing forms of information technology. 2 Sem. Hrs.
LI 300 Chemical Bibliography. A course designed to acquaint the student majoring in
chemistry with the chemical library, including the use of journals, reference works, dictionaries and other chemical literature. The principles and practice of seminar construction and
presentation are included. Prerequisite: CH 230 or CH 330 or permission of instructor.
Co-listed as CH 300. One class period and two three-hour laboratories per week. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics seeks to contribute to the achievement of the general
objectives of Mount Union College by: (1) providing instruction in mathematics as a major
independent area of knowledge; (2) providing preparation for study in other departments,
since mathematics is the language in which many of the ideas of the natural and social sciences
are expressed; (3) providing experience in deductive reasoning, critical analysis and problem
solving; (4) providing preparation for immediate employment or for graduate study.
A major in mathematics will give students a substantial introduction to an immense area
of interesting and useful ideas. It will equip them for careers in business, industry, government or education, and will prepare them for graduate study.
Requirements for the Major in Mathematics
Passing ten courses in mathematics is required of all majors. These 10 courses must
include: MA 141 OR MA 151, MA 142, MA 241, MA 301, MA 322, MA 411, and MA 441;
one course chosen from MA 335, MA 351, MA 362, MA 405 or MA 408; one course chosen
from MA 399, MA 440 or MA 470; and one course chosen from MA 400, MA 406, MA 412
or MA 442.
Students interested in teaching should consult their advisor for specific course requirements. Mathematics majors preparing for secondary teaching must pass MA 395 in place
of AE 335, and must pass MA 400.
221
MATHEMATICS
A senior culminating experience is required of all students majoring in mathematics. This
requirement may be met by passing the four-semester-hour section of either MA 406, MA 412
or MA 442. For those students preparing for teaching, the Senior Culminating Experience
requirement may be met by passing the four-semester-hour section of MA 400.
Requirements for the Minor in Mathematics
The mathematics minor consists of passing MA 141 OR MA 151, 142, 241, 322, and one
elective chosen from mathematics courses (other than MA 395) numbered 335 or higher.
Requirements for the Concentration in Statistics
A concentration in statistics consists of a mathematics major and passing MA 123, MA
405, MA 406 and EC 435.
Requirements for Honors in Mathematics
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in mathematics if they have at least a
3.5 grade point average in the major or permission of the Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in mathematics, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12
semester hours. One of the courses may be MA 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be
Other courses students may take for honors in mathematics include any 200-level or above
course. For permission to register for a course with honors in the major, a completed Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by the
end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course is taken. Students must
earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see page 75 of this catalogue
for more information about Honors Programs.
Course Descriptions
MA 100 Intermediate Algebra. A study of linear and quadratic equations, linear and
quadratic inequalities, functions, graphs and systems of equations. Prerequisite: One year
of high school algebra. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 101 Mathematics for Early Childhood Teachers. An exploration of number concepts
and problem-solving strategies designed for prospective early childhood teachers. Real
number concepts, operations, and properties are considered, as are the elementary properties of the common geometric figures. Open only to early childhood education majors. 3
Sem. Hrs.
MA 102 Mathematics for Middle School Teachers. An activity and problem-solving
oriented course designed for the prospective middle school teacher. Includes number
systems and number theory, concepts of intuitive geometry and measurement systems and
concepts underlying computation and estimation. Open only to middle school education
majors. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 106 Trigonometry. A study of trigonometric functions and their applications. Topics
studied include angle measure, the solution of triangles, trigonometric functions and applications. Credit will not be given for both this course and MA 120. Prerequisite: MA 100
or a satisfactory score on the mathematics placement examination. 2 Sem. Hrs.
222
MATHEMATICS
MA 110 Introduction to Finite Mathematics. A study of selected portions of traditional
and modern mathematics chosen to illustrate the content of contemporary mathematics and
to develop an appreciation for the importance of mathematics in today’s world. Topics may
include linear relationships, systems of equations, matrices, linear programming, mathematics of finance, sets, probability, statistics, Markov chains and game theory. Prerequisite: MA
100 or a satisfactory score on the mathematics placement examination. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,B,1.}
MA 120 Precalculus Mathematics. A study of topics needed to prepare a student for
calculus including polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions, graphs, quadratic
equations and inequalities, systems of equations, selected topics from analytic geometry, and
trigonometry. Students who receive credit for MA 120 may not enroll in MA 100 or MA 106.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or a satisfactory score on the mathematics placement examination. 4
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
MA 123 Elementary Statistics. A study of measures useful in giving concise descriptions
of masses of numerical data. A brief study of probability theory provides the basis for an
introduction to methods of testing hypotheses and measuring the confidence with which
conclusions may be drawn by sampling. Applications in various fields. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,B,1.}
MA 125 Elementary Discrete Mathematics. An introduction to discrete mathematics.
Topics include logic and proof, combinatorics, recurrence relations, graph models and trees.
Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
MA 141 Calculus I. A study of limits, continuity, differentiation, and an introduction to
the indefinite and definite integrals. Includes applications to maximization and minimization problems, related rates and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Prerequisite: MA
120 or equivalent mathematics in high school. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
MA 142 Calculus II. A continued study of techniques and applications of integration
and study of the calculus of transcendental functions, infinite series, polar coordinates and
parametric equations. Also includes an introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite:
MA 141 or MA 151. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
MA 151 Calculus for Biology. This course deals with the standard topics of a first course
in calculus with emphasis on how these topics may be applied to modeling and analyzing
phenomena in the biological sciences. Calculus concepts will often be developed as methods
for investigating questions from biology. Prerequisites: MA 120 or equivalent mathematics
in high school. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, B, 1.}
MA 171 Elementary Statistics with Business Lab. A study of the measures useful in
giving concise descriptions of masses of numerical data. A brief study of probability theory
provides the basis for an introduction to methods of testing hypotheses and measuring the
confidence with which conclusions may be drawn by sampling. Includes one laboratory session per week with an emphasis on business and economic applications, including computer
solutions to real-world problems. Prerequisite: EC 170. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
MA 199 Special Topics in Mathematics. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
MA 222 History of Mathematics. A survey of the history of mathematics from antiquity
through the present time. Contributions by various individuals and cultures will be examined. Both European and non-European mathematical developments will be explored,
with an emphasis on the interrelationship between mathematics and the culture of the time.
Prerequisites: MA 142. 3 Sem. Hrs.
223
MATHEMATICS
MA 241 Calculus III. A study of vectors and vector analysis, functions of two or more
variables, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals, and Green’s, Stokes’
and the Divergence Theorems. Prerequisite: MA 142. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: I,B,1.}
MA 250 Calculus Laboratory. An exploration of the use of technology in further exploring
concepts studied in the three-course calculus sequence. Individual or group projects will be
assigned on topics such as optimization, related rates, numerical integration, infinite series,
various coordinate systems and multivariable theory. Prerequisite: MA 241. 1 Sem. Hr.
MA 299 Special Topics in Mathematics. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
MA 301 Introduction to Advanced Mathematics. A study of selected topics intended
to introduce the student to abstract mathematics. Topics include the language of sets and
functions and methods of proof. Prerequisite: MA 142. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MA 322 Linear Algebra. An introduction to the principal ideas and methods in linear
algebra; systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, finite-dimensional vector
spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Prerequisite: MA 142. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
MA 335 Differential Equations. A study of the theory and techniques of the solution of
ordinary differential equations with applications in the sciences. Prerequisite: MA 142. 3
Sem. Hrs.
MA 351 Numerical Analysis. A study of numerical integration and the numerical solution of differential equations, numerical methods for linear algebra, matrix inversion and
the solving for real roots of equations. Oriented toward computation using computers.
Prerequisites: MA 322 and either CS 221 or PH 241, or permission of the instructor. Colisted as CS 351. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 362 Discrete Mathematics. A study of combinatorics and graph theory, including
permutations and combinations, recurrence relations, generating functions, inclusion/exclusion, planarity and transversibility. Applications to computer science and operations
research. Prerequisite: MA 142. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 395 The Teaching of Mathematics. A mathematical methods course for students who
are preparing to teach in adolescence to young adult programs. Content includes: theories,
models and strategies for teaching diverse learners, planning instruction, creating effective
learning environments and collaboration with parents and other professionals. Emphasis
is placed on helping the student to develop the professional knowledge base necessary for
success in accordance with the requirements of State and other educational agencies. Twenty
clock hours of fieldwork in a secondary school are required. Prerequisite: Admission to the
Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 399 Special Topics in Mathematics. A study of selected topics in special areas of
mathematics, such as modeling, operations research, partial differential equations, nonEuclidean geometry or logic. Topics will be announced before registration. See All-College
399 course description on page 112. Credit variable, 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 400 College Geometry. A study of the fundamental concepts of geometry. An axiomatic approach is used to examine both Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. An
expository or research paper and an oral presentation are required for students who register
for four semester hours of credit. Prerequisites: MA 241 and MA 301, or permission of the
instructor. 3-4 Sem. Hrs.
MA 405 Mathematical Statistics I. An introduction to statistics making use of calculus.
Topics include probability theory, discrete and continuous random variables, multivariate
224
MATHEMATICS • MUSIC
probability distributions, and functions of random variables. Prerequisites: MA 123 and
241, or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 406 Mathematical Statistics II. A continuation of MA 405. Topics include sampling
theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models and ANOVA. An expository or research
paper and an oral presentation are required for students who register for four semester hours
of credit. Prerequisite: MA 405. 3-4 Sem. Hrs.
MA 408 Methods of Mathematical Physics. Topics include complex integration, Laplace
and Fourier transforms, calculus of residues, solution of the Schroedinger equation, eigenvalues, orthonormality, Bessel’s equations, hypergeometric function, asymptotic expansions,
matrix theory, special functions and related materials. Prerequisites: PH 102, PH 307, PH
311 and MA 335. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 411 Abstract Algebra I. A study of the basic properties of groups. The axiomatic approach is emphasized. Prerequisites: MA 241, MA 301 and MA 322, or permission of the
MA 412 Abstract Algebra II. A continuation of MA 411. The axiomatic approach is
used to study rings, integral domains and fields. An expository or research paper and an
oral presentation are required for students who register for four semester hours of credit.
Prerequisite: MA 411. 3-4 Sem. Hrs.
MA 440 Complex Analysis. A study of complex numbers, analytic functions, complex
integration, Cauchy’s Integral Formula and Theorem, power series, residues, analytic continuation, contour integration, conformal mapping and applications. Prerequisite: MA 241
and MA 301. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 441 Advanced Calculus I. A rigorous study of the basic concepts of calculus including the development of the real number system, functions, sequences, limits, continuity,
differentiation and the Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MA 241 and MA 301. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 442 Advanced Calculus II. A continuation of MA 441. Topics include functions of
several variables, partial derivatives, infinite series, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals, and Green’s, Stokes’, and the Divergence theorems. An expository or research paper
and an oral presentation are required for students who register for four semester hours of
credit. Prerequisite: MA 441. 3-4 Sem. Hrs.
MA 470 Introduction to Topology. A first course in general topology, progressing from
metric spaces to general topological spaces. The concepts of compactness and connectedness are included. Prerequisites: MA 301 and MA 322. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 480 Independent Study. A study of selected topics on an individual basis. Emphasis is
on independent inquiry and on proper form and style for reporting results. Open to senior
mathematics majors by consent of instructor. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
MA 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112. 3
Sem. Hrs.
Department of Music
The Mount Union College Department of Music offers vital instruction and essential
experiences for future professional musicians, and also fulfills its role in the liberal arts
curriculum. A highly qualified faculty provides fine training for students who anticipate
careers in music, and gives instruction in music theory, music history and music appreciation for majors and non-majors alike. Course offerings allow all students to acquaint
themselves with our rich musical heritage and to develop a greater understanding of the
aesthetic experience.
225
MUSIC
Mount Union College is an accredited institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Mount Union College Department of Music has been accredited
by the NASM since 1935, and the requirements for entrance and graduation set forth in this
Catalogue are in accordance with the published regulations of that organization.
Curricula Offered
Mount Union College offers three degrees in music: bachelor of music in performance (a
professional degree), bachelor of music education (a professional degree) and bachelor of arts
in music (a liberal arts degree). A flexibility in curriculum choice and variety allows students
to prepare for graduate work in music or for professional work in music education.
Liberal Arts Requirements for Professional Music
Degrees
Bachelor of Music in Performance
A. Communicative skills: EH 100; CM 101;
passing the foreign language proficiency test
OR a 102-level foreign language course.
B. Analytical skills: Mathematics (all courses except
MA 100, 101, 102, 106 & 395); logic
C. Religion/philosophy
D. International areas: MU 352
E. Western history
F. Economics/political science
Sociology/psychology
G. Natural science: biology; chemistry; geology;
physics; liberal studies (no laboratory required)
H. Literature
J. Physical education
K. Freshman Experience (LS 100)
Semester Hours
9
Bachelor of Music Education
A. Communicative skills: EH 100; CM 101
B. Analytical skills: All mathematics courses
(except MA 100, 101, 106 or 395)
C. Religion/philosophy
D. International areas: MU 352
E. Western history
F. Economics/political science
Sociology/psychology
G. Natural science: biology; chemistry; geology;
physics; liberal studies (no laboratory required)
H. Literature
J. Physical education
K. Freshman Experience (LS 100)
Semester Hours
6
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
Requirements for the Bachelor of Music Degree
Professional Music Requirements: Six hours in foreign language; Music 102, 110, 111,
112, 113, 114, 140, 143, 144, 200, 201, 210, 211, 212, 213, 243, 244; 260, 261, 266, 267 or
268 each semester; 320, 321; 360-385 (four times); 400, 401, 402, 488, 490; 15 hours in an
applied major; eight hours in an applied minor (143, 144, 243, and 244 may count toward
226
MUSIC
this requirement); 12 hours of electives in music or closely related field for a total of 123
hours. Proficiency requirements in keyboard must be met before the student may register
for MU 490 (Senior Culminating Experience).
Requirements for the Bachelor of Music Education
Degree
Music Education Requirements: ED 150, AE 335 or ME 200, ED 355; Music 102, 110,
111, 112, 113, 114, 140, 141, 143, 144, 200, 201, 210, 211, 212, 213, 240, 242, 243, 244, 245;
260, 261, 266, 267 or 268 each semester (except for the semester of student teaching); 320,
321, 330, 331; 360-385 two times; 410, 430, 435, 436, 438; seven hours in applied major
(one hour per semester except for the semester of student teaching); three hours in applied
minor (143, 144, 243, and 244 may count toward this requirement) for a total of 120 hours.
Proficiency requirements in keyboard must be met before the student may register for MU
438 (Senior Culminating Experience: Student Teaching).
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree with Music as a Major
Course Requirements: Liberal arts requirements as listed beginning of page 91; MU
102, 110, 111, 112, 113, 143, 144, 200, 201, 210, 211, 213, 243, 244, 260, 261, 266, 267 or 268
for six semesters; 6 hours in applied major (one hour per semester); three hours in applied
minor (143, 144, 243, and 244 may count toward this requirement); 360-385 (one hour);
and MU 487 (Senior Culminating Experience). Proficiency requirements in keyboard must
be met before the student may register for the eighth semester.
Requirements for the Minor in Music
MU 100, 110, 111, 112, 113, 143, 144; one of the following, LS 320, MU 200, 201, 250, 320,
350, 352, 400, 401, 402, or 403; four semesters from among the following, MU 260, 261, 266,
267, or 268 (one ensemble per semester-the same ensemble may be taken each semester);
and two hours of applied music (one per semester).
Requirements for the Concentration in Piano Pedagogy
This concentration will include 14 hours of course work, specifically: MU 275 Piano
Pedagogy I, 2 Sem. Hrs.; MU 276 Piano Pedagogy II, 2 Sem. Hrs.; MU 277 Piano Pedagogy
III, 2 Sem. Hrs.; MU 278 Piano Pedagogy IV, 2 Sem. Hrs.; and six additional semester hours
of closely related coursework as approved by the chair of the Department of Music.
Requirements for Honors in Music
The requirements for graduation with honors in music are: a) a grade point average
of at least 3.5 in music at graduation; b) completion of at least three courses in music for
honors credit for a total of at least 12 semester hours; the courses must be numbered 200,
300 or 400; honors in these courses will be earned with the approval of the instructor and
the music faculty; additional requirements for honors may include a series of oral reports,
a bibliographic paper, or a music performance or research project; superior quality work is
required throughout these courses; c) one of the three courses in part “b” may be an honors
thesis/project (MU 494) of three to six semester hours credit. The college-wide requirements
for honors in a major program are listed on page 75.
Departmental Regulations
All music majors are required to attend 10 recitals and concerts per semester except for
the semester of student teaching. Absence from a required concert may be “made up” with
227
MUSIC
attendance at an outside concert with prior approval of the department chair. Minors are
required to attend five recitals and concerts per semester.
Freshman music majors are required to perform a solo in a student recital once each
academic year. Sophomore, junior and senior music majors are required to perform a solo
in a student recital each semester of applied music major lessons.
Any student enrolled in the Department of Music must have prior approval of the applied instructor and notify the department chair of such approval before making a public
appearance as a music performer.
Students preparing public recitals, other than general student recitals, must perform for
the music faculty approximately one month prior to the recital date. Final permission for
public appearance is contingent upon faculty approval at this hearing.
Accompanists must be approved by the keyboard faculty four weeks before a scheduled
appearance.
All candidates for the bachelor of music in performance degree must include the study
of pedagogy in their major performance area as part of their curriculum. This requirement
may be met in a variety of ways, including special honors projects in applied lessons, at least
one course in the Piano Pedagogy sequence (MU 275, 276, 277, 278), or at least two semester
hours in Special Problems in Music (MU 450) in the area of pedagogy.
Music education majors are required to participate in one of the major organizations in
their major performance area each semester, except when student teaching. Instrumental
majors are additionally required to participate in a large choral ensemble for a minimum of
two semesters. Vocal majors are additionally required to participate in a large instrumental
ensemble for a minimum of two semesters. These ensembles are MU 260, 261, 266, 267 or
268. Students are strongly advised to participate in at least one semester of the opposite area
ensemble before the conducting sequence (MU 320 and MU 321) is begun.
Advanced standing in music theory may be granted to students who pass examinations
proving they have completed work equivalent to that required by the course. Written consent of the department chair and the dean of the College is necessary for the examination
to be given. Success in the examination affects only the theory requirement and does not
diminish the number of hours necessary for graduation.
Music education majors are required to fulfill the policies outlined in the section entitled
“Admission to the Teacher Education Program,” found in the Department of Education
section of this Catalogue.
All freshmen considering music as a major will be enrolled in an identical music schedule
(except for applied major and minor areas) for the first semester. At the end of the first
semester, freshmen desiring to continue in music will apply to the department for admittance
to the appropriate degree program. Decision on acceptance of the student will be made by
the faculty on the basis of faculty evaluation and student self-evaluation. Students seeking
continuation in the BME or BM degree track must demonstrate a combined average of “C”
or higher in the following courses: MU 102, 110, 111, 143, 112, 113, and 144. Upon evaluation by the music faculty, students whose combined GPA in these courses is lower than a
“C” may not continue in the BME or BM degree tracks.
A student handbook outlines all policies and programs pertaining to the music major
and minor and private music lessons, is available at the Department of Music office, and is
to be considered an extension of this Catalogue.
Course Descriptions
MU 100 Introduction to Music. Designed primarily for non-music majors. Information
and technique for the appreciation of music as related to its elements, basic forms, stylistic
traditions and standard literature. Attendance at concerts throughout the semester is expected. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
228
MUSIC
MU 102 History and Analysis of Western Music I: Music of the Middle Ages and
Renaissance. A study of the development of music in the Western world from the early
Greek period through the Renaissance. Also explored is the connectiveness of music, religion, politics and the arts of the periods. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 2 Sem.
Hrs.
MU 104 Fundamentals of Music Theory. Designed for non-music majors, this course
will introduce the student to music notation, to melodic and harmonic concepts and to the
keyboard. Students will learn to play simple accompaniments to songs, to improvise and
compose music and to apply some principles of musical arrangement. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II, A, 2.}
MU 110 Theory I. A study of the fundamental materials of music and of diatonic harmony.
Preliminary discussion of transposition is covered. The course aims to develop skills in
common practice part-writing, improvisation, composition, and analysis, and is preparation
for intermediate work in music theory. To be taken concurrently with MU 111 and 143. 2
Sem. Hrs.
MU 111 Basic Musicianship Skills I. An introductory course in sight-singing and melodic
and harmonic perception. The course aims to develop skills in identifying, notating, and
performing scales, intervals, rhythms, melodies, and harmonies, and in improvisation. Both
in-class singing and identification/dictation and computer-assisted instruction are used. To
be taken concurrently with MU 110 and 143. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 112 Theory II. Continued study of the fundamental materials of music and of diatonic
harmony. Form, non-harmonic tones, triads in inversion, seventh chords and harmonic
sequences are covered. The course aims to refine skills in common practice part-writing,
improvisation, composition and analysis, and is preparation for intermediate work in music
theory. To be taken concurrently with MU 113 and 144. Prerequisite: MU 110, 111, 143.
2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 113 Basic Musicianship Skills II. An introductory course in sight-singing and melodic and harmonic perception building on concepts studied in MU 111. The course aims
to develop further skills in identifying, notating and performing scales, intervals, rhythms,
melodies, harmonies and in improvisation. Both in-class singing and identification/dictation and computer-assisted instruction are used. To be taken concurrently with MU 112
and 144. Prerequisite: MU 110, 111, 143. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 114 Music Notation Lab. Laboratory with hands on instruction in music notation
and publishing software for composition assignments in Music 110 and other courses in
the music curriculum. To be taken concurrently with MU 110. 0.5 Sem. Hrs.
MU 115 Introduction to Music Technology. An introduction to the use and functions of
micro-computers and peripherals as they apply to music making and learning. The course
explores music typesetting and sequencing, basic recording techniques, computer-aided
instruction and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) structure. Students must be
proficient in basic music notation. No prior experience with computers or music synthesizers is required. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 140 Vocal Techniques. A course designed to teach fundamentals of voice production, principles of diction, vocal teaching methods, the international phonetic alphabet, the
elements of interpretation and stage deportment. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 141 Brass Instruments. A course designed to acquaint the student with techniques
of performance, teaching methods, literature and maintenance of brass instruments. 1 Sem
Hr.
229
MUSIC
MU 143 Piano Class I. An introductory course in piano technique. The course seeks
to begin to develop skills necessary for successful completion of the piano proficiency examination. Emphasis will be placed on rudimentary sight-reading, improvisation, scales,
arpeggios and harmonic progressions. Music majors successfully completing the piano
proficiency exam after completing this course may be exempted by the department from
the remaining courses in the piano class sequence. To be taken concurrently with MU 110
and 111. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 144 Piano Class II. An introductory course in piano technique. The course seeks
to begin to develop skills necessary for successful completion of the piano proficiency examination. Emphasis will be placed on sight-reading, improvisation, scales, arpeggios and
harmonic progressions. Music majors successfully completing the piano proficiency exam
after completing this course may be exempted by the department from the remaining courses
in the piano class sequence. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MU 143 or permission
of the instructor. To be taken concurrently with MU 112 and 113. Prerequisite: MU 110,
111, 143. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 145 Brass and Woodwind Instrument Repair. A course designed to prepare musicians and instrumental music teachers to diagnose repair and maintenance needs, evaluate
the quality of repair technicians’ work, and perform minor emergency repairs on brass and
woodwind instruments. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 160-180 Applied Music for Non-Majors. Courses designed to guide the non-music
major (BM, BME, BA in music) in gaining competency on his or her instrument. The student will work one on one with an expert teacher to learn the fundamentals of performance
techniques, literature and practice techniques for the instrument. All students registered
for non-major private music lessons must stop at the music office, located in Cope Music
Hall, during the first week of the semester to make arrangements for lesson times. Credit
Variable: 1-2 semester hours. {GenEd: II, A, 2.} Due to the evolving nature of repertoire
prepared for private music lessons, these courses may be taken multiple times, but not for
a “change of grade.”
MU 160
Piano
MU 161
Organ
MU 162
Voice
MU 163
Harp
MU 164
Violin
MU 165
Viola
MU 166
Violoncello
MU 167
String Bass
MU 168
Clarinet
MU 169
Saxophone
MU 170
Flute
MU 171
Oboe
MU 172
Bassoon
MU 173
Trumpet
MU 174
French Horn
MU 175
Euphonium
MU 176
Trombone
MU 177
Tuba
MU 178
Percussion
MU 179
Guitar
MU 180
Harpsichord
230
MUSIC
MU 199 Special Topics in Music. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
MU 200 History and Analysis of Western Music II: Music of the Baroque and Classical Periods. A study of the history and development of Western music from the beginning
of the Baroque era to the early 19th century. Also explored is the connectiveness of music,
religion, politics and the arts of the periods. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
MU 201 History and Analysis of Western Music III: Music of the 19th and 20th Centuries. A study of the history and development of Western music from the early 19th century
through the 20th century. Also explored is the connectiveness of music, religion, politics
and the arts of the periods. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,A,2.}
MU 210 Theory III. A study of chromatic harmony, altered chords, and modulation using diverse analytical and creative techniques. Compositional forms also are studied. To be
taken concurrently with MU 211 and 243. Prerequisites: MU 112, 113. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 211 Basic Musicianship Skills III. An intermediate course in sight-singing and melodic and harmonic perception. The course aims to further enhance those skills developed
in MU 111 and 113. To be taken concurrently with MU 210 and 243. Prerequisites: MU
112, 113 and successful completion of the department proficiency examination in sight
singing and ear training. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 212 Theory IV. Advanced harmony and 20th century compositional and analytical
techniques are studied using part-writing, improvisation, composition and analysis. To be
taken concurrently with MU 213 and 244. Prerequisites: MU 210, 211. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 213 Basic Musicianship Skills IV. An intermediate course in sight-singing and melodic and harmonic perception. The course aims to further enhance those skills developed
in MU 111, 113 and 211. To be taken concurrently with MU 212 and 244. Prerequisites:
MU 210, 211. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 240 String Instruments. A course designed to acquaint the student with techniques
of performance, teaching methods, literature and maintenance of string instruments. To
be taken concurrently with MU 362. 1 Sem Hr.
MU 242 Woodwind Instruments. A course designed to acquaint the student with techniques of performance, teaching methods, literature and maintenance of woodwind instruments. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 243 Piano Class III. An intermediate level course in piano technique. The course seeks
to continue to develop skills necessary for successful completion of the piano proficiency
examination. Emphasis will be placed on sight-reading, improvisation, prepared piano
pieces, scales, arpeggios and harmonic progressions. Prerequisite: Successful completion
of MU 144 or permission of the instructor. To be taken concurrently with MU 210 and
211. Music majors successfully completing the piano proficiency exam after completing this
course may be exempted by the department from the remaining courses in the piano class
sequence. Prerequisites: MU 112, 113. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 244 Piano Class IV. An intermediate level course in piano technique. The course
seeks to continue to develop skills necessary for successful completion of the piano proficiency examination. Emphasis will be placed on sight-reading, improvisation, prepared
pieces, scales, arpeggios and harmonic progressions. To be taken concurrently with MU
212 and 213. Prerequisite: MU 210, 211, successful completion of MU 243 or permission
of the instructor. 1 Sem Hr.
231
MUSIC
MU 245 Percussion Instruments. A course designed to acquaint the student with
techniques of performance, teaching methods, literature and maintenance of percussion
instruments. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 250 Music in America. A survey of musical practices in America, designed primarily
for the liberal arts student to offer an understanding of this varied and important aspect of
American life. From the chants of the Indians to contemporary sounds of synthesizers, the
course includes such diverse areas as folk, church, concert, stage and popular music. 3 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2 or II,D,2.}
Performance Courses — Large Group (MU 260-MU 268). Courses designed to study the
music of various composers, periods and styles through performance. Of special interest
to music education majors, students will be given the opportunity to study the conductors
as role models in such areas as rehearsal pacing, rehearsal technique and conducting technique. All performance ensembles are open through audition. Due to the evolving nature of
repertoire prepared each semester by these ensembles, these courses may be taken multiple
times, but not for a “change of grade.”
MU 260 Concert Choir. In addition to rehearsal and performances throughout the semester, the Concert Choir undertakes an annual tour during the Christmas break. 1 Sem.
Hr. {If taken for three consecutive terms, GenEd: II,A,2.}
MU 261 Mount Union Alliance Chorale. 0.5 Sem. Hr.
MU 262 Women’s Chorus. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 266 Wind Ensemble. 1 Sem. Hr. {If taken for three consecutive terms, GenEd: II,A,2.}.
MU 267 Symphony Orchestra. 0.5 Sem. Hr.
MU 268 Fall Band. The class will consist of band camp (one week prior to the start of
school), one hour of daily rehearsal (MTWRF) during the fall semester, performance at all
regular season home football games and a formal concert to be given during the last week
of the semester. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 1.5 Sem. Hrs. {If taken for three
consecutive terms, GenEd: II,A,2.}
MU 269 Wind Symphony. Open to students with a background of band instrument training to pursue further training and performance opportunities at the college level. Audition
is required as well as the ability to perform satisfactorily on a band instrument. Prerequisites:
Sufficient basic fundamentals on a band instrument and able to play the programmed band
literature. 0.5 Sem. Hrs.
MU 275 Piano Pedagogy I. Registered students will be required to visit a specified number
of studio/class lessons per week and to attend two regularly scheduled classes per week. Observation and development of appropriate studio teaching techniques, study of pedagogical
literature. Successful completion of this course enables students upon permission of the
instructor, to participate as student teachers under faculty supervision in preparatory division of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 276 Piano Pedagogy II. Continuation of MU 275. College preparatory division
organization, curriculum development and lesson planning of group and private lessons for
first and second year students, some supervised practice teaching. Prerequisite: Permission
of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 277 Piano Pedagogy III. Continuation of MU 276 with emphasis on advancing first
year and intermediate students, private studio management and organization, evaluation
of literature and supporting materials, observation of group and private lessons, supervised
practice teaching. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
232
MUSIC
MU 278 Piano Pedagogy IV. Continuation of MU 277. Practice teaching at the advanced
intermediate level, evaluation of intermediate teaching materials, performance problems of
intermediate level students, observation of group private lessons, methods of studio development, workshop and master class observation, supervised practice teaching. Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 315 Digital Sound. The course covers a variety of topics relating to the treatment of sound
and sound processing as a digital medium. Students will learn through hands-on activities
and online materials the basics of digital recording and sound sampling, including the study of
synthesis, digital sound processing, MIDI communications and web-based multimedia. The
ability to read music is not a prerequisite for this course. Prerequisite: CS 121. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 320 Choral Conducting. Expressive conducting is developed through score analysis,
discussion and in-class conducting experiences. The course concentrates on rehearsal fundamentals: control of dynamics and tempo, communicating with words, gestures, facial and body
expressions. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or higher in MU 212, 213, and 244 and completion
of proficiency requirements in piano, or permission of the instructor. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 321 Instrumental Conducting. Further development of conducting techniques and
principles including score reading, musical terminology, transposition, compound and nonsymmetrical meters, and organizing the rehearsal. Prerequisite: MU 320 or permission of
MU 330 Music Methods-Early Childhood and Elementary. The study of methods and
materials available for the teaching of music at the pre-K through elementary levels. Observations are made in the local schools. During the semester members of the class assume the
role of teacher at local elementary schools. Students also learn to use audiovisual equipment
in conjunction with teaching. The Ohio Competency-based Model for Arts Education will
be addressed in this course. Prerequisites: MU 212, 213, 244, and admission to the Teacher
Education Program and completion of proficiency requirements in piano. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 331 Music Methods-Intermediate and Secondary Vocal. The study of methods
and materials available for the teacher of intermediate and secondary vocal music, including appreciation and theory. Observations are made in local schools. During the semester
members of the class teach music to seventh and eighth grade students at a local school. A
weekly one hour guitar-techniques laboratory is included. The Ohio Competency-based
Model for Arts Education will be addressed in this course. Prerequisites: MU 212, 213, 244,
and admission to the Teacher Education Program and completion of proficiency requirements in piano. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 350 Music in the Work of the Church. Developing and maintaining a church music
program for participants of all ages and competencies. Various aspects of the ministry of
music are considered with special emphasis on organization, repertoire and liturgy. Attention
also is given to instruments associated with church choirs. Comparison of church music
programs in different faiths. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 352 World Music. A survey of global music, with emphasis on Native America, India,
Indonesia, Japan and Africa. A brief history of each culture is presented, with an analysis of
the music, including the theoretical systems on which it is based, a study of the instruments
and the types of notation used. The course satisfies graduation requirements in non-western
cultures and is designed for music majors and non-music majors. Prerequisite: permission
of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
233
MUSIC
Performance Courses-Small Group (MU 360-385). Courses designed to study the music
of various composers, periods and styles through performance. Of special interest to music
education majors, these ensembles provide a practical chamber music laboratory emphasizing
the type of coaching to be done in their future teaching careers. Prerequisite: Audition or
permission of the instructor. 0.5 Sem Hr. Due to the evolving nature of repertoire prepared
each semester by these ensembles, these courses may be taken multiple times, but not for
a “change of grade.”
MU 360
Brass Choir
MU 372
Jazz Band
MU 362
String Chamber Music
MU 373
Horn Choir
MU 363
Clarinet Ensemble
MU 374
Trombone Ensemble
MU 364
Master Chorale
MU 375
Double Reed Ensemble
MU 365
Opera Workshop
MU 376
Saxophone Ensemble
MU 366
Collegium Musicum
MU 377
Flute Ensemble
MU 367
Woodwind Quintet
MU 378
Trumpet Ensemble
MU 368
Keyboard Ensemble
MU 379
Low Brass Ensemble
MU 369
“Fire Engine Choir”
MU 380
Handbell Choir
MU 370
Percussion Ensemble
MU 381
Other Ensemble
MU 371
Accompanying
MU 385
Student Musical
MU 400 Orchestral Literature. The emergence of the orchestra in the late Renaissance
and its subsequent development. Major materials for the course include the large collection
of recordings and scores available in Sturgeon Music Library. Prerequisites: MU 100, 201
or permission of the instructor. [Offered spring semester of odd-numbered years.] 2 Sem.
Hrs.
MU 401 Keyboard Literature. A survey of the principal works for keyboard from the
Baroque era to the present. Performance by class members is supplemented with recorded
works from the department’s collection. Prerequisite: MU 100, 201 or permission of the
instructor. [Offered spring semester of odd-numbered years.] 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 402 Vocal Literature. The history of solo song and the study of the development of
opera. Class members perform example works, listen to representative recordings and do
individual research. Prerequisite: MU 100, 201 or permission of the instructor. [Offered
fall semester of even-numbered years.] 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 403 Choral Literature. A survey of secular and sacred choral literature from the
medieval to contemporary eras. The motet, mass, oratorio, madrigal, chanson and compositions in contemporary idioms are analyzed in terms of stylistic development. Special
attention is given to those works most appropriate for performance by secondary school
choral groups. Prerequisite: MU 100, 201 or permission of the instructor. [Offered spring
semester of even-numbered years.] 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 410 Orchestration. Description, range and use of instruments in scoring for orchestra
and band. The course includes the working out of exercises in orchestration and a major
scoring project. In-class performances of scoring assignments provide for a practical laboratory experience as part of the course. Prerequisites: MU 212, 213, and 244. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 412 Choral Arranging. The development of arranging skills appropriate to the high
school choral music teacher. Prerequisites: MU 212, 213 and 244, or permission of the
instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 430 Music Methods-Instrumental. Organizing the instrumental music program,
including bands, orchestras and small ensembles; a survey of the problems of instrumental
teaching at various age and ability levels, the care and repair of instruments, and a study of
234
MUSIC
methods and materials for class and private instruction. During the semester members of
the class assume the role of teacher at local schools. The Ohio Competency-based Model
for Arts Education will be addressed in this course. Prerequisites: MU 141, 240, 242, 245
and admission to the Teacher Education Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 434 Pre-Clinical Practice-Music Multiage Pre K-12. In this course, the candidate
spends 90 hours in a diverse or non-diverse school setting observing and applying theories,
principles, and methods of teaching related to the pre-clinical practitioner’s major field of
study. The pre-clinical practitioner is a teaching assistant and works closely with school
personnel in non-instructional, clinical and instructional activities designed to promote
readiness for clinical practice. Ten consecutive days of teaching are required. Group seminars cover various aspects pertaining to the teaching of music and the philosophy of music
education for pre-K through grade 12. Field placement is arranged by the field placement
coordinator. The course is graded S/U. Prerequisites: Admission to the Teacher Education
Program; completion of proficiency requirements in piano. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MU 436 Marching Band Techniques. A survey of the contemporary marching band with
special emphasis on design, charting and rehearsal techniques. Prerequisite: MU 268. 1
Sem. Hr.
MU 438 Clinical Practice Music Multiage Pre K-12. The candidate assumes responsibility for teaching music in a school setting opposite from the pre-clinical practice. The
candidate teaches at both the elementary and secondary levels for 10 weeks (minimum 300
total clock hours). An additional 30 clock hours of field/clinical experience are required prior
to the beginning of clinical practice. The course is graded S/U and constitutes the Senior
Culminating Experience for the bachelor of music education degree. The field placement
coordinator arranges field placement and group seminars. Prerequisites: Completion of MU
320 and MU 321 with a “C” or better; completion of proficiency requirements in piano. See
Entry into Clinical Practice and the Music Handbook for additional prerequisites. 10 Sem.
Hrs.
MU 450 Special Problems in Music. Special work adapted to majors in music who
wish to pursue fields of interest not covered in the regular departmental offerings. May be
repeated. Some possible areas of exploration include advanced form and analysis, counterpoint, advanced conducting, musicology and pedagogy. Permission of the instructor is
required. 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
MU 459 Piano for Proficiencies. This course is designed to develop skills required in
the keyboard proficiency examination which must be passed by all music majors. The
fundamental skills include: major-minor scales, arpeggios and cadences; prepared pieces;
sight-reading of hymns and early intermediate level piano pieces; and simple melodic harmonizations. Prerequisites: MU 143, 144, 243 and 244; or permission of the instructor.
May be repeated for credit. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 460-480 Applied Music for Majors and Minors in Music (Private Instruction).
Courses designed to guide the music major (BM, BME, BA in music) and the music minor
in gaining proficiency on his or her instrument. The student will work one on one with
an expert teacher to learn performance techniques, literature and practice techniques for
the instrument, as well as providing the potential future music educator with an example
to emulate in the techniques of private teaching. All students registered for private music
lessons must stop at the music office, located in Cope Music Hall, during the first week of
the semester to make arrangements for lesson times. Credit variable, 1-2 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II, A, 2.} Due to the evolving nature of repertoire prepared for private music lessons, these
courses (as well as MU 459) may be taken multiple times, but not for a “change of grade.”
Students must meet Departmental requirements regarding recital attendance (see Music
235
MUSIC • NON-WESTERN STUDIES
Department Handbook for details). (Numbers for individual instrument types will not
change and thus are not rearticulated.)
MU 460 Piano
MU 467 String Bass
MU 474 French Horn
MU 461 Organ
MU 468 Clarinet
MU 475 Euphonium
MU 462 Voice
MU 469 Saxophone
MU 476 Trombone
MU 463 Harp
MU 470 Flute
MU 477 Tuba
MU 464 Violin
MU 471 Oboe
MU 478 Percussion
MU 465 Viola
MU 472 Bassoon
MU 479 Guitar
MU 466 Violoncello
MU 473 Trumpet
MU 480 Harpsichord
MU 487 Senior Culminating Experience: B.A. in Music. Independent study/senior
research paper and/or full recital. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the
instructor. Proficiency requirements in piano must be passed before registering for this
course. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MU 488 Recital. For students giving joint recitals. Prerequisite: Junior standing and
permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
MU 489 Recital. The student will prepare and present a full recital to be performed on
his/her instrument. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. 2 Sem.
Hrs.
MU 490 Senior Culminating Experience: B. Music. Independent study/senior research
paper and full recital. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the instructor.
Proficiency requirements in piano must be passed before registering for this course. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
MU 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Non-Western Studies
Administered by the Department of History, an interdisciplinary major is offered, the
program drawing primarily from the humanities, social sciences and the arts. The major is
intended for those students who are not attracted to any single discipline in the curriculum
and who would prefer an interdisciplinary approach. Students for whom the B.A. degree
will be the terminal degree may find the civilizations of the Eastern world a most broadening
experience, especially since they concern the two-thirds of mankind that currently comprises
the world of the developing nations. The philosophy behind the major is that liberal education requires knowledge of the entire world and not merely of the Western tradition. Such
a program is intended, also, to deepen the understanding of our own culture by showing
where we stand in relation to other cultures.
Requirements for the Major in Non-Western Studies
All majors in non-Western studies must take a minimum of 33 semester hours from the
courses offered in non-Western studies. These must include HI 110, HI 300 and HI 401.
Requirements for the Minor in Non-Western Studies
A total of 18 semester hours must be taken from the offerings in non-Western studies.
These must include HI 110.
Courses in the Non-Western Studies Program
Art
AR 210
236
NON-WESTERN STUDIES • PHILOSOPHY
History
HI 110
HI 215
HI 225
HI 230
HI 260
HI 265
HI 335
HI 336
HI 360
HI 363
HI 364
HI 365
HI 370
HI 380
HI 401W
Music
MU 352
Political Science
PS 251
Religion
RE 260
RE 370
Asian Civilizations
The Middle East
History of Africa
Problems of Developing Nations
Women in East Asia
East Asia to 1800
19th and 20th Century West Africa
History of Southern Africa
Modern China
Contemporary China
Southeast Asia
Modern Japan
South Asia
Seminar in Asian History
Music of Non-Western Cultures
Comparative Politics (Asia)
Religions of the World
Hinduism-Buddhism
Course Descriptions
NW 199 Special Topics in Non-Western Studies. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
on page 111.
on page 112.
NW 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
NW 498 Internships (Internal). See All-College 498 course description on page 112.
NW 499 Internships (External). See All-College 499 course description on page 112.
Department of Philosophy and Religious
Studies
For a detailed description of the religious studies major and minor, see page 264.
Philosophy
Philosophy enables students to think clearly and creatively by having them identify and
analyze the assumptions and arguments of both classical and modern writings. The courses
are designed to help students engage in important philosophical works and develop a reasonable and useful understanding of reality and their place in it.
The philosophy major and minor are administered by the Department of Philosophy
and Religious Studies.
237
PHILOSOPHY
Requirements for the Major in Philosophy
Requirements for the major in philosophy are 10 courses, distributed as follows: PL 210;
two of the following three courses: PL 220, PL 230 and PL 250; one of the following three
courses: PL 260, PL 280 or PL 320; one of the following five courses: PL 310, PL 330, PL 340,
PL 360 and PL 380; one of the following two courses: PL 240 or PL 300; PL 420 (the SCE);
and three other PL courses, at least two of which are at the 200-level or above.
For students with a double major the “three other PL course” requirement is changed to:
four other courses at the 200 level or above, but up to two of which may be courses approved
by the department chair as “theoretical foundations” courses in another major field. Double
majors are encouraged to take philosophy courses relevant to their other major field.
Requirements for the Minor in Philosophy
Requirements for a minor in philosophy are five courses, distributed as follows: one from
the following four courses: PL 220, PL 230, PL 240 and PL 250; one of the following three
courses: PL 260, PL 280 or PL 320; one of the following five courses: PL 310, PL 330, PL 340,
PL 360 and PL 380; and two additional PL courses.
Requirements for Honors in Philosophy
Criteria for eligibility are stated under “Honors Program” on page 75.
Course Descriptions
PL 100 Introduction to Philosophy. Reflection and critical thinking centered in some
of the basic problems in philosophy, e.g., the nature of ultimate reality, the problem of
knowledge, human nature and the self, freedom and determinism, the existence of God,
good and evil, and the meaning of life. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
PL 199
111.
Special Topics in Philosophy. See All-College 199 course description on page
PL 120 Contemporary Moral Problems. The purpose of this course is to explore some of
the major moral issues confronting contemporary society. The topics discussed may include
abortion, sex, drugs, death and suicide, affirmative action, racism, sexism, civil disobedience,
punishment, pacifism, war, euthanasia, surrogate parenting, world hunger, environmental
ethics and the ethics of scientific research. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: New = II,C,2}
PL 210 Logic. An introductory study of the principles and practice of deductive reasoning.
Includes the techniques of both classical and modern logic. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,1.}
PL 220 Ancient Philosophy. This course is an introduction to ancient Greek philosophy,
with emphasis on the thoughts of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Other areas of study may
include Pre-Socratic philosophy, Hellenistic philosophy (e.g., Stoicism) and classical Roman
philosophy. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, C, 2.}
PL 230 Modern Philosophy. This course is an introduction to Western philosophy from
the 17th to the 19th centuries. Areas of study will include central philosophical movements
such as Rationalism and Empiricism, in addition to central figures such as Descartes, Locke,
Hume and Kant. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, C, 2.}
PL 240 Existentialism. An overview of the central themes and works of Existentialist
authors from Hegel to Camus. After considering the 19th century roots of the view that for
humans existence precedes essence (Hegel, Kierkegaard, Husserl and Nietzsche), attention
is turned to the view’s full expression in Heidegger, Sartre and Camus. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,2.}
238
PHILOSOPHY
PL 250 Twentieth Century Philosophy. This course is an introduction to 20th century
philosophy. Emphasis will be placed on the American and British traditions, although work
in continental and existentialist philosophy also may be included. Areas of study will include
important movements in analytic philosophy and issues in the philosophy of language, in
addition to central figures such as Wittgenstein, Russell, Ayer and Quine. Prerequisite: One
other course in philosophy or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 260 Aesthetics. An examination of several ways to understand and appreciate critically works of art, including painting, architecture, literature, music and film. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II, A, 3 or II, C, 2.}
PL 280 Bio-Medical Ethics. Following a brief review of ethical theory and the current
terminology utilized in the technical literature, class discussion focuses on the variety of
ethically complex issues attending current medical practice. Topics in the past have included
the responsibilities of care-givers concerning confidentiality, informed consent, allocation
of scarce resources and the obligations of patients in making decisions about their own care
and the care of those for whom they may be required to act. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
PL 299 Special Topics in Philosophy. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
PL 300 Feminist Philosophy /Feminist Ethics. The course will examine the literature
and thought of various types of feminist philosophy, including feminist philosophies of art,
science, politics and religion. The course also will examine major theories and practices of
feminist ethics as they apply to such issues and the care/justice debate, feminist critiques of
constructing an ethical life, and new directions in feminist ethical theory, including global
feminist ethics. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
PL 310 Philosophy of Religion. This course examines standard attempts to establish
the rationality of belief in God and the challenges raised to those attempts by the evil in
the world. Also to be considered are issues such as what God is like and how God is related
to our lives and the limitations of this world. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,2.}
PL 320 Ethics. An examination of ethical theories about what makes certain actions right
or wrong, the place of virtues and the nature of The Good. Current moral issues also will
be studied. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
PL 330 Epistemology. A survey of classical and current attempts to define knowledge and
to determine what we know (if anything). Epistemological assumptions are near the heart
of any theoretical endeavor, and understanding most of the current philosophical literature
(and much of the more theoretical literature in other disciplines) is greatly enhanced by
familiarity with the central issues considered in this course. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 340 Metaphysics. Technically the study of being, “metaphysics” covers the range of
traditional philosophical questions about the nature of reality. This course will focus on
the most common of those issues: the nature of time, personal identity, the relationship
between the mind and the body, the nature of human freedom and modality (the nature of
the possible and the necessary). Like acquaintance with epistemology, currency with these
issues in metaphysics is crucial for philosophical research and helpful for advanced work in
a number of other areas. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 350 Special Studies in Philosophy. An intensive study of some major philosophy
or philosophical issue. May be repeated for different philosophers or issues. Prerequisite:
PL 200 or PL 220 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
239
PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PL 360 Philosophy of Science. A survey of the range of assumptions that lie behind
any work in the sciences, and consideration of the numerous second-level questions which
are raised by actual scientific practice. Particular attention is given to the nature of science
(as opposed to pseudo-science), the nature of scientific explanation, the nature of scientific
progress (and retrogression) and the extent to which scientists should think themselves
committed to the truth of their theories. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 380 Philosophy of Mind/Artificial Intelligence. This course examines contemporary philosophical theories of the mind. The course includes such topics as the mind/body
problem, the problem of consciousness and the problem of mental representation. Special
attention is paid to the question of artificial intelligence and to the relation of cognitive
psychology, neuroscience, and computer science to the philosophy of mind. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: III,B.}
PL 399
112.
Special Topics in Philosophy. See All-College 399 course description on page
PL 410 Independent Study. Advanced research in philosophy. Primarily for philosophy
majors at the junior or senior level. Students may repeat for different topics. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 420 Senior Culminating Experience. The SCE is a research project that will demonstrate the student’s ability to complete a study that is both comprehensive and integrative
in nature. Prerequisites: Senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PL 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
The Department of Human Performance
and Sport Management
For a detailed description of the physical education major and minor, see page 240.
For a detailed description of the athletic training major and minor, see page 126.
For a detailed description of the exercise science major and minor, see page 190.
For a detailed description of the health major and minor, see page 245.
For a detailed description of the sport management major and minor, see page 274.
The Department of Human Performance and Sport Management seeks to contribute to
the goals and objectives of the College by providing the following programs:
A. A program of professional preparation for teaching which allows students to meet
state teaching licensure standards for physical education.
B. A major in athletic training, a Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) Accredited Athletic Training Education Program which
qualifies students to challenge the NATA Board of Certification Examination as well
as the state examination for licensure in athletic training in Ohio
C. A major in exercise science which prepares students for various certification levels
offered by the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM), and/or for certification offered by the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) upon
graduation.
D. A program of physical education basic instructional activity classes which encompasses lifetime leisure activities, aquatics, physical fitness and recreational pursuits.
E. A program of intramural sport activities which provides all students the opportunity
for enjoyable participation in individual sports, team sports and recreational activities.
F. A schedule for the total physical education and athletic facilities which allows the
students maximum opportunity to enjoy their favorite activities at their leisure.
240
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
G.
A major in sport management which prepares students to serve the athletic community as managers, directors, promoters, marketers and administrators.
Intramural Athletics and Student Recreation
The intramural sports program provides a year-round schedule of seasonal sports with
voluntary participation in regularly organized and supervised schedules. Selective events for
coeducational recreational participation are provided during the year. The Timken Physical Education Building is open seven days a week for Mount Union students’ unscheduled
recreational activities (College ID required).
Physical Education
Requirements for the Major in Physical Education
The physical education major requires 40 hours of course work. This includes three
hours of instructional physical education activity classes. The physical education major
shall fulfill the Senior Culminating Experience requirement by successfully completing the
student teaching experience or presenting his/her research from PE 410 Evaluation and
Measurement in Health and Physical Education.
The physical education major will maintain a portfolio of his/her course work. This portfolio will be used to track the student’s progress during progression through the major.
Curriculum
A.
Required Departmental Courses
Sem. Hrs.
1. PE 115
Game and Fitness Activities for Teaching
1
2. PE 122
Advanced Swimming
1
3. PE 134
Weight Training
1
4. PE 140
Social and Folk Dance
1
5. PE 141
Creative Dance for Teaching
1
6. PE 144
Aerobic Dance
1
7. PE 150
Tumbling-Gymnastics
1
8. PE 200
Principles of Physical Education
3
9. PE 401
Adaptive Physical Education
3
10. PE 305
Kinesiology
3
11. PE 325
Instructional Methods in Physical Education
3
12. PE 236
Leadership Seminar I
1
13. PE 336
Leadership Seminar II
1
14. PE 405
Physiology of Exercise
4
15. PE 410
Evaluation and Measurement in PE and Health 3
16. PE 430
Teaching Fitness and Sporting Activities
3
17. PE 436
Leadership Seminar III
1
18. Complete one of the following coaching courses
2
PE 250 or PE 255 or PE 260 or PE 265 or PE 270 or
PE 275 or PE 290
B. Required Departmental Courses
1. ES 260
3
2. ES 360
Motor Control & Learning
3
C. Extra-Departmental Requirement
1. BI 111 Anatomy and Physiology
4
Total
44
Students seeking a license to teach will need to complete the following courses offered by
the Mount Union College Department of Education.
241
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Course
1. ED 150
2. ME 200
3. AE 262
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Total
ED 355
AE 335
CE 332
CE 380
ME 470
Sem. Hrs.
Foundations of Education
3
Introduction to Middle School
3
Conceptual Issues Relating to
3
Teaching Adolescents
Content Area Reading
3
Methods in Adolescent Education
3
Best Practices in Early Childhood Education
3
Classroom Structure and Behavior Management 3
Student Teaching - Multi-Age
10
31
Students interested in earning teaching licensure in physical education should consult
their advisor and the Department of Education for additional information.
Requirements for the Minor in Physical Education
The physical education minor requires 15 semester hours in physical education (excluding basic instructional activity classes, but may include ES 260 and ES 360). Minors in
physical education must take PE 200. No more than two coaching technique courses may
be counted toward a minor, and no more than two semester hours of PE 450 and 451 may
be counted toward a minor.
Requirements for Honors in Physical Education
To receive departmental honors in physical education, a student must satisfy all of the
following criteria: 1) have a grade point average of 3.5 in physical education courses; 2) have
completed at least three physical education courses with honors for a total of 12 semester
hours from among PE 305, 395, 401, 405 and 410; 3) have registered with the Honors Review Board for departmental honors. One of the three courses in part 3) may be an Honors
Thesis/Project (All-College course 494) of three to six semester hours credit.
Course Descriptions
Basic instructional courses in physical education are numbered 100-199, and are one
semester hour (1 Sem. Hr.) credit each. For students entering Mount Union College starting
in the 2002 Fall Semester, HE 152 is a prerequisite for all courses numbered PE 100-197. A
student may take up to four activity classes for College credit. The program features coeducational classes in most activities at beginning and advanced skill levels. Each of the following
courses, PE 102 through PE 197, meet the “Old General Education” requirement.
PE 102 Racquetball
PE 130 Individual Fitness
PE 104 Tennis
PE 134 Weight Training
PE 106 Badminton
PE 136 Aerobic Running
PE 110 Golf
PE 140 Social and Folk Dance
PE 112 Bowling **
PE 141 Creative Dance for Teaching
PE 114 Archery
PE 144 Aerobic Dance
PE 115 Game and Fitness
PE 150 Tumbling-Gymnastics
Activities for Teaching
PE 152 Wellness
PE 120 Swimming: Beginning
PE 165 Karate
PE 122 Swimming: Advanced
PE 196* Special Programs
PE 124 ARC Life Guarding**
PE 197* Special Programs II
PE 128 Scuba**
* Special individualized programs are arranged for students who are medically unable to
participate in other 100-level courses.
** Fee required for this course.
242
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PE 199 Special Topics in Physical Education. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
PE 200 Principles and Foundations of Physical Education. An introductory course
designed to provide a structural basis for total comprehension of physical education, the
course of study encompasses historical and philosophical foundations, and contemporary
principles regarding objectives, curriculum, methodology and evaluation related to the
conduct of the basic instructional, intramural and interscholastic athletic programs. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 210 School and Community Recreation and Outdoor Education. A study of
principles and organization underlying the conduct of school and community recreation
programs. Special attention is given to outdoor education as well as to group organization,
special events, camping techniques and other arts, handicrafts and hobbies relating to group
recreation programs. Practical field experience required. (Offered even spring semesters.)
4 Sem. Hrs.
PE 236 Leadership Seminar I. This course offers opportunity for physical education
majors to develop the leadership competencies and experiences necessary to be beginning
teachers or leaders in physical education. Students discuss relevant topics, develop and
maintain a portfolio profiling their ongoing work in physical education, observe various
experienced physical education teachers, and perform various teaching, administrative,
professional association and community responsibilities. Students should register for this
course once they choose to major in physical education. Various responsibilities outlined
in the course will continue in PE 336 (Leadership Seminar II) and culminate in PE 436
(Leadership Seminar III). Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 1 Sem. Hr.
PE 250 The Philosophy and Psychology of Coaching Competitive Athletics. An examination of potential philosophical and psychological factors that affect athletic performance,
with particular attention to personality, motivation, problems facing athletes and research
findings in specific sports. (A prerequisite for entrance into departmental coaching courses
PE 255-295.) (Offered even fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 255 Football Coaching. Study and practice in the strategy and mechanics of coaching
football, including a consideration of football rules, football fundamentals, individual and
team play, offensive and defensive formations, organization, and practice planning. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. (Offered odd fall semesters.)
2 Sem. Hrs.
PE 260 Basketball Coaching. Study and practice in the theory, strategy and mechanics of
coaching basketball, including various systems of offense and defense, organization of practice
periods, judgment in handling players, and study of basketball fundamentals. Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. (Offered even spring semesters.) 2 Sem.
Hrs.
PE 265 Baseball Coaching. Study and practice in the theory and mechanics of baseball.
Detailed instruction for organizing indoor and outdoor practice. Specific emphasis on
preparation for teaching the playing techniques at each position. Prerequisites: Sophomore
standing or permission of instructor. (Offered odd spring semesters.) 2 Sem. Hrs.
PE 270 Track and Field Coaching. Study and practice in the theory and mechanics of
track and field events, including detailed instruction in each of the events included in an
interscholastic or intercollegiate track and field meet. Training and conditioning methods
are analyzed. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. (Offered even
spring semesters.) 2 Sem. Hrs.
243
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PE 275 Wrestling Coaching. Study and practice in the theory and mechanics of freestyle
wrestling, including detailed instruction in training and conditioning, strength development and effective weight maintenance procedures. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or
permission of instructor. (Offered even spring semesters.) 2 Sem. Hrs.
PE 290 Soccer Coaching. Study and practice in the theory and mechanics of soccer. The
technical, physical and psychological aspects of training and organizing for both game and
practice situations will be examined. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor. (Offered odd spring semesters.) 2 Sem. Hrs.
on page 111.
PE 305 Kinesiology. A study of the science of human movement with emphasis upon the
structure and functioning of the movement mechanism, mechanical principles underlying
human motion and an analysis of basic motor skills. Prerequisite: BI 110. (Offered every
semester.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 310 Biomechanics. A study of the laws governing the effect forces have upon the state
of rest or motion in humans. Emphasis will be placed on both quantitative and qualitative
description of human movement in terms of both kinetics and kinematics. Prerequisite:
PE 305 Kinesiology. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 320 Health and Physical Education Curricula in Schools. A study of aims and
objectives of health education and physical education. Methods of teaching both areas are
included. Classes may be arranged in the public schools. (Offered every semester.) 3 Sem.
Hrs.
PE 325 Instructional Methods in Physical Education. Developmentally appropriate
instructional models, strategies and skills, guidelines for managing behavior, assessment,
curriculum, and learning activities will be explored for use in physically educating children
and adolescents. Prerequisite(s): BI 111, PE 200, ES 260, PE 140, PE 115. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 336 Leadership Seminar II. This course offers opportunity for physical education
professional association and community responsibilities. Students must provide official
documentation of valid and current certification in Adult and Child CPR and in First Aid
(American Red Cross). Various responsibilities outlined in PE 236 (Leadership Seminar I)
will continue in this course and will culminate in PE 436 (Leadership Seminar III). Prerequisites: PE 236 and Junior standing. 1 Sem. Hrs.
on page 112.
PE 400 Independent Study. Open to juniors or seniors majoring or minoring in physical
education. The student, in consultation with the instructor, will select a topic or problem
that he/she wishes to research in depth. Departmental permission required for registration.
(Offered every semester.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 401 Adaptive Physical Education. A study of the various types of disabilities and
modifications necessary to meet the needs and abilities of disabled individuals. Special
emphasis is placed on the correction and improvement of motor functions of the physically
disabled individuals. These adaptive methods are used in inclusion class settings. Prerequisites: BI 111, PE 200, ES 260, ES 360 and junior standing. (Offered even spring semesters.)
3 Sem. Hrs.
244
PHYSICAL EDUCATION • HEALTH
PE 405 Physiology of Exercise. A comprehensive study of the elements and principles
of exercise physiology with emphasis placed on the application of this knowledge to the
teaching of physical education and the coaching of athletics. A review of contemporary
research in exercise physiology is included. Prerequisite: BI 110. Three class hours plus two
lab hours per week. (Offered spring semesters.) 4 Sem. Hrs.
PE 410 Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. Statistical
concepts and analysis are applied to health education and physical education. Tests of
health and physical education components are analyzed. Prerequisite: MA 110. (Offered
fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 415 Problems of Administration and Organization. An investigation of the principles
of administrative responsibility in directing the total physical education program. Topics
for study include: curricular trends, staff relationships and duties, budgetary concerns, legal
liability, purchase and care of supplies and equipment, and public and professional relations.
Prerequisite: PE 200. (Offered as needed.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 430 Teaching Fitness and Sporting Activities. Studies in pedagogical theories, strategies, performance mechanics, skills and organization involved in teaching various fitness
and sporting activities in physical education. Prerequisites: PE 200, ES 260, PE 325, ES 360
and junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PE 436 Leadership Seminar III. This course offers opportunity for physical education
professional association and community responsibilities. Various responsibilities outlined
in PE 236 (Leadership Seminar I) and PE 336 (Leadership Seminar II) will culminate in this
course. Prerequisites: PE 336 and senior standing. 1 Sem. Hr.
PE 450 Individual Direct Experience: Intramurals. An arranged, practical experience
which provides direct participation in an applied intramural setting. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and instructor’s permission. (Offered every semester.) 1 or 2 Sem. Hrs.
PE 451 Individual Direct Experience: Coaching. An arranged, practical experience
which provides direct participation in an applied coaching setting. Prerequisites: Sophomore
standing and instructor’s permission. (Offered every semester.) 1 or 2 Sem. Hrs.
PE 494 Honors Thesis/Project. A research/project course designed to meet the needs
of the individual student seeking honors in the major at graduation. Prerequisites: junior
or senior standing, and approval of the instructor, the department chair and the Honors
Review Board. Credit variable, 3-6 Sem. Hrs.
Health
Requirements for the Major in Health
Course
HE 130
HE 140
HE 205
HE 250
HE 260
Sociological and Philosophical
Foundations of Health
Personal Health
Nutrition Science
Principles and Administration of
School Health Programs
Sem. Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
245
HEALTH
HE 320
HE 340
HE 400
HE 420
Subtotal
BI 111
ES 230
ES 260
PE 410
Methods and Curricula for Teaching Health
Sexuality and Health
Community Health Education
(The SCE for the Major)
Disease, Illness and Death
Basic Pharmacology
Evaluation and Measurement in
Health and Physical Education
Total Hours
3
3
3
3
27
4
3
3
3
40
Requirements for the Minor in Health
The health minor requires four courses which total 12 semester hours:
HE 140
HE 205
Personal Health
HE 250
Nutrition Science
HE 400
Community Health Education
Course Descriptions
HE 130 Sociological and Philosophical Foundations of Health. This course will
introduce the student to health education - historically, philosophically, sociologically,
professionally and practically. It will provide the student with the necessary foundational
knowledge upon which to foster competencies and discernment in their future coursework
and experience. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 140 Safety, First Aid and Emergency Care. The course covers theoretical and practical fundamentals necessary for the prevention, recognition, and treatment of common first
aid emergencies and injuries during recreation and in the home, school, and workplace
particularly among infants, children and adolescents. Instruction progresses from American
Red Cross (ARC) and Responding to Emergencies (RTE) to ARC Community CPR. Upon
successful completion of this course, students will obtain ARC RTE certification and ARC
Community CPR certification. A materials fee is required. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 152 Wellness. This lecture and activity course will examine the six dimensions of
wellness: physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, environmental and interpersonal/social
wellness. Students will learn methods of evaluating their own well-being and the importance
of adopting/maintaining a healthy lifestyle as a means of not only disease prevention but also
discovering a sense of purpose. Concepts of health and physical fitness will be explored and
used to develop an understanding of how optimal wellness can be achieved. Students will
be expected to design a personal wellness plan and carry out the self-designed plan during
the semester. 2 Sem. Hrs. [Offered every semester.] {GenEd: E.}
HE 199 Special Topics in Health. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
HE 205 Personal Health. This course investigates personal health and wellness and discusses various influencing factors like community health operations, self-concept, predispositions, trends, addictive behaviors, motivation, knowledge, and individual responsibility
related to choices in consumption, exercise, sexuality, disease prevention, stress management,
nutrition, and mental, spiritual and emotional well being. (Offered every semester.) 3 Sem.
Hrs.
246
HEALTH • PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY
HE 250 Nutrition Science. A comprehensive investigation of the basics of nutrition, the
role that nutrition plays in the maintenance of health and its effects on human performance.
(Offered every semester.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 260 Principles and Administration of School Health Programs. A major responsibility
of health educators is providing health leadership in the schools while collaborating with local
families, agencies and services. This course will enable students to learn about the various roles
they will need to perform besides teaching health in the classroom. They will visit schools
and fulfill a practicum alongside a practicing health educator/administrator in the school
system. Various health educators will be invited to the class to share about their experiences
as advocates for health in the school and community. Various administrative responsibilities
will also be taught and practiced. Prerequisites: HE 130, HE 140. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 320 Methods and Curricula for Teaching Health. This course will provide the theory
and some experiential learning opportunities for students to acquire health knowledge and
competencies in curricular design, instructional methods, use of technology and other resources, promoting health, and meeting the diverse needs in the classroom. Prerequisites:
BI 111, HE 205, PY 215, HE 260. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 340 Sexuality and Health. This course confronts issues related to the practice, meaning and significance of human sexual relations and the physical, psychological, and social
implications on one’s health and well-being. Specific attention will be given to sexually
transmitted diseases, sexual trends in diverse populations and cultures, and unique issues
related to teaching sexuality to children and adolescents. Prerequisites: HE 205, BI 111, PY
215. Students are not be permitted to double-count this course with PY 345 for a minor,
major or graduation. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 400 Community Health Education. Theories and techniques of community organization as applied to planning, implementation and evaluation of community health education
programs. Identification of community health problems and measures for control. Emphasis
on principles, objectives and methods of community health planning. Prerequisite: HE
205. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 420 Disease, Illness and Death. An overview of basic information and investigations
into the signs, symptoms, prognosis, treatments, and precautions associated with various
common diseases in the world and in the local society. Holistic dynamics associated with
illness and death will be explored including related processes, promoting health in the elderly,
understanding the meaning of death and the significance of grief, bereavement, cultural
differences, and care. Prerequisites: HE 320. 3 Sem. Hrs.
HE 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Department of Physics and Astronomy
The principal aim of the Mount Union College Department of Physics and Astronomy
is to help students combine the many advantages to be derived from study at a liberal arts
college with the achievement of a high degree of competence in physics and astronomy
through concentrated study. Four intra-departmental curricula directed toward various
professional objectives in physics and astronomy are currently available: They are in the
fields of experimental physics, theoretical physics, astronomy/astrophysics and applied physics/pre-engineering. Curricula are adjusted to meet individual needs, and each student’s
program is established in student/professor conferences. Most students earn a simultaneous
247
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY
minor in mathematics, and all gain professional competence in computer science. Students
interested in physics or astronomy are urged to talk with members of the department at the
earliest opportunity.
For details on the Cooperative Engineering Program, see page 79.
Requirements for the Major in Physics and Astronomy
Students who wish to major in the department must take PH 101, 102, 241, 270-273, 311,
314, usually 456, and at least three other departmental courses chosen in consultation with
their advisors. Most students should take PH 302, 307 and 340; those interested in applied
physics and engineering would normally also take PH 125, 126, and 301. Students specializing in astronomy select courses from among PH 120, 220, 322, and 326 in consultation
with their advisor. Students desiring to teach physics in high school must consult with
their advisors regarding other required science courses and professional courses in education. Students planning to pursue advanced degrees in professional physics or astronomy
normally take PH 408, 409, and 412.
Majors in the department must take CH 110 or 111 and MA 141, 142, 241, and (in most
cases) MA 335.
A senior year culminating experience is required of all students. It may involve either
theoretical or experimental research projects. This requirement is usually met by taking PH
456 Research, but on special occasion by prior arrangement, can be satisfied by a detailed
report based on an internship. A satisfactory student resume also must be submitted to and
approved by the department.
Requirements for the Minor in Physics and Astronomy
There are two separate options for meeting requirements for a minor in this department.
One or the other must be chosen; combinations of the two are not permitted.
Option 1: Departmental minor with a concentration in physics: PH 101 and 102, and
choose additional courses to arrive at a total of 18 semester hours selected from: PH 125,
126, 270-273, 301, 302, 307, 311, 314, 340, 362, 408, 409 and 412.
Option 2: Departmental minor with a concentration in astronomy: PH 120, 220, 314
and 322. PH 101 and 102 also are strongly recommended.
Requirements for Honors in Physics and Astronomy
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in physics and astronomy if they have
at least a 3.5 grade point average in the major or permission of the Honor Review Board.
To receive honors in physics and astronomy, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point
average in the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of
12 semester hours. One of the courses may be PH494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be
Other courses students may take for honors in physics and astronomy include PH 220 or
any 300-level or above course. For permission to register for a course with honors in the
major, a completed Application and Registration form must be filed with the director of
Honors Programs by the end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course
is taken. Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see
page 75 of this catalogue for more information about Honors Programs.
248
Course Descriptions
PH 101/PH 102 General Physics I, II. A practical and theoretical set of courses covering
elements of non-quantum physics, including mechanics, sound, hydrostatics, elementary
thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: Ability to manipulate algebraic
and trigonometric equations. Elements of vector analysis are presented. Four class hours
and one three-hour laboratory session per week. PH 101 must precede PH 102. Physics
and astronomy majors are advised to take calculus concurrently. 5 Sem. Hrs. each. {GenEd
(both courses): I,B,2.}
PH 110 Concepts of Physics. A non-mathematical introduction to the science of physics.
This course is intended for non-science students, and may be used to satisfy one of the general education requirements in the natural sciences. Topics covered will be from elementary
mechanics, properties of matter, sound, heat, electricity, magnetism, light, atomic physics,
nuclear physics and relativity. Emphasis will be on the development of a solid qualitative
understanding of the physical world. Demonstrations of physical phenomena will accompany lectures. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
PH 120 Astronomy: A Survey. A course designed to introduce students to the field of
astronomy. Laboratory sessions include observing and photographing astronomical objects
through the observatory’s telescopes. This course may be used to satisfy one of the general
education requirements in the natural sciences. Three class hours and one three-hour
laboratory session per week. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,B,2.}
PH 125 Linear Electronics. A study of practical and theoretical modern electronics
with applications. Includes studies of linear solid-state devices (such as oscillators, power
supplies and various amplifiers) and their uses in selected circuits. Laboratory work forms
an important part of this course. Two three-hour classroom-plus-laboratory meetings per
week. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra or permission of the instructor. 4 Sem.
Hrs.
PH 126 Digital Electronics. An extension of PH 125 into fast-switching TTL digital logic
circuit elements as used in high-speed electronic digital computers, analog-to-digital conversion techniques and digital information displays. Two three-hour classroom-plus-laboratory
meetings per week. Prerequisite: PH 125 is recommended, but is not mandatory. 4 Sem.
Hrs.
PH 199 Special Topics in Physics and Astronomy. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
PH 220 Observational Astronomy. An introduction to aspects of modern observational
astronomy. Includes astronomical instrumentation, time, star charts and catalogs, astrometry, photometry, spectroscopy and other selected topics. Particular attention is paid to
CCD imaging and data reduction. Three class hours per week plus laboratory and evening
observing sessions on individually arranged schedules. Prerequisites: PH 120, MA 120. 4
Sem. Hrs.
PH 241 FORTRAN Programming. This course is intended for students majoring in one of
the physical or biological sciences or in mathematics. The full American National Standards
Institute FORTRAN 77 science-oriented computing language is presented. The laboratory,
using Department of Physics and Astronomy computers, deals chiefly with applications in
the physical sciences and in mathematics. Three class hours and one two-hour laboratory
session per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 270 Seminar I. Four semesters of seminar are required of physics and astronomy
majors. Students review classical papers and current publications related to this major,
presenting them formally to the class. This course sequence may be started in the sophomore
249
year or, at the latest, by the first semester of the junior year. Students may not register for
two seminars in one semester. 0.5 Sem. Hr.
PH 271 Seminar II. Prerequisite: PH 270. 0.5 Sem. Hr.
PH 272 Seminar III. Prerequisite: PH 271. 1 Sem. Hr
PH 273 Seminar IV. Prerequisite: PH 272. 1 Sem. Hr.
PH 299 Special Topics in Physics. See All-College 299 course description on page 111.
PH 301 Microprocessors. An applied course in medium-scale integrated circuits which
focuses on microprocessor chips, I/O bus, timers, serial and parallel I/O ports, and the assembly language computer programming necessary to operate these devices. Laboratory
work consists of work on microprocessors of current interest. Two three-hour classroomplus-laboratory meetings per week. Co-listed as CS 301. Prerequisites: PH 126 or equivalent
experience and permission of the instructor to register for this class. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 302 Analytical Mechanics. A study of classical statics and dynamics, including
translational and rotational motion, work and energy, damped and undamped oscillating
systems, wave propagation, Lagrange’s equations, the Hamiltonian and tensors. Three class
hours per week. Prerequisites: PH 101, CS 314 or PH 241 and MA 241. Also, MA 335 must
be taken previously or concurrently. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PH 307 Electromagnetic Theory. Topics to be covered are electrostatics, the solution
of electrostatic problems, dielectric media, electrostatic energy, electric currents, magnetic
properties of matter, electromagnetic induction, magnetic energy and Maxwell’s equations.
These are presented through the medium of vector and tensor calculus. Four class hours per
week. Prerequisites: PH 102 and PH 302. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 311 Atomic Physics. This basic course in atomic physics covers the following topics:
special relativity, the kinetic theory of matter, quantization of matter and energy, atomic
structure, the Schrodinger equation, the basic physics of atoms, spectroscopy and the periodic table. Laboratory experiments fundamental to atomic physics are performed by the
students. Three class hours and one four-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PH 101,
102 and MA 241. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 314 Optics. An applied and theoretical course in geometric optics, optical dispersion,
diffraction, polarization and wave propagation. Extensive laboratory work includes optical
instrumentation and applications. Prerequisite: PH 102. MA 141, 142 are helpful. Three
class hours and one three-hour laboratory session per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 322 Intermediate Astrophysics. Introduction to radiative transport theory, stellar
atmospheres and interiors. Selected topics from among interstellar matter, variable stars,
stellar dynamics, star clusters, galactic structure, general relativity and cosmology are treated.
Prerequisites: PH 120 and MA 142. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PH 326 Advanced Astrophysics. Selected topics are chosen from radiative transport
theory, models of stellar atmospheres and interiors, star formation and evolution, interstellar
matter and related areas of interest. Prerequisites: PH 311, 322; MA 335. Three class hours
PH 340 Thermodynamics. An examination of the laws of classical thermodynamics associated with energy, entropy and Gibbs energy. Further topics of study include equilibrium,
colligative properties and transport properties. This course will be given as an intensive study
consisting of approximately the first 12 weeks of CH 341 plus a special topics project in
conjunction with a faculty member from the Department of Physics and Astronomy. This
course will not count towards a chemistry major. Co-listed as CH 340. Prerequisites: CH
111, PH 102 and MA 142. Four class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: Old = G.}
250
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY • POLITICAL SCIENCE
PH 362 Special Assignments in Advanced Physics or Research. This course permits
students, under the direction of a faculty member, to pursue special investigations of interest
in physics or in physics-related computer areas. Schedules are arranged individually; the
time commitment expected is four hours per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
2 Sem. Hrs. May be repeated for credit.
PH 399 Special Topics in Physics and Astronomy. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
PH 408 Methods of Mathematical Physics. Topics covered may include complex integration, Laplace and Fourier transforms, calculus of residues, solution of the Schrodinger equation, eigenvalues, orthonormality, Bessel’s equations, hypergeometric function, asymptotic
expansions, matrix theory, special functions and related materials. Prerequisites: PH 102,
302 and MA 335. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PH 409 Quantum Mechanics. Historical introduction, uncertainty principle, barrier
penetration, Hilbert space, Schrodinger formulation, Heisenberg formulation, SU groups,
operator concepts, Poisson, Lagrange, and commutator brackets, Dirac four-vectors, introduction to field quantization, and perturbation theory are among the topics presented.
Prerequisites: PH 302, 311 and MA 335. Three class hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PH 412 Particle Physics. This course is an extension of PH 311 and PH 409 into quantum
electrodynamics and quantum chromodynamics. Additional topics may include the electrodynamics of quarks and hadrons, neutron decay, gauge theories and the Higgs mechanism.
Prerequisites: PH 311 and MA 335. PH 409 should be taken previously or concurrently.
Four class hours per week. 4 Sem. Hrs.
PH 456 Research. Prerequisites: Declared and accepted major in physics and permission
of the department chair. May be repeated for credit. This course may serve as the Senior
Culminating Experience if arranged in advance with the student’s advisor. Class meetings
and scheduling are arranged with each student individually; the time commitment expected
is six hours per week. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PH 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
Department of Political Science
For a detailed description of the international studies major and minor, see page 215.
For a detailed description of the legal studies minor, see page 219.
The political science major offers a program which is designed to provide students with
an understanding of the political process as rooted in the political environment, its historical
and philosophical foundations, its institutions, and alternative techniques and methodologies used in the study of that process. Students will gain an understanding of the basics of
the political environment and process within areas of international relations, comparative
politics, political philosophy, American politics and law.
This foundation, combined with college-wide liberal arts requirements, will provide
students with a wealth of background enabling them to pursue a wide range of career and
post graduate study options.
Requirements for the Major in Political Science
All majors in political science must take 33 semester hours in the discipline. These must
include PS 105; a course in international relations either PS 225, PS 227, PS 270, PS 326 or PS
340; a course in comparative politics either PS 250, PS 251 or PS 252; a course in advanced
political philosophy either PS 315, PS 330 or PS 331; a course in American institutions either
PS 110, PS 210 or PS 211; PS 350; and PS 400 or PS 401.
251
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Extra-departmental courses required for the major include a course in history at the
200-level or above selected with the advisor’s approval to complement the student’s work
in political science; and EC 105.
Requirements for the Minor in Political Science
All minors in political science must take 18 semester hours in political science. These
must include: PS 105; a course in American institutions either PS 110, PS 210 or PS 211;
a course in comparative politics or international relations, either PS 225, PS 227, PS 250,
PS 251, PS 270, PS 326 or PS 340; a course in advanced political philosophy, either PS 315,
PS 330 or PS 331.
Requirements for Honors in Political Science
Honors in political science may be earned by:
(1) Holding a 3.5 GPA in political science courses at graduation.
(2) Completing three 300 level political science courses for honors credit.
(3) Completing PS 494.
Consultation with and permission of both the course instructor and the department chair
during the semester prior to doing honors work are required. (PS 494 does not replace PS
400 as the SCE)
Course Descriptions
PS 105 American National Government. A study of the basic principles of the federal
government. This includes the legislative, executive and administrative areas of government
as well as judicial organization and its functioning, citizenship, elections, political parties
and interest groups. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,3.}
PS 110 American State and Local Government. A comparative analysis of American
state and local political institutions. Major consideration will be given to intergovernmental
relations, the role of parties and interest groups on the state and local level, and the organization and function of the legislative, executive, administrative and judicial branches of
government. Recommended: PS 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 120 Introduction to International Politics. An introduction to comparative politics
and international relations. Topics will include the development of the major political
systems of the world, current domestic politics in selected countries, challenges facing both
developing and developed nations, and international cooperation and conflict. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,D,1.}
PS 135 Introduction to Political Thought. An examination of the principal themes and
ideologies which have molded, and continue to affect our political institutions, our political
beliefs and our politics. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
PS 180 Introduction to Geography. This course introduces the general student and the
prospective teacher of integrated social studies to an examination of geography in terms of:
the world in spatial patterns of political, cultural and economic activity; places and regions;
physical systems; human systems; environment and society; and the uses of geography.
Geography for Life: National Geography Standards, will be addressed. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II, D, 1.}
PS 199 Special Topics in Political Science. See All-College 199 course description on
page 111.
PS 210 Congress - The Legislative Process. In this course, we will examine the origins
and development of the American Congress, theories of representation and legislative
252
POLITICAL SCIENCE
behavior, and the legislative process, with particular emphasis on congressional rules and
procedures. Additionally, we will analyze (1) the electoral connection between Members of
Congress and their constituents; and (2) the relationship between Members of Congress to
other political officials and organized interest groups. Prerequisite: PS 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 211 The American Presidency. In this course, we will examine the creation of the
presidency and the development of the role of the president within our system of separated
powers. Among the specific topics that will be covered: (1) candidate selection; (2) power
and accountability; (3) personality and leadership; and (4) decision-making. In particular,
we will focus on the emergence of the “public” presidency, analyzing the consequences both
for the political system and for the country. Prerequisite: PS 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 216 Women and Politics. This course examines women’s roles in the political process
as well as how women are affected by government policy. Topics to be considered include
the evolution of the women’s movement from the suffrage movement to the present; perspectives on women’s roles and how these are reflected in the political arena; challenges and
opportunities faced by women in the political process; and public policies on issues such as
abortion, sexual harassment, child care and population planning. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 225 Introduction to International Relations. An introduction to the study of international relations including the causes of war and peace during the 20th century. Recent
trends in the relations among states will be considered in order to evaluate the possibilities for
future conflict or cooperation. Major theories of international relations will be introduced.
Recommended: PS 120 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 227 Model United Nations. This course provides students the opportunity to participate in simulations of United Nations negotiations. Several simulations will be held on
campus to familiarize students with the workings of the Security Council and other UN
organs. The course will culminate in students’ participation in an intercollegiate Model UN
tournament. Topics to be covered during classroom instruction include basic information
about the institutions, processes, and agenda of the United Nations and its affiliated organizations. Students will be responsible for researching the current agenda of several UN bodies
as well as informing themselves about the countries currently represented in the Security
Council and other relevant bodies. In particular, students will be required to develop an
indepth knowledge of the countries they represent in simulations. Recommended: PS 120
or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 250 Comparative Politics (Europe). This course is intended to provide students with
a general overview of politics in Europe. Students will become familiar with the political
systems of selected European countries and the European Union. Topics will include foreign
policy, economic policy and current political issues. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
PS 251 Comparative Politics (Asia). An introduction to the political systems of Asian
nations. The subject matter of a course in comparative politics includes the study of the
political forces, processes, institutions and policies of foreign countries. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,D,1.}
PS 252 Politics of the Former Soviet Union. This course provides students with an
overview of politics in the states of the former Soviet Union. The course will begin with
a study of communism in the Soviet Union, focussing particularly on the problems that
eventually led to the system’s collapse. Students also will gain an understanding of politics
in each of the 15 successor states of the former Soviet Union. Topics to be considered include the development of new political values and institutions, the transition from planned
economies, ethnic conflict, relations among the successor states and American foreign policy
toward the region. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,1.}
253
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PS 270 American Foreign Policy. A critical analysis of the foreign policy of the United
States in the 20th century. Prerequisite: Recommended: HI 305. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,3.}
page 111.
PS 300 Introduction to Law and the Legal System. This course is intended to provide
students with a general understanding of law and the judicial system in the United States.
In order to provide a more extensive appreciation of the legal system in the United States,
this course will consist of three major segments. The first will analyze the meaning of law,
define our legal system and explain the major sources of law. The second will explain our
federal judicial system. The final section will introduce students to specific areas of substantive law. Prerequisite: PS 105. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
PS 305 Constitutional Law: Civil Rights and Liberties. This course will provide students
with a detailed study and indepth analysis of areas of American constitutional law relating
to civil rights and civil liberties. Topics include freedom of expression, religious freedom,
free press, the right to privacy, racial discrimination and equal protection of the laws. The
course is geared toward pre-law students. Prerequisite: PS 300. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 306 Constitutional Law: Sources of Power. This course will provide students with
a detailed study and indepth analysis of areas of American constitutional law relating to the
powers of government. Topics include political institutions, separation of powers, judicial
review, court processes and federalism. The course is geared toward pre-law students. Prerequisite: PS 300. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 308 Criminal Law and Procedure. An examination of the elements which define
a crime and a study of the processing of a criminal case from the time it is presented for
prosecution until its conclusion at the trial court. The course is structured to introduce
students to the many steps in the process, including charging, judicial/grand jury screening,
bail, discovery, pre-trial motions, plea bargaining, trials and sentencing. It also will include
the examination of the constitutional rights of the accused. Prerequisites: PS 105 and SO
105 or PS 300. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 310 The Electoral Process. An analysis of political campaigns and elections for president and Congress. Specific attention will be paid to election trends, voter characteristics,
and the impact of television and polling on modern election campaigns. Recommended:
PS 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 315 American Political Thought. An analytical and historical examination of the
political ideas important to the evolution of American governmental institutions and to
the ethics and politics of American democracy. Prerequisite: Either PS 105, PS 135 or HI
210. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 326 International Organizations. This course examines whether international organizations and major regional organizations are working effectively to solve international
problems. Topics to be covered include the historical evolution of efforts to manage conflicts, promote human rights and economic development, and protect the environment.
The course will focus on one of the most significant theoretical questions in international
relations: Are international and/or regional organizations moving us toward a world order
in which nation-states are less and less significant? Recommended: PS 120. Prerequisite:
PS 227 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 330 Western Political Thought. An analysis of the principal themes of Western political philosophy from ancient times to the 17th century. Prerequisite: HI 101. 3 Sem. Hrs.
254
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PS 331 Modern Political Philosophy. An analysis of major political thought from the
17th century to the present. Prerequisite: Either PS 135 or HI 102. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 340 International Political Economy. This course examines how political decisions
affect economic conditions. Students will learn about how political decisions have affected
economic conditions in wealthy democracies, in former communist countries, and in developing nations. The international politics of trade, exchange rates, and debt also will be
discussed. Prerequisite: EC 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 350 Quantitative Political Analysis. Research methodology and design, data collection and analysis, sampling, statistics and ethical issues will be covered. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 351 Advanced Methods of Political Analysis. A course designed to introduce students
to a variety of the major tools and techniques employed by decision-makers, administrators,
and political analysts, such as multiple regression analysis, cost-benefit analysis and causal
modeling. Prerequisite: PS 350. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 360 Public Policy. An analysis of the governmental policy making process and substantive policy issues such as health care, education, criminal justice and the environment.
Within this context, we will compare U. S. policy approaches with those of other countries.
Recommended: PS 105 or PS 110. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 365 Health Policy Analysis. Course covers an introduction to health care systems,
a brief history and present status, as well as medical ethics and current problems such as
outpatient trends, alternative health care systems and managed care. The course includes a
study of the structure and application of medical terminology as used by health care professionals. Prerequisite: PS 105 and junior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
page 112.
PS 400W Seminar in Political Science. Each student will select a topic within a given area
of political science and will read it, and analyze it, on his/her own initiative. Emphasis will
be placed on primary sources and research methods. A major, scholarly paper is required.
This will be a Senior Culminating Experience in political science. Permission of the instructor is required. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 401W Seminar in Political Science and Law. This course will provide students the
opportunity to participate in a simulation of a criminal or civil trial, based on an actual
case. The course will familiarize students with the rules of evidence and require them to
analyze, indepth, the law and facts underlying a particular case scenario. The course will
culminate in students’ participation in the intercollegiate regional Mock Trial tournament.
In addition, each student will research and analyze a particular aspect of law that pertains
to the assigned case, using that research and analysis to draft a legal brief and other related
documents. This will be a Senior Culminating Experience in political science. Prerequisites:
PS 300 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 405 Independent Study. Open to juniors and seniors majoring in political science.
Emphasis is on independent inquiry into a subject in depth. Permission of instructor required. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during the semester prior to the
one in which the course is offered. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 470 Colloquium in Political Science (National Security). An indepth study of the
peculiar concerns faced by the American system with particular attention being paid to:
institutions such as the Department of Defense, the intelligence community, etc; the international environment; and social and cultural considerations. Prerequisite: PS 270. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
255
POLITICAL SCIENCE •PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM • PSYCHOLOGY
PS 494 Honors Thesis/Project. Formal paper written under the supervision of a departmental member. See All-College 494 course description on page 112. Arrangements
must be made with the instructor during the semester prior to the one in which the course
is offered. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PS 499 Internship in Political Science. Open primarily to seniors. An experience-based
course in which the student spends a specified amount of time attached to a court, a legal
agency, a private law firm, or a law enforcement agency in order to gain actual work experience and then have the opportunity to relate classroom knowledge to a work experience
situation. The exact program is to be agreed upon by the intern, the internship coordinator,
and the cooperating agency or office. Permission of internship coordinator required prior
to enrollment. Arrangements must be made with the instructor during the semester prior
to the one in which the course is offered. 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Pre-Professional Programs
Mount Union offers a wide range of pre-professional programs for persons interested
in careers in medical-related fields, law and ministry. Brochures describing each of the
programs in detail are available through the Office of Admission.
Pre-dentistry and pre-medicine are not formal degree programs. Undergraduates pursue
a broadly-based program of study which includes courses in the humanities, social sciences
and the fine arts, as well as recommended courses in biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics
and social sciences. Students also are encouraged to participate in an independent research
project.
Pre-ministry preparation may involve various disciplines and feature several curricular
patterns for students seeking to go into the ministry or other religious vocation. A preministry concentration is offered by the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies,
see page 264.
Pre-engineering, see page 79.
Department of Psychology
The mission of the Department of Psychology is to develop and maintain an academic
curriculum and co-curricular activities that help students acquire a broad base of knowledge
in psychology, acquire the intellectual and communication skills necessary to contribute to
psychological science and develop characteristics that encourage personal fulfillment and
responsible citizenship.
Department Goals
The goals of the department fall into three categories:
Knowledge Base: The Department of Psychology provides courses, programs and experiences that foster the acquisition of the significant knowledge of the field, including historical
and contemporary persons and events that have shaped the discipline. The department seeks
to provide students with an understanding of the varied methods, theories and conceptual
models that serve as organizing frameworks for understanding behavior and experience.
Intellectual Skills: The Department of Psychology provides programs, courses and experiences that enable students to develop skills in the areas of communication, information
gathering, critical thinking, problem solving and quantitative and qualitative methods of
inquiry, analysis and interpretation.
Personal Characteristics: The Department of Psychology provides courses, programs
and experiences that promote self-awareness, capacity for self-reflection, interpersonal
competence, appreciation of diversity and the development of a personal code of moral
and ethical behavior.
256
PSYCHOLOGY
A systematic study of behavior and mental processes is necessary for students who lean
toward psychology as a profession and is of interest to those students who wish to gain
greater insight into human and animal behavior. New students will quickly discover that the
subject matter of psychology is spread across a wide spectrum of information, consequently
the courses in psychology offer various types of learning opportunities such as lectures,
discussions, experiential activities, demonstrations, field placements, internships, seminars
and empirical research projects.
To become a professional psychologist, students must complete from two to five years of
graduate study. Professional preparation is a prerequisite for teaching and/or research positions in most colleges and universities and for the practice of clinical/counseling psychology.
Undergraduate majors can be sure that, at least, they will be prepared for supervised/training
positions in the mental health field such as case manager and group home counselor. They
will also be qualified for positions in personnel work, social work, public relations, publicity,
sales, advertising, hospital administration and others. However they will not be prepared
for any specific vocational objective. Many career opportunities are also found in school
counseling, vocational rehabilitation, business and industry, government service, educational
administration and research. In addition, an undergraduate major in psychology can serve
as preparation for students choosing to pursue additional training in medicine or law.
Requirements for the Major in Psychology
A general orientation to the field is assured by requiring students to take basic courses
in all areas. All psychology majors will take 36 semester hours in psychology: 30 required
hours and six hours of electives. Beyond this, no more than 12 additional hours are allowed
unless the student takes a like number of hours beyond the minimum of 120 hours required
for the undergraduate degree.
The following courses are required of all majors: PY 110 (or 216 or 217 for early childhood
or middle childhood majors also majoring in psychology), 200, 201, 202, 401, 402 and one
of the following: 390 or 455 or 499. In addition, each major is required to select one course
from each of the following three categories:
Group 1: Basic theoretical courses: PY 215 or 220 or 225 or 235.
Group 2: Physiological and experimental courses: PY 230 or 250 or 260 or 270 or 275.
Group 3: Applied/clinical courses: PY 305 or 310 or 315 or 340 or 345 or 365.
The electives are determined through consultation with the student’s advisor.
Psychology 401 and 402 comprise the Senior Culminating Experience.
On declaring a major, a student should come to the Department of Psychology in order
to plan a schedule of courses. Achievement of a degree follows from the fulfillment of a
well-chosen and balanced program.
Several courses outside of the department are recommended for majors. These usually
include biology, sociology, mathematics, and as related to a particular plan of study, chemistry,
economics or philosophy. For the pre-professional major, most graduate schools expect that
an undergraduate will earn at least a 3.0 cumulative average.
Requirements for the Minor in Psychology
Students wishing to obtain a minor in psychology begin with an overview of the field and
then take more specialized courses that provide greater depth of inquiry. The psychology
minor consists of 15 semester hours in psychology: three required hours and 12 elective
hours. The required course is PY 110 (or 216 or 217 for early or middle childhood majors).
The electives can be chosen from the remaining course listings.
Early or middle childhood majors who have completed PY 216 or PY 217 respectively
may not include PY 110 or PY 215 in their psychology minor. Early childhood majors who
have taken PY 218 may not include PY 310 in their psychology minor.
257
PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology as a minor is appropriate for many types of students because it has applications in many career areas as well as in one’s personal life. It would enhance preparation
for careers in the fields of social services, business, medicine, education and the ministry
as well as many others.
Students interested in human services may wish to choose their electives from among the
following courses: PY 215, 220, 225, 305, 310, 315, 340, 350, 365 and 499. Students interested
in the scientific, experimental or biological areas may want to consider PY 230, 250, 260,
270, 275 and 380. Students interested in business might find courses PY 225, 235, 320 and
360 appealing. Students considering psychology as a minor are encouraged to speak not
only with their advisors but also to a member of the psychology faculty to determine the
courses that would be most suitable for them.
Requirements for Honors in Psychology
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in psychology if they have at least a 3.5
To receive honors in psychology, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in
the major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12 semester
hours. One of the courses may be PY 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be taken for
three to six credit hours. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project, a completed Honors Application and Registration Form must be filed with the director of Honors
Programs by the end of the twelfth week of classes of the semester prior to doing the thesis.
Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit.
Other courses students may take for honors in psychology include any 200-level or above
course except PY 200, PY 201, PY 202, PY 401 and PY 402. For permission to register for
a course with honors in the major, a completed Application and Registration Form must
be filed with the director of Honors Programs by the end of the third week of classes of
the semester in which the course is taken. Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course
to earn honors credit. Please see page 75 of this Catalogue for more information about
Honors Programs.
Course Descriptions
Note: Students will ordinarily begin with PY 110 (or an equivalent course). This course may
serve in any of three ways: as an elective; as a requirement in various curricula; or as a prerequisite for all other courses in psychology. PY 216 and PY 217 also are accepted as prerequisites
for all other courses in psychology.
PY 110 Introduction to Psychological Science. This course is an introduction to the
scientific study of behavior and mental processes. Students will be exposed to various issues
essential to understanding behavior, thinking and emotion using a variety of methods of
scientific inquiry. Topics will include the following: research methodology, biological bases
of behavior, development, sensation and perception, consciousness, learning, memory and
cognition, motivation and emotion, personality, social behavior, abnormal psychology, and
the treatment of psychological disorders. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,3,b.} Students who
have taken or who plan to take PY 216 or PY 217 are not permitted to take this course.
PY 199 Special Topics in Psychology. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
PY 200 Professional Development Seminar. This course covers topics that will better acquaint students with the field of psychology, as well as the relationships that exist
between the various areas within the field. In the process of doing this, students will better
understand the various career possibilities that exist for them after graduation. Discussion
258
PSYCHOLOGY
of requirements for various careers and graduate school possibilities also will be included.
Other related topics also will be discussed. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 1 Sem. Hr.
PY 201 Research and Statistical Methods I. A survey of basic research methodology,
design considerations and statistical analyses of corresponding behavioral data. Includes
presentation of elementary descriptive and experimental research procedures as well as
related statistical procedures (descriptive statistics: data presentation and characterization;
inferential statistics; basics of hypothesis testing and parameter estimation). Students will
apply these principles in conjunction with and as an introduction to various areas of research
psychology through laboratory exercises and use of state-of-the-art statistical packages.
Three lecture hours and two lab hours per week. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent (may
not be taken concurrently with PY 202) and sophomore standing. 4 Sem. Hrs. (Offered fall
only.)
PY 202 Research and Statistical Methods II. A continuation of PY 201 dealing with
more complex methodological issues. Advanced correlational and experimental designs are
introduced. An experimental research project, laboratory exercises and continued work with
computerized statistical programs provide direct experience with these techniques. Three
lecture hours and two lab hours per week. Prerequisites: PY 201. 4 Sem. Hrs. (Offered spring
only.)
PY 215 Child and Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological development
of the individual from childhood through adolescence. Emphasis will be on emotional,
cognitive and social development during childhood and adolescence. Prerequisite: PY 110
or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. Students who have taken or who plan to take PY 216 or PY 217
are not permitted to take this course.
PY 216 General Psychology for Early Childhood Education. This course consists of a
survey of basic principles of human behavior in selected content areas, with an expanded
section on development of children from conception through primary grade years. General
topics may include: research methods, learning, thinking and memory, language, intelligence, social thinking, social relations and abnormal psychology. The expanded section on
child development includes topics associated with physical, cognitive and socio-emotional
development, symbolic play and representational thought. This course is for CE majors and
multiage licensure students in visual arts and drama/theatre and will be offered every fall
semester. Students who take this course are not permitted to take PY 110 or PY 215. 4 Sem.
Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,3,b.} (Typically offered in the fall.)
PY 217 General Psychology for Middle Childhood Education. This course consists of
a survey of basic principles of human behavior in selected content areas, with an expanded
section on development of the early adolescent. General topics may include: research methods, learning, thinking and memory, language, intelligence, social thinking, social relations
and abnormal psychology. The expanded section on early adolescent development focuses
on topics associated with physical, cognitive and socio-emotional development. This course
is for ME majors and will be offered every spring semester. Corequisite: ME 250. Students
who take this course are not permitted to take PY 110 or PY 215. 4 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: Old
= F2; New = II,C,3,b.} (Typically offered in the spring.)
PY 218 Early Childhood Special Education. This course identifies pre-, peri- and postnatal development factors which may result in special needs among young children. It also
identifies the etiology, characteristics and classification of common disabilities, especially
as recognized by the State of Ohio, and their implications for young children. Students also
will develop an understanding of the consequences of stress, the role of protective factors
such as family and caregiver resilience and support structures and development of mental
health. This course is for CE majors and will be offered every spring semester. Prerequisite:
259
PSYCHOLOGY
PY 216. Students who take this course are not permitted to take PY 310. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Course
not currently being offered but may be reinstated at a later date if required by the State.)
PY 219 Lifespan Development. This course utilizes a holistic approach to understanding
the development of the individual from conception to death. Emphasis is placed on the ways
in which contextual variables influence development and functioning in physical, cognitive,
affective and social domains. Enrollment is limited to students in the Aultman Hospital
Nursing Program. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 220 Adulthood and Aging. This course is intended to facilitate an understanding of
and appreciation for the significant developmental processes and changes that occur in early,
middle and late adulthood. In addition to examining current research and theories related to
biological, cognitive and social factors, particular attention is paid to the impact of culture
and the environmental context on the aging process. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3
Sem. Hrs.
PY 225 Personality Theory. This course is a survey of the work of a diverse group of
theorists who have all sought to explain the structure, development and functioning of
human personality. Theoretical perspectives covered will include psychodynamic, sociocultural, humanistic, existentialist, behavioral and cognitive approaches. Prerequisite: PY 110
or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 230 Motivation. This course deals with current ideas and issues concerning the arousal,
direction and persistence of behavior. In addition to the coverage of traditional subjects
(e.g. the physiological and social bases of motivation, the nature of primary drives and the
interaction of learning and motivation), the course also will include topics of special interest such as weight management, sleep disorders, behavioral impact of stress, aggression,
addictive behaviors and motivation in the work place. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent.
(PY 250 is strongly recommended.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 231 Introduction to Neural Processing Systems. This course will be a comparison
study of the biological components that govern brain function, the cognitive frameworks and
the behaviors that emerge. These behavioral and biological constructs will then be related
to the structure, construction, and capabilities of artificial neural network computational
devices. The focus will be on the basic principles of neuroscience and cognitive perception,
as well as the practical application of neural networks to the solution of real-world problems.
A major component of the course will be the development of a student-designed, semester
long, neural network project which addresses and provides a theoretical solution to a behavioral problem. Prerequisites for the course: PY 110 and one college-level mathematics
course numbered MA 110 or higher. Co-listed as CS 231. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III,B.}
PY 235 Psychology of Social Behavior. This course is an examination of human behavior in a social and cultural context. Topics covered will include the self in a social context,
attitudes, attributions, persuasion, conformity, attraction, altruism, prejudice, aggression,
group dynamics and intergroup relations. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 250 Biological Psychology. Designed to present a broad-based survey of the biological bases of behavior, beginning with an overview of the anatomy and pharmacology of the
nervous system. Classic and current topics in the areas of development, motor behavior,
language, learning and memory, brain injury and stroke, neurodegenerative diseases and
the biology of mental illness such as mood disorders and schizophrenia will be presented.
Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 260 Sensation and Perception. This course deals with current ideas and issues
concerning sensation, the process of detecting a stimulus in the environment, and perception, the interpretation of the information gathered by the senses. Subjects studied in this
260
PSYCHOLOGY
course serve to demonstrate the relationship between basic physiological mechanisms and
complex cognitive processes underlying thought. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent. (PY
250 is strongly recommended.) 3 Sem. Hrs. (Offered every other year.)
PY 270 Cognition and Memory. A broad overview of the research findings regarding the
two current theoretical perspectives in the study of mental processing: information-processing and parallel distributed processing. The course addresses such topic areas as perception,
attention, memory, knowledge organization, language comprehension and production,
problem-solving and creativity. Also included are recent findings on the influence of biological, developmental and environmental factors on these processes. Prerequisites: PY 110
or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Typically offered in the spring.)
PY 275 Learning and Conditioning. An introduction to the concepts of learning as
reflected in major theories including classical, operant and social learning. This course
examines how humans and animals seek and acquire information about their surroundings, make correlational or predictive inferences and express those inferences behaviorally.
Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Offered every other year.)
PY 280 Movies and Madness. This course explores the ways people with mental illnesses
and psychological disorders as well as those who treat them have been presented in feature
films. The course examines the issue of stigmatization and marginalization of people with
mental illness as a social problem exacerbated by misleading and negative images presented
in the mass media. The course will also provide basic information about psychological disorders, the mental health system, and various treatment approaches. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Typically
offered in the fall.) {GenEd: II,D,2 or III, B.}
111.
PY 305 Abnormal Psychology. A study of the principle forms of mental disorders with
emphasis on their origin, treatment, prevention and social significance. These disorders
are related to the biological, psychological and cultural determinants of normal behavior.
Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 310 Child and Adolescent Psychopathology. This course provides an overview of
the major emotional, behavioral and developmental disorders of childhood. Emphasis is
placed on identifying and examining factors that interfere with normal development. Various
models of diagnosis, classification and therapeutic intervention are examined. Prerequisite:
PY 110 or equivalent; PY 215 recommended. Students who have taken or plan to take PY
218 are not permitted to take this course. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 315 Personal Growth and Adjustment. Application of psychological principles, theory
and research to the process of living a more satisfying adult life. With emphasis both on
prevention and correction, this course will help the student formulate personal guidelines to
grow in a meaningful way. It will do this by focusing on important areas of living as adults
and seeking to find satisfying ways of adjusting to problems frequently encountered in these
areas. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 320 Industrial/Organizational Psychology. An introduction to the principles, theories
and techniques of I/O psychology. The main emphasis is on the application of psychological
principles to solve problems, improve performance and increase satisfaction in work organizations. Topics covered will include personnel selection, performance appraisal, training,
motivation and job satisfaction, organizational communication and job design. Prerequisite:
PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 330 Drugs and Behavior. A survey which investigates the use of drugs as a tool in
understanding the nature of brain-behavior relationships, the personal and social impact
261
PSYCHOLOGY
of psychoactive drugs, the importance of drugs to the treatment of behavior disorders and
the nature of drug dependency. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent. (PY 250 is strongly
recommended.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 336 Animal Cognition. This course begins with an overview of the history of philosophical and scientific thought in relation to the debate about what kinds of mental abilities
non-human animals have, if any. Past and current empirical research methodologies will
be discussed, as will findings regarding the existence and extent of self-awareness, memory,
problem-solving, and other cognitive processes in various species (including but not limited
to birds, sea mammals, monkeys and apes). These findings will be discussed in terms of the
research on human cognitive processes, however, the implications for the animals themselves
will also be explored. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor.
3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 340 Psychological Testing and Measurement. This course will introduce students
to the principles of quantitative measurement of psychological constructs, the application
of these principles in designing and evaluating intellectual and personality tests, and the use
of these tests as decision-making tools in clinical, educational, industrial and other contexts.
Prerequisites: PY 202, or PY 110 and permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 345 Human Sexual Behavior. This course examines the developmental and experiential
determinants of sexual behavior from a number of coordinate viewpoints: cross-species,
cross-cultural and historical; genetic, hormonal, emotional and cognitive; gender identity,
attitudes, orientation and intimacy. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent preferred and junior
or senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 350 Social Responsibility and Personal Well-Being. An experientially-based course
that looks at the effect of service and other forms of helping behavior on one’s sense of wellbeing. This course will look at effective ways of providing service, and will emphasize the
personal impact of helping by providing opportunities for class members to participate in
service projects. This generally involves a week-long Spring Break service project in a third
world country. The importance of balancing self and other-directed behavior for personal
and societal well-being will be addressed. By looking at both established service programs as
well as the process of initiating a service project, it is hoped that the participant will realize
several approaches for providing service and meeting the needs that exist within a community. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent, or SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Offered spring only.)
{GenEd: II,D,2.}
PY 360 Group Dynamics. An advanced interdisciplinary course in group dynamics.
Students will participate in an initial 10-day experience (prior to fall term) in a wilderness
setting. This experience will serve to sensitize the participants to themselves, the complexities of social relationships and dynamics of groups. Upon returning to campus, the course
will explore the processes involved in individual and group dynamics. Co-listed as SO 360.
Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent, or SO 100 and consent of the instructor. Variable credit,
1-3 Sem. Hrs. (Offered fall only.)
PY 365 Introduction to Counseling. A course designed both to acquaint the student
with the major approaches to individual counseling and to give the student some training in counseling. Characteristics of the counseling relationship, process and goals will be
examined in some detail. There will be a strong experiential focus as a means of applying
what is learned to actual situations. Prerequisites: PY 110 or equivalent; PY 225 and/or PY
305 are recommended, especially for majors. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 370 Psychology and the Legal System. The course examines the legal system through
the use of psychological concepts, methods and research results. The topics covered may
262
PSYCHOLOGY
include: roles of psychologists in the legal system, the training of lawyers and police officers,
criminal investigation, the identification and evaluation of suspects, issues of competency
and insanity, the trial process, jury selection and behavior, the psychology of victims and
issues related to punishment and sentencing. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs.
(Offered every other year.)
PY 380 Psychology of Language. An indepth look at one of the most important and allencompassing human behaviors as it exists in oral, written and signed forms. Emphasis is on
the scientific investigation of higher cognitive processes involved in language perception and
comprehension, production and acquisition and development. Evolutionary, physiological
and social factors associated with these processes also will be considered. Prerequisite: PY
110 or equivalent. 3 Sem. Hrs. (Typically offered in the spring.)
PY 385 Psychology of Gender. The course will examine the issue of gender as it has been
studied by psychologists. Topics will include: the nature and meaning of gender roles and
gender stereotypes; research on gender similarities and differences with respect to cognitive,
physical, personality and social functioning; how gender stereotypes and roles develop; the
effects of gender stereotypes and roles on individuals, relationships and society; and alternatives to traditional gender stereotypes and roles. Prerequisite: PY 110 or equivalent. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
PY 390 Research Seminar. This course will promote development of skills in the scientific
method as it pertains to psychological research. Students who are expecting to enter graduate
programs in psychology are highly encouraged to register for this class. Students will receive
guidance in various aspects of the research process, including choosing their own topics for
investigation, searching the literature for relevant information, proposing testable hypotheses
and designing methods for testing those hypotheses. The research project started in this
course can be completed via independent study, although this is not required; the goal of
completing the research is to allow the student the opportunity to submit a research report
for presentation. This course is not the same as, nor is it included in, the Senior Projects I
and II sequence. Prerequisite: PY 202. 3 Sem. Hrs.
112.
PY 401 Senior Projects I. This course, along with PY 402, Senior Projects II, constitutes
the Senior Culminating Experience in psychology. Students are required to design an independent research project and conduct an appropriate literature review. Students also will
begin writing a detailed research report according to American Psychological Association
guidelines. Prerequisite: PY 202. (Cannot be taken concurrently with PY 201 or 202.) 3 Sem.
Hrs. (Offered fall only.)
PY 402 Senior Projects II. The student will complete the research project begun in PY
401, Senior Projects I, by collecting and analyzing empirical data, and by finishing the written report and presenting the findings in a public forum. Prerequisite: PY 401. (Cannot be
taken concurrently with PY 201 or 202.) 3 Sem. Hrs. (Offered spring only.)
PY 415 Psychology Seminar. This course will cover various topics pertaining to present-day psychological issues. These topics may include such things as the psychology of
consciousness, animal behavior and creativity. Students may repeat for different topics. This
course is primarily for psychology majors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 1-3 Sem.
Hrs.
PY 455 History and Systems of Psychology. A survey from Greek times to the 20th
century. Many examples of great thinkers, key concepts and major trends are used to illustrate the stages in the evolution of modern psychology. Attention will be given to the
263
PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGIOUS STUDIES
sociocultural contexts in which this development has taken place. Prerequisite: PY 110 or
equivalent. Junior or senior standing recommended. 3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 485 Independent Study. The individual study of a special problem. Concentration
may be on a research project or on a review of the literature in the problem area. Offered
only upon request of the student who shows the interest and initiative and with permission
of the instructor. Variable credit, 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
PY 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
PY 499 Psychology Internship. An experience-based course in which the student spends
a specified amount of time in a social service or psychology-related agency or institution in
order to gain actual experience and understand possible applications of psychology to this
setting. Supervision will be jointly provided by the cooperating agency and the psychology staff. Prerequisites: PY 365 and permission of the instructor. Variable credit, 1-15 Sem.
Hrs.
Religious Studies
Religious studies introduce students to the nature and place of religion in human experience in both its individual and corporate dimensions. In wrestling with religion’s role
in human life, one is dealing with a living expression of the struggle for human value and
meaning. These expressions are examined in the scriptural, historical, theological and ethical
traditions of the world’s religions.
The religion major and minor are administered by the Department of Philosophy and
Religious Studies.
Requirements for the Major in Religious Studies
Requirements for the major in religious studies are 11 courses which must include the
following: RE 100; RE 260; RE 231 or RE 232; RE 201, RE 300 or RE 320; one of the following five courses: RE 240, RE 285, RE 310, RE 321 and RE 350; RE 400; one of the following
three courses: RE 210, RE 215 and RE 220; RE 270, RE 305 or RE 390; RE 430; and two RE
electives. Majors must complete the SCE in religious studies, which can be taken in conjunction with RE 400, RE 420 or RE 430.
Requirements for the Major in Religious Studies with a
Pre-Ministry Concentration
A religion major with a pre-ministry concentration will require the completion of the
major as given in the requirements for the major, with three of the 11 courses of the major
to include either: RE 231 and RE 232; plus one of the following: RE 201, RE 300, or RE 320
or RE 232; plus any two of the following: RE 201, RE 300 or RE 320
The pre-ministry concentration also requires: At least three semester hours of RE 499.
Requirements for the Minor in Religious Studies
Requirements for the minor in religious studies are six courses, including RE 100, RE 231
or RE 232, RE 260, RE 430 and any additional two RE courses.
Requirements for Honors in Religious Studies
Criteria for eligibility are stated under Honors Program on page 75.
264
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Course Descriptions
RE 100 Religion and Human Experience. An examination of basic elements common
to various religious traditions. The purpose of the course is to develop in the student a
heightened awareness of the significance of religion in human life and culture. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: I,C.}
RE 199 Special Topics in Religion. See All-College 199 course description on page
111.
RE 201 Biblical Literature and Religion. An introduction to the literature and religion
of Hebrew Scripture and the New Testament for the purpose of understanding the origins,
message and relevance of Biblical Judaism and Christianity. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem.
RE 210 Judaism: Its Life and Thought. A survey of the life and faith of Judaism from
the Post-Biblical Period to the present. Emphasis will be placed on both historical and
contemporary theological developments and religious practices. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3
Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
RE 215 Native American Religious Traditions. This course focuses on the larger North
American continent and into Meso America. Using cultural-historical method, the course
emphasizes the changes and continuities in native religious ideas and practices over time.
The relationship between native people and Christianity is a major sub-theme of the course.
3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2}
RE 220 African-American Religious Traditions. This course surveys major African-American religious traditions. This course presents overviews and analysis of African-American
religious traditions from its African roots through the 18th century to the present. It also
examines the context out of which the religious traditions developed in the Americas including North America, South America and the Caribbean. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
RE 231 The Development of the Christian Tradition. The history of Christian thought
and practice up to the Reformation. Primary focus will be on the Latin West, but attention also will be given to Eastern Orthodoxy. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,2.}
RE 232 The Development of the Christian Tradition. The history of Christian thought
and practice from the Reformation to the present. Particular emphasis will be given to the
rise of modernity and questions of religion, philosophy and sociopolitical change. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GedEd: II,C.}
RE 240 Contemporary Western Religious Thought. An introductory study of the most
influential Protestant, Catholic and Jewish theologians of the present day, including a brief
survey of the development of Christian and Jewish theology. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
RE 260 Religions of the World. An introductory study of the history, thought and practice of some of the major religions of the world. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,D,2.}
RE 270 The Holocaust: Jewish and Christian Responses. An introduction to the legacy
of the Holocaust and its religious implications. The course explores Christian anti-Judaism
as one of many factors in the Nazi rise to power and the “Final Solution.” It then proceeds
to various accounts of life in the Nazi ghettoes and death camps and deals with Christian
and Jewish efforts to remember the Holocaust within particular communities and places.
Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
265
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RE 280 Religion As A Search for Meaning. This course is based on the very broad view
of religion as ultimate concern or a search for the meaning of one’s existence. It will cover
the writings of theologians, philosophers, psychotherapists, novelists and dramatists who
approach religion as a universal quest for spiritual values, transcendence or ultimacy. 3 Sem.
RE 285 Religion and Science. This course surveys contemporary discussion on what it
means to be religious in an age dominated by science and technology, as well as what it means
to be a scientist in an age still strongly influenced by religious beliefs and values. Themes
treated in the course include, but are not limited to: evolution vs. creationism, big bang vs.
cosmic design, the consciousness debate, cloning, mediation and the brain, ESP, telekinesis,
chaos theory, spiritual healing. Prerequisites: RE 100 or permission of instructor. 3 Sem.
RE 290 Death and Dying. The first half of the course surveys ideas about death and dying
found in both Western and Eastern religions and philosophies. The second half is devoted
to such practical and ethical issues as the funeral industry, suicide, grief, living wills, terminal care and “near-death experiences,” and will include several panel discussions hosted by
local professionals. Throughout the course, emphasis will be placed on ways in which the
inevitability of death encourages us to live more fully and meaningfully. Prerequisite: RE
100 or PL 200. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
RE 299 Special Topics in Religious Studies. See All-College 299 course description on
page 111.
RE 300 Paul and Early Christianity. A study of the writings and theology of Paul and the
schools of thought that followed him. The writings of Paul and his followers, the Gospel of
John and the Johannine letters, the Petrine letters, Hebrews and other writings in the New
Testament will be examined with special emphasis on the role these traditions played in the
life and thought of the early church. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II, C, 2.}
RE 305 Religion and Politics in the Middle East. A study of the role of Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the history and politics of the Middle East, specifically of the Holy Land.
The course will address critical issues in the Middle East such as land, water, language,
community and sacred sites from multiple perspectives including a cross section of resident
populations (Israeli Jews, Israeli Arabs, recent immigrant populations and Palestinians) as
well as key interested “outsiders” (U.S.A., Arab League, et al.). Concerns of the secularists
in Israeli society also will be examined. Prerequisite: RE 100 or permission of instructor. 3
Sem. Hrs. [If course is offered as a summer course, consisting of a four-to-five week study
tour to Israel as well as classroom study and individual research projects prior to travel to
the Middle East, the course will have a value of 4 Sem. Hrs.]
RE 310 Philosophy of Religion. The course examines standard attempts to establish the
rationality of belief in God and the challenges raised to those attempts by the evil in the
world. Also to be considered are issues such as what God is like and how God is related
to our lives and the limitations of this world. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
II,C,2.}
RE 320 Jesus and the Gospels. An investigation into the life, ministry and teachings
of Jesus of Nazareth as understood by the writers of the Gospels and historical research.
Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
RE 321 Christian Social Ethics. An introduction to Christian ethics which stresses its
social dimensions and addresses such issues as politics, human sexuality, economics and
environmental problems. Prerequisite: RE 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
266
RELIGIOUS STUDIES • ROTC
RE 350 Atheism. This course looks first at historical arguments against the existence of
God [e.g. Nietzsche, Marx, Freud, Russell], along with their refutations, and then proceeds
to the writings of contemporary atheists. It also will study the challenges to traditional
theism posed by evolution theory, cosmology and biblical criticism. Prerequisite: RE 100
or permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,2.}
RE 370 Hinduism-Buddhism. A study of the basic scriptures, philosophy and worship
practices of Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and select forms of Mahayana Buddhism.
Prerequisite: RE 260 or GE 110. 3 Sem. Hrs.
RE 390 Women and Religion. An introduction to the religious lives, experiences and
insights of women as to the role, function and nature of religion in contemporary society.
The course deals with a variety of issues and topics from theology, history and ethics to
cross-cultural analysis and the challenges which the experience of women pose for the doing of theology and an understanding of institutional religious life. Prerequisite: RE 100.
3 Sem. Hrs.
RE 399 Special Topics in Religion. See All-College 399 course description on page
112.
RE 400 Seminar in Religious Studies. Critical study and research of a selected topic in
one of the following areas: Bible, theology or world religions. Prerequisite: Permission of
RE 410 Independent Study. Advanced research in religion. Primarily for departmental
majors at the junior or senior level. Students may repeat for different topics. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
RE 420 Senior Culminating Experience. The SCE is a research project that will demonstrate the student’s ability to complete a study that is both comprehensive and integrative
in nature. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
RE 430 Theories and Methods in the Study of Religion. An advanced survey of leading
theories and methods in the field of religious studies. The course places special emphasis on
the interdisciplinary nature of the field and offers an overview of the different approaches
to religious topics. Prerequisites: RE 100 and majors and minors only. 3 Sem. Hrs.
RE 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
RE 499 Internship in Religion. Field experience for senior students in churches, church
agencies or other social institutions approved by the department chairman. The internship
can provide a variety of pre-professional work experiences, e.g., parish administration, radio
ministry, institutional chaplaincy, etc. Written application should be made to the internship
coordinator (department chair) during the first two weeks of the semester which precedes
the internship. Grading: S/U. Prerequisites: Senior standing; substantial background
in religious studies, including Religion 100, three 200 level and three 300 level courses in
religion, excluding Religion 260 and Religion 370; and permission of the department chair.
1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Reserve Officer Training Corps
Mount Union College offers, in cooperation with Kent State University, Reserve Officer
Training Programs for the Air Force (AF) and the Army (MS). Army ROTC courses for
freshmen and sophomores are taught at Mount Union. The juniors and seniors attend
class at Kent State. Air Force classes are all held at Kent State. ROTC courses fulfill elective
requirements for graduation from Mount Union College but do not lead toward a major or
minor. Students may register for these courses during regular registration periods. Infor-
267
ROTC
mation about courses is available from the Office of the Registrar and information about
scholarships is available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Course Descriptions for Aerospace Studies
AF 101 The Foundations of the United States Air Force I. Explore the doctrine, organization and mission of the U.S. Air Force and its major commands. Review the organization
of the U.S.A.F. 1 Sem. Hr.
AF 102 The Foundations of the United States Air Force II. Overview of U.S. General
Purpose Military Forces, special attention to limited war. Survey of U.S. Air Force’s research
and development, procurement, logistics, airlift, educational and training programs. 1 Sem.
Hr.
AF 103/104 Leadership Laboratory. An instructional program that prepares an individual
to undertake the broad range of technical tasks associated with military leadership and
defense management. Each 1 Sem. Hr.
AF 201 Evolution of United States Airforce I. The beginning of manned flight; development of air power from Kitty Hawk through World War II and the concepts governing air
power during this period. 1 Sem. Hr.
AF 202 Evolution of United States Airforce II. Development of air power from the Berlin
Airlift through Vietnam and the concepts governing the employment of air power during
this period. 1 Sem. Hr.
AF 205 Leadership Evaluation I. Leadership Evaluation will develop self-discipline as
related to military conduct and measure the effectiveness of the person’s capability to interact
in a leadership role during field training. Prerequisites: AF 101, AF 102, AF 201 and AF 202.
2 Sem. Hrs.
AF 206 Leadership Evaluation II. Prerequisite: Permission. 4 Sem. Hrs.
AF 301 Leadership Studies I. Development of communicative skills, human and group
motivation. Management principles, theory, functions, tools, practices and controls, decision theory, problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Permission. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AF 302 Leadership Studies II. Managerial fundamentals, coordinating, directing and
controlling. Leadership theory, functions and practices. Management realities. Communicative skills development. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AF 303/304 Leadership Laboratory. An instructional program that prepares an individual to undertake the broad range of technical tasks associated with military leadership
and defense management. Each 1 Sem. Hr.
AF 392 Leadership Practicum I. The Leadership Practicum will place a student directly
into a leadership position for a 12 to 18 day period to make decisions on Air Force management. Prerequisites: AF 301, AF 302, AF 303 and AF 304. 1-4 Sem. Hrs.
AF 401 Defense Studies /Prep. for Active Duty I. Professional ethics, personal responsibilities of military leaders. Civil-military relations. Socialization process with the armed
forces. Military law and justice systems. Prerequisite: Permission. 3 Sem. Hrs.
AF 402 Defense Studies /Prep. for Active Duty II. Political, economic and social constraints upon national security/defense structure. Determinants of national security policy.
Prerequisite: Permission. 3 Sem. Hrs.
268
ROTC
AF 405 Aerospace Ground School. Provided to those cadets who have been identified
for duty as Air Force Pilots, and who do not have a fixed-wing pilot’s license. This course
must be taken the semester prior to entering the 13 hours of flight instruction. Prerequisite:
Permission. 0 Sem. Hrs.
Course Descriptions for Military Science
MS 180 Leadership and Adventure Training. An introduction to the Army, the principles
of leadership in the military and society in general. Develops skills in time management,
problem-solving and creative thinking. Additionally, offers practical application of these
skills in adventure classes of rappelling, orienteering and marksmanship. Corequisite: MS
190. 1 Sem. Hr.
MS 185 Development of Leadership and Self Development. A development of individual leadership and its application in small groups situations. Examines leadership traits,
professional ethics and leadership styles. In-class exercises reinforce material presented.
Corequisite: MS 190. 1 Sem. Hr.
MS 190 Leadership Seminar I. Hands-on instructional program preparing individual
cadets to practice leadership fundamentals learned in seminar classes while engaging in
military training. Decision-making roles of leaders in planning and executing organizational
programs are stressed. Corequisites: MS 180, MS 185. 0 Sem. Hrs.
MS 280 Survey of American Military History. Traces North American military history,
theory, doctrine, strategy and tactics from pre-Revolutionary period to the present. Prerequisite: None. 1 Sem. Hr.
MS 283 Leadership in Small Groups I. Study of the theoretical and practical leadership
dimensions. Students will examine several aspects of communication and leadership concepts, emphasizing class participation and intellectual curiosity. Upon completion, students
will be grounded in fundamental leadership principles and will be better prepared to apply
such principles to a wide variety of life experiences. Corequisite: MS 290. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MS 285 Leadership in Small Groups II. Continuing the development of the leadership
dimensions, students examine the application of leadership in military settings. The theoretical study of decision-making in military situations is studied and compared to historical
examples over the last few decades. Corequisite: MS 290. 2 Sem. Hrs.
MS 290 Leadership Seminar II. Hands-on instructional program preparing individual
cadets to practice leadership fundamentals learned in seminar classes while engaging in
military training. The decision-making roles of leaders in planning and executing organizational programs are stressed. Corequisites: MS 283, MS 285. 0 Sem. Hrs.
MS 296 Individual Research. Individual research projects in leadership, management
techniques and communication. Used only for selected personnel for entry into the advanced
ROTC program. Prerequisite: Permission and sophomore standing. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
MS 360 Leadership of Groups/Teams I. Develops managerial skills with emphasis on
group dynamics, leadership theory and practical leadership experiences. Integrates communications skills, decision-making and group motivation through assumption of leadership
positions and evaluations. Prerequisite: Permission; Corequisite: MS 390. 3 Sem. Hrs.
269
ROTC • SOCIOLOGY
MS 370 Leadership of Groups/Teams II. Application of management fundamentals,
decision theory and leadership principles in varied organizational leadership positions.
Emphasis is placed on coordinating, directing and controlling organizations. Prerequisite:
Permission; Corequisite: MS 390. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MS 390 Leadership Seminar III. Hands-on instructional program preparing individuals
to undertake a wide range of tasks associated with the leadership of small organizations.
Stress is on decision-making of leaders in planning and executing organizational programs
in practical situations on campus and in field environments. Corequisites: MS 360, MS 370.
0 Sem. Hrs.
MS 460 Officership and the Profession of Arms. Professional ethics and the responsibilities of military leaders in our society will be developed . Development of interpersonal
and managerial communicative skills will be stressed as it relates to successful leadership.
Prerequisite: Permission; Corequisite: MS 490. 3 Sem. Hrs.
MS 470 Transition to Lieutenant. An intensive review of management and study of military
law for professional military officers. The military justice system and the management of
personnel resources will be examined. Prerequisite: Permission; Corequisite: MS 490. 3
Sem. Hrs.
MS 490 Leadership Seminar IV. Practical leadership program where students plan, execute
and evaluate training of ROTC cadets in preparation for the broad range of tasks associated
with officership. Prerequisite: Permission and senior standing. 0 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Sociology
The Department of Sociology seeks to provide a program grounded in the liberal arts
tradition of Mount Union College through which students can master the basic skills necessary to scientifically study human social behavior. Departmental courses are designed to
enhance students’ understanding of their cultural heritage, become sensitive to international
and intercultural issues, and understand and appreciate the interrelationships among the
humanities, arts, and physical and social sciences, so that they may make informed value
commitments. To these ends, the department provides a well-qualified, professionally
oriented faculty, and encourages close student faculty relationships.
Requirements for the Major in Sociology
Thirty-six semester hours in sociology are required of all majors.
Curriculum
A. Majors are required to take, for a total of 20 required
semester hours:
1. SO 100
Introduction to Sociology
2. SO 300
Statistics for Social Scientists
3. SO 301
Data Analysis in Social Science
4. SO 305
Research Design and Methodology
5. SO 400
Sociological Theory
6. SO 480
Senior Research Proposal
7. SO 481
Senior Research Project
B. Senior Culminating Experience
1. SO 480
Senior Research Proposal
2. SO 481
Senior Research Project
270
SOCIOLOGY
General Information for All Department Students
Students may not count more than 48 semester hours in sociology toward graduation.
There is no language requirement for the sociology major. However, students are strongly
encouraged to determine whether the election of a foreign language or computer language
would be advisable in light of the type of career planned.
Requirements for the Minor in Sociology
Fifteen semester hours in sociology are required of all sociology minors. Minors are required to take SO 100 Introduction to Sociology. In addition, sociology minors must select
six hours of course work at the 200-level and six semester hours at the 300 or 400-level. Permission of the instructor is necessary for sociology minors to enroll in 400-level courses.
Requirements for Honors in Sociology
Students seeking honors in sociology or credit in sociology for general honors should
consult the description of these Honors Programs on page 75 of the Catalogue for prerequisites, course requirements and application procedures.
Requirements for the Concentration in Criminal Justice
(A total of 18 semester hours)
Required
SO 105
Introduction to Criminal Justice
SO 205
Juvenile Delinquency
or
SO 280
Criminology
SO 410
Advanced Criminal Justice Seminar
PS 300
Introduction to Law and Legal System
Total
Sem. Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
12
Electives - Select six hours from the following
Sem. Hrs.
SO 205
Juvenile Delinquency
3
or
SO 280
Criminology (students must take one as a
3
requirement; they may use other as an elective)
SO 315
Corrections
3
SO 330
Minority Groups
3
SO 499
Internship (maximum six hours)
3-6
PY 305
Abnormal Psychology
3
PY 370
Psychology and the Legal System
3
PS 308
Criminal Law and Procedure
3
Total
6
It is strongly recommended that one year of a foreign language is taken to complement
this concentration.
Course Descriptions
SO 100 Introduction to Sociology. A survey of the basic concepts, methods and principles used in the scientific study of human interaction. Emphasis is on such distinctively
sociological concepts as socialization, social stratification, social organization, minority
groups, deviant behavior and social change. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,C,3,b.}
271
SOCIOLOGY
SO 105 Introduction to Criminal Justice. This course is designed to introduce the student
to the field of criminal justice. Basic information on the police, courts and correctional
systems and how they interrelate will be presented. The emphasis will be on contemporary
issues in the criminal justice system. Issues such as police corruption, the court system and
types of correctional facilities, as well as alternatives to corrections will be covered. 3 Sem.
Hrs.
SO 150 Introduction to Anthropology. A study of variations among prehistoric and contemporary human groups in terms of their ways of life. Some consideration of biological
variation will be included. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
SO 199 Special Topics. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
SO 200 Contemporary Social Issues. A study of the major social issues in American
society. Among the issues considered are aging, education, the environment, family violence,
gender roles and minority group relations. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 205 Juvenile Delinquency. The course is an overview of the theoretical models that
explain delinquency. The emphasis will be on how these theoretical models relate to our
social institutions and to juvenile corrections. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 220 Introduction to Social Services. A study of contemporary social service organization and practice in private and public agencies. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 230 American Society. An application of sociological concepts to the understanding
of contemporary American society. Particular emphasis is placed upon the operation of
and interrelationships between the economic and political institutions. Prerequisite: SO
100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 240 Courtship and Marriage. An examination of sex and gender role development,
social interaction and social institutions as they relate to dating, mate selection, singleness, as
well as traditional and nontraditional marriage forms. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 260 Social Gerontology. An introduction to the process of human aging with particular emphasis on their social and social psychological aspects. Included in the course are
examinations of the processes of aging, problems of the aged and demographic characteristics
of the aged. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 270 Introduction to Middle Eastern Archaeology. An introduction to the principles,
methods, issues and findings in field archaeology in the Middle East. The course will be offered in the summer in conjunction with a major field expedition, which will be conducted
for a minimum of three weeks. The course will include a six hour seminar prior to the
summer expedition in order to introduce students to basic methodologies and the history
and culture of the expeditionary and ancillary sites. Daily seminars held on the dig will
emphasize aspects of archaeological methods including ceramic typology, environmental
archaeology, surveying, recording, photography, and site restoration and preservation, as
well as a daily report of dig findings. Students will be required to keep a dig journal and a
travel journal of their experiences. Students’ journals, knowledge of methodological issues,
knowledge of the history and culture of the dig site, and their interpretations of dig findings
will serve as the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: SO 100 or 150 and permission of the
SO 280 Criminology. A survey of the major theories of crime causation and a social scientific examination of various types of crime, criminals and criminal behavior. Prerequisite:
SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 299 Special Topics in Sociology. See All-College 299 course description on page
111.
272
SOCIOLOGY
SO 300 Statistics for Social Scientists. A study of basic statistical procedures necessary for understanding the design and analysis of social science research with emphasis on
interpretation of quantitative data. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 301 Data Analysis in Social Science. Data entry and retrieval, statistical analysis,
interpretation of the statistical output, and preparation for the presentation of the research
findings, utilizing the computer as a research tool. Prerequisites: SO 100 and SO 300 or
SO 305 Research Design and Methodology. A survey of the methods and techniques
of sociological research. Attention is given to instrument construction, research design,
qualitative and quantitative analysis by proposing and working through an original research
problem. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 310 American Family. Both an historical and contemporary examination of the family system in America from marriage through death or divorce. Includes discussions about
marital commitment, adjustment, satisfaction, sexuality, as well as child rearing, family
violence and abuse. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 311 American Family for Early Childhood Education Majors. Both an historical
and contemporary examination of the family system in America from marriage through
death or divorce. Includes discussion about marital commitment, adjustment, satisfaction,
sexuality, as well as child rearing, family violence and abuse. Incorporates a practicum which
places students as care-givers in families with special needs children. Also provides students
the opportunity to assume many inter and intra-agency roles. Students will be exposed to
team planning and working as a supervised consultant and/or case manager. Non-education majors also may take this course with instructor’s permission. Prerequisite: SO 100.
4 Sem. Hrs.
SO 315 Corrections. An introduction to the area of adult corrections in criminal justice.
The major focus of this course is the history and purpose of correctional philosophy as well
as an overview of correctional institutions. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 320 Sociology of Gender. A study of the cultural norms and social roles which
govern the relationships between men and women in contemporary American society. The
course examines the origin of masculine and feminine gender roles, the nature of sexism,
and the changing roles of men and women in families, occupations, politics and religion.
Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 330 Minority Group Relations. An examination of the social and structural relationships between racial, ethnic, religious, sexual and other stigmatized groups and the dominant
society in America. Prerequisite: SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,D,2.}
SO 360 Group Dynamics. An advanced interdisciplinary course in group dynamics.
Students will participate in an initial two week experience (prior to fall semester) in a wilderness setting. This experience will serve to sensitize the participants to themselves, the
complexities of social relationships and dynamics of groups. Upon returning to the campus,
the course will explore the processes involved in individual and group dynamics. Co-listed
at PY 360. Prerequisites: SO 100 or PY 100 and permission of the instructors. In addition,
PY 325 is recommended. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 380 Deviance. Emphasis is upon examination of the major theoretical explanations
of deviant behavior and the empirical evidence supporting these perspectives. Prerequisite:
SO 100. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 390 Sociology of Organizations. An examination of bureaucracy, decision making,
communication, leadership, power relations and the environmental context for both business and service organizations. Prerequisites: SO 100 and junior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
273
SOCIOLOGY • SPORT MANAGEMENT
SO 399 Special Topics. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
SO 400 Sociological Theory. A study of sociological theory from Comte to the present
with emphasis upon the major schools of sociological theory and the main contributions
of outstanding sociologists. SO 400 is a prerequisite or corequisite of SO 480 for sociology
majors. Prerequisites: SO 100 and junior or senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 405 Independent Study. A study of selected topics in sociology with emphasis on
individual research and systematic reporting. Offered upon demand and with permission
of the instructor. Prerequisites: SO 100, 300 and 305. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 410 Advanced Criminal Justice Seminar. This seminar is for the students who desire
more advanced training in specialized areas of criminal justice. The topics for this seminar
will vary. Some of the topics are women in crime and justice, violence and society, and the
sociology of law. Students must be prepared to work within the framework of a seminar
style format. Prerequisites: SO 100 and SO 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 450 Seminar in Sociology. An advanced seminar in selected topics in sociology, such as
medical sociology, sociology of work and occupations, sociology of law, penology and social
stratification. Seminars are designed primarily for junior and senior sociology majors and
minors. Emphasis is placed on the presentation, discussion and reporting of theories and
research findings relevant to the topic under study. The topic will be announced in advance.
Students may repeat the course for credit when a different topic is covered. Prerequisites:
SO 100, junior or senior standing and permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 480 Senior Research Proposal. Emphasis is upon the demonstration of competence
in designing a piece of social scientific research. Senior majors are required to design a
research project, including the completion of a final research proposal. Students will meet
to share and evaluate research ideas, relevant literature, and research techniques, as well as
final research proposals. This course is offered each fall semester and is a prerequisite of
SO 481, in which students actually execute their proposed research projects. Required of
all sociology majors. Prerequisite: SO 100, 300, 305 and senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 481 Senior Research Project. Emphasis is upon the demonstration of competence
in executing a piece of social scientific research. Senior majors are required to execute the
research projects proposed in SO 480, including the collection and analysis of data, as well as
the completion of a final research report. Students will meet to discuss common problems,
data analytic techniques and finished research papers. This course is offered each spring
semester and is designed to immediately follow SO 480. Required of all sociology majors.
Prerequisites: SO 100, 300, 305, 480 and senior standing. 3 Sem. Hrs.
SO 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
SO 499 Sociology Field Work Internship. Qualified sociology majors are placed in appropriate social service agencies or other organizations in the Alliance area. Supervision
is provided by the cooperating organization and the sociology staff. Prerequisites: Senior
sociology major, minimum 2.0 GPA, minimum 2.5 GPA in the major courses and permission of the sociology faculty. 3, 6, 9, 12 or 15 Sem. Hrs.
Sport Management
Requirements for the Major in Sport Management
The sport management major is designed for students interested in joining the growing
field of sport managers, directors, promoters, marketers, and administrators. A demand for
well-trained individuals in sport related fields creates possible employment with professional
sport teams, colleges and universities, private clubs, government agencies, city recreation
departments and the Y.M.C.A.
274
SPORT MANAGEMENT
Curriculum
A.
Required Courses in Sport Management
Sem. Hrs.
1. SA 210
History and Philosophy of Sport and Recreation 3
2. SA 220
Program Management
3
3. SA 240
Sports Public Relations
3
4. SA 320
Sport Marketing
3
5. SA 350
International Sport Management and
3
Administration
6. SA 360
Legal Issues in Sport
3
7. SA 410
Financing Sport and Recreation
3
8. SA 420
Areas and Facilities for Physical Education,
3
Recreation and Athletics
9. SA 452
Individual Direct Experience: Recreation
2
10. SA 453
Individual Direct Experience: Athletic
1
Administration
11. SA 454
Senior Research in Sport Management
1
B.
Extra-departmental Requirements
Sem. Hrs.
1. AC 202
3
2. BA 200
3
3. BA 220
3
4. CS 100
Introduction to Microcomputer Applications
2
C. Internship (elective) Sem. Hrs.
1. SA 499
Internship in Sport Management
1-15
D. Business Administration Minor. It is recommended that each student supplement this
major by selecting business administration as a minor. However, individual interests and
career goals should be the primary factor when selecting a minor.
E. Senior Culminating Experience. Sport management majors will fulfill the senior
culminating experience requirement by completing SA 452, SA 453 and SA 454. Students
are encouraged to submit an abstract of their research for presentation at a national or
international conference.
F. Sport Management Areas of Emphasis. Although not required, each student may
complete an area of emphasis which will require a minimum of nine hours in one of the
following areas. (elective)
Marketing area of emphasis (complete at least nine hours)
1. BA 396
Selling and Sales Management (3 hours) Required
2. MA 123
Elementary Statistics (3 hours)
or
MA 171
Elementary Statistics with Business Lab (4 hours)
3. EH 240
Business and Technical Writing (3 hours)
4. BA 370
Consumer Behavior (3 hours)
or
BA 371
Promotion (3 hours)
Recreation area of emphasis (complete nine hours)
1. SA 380
Sport Club Management (3 hours)
2. PE 325
Instructional Methods in Physical Education (3 hours)
3. HE 140
Safety, First Aid and Emergency Care (3 hours)
International area of emphasis (complete nine hours)
1. PS 120
International Politics (3 hours)
2. BA 397
International Marketing (3 hours)
275
SPORT MANAGEMENT
Select one course from the following:
3. BA 452
Seminar in International Business (3 hours)
4. EC 380
Comparative Economic Systems (3 hours)
5. EC 327
International Trade (3 hours)
6. EC 328
International Monetary Economics (3 hours)
Legal aspects area of emphasis (complete nine hours)
1. PS 300
Introduction to Law (3 hours)
2. PS 305
Constitutional Law: Civil Rights and Liberties (3 hours)
3. BA 250
Business Law I (3 hours)
4. BA 255
Business Law II (3 hours)
Requirement for the Minor in Sport Management
The minor in sport management is designed to provide the student with basic knowledge of the management and administration of sport. Students choosing to minor in sport
management seek to incorporate a working knowledge of the field into their major, usually
business administration or communication study.
A.
Curriculum
Sem. Hrs.
1. SA 220
Program Management
3
2. SA 320
Sport Marketing
3
3. SA 360
Legal Issues in Sports
3
B.
Electives (students must take at least two of the following courses)
1. SA 210
History and Philosophy of Sport and Recreation 3
2. SA 240
Sports Public Relations
3
3. SA 350
International Sport Management and
3
Administration
4. SA 380
Sport Club Management
3
5. SA 410
Financing Sport and Recreation
3
5. SA 420
Areas and Facilities for Physical Education,
3
Recreation and Athletics
A total of 15 hours is required for a sport management minor.
Requirements for Honors in Sport Management
To receive departmental honors in sport management, a student must satisfy all the following criteria: 1) have a grade point average of 3.5 in sport management courses; 2) have
completed at least three sport management courses for a total of 12 hours with honors
from among SA 320, 350, 360, 380, 410 and 420; 3) have registered with the Honors Review
Board for departmental honors. One of the three courses in part 2) may be SA 494 Honors
Thesis/Project (All-College 494 course description on page 112) of three to six semester
hours credit.
Course Descriptions
SA 199 Special Topics in Sport Management. See All-College 199 course description
on page 111.
SA 210 History and Philosophy of Sport and Recreation. Major historical and philosophical developments in sport and recreation, including interscholastic, intercollegiate and
professional sport. (Offered fall semesters; recommended for freshmen.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 220 Program Management. An introductory course to acquaint the student with
the role of the sport administrator to include administrative philosophy, time management,
276
SPORT MANAGEMENT
communication, personnel management, finances, organization, conducting athletic events
and future trends in sport management. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 240 Sports Public Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the
various aspects of sports public relations – specifically, understanding one’s role within a
sports organization and how to deal with your major client – the media at large. Prerequisite
SA 210, SA 220 or permission of instructor. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
on page 111.
SA 320 Sport Marketing. The application of marketing theory and sponsorship to the
sport business. This course provides knowledge of the sport product, price, promotion,
place and distribution in a defined market segment. Prerequisites: SA 210, SA 220 and BA
220 or permission of the instructor. (Offered every semester.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 350 International Sport Management and Administration. Attention is focused upon
sport business that crosses country borders. Aspects of the course will sensitize the student
to the cultural and political nature of sport. Regional and global sport associations will be
explained and discussed. Prerequisites: SA 210, SA 220 and junior standing or permission
of instructor. (Offered spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: III, B.}
SA 360 Legal Issues in Sports. Negligence liability, risk management, product liability,
insurance, contracts, equal opportunity, eligibility and control of activities and facilities are
topics of study. Prerequisites: SA 210, SA 220 and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Offered every semester.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 380 Sport Club Management. Management techniques of private sport clubs are
studied in order to prepare the student to manage this type of facility, i.e., golf courses,
racquet and tennis clubs, fitness centers, Y.M.C.A.s. Prerequisites: BA 200, SA 210 and SA
220 or permission of the instructor. (Offered even spring semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
on page 112.
SA 400 Independent Study. Open to juniors and seniors majoring or minoring in sport
management. The student, in consultation with the instructor, will select a topic or problem
that he/she wishes to research in depth. Departmental permission required for registration.
(Offered every semester.) Prerequisites: Junior or senior status. 1-3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 410 Financing Sport and Recreation. Understanding the factors and ramifications of
financial issues is critical for all managers in sport and recreation. Addressed in this course
will be the understanding of financial resource management, economic impact analysis,
trademark licensing, stadia financing, revenue resources and grant acquisition. Prerequisites:
AC 202 or AC 206, SA 220, and CS 100. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem. Hrs.
SA 420 Areas and Facilities for Physical Education, Recreation and Athletics. Planning
and designing areas and facilities, utilization of facilities according to program needs, event
staging, security control and maintenance needs are examined. Prerequisites: SA 210, SA
220 and junior standing or permission of the instructor. (Offered fall semesters.) 3 Sem.
Hrs.
SA 452 Individual Direct Experience: Recreation. An arranged, practical experience
which provides direct participation in an applied recreation setting. This course, along with
SA 453, constitutes the SCE for the sport management major. Prerequisites: Junior of senior
standing and permission of instructor. (Offered every semester.) 2 Sem. Hrs.
SA 453 Individual Direct Experience. Athletic Administration. An arranged, practical
experience that provides direct participation in an applied athletic setting. Prerequisites:
junior or senior standing. (Offered every semester.) 1 Sem. Hr.
277
SPORT MANAGEMENT • THEATRE
SA 454 Senior Research in Sport Management. A research project incorporating concepts learned in the sport management curriculum. This course, in conjunction with SA
452 Individual Direct Experience: Recreation (2 Sem. Hrs.) and SA 453 Individual Direct
Experience: Athletic Administration (1 Sem. Hr.), will constitute completion of the Senior
Culminating Experience for sport management majors. Prerequisites: SA 452, SA 453, senior
status. (Offered every semester.) 1 Sem. Hr.
SA 494 Honors Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
SA 499 Internship of Sport Management (elective). An experience-based course in
which the student spends a specified amount of time with a sport or recreation agency or
organization in order to gain experience and to understand the application of sport administration and facility management in this setting. Supervision will be jointly provided by the
cooperating organization and the College departmental staff. Prerequisites: At least junior
standing and permission of the instructor. (Offered every semester.) 1-15 Sem. Hrs.
Department of Theatre
The theatre major is administered through the Department of Theatre. In all of its programs, the department seeks to integrate the strengths of the liberal arts tradition with the
career preparation skills necessary to graduates in the field of theatre. The major program is
designed to graduate students who are technically proficient, as well as being knowledgeable
and conversant in the theory, history, literature and criticism of their discipline.
The theatre major is structured to provide students with a broad foundation in all areas
of theatre as preparation for teaching, graduate study or careers in professional theatre.
Through their electives in the major, students may choose to emphasize either the performance or production aspects of theatre.
Requirements for the Major in Theatre
The theatre major requires at least 36 hours of courses in the discipline. Students must
take the following courses: TH 105, TH 200, TH 203 or TH 230, TH 220, TH 275, TH 276,
TH 305 and TH 306, TH 310 or TH 311, TH 375, TH 420 (the SCE), and three additional
TH courses. Extra-departmental requirements for the major are EH 350 and EH 410.
In addition to the major requirements, students are encouraged to enroll in courses in art,
history, philosophy, psychology and literature. These selections are made in consultation
with the student’s advisor and generally reflect the student’s career interests. As an adjunct
to their career preparation, students are strongly encouraged to actively participate in Mount
Union Players, the theatre production organization.
Requirements for the Minor in Theatre
The theatre minor requires 17 hours of courses in the discipline, including: TH 105; TH
200, TH 203 or TH 230; TH 220; TH 275; TH 276; TH 305 or TH 306; TH 301, TH 302,
TH 303, TH 310 or TH 311.
Theatre Teacher Education Requirements
Students planning to earn teaching licensure from the State of Ohio should consult the
Department of Education and should begin this specialized program during the freshman
year.
Internship Programs in Theatre
Majors in theatre whose career interests lie in professional theatre are urged to participate
in the departmental internship program. Internships provide students with professional field
278
THEATRE
experience in their chosen area, and are open to qualified juniors and seniors by application.
Students planning internships should consult with their advisors during the academic year
preceding their internship experience.
Requirements for Honors in Theatre
Students are eligible to enter the Honors Program in theatre if they have at least a 3.5
To receive honors in Theatre, a student must have at least a 3.5 grade point average in the
major at graduation and honors credit in courses that total a minimum of 12 semester hours.
One of the courses may be TH 494 Honors Thesis/Project that may be taken for three to six
credit hours. For permission to register for an honors thesis/project, a completed Honors
Application and Registration Form must be filed with the director of Honors Programs by
Other courses students may take for honors in theatre include TH 220, TH 221, TH 301,
TH 302, TH 306, TH 310 and TH 311. For permission to register for a course with honors in
the major, a completed Application and Registration Form must be filed with the director of
Honors Programs by the end of the third week of classes of the semester in which the course
is taken. Students must earn at least a “B+” in the course to earn honors credit. Please see
page 75 of this catalogue for more information about Honors Programs.
Course Descriptions
TH 105 Introduction to the Theatre. An introductory course acquainting the student
with the process of translating scripts to live performance. The course considers questions
of literary and theatrical style and production techniques of playwright, actor, director and
technicians. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
TH 110 Voice Improvement. An introductory course acquainting the student with the
mechanics of vocal production and exercises for the improvement of voice. Study of the
International Phonetic Alphabet is basic in this course. Prerequisite: Open only to theatre
or communication majors or minors. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 199 Special Topics. See All-College 199 course description on page 111.
TH 200 Stagecraft. An introduction to the technical aspects of theatre including the
construction, painting, rigging and shifting of stage scenery. Basic development of the actor’s
instrument: voice, body and imagination. Extensive use of practical exercises and scene
presentations. Prerequisite: TH 105 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd:
Old = I.}
TH 203 Costume Technology. How does that designer’s costume rendering go through
the process to become a costume onstage? An introduction to the process and technical
aspects of theatrical costuming including pattern development, garment construction, fabric
coloring and decoration, accessory construction, millinery and shoe making. Prerequisite:
TH 105 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 205 Interpretive Reading. An introductory course in the oral performance of literature
includes considerations of the selection and analysis of literature for the purpose of performance. Extensive attention is given to details of vocal and physical technique appropriate
to poetry, prose and dramatic literature. 3 Sem. Hrs. {GenEd: II,A,2.}
TH 220 Acting I. An introductory course in the theory and practice of acting. Includes
consideration of playscript analysis, basic performance techniques and development of the
actor’s instrument: voice, body and imagination. Extensive use of practical exercises and
279
THEATRE
scene presentations. Prerequisite: TH 105 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
{GenEd: II,A,2.}
TH 221 Acting II. An advanced course in the theory and practice of acting. Includes
practice in classical roles, handling poetic speech and development of audition pieces. Intensive work on the actor’s use of specific vocal, physical and emotional choices in creating
a characterization. Prerequisites: TH 220 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 225 Creative Dramatics. A study of the theories and methods involved in using
improvisation, theatre games and other creative dramatic techniques as an approach to
teaching theatre and developing theatrical productions. Integrates goals of the Ohio arts
competency-based model. Prerequisite: TH 200 or consent of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 230 Stage Make-up. A study of the basic principles and techniques involved in creating character make-up for the stage. Includes consideration of various make-up media,
emphasis and de-emphasis of facial features, aging techniques, prosthetics, hairpieces and
special effects. Prerequisite: TH 105 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 275 Theatre Practicum I. Open to students wishing to pursue projects in theatre
production or performance. Course work involves active participation in a main stage
departmental production. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
TH 276 Theatre Practicum II. Open to students wishing to pursue projects in theatre
production or performance. Course work involves active participation in a main stage departmental production. Prerequisite: TH 275 and permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
TH 299 Special Topics in Theatre. See All-College 299 course description on page 111.
TH 301 Scene Design for the Theatre. Study and analysis of the visual elements of
theatrical production. Emphasis on the principles and elements of design, drafting and
rendering. Consideration of the aesthetics of stage design through specific applied projects.
Prerequisites: TH 105 and TH 200 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 302 Lighting Design for the Theatre. Study and analysis of stage lighting. Consideration given to basic elements of electricity, electrical control and circuitry, reflection, refraction and color. Emphasis on the lighting design and aesthetics of a theatrical production.
Prerequisites: TH 105 and TH 200 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 303 History of Costume Design and Techniques. A study of costume design, style
and techniques from the Egyptian period to the present day. Emphasis on the manner in
which costume reflects the culture and values of each period. Prerequisite: TH 105 or
TH 305 History of the Theatre I. A survey of the development of dramatic literature and
theatrical production techniques from the Greek to Jacobean periods. Prerequisite: TH 105.
3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 306 History of the Theatre II. A survey of the development of dramatic literature, the
physical theatre and production techniques from the Renaissance in Europe to the present.
Prerequisite: TH 105. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 310 Directing for the Theatre. A study of the initial steps in translating the play
script into a theatrical production. Particular emphasis is placed on script analysis, stage
composition, movement, picturization and the work of the production team. Prerequisite:
TH 200 and TH 220 or permission of the instructor. 3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 311 Directing the Musical. A detailed study of the organization and staging of
contemporary musical theatre. Includes consideration of such topics as: choosing scripts,
pre-production planning, special blocking problems and integration of music and dance
280
SOCIOLOGY
with book scenes. Students will prepare and stage musical scenes for public performance
as major class projects. Prerequisites: TH 220 and MU 110 or permission of the instructor.
3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 375 Theatre Practicum III. Open to theatre majors and minors fulfilling production
participation requirements. Course work involves active participation in a main stage departmental production. Prerequisite: TH 276 and permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
TH 376 Theatre Practicum IV. Open to theatre majors and minors fulfilling production
participation requirements. Course work involves active participation in a main stage departmental production. Prerequisite: TH 375 and permission of the instructor. 1 Sem. Hr.
TH 399 Special Topics. See All-College 399 course description on page 112.
TH 400 Independent Research. Open to advanced students wishing to pursue a particular aspect of theatre in depth. A prospectus and preliminary bibliography for the project
must be submitted for departmental approval prior to registration. May be used as the
Senior Culminating Experience with permission of the department. May be repeated to a
maximum of six semester hours credit. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of
TH 420 Senior Seminar - SCE. A senior research seminar that culminates in either: (1)
a major thesis focusing on a creative, historical, descriptive or critical aspect of the theatre,
or (2) the production of a creative, theatrical project and the composition of a paper which
discusses and evaluates the process. Whichever option is chosen seniors are to demonstrate
their competency in the theatre. Required Senior Culminating Experience for all majors
with the exception of those involved in a teacher licensure program. Open to seniors only.
Student must register for both semesters. 1 Sem. Hr. in fall; 2 Sem. Hrs. in spring.
TH 494 Honors Thesis/Project. See All-College 494 course description on page 112.
3 Sem. Hrs.
TH 499 Internship. Open to juniors and seniors majoring in theatre. Students will be
placed in internship stations which complement their career orientation. Admission into the
internship program is through a formal application and evaluation process and is dependent
on the student’s academic record and active participation in the theatre program. Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of the departmental faculty. 6 or 12 Sem. Hrs.
281
282
DIRECTORY
Directory
Classes of Trustees
Alumni: One class of 15 Trustees, to be elected by the Alumni Association of said Mount
Union College.
East Ohio Conference: One class of six Trustees, without regard to church affiliation,
to be elected by the East Ohio Conference of the United Methodist Church, now a patronizing body of said College.
West Ohio Conference: One class of three Trustees, without regard to church affiliation, to be elected by the West Ohio Conference of the United Methodist Church, now a
patronizing body of said College.
Western Pennsylvania Conference: One class of one Trustee, without regard to church
affiliation, to be elected by the Western Pennsylvania Conference of the United Methodist
Church, now a patronizing body of said College.
Trustees-at-Large: One class of 15 Trustees to be elected by the Board itself.
Life Trustees: Class of Trustees who have served with distinction as Active Trustees for
an extended period (generally 10 years or more) and who for reasons of health, changed
availability, age, etc. wish to remain informed and offer counsel to the governance of the
College but feel unable to serve as a full-time Trustee.
Election and Term: Each of said Trustees, except to fill vacancies, shall be elected for a
term of three years, one-third of each class being elected each year at the annual meeting of
the Trustees of Mount Union College, except that the Trustees-at-Large to be elected each
year, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Trustees, at which latter time the terms of
office of all Trustees so selected shall severally begin.
Vacancies and Enacting Proviso: Trustees shall continue in office until the expiration
of their respective terms and until their successors are elected and qualified. The body represented by each class shall have power to fill vacancies in its class for all unexpired terms.
Board of Trustees
Officers
Sylvester Green, Chairperson
Lee Ann Thorn, First Vice Chairperson
Gary Johnston, Second Vice Chairperson
Randall Hunt, Secretary
Ex-Officio
Jonathan D. Keaton, B.S., M.Div.; Bishop, East Ohio United Methodist Church
John L. Ewing, Jr., B.A., M.S., Ph.D.; President, Mount Union College
Patricia Gates, B.S.; Athletic Director, Marlington Local Schools (Vice President, Alumni
Council)
Hae-Jong Kim, M.Div., D.Min.; Bishop, Western Pennsylvania United Methodist
Church
Susan March, B.A., M.Ed.; Canton City Schools, retired (President, Alumni Council)
Bruce Ough, M.A., M.Div.; Bishop, East Ohio United Methodist Church
East Ohio Conference
Kenneth W. Chalker, A.B., M.Div., D.Min. (2006); Pastor, The United Methodist Church,
Cleveland
Gary Johnston, B.A. (2005); President, A& G Industries, retired
William G. Krochta, B.S., Ph.D.(2004); Manager, General Analytical/Environmental, PPG
Industries, Monroeville, PA, retired
283
DIRECTORY
Vanita Bauknight Oelschlager, B.S. (2006); Assistant to the President, Oak Associates,
Akron
Thomas V. Petzinger, B.A. (2005); Vice President, Pan Atlas Travel Service, Inc.,
Youngstown
Western Ohio Conference
None
Western Pennsylvania Conference
Judith Douglass, B.A. (2006); Pittsburgh, PA
Alumni
Steven M. Barr, B.A. (2004); Management, Price-WaterhouseCoopers, Columbus
Joel H. Beeghly, B.S., M.B.A., M.S. (2004); Project Manager, Dravo Lime Company,
Pittsburgh, PA
Roger Clay (2004); Owner, Rentwear, Inc., Canton
Carl W. Gartner, B.A. (2005); President, General Color and Chemical Company, Minerva
Sylvester Green, B.A. (2004); Senior Vice President, Chubb & Son, Inc., White Plains,
NY
Fred J. Haupt, B.A., J.D. (2006); Law Partner, Krugliak, Wilkins, Griffiths & Dougherty,
Canton
Randall C. Hunt, B.A., J.D. (2005); Managing Partner, Krugliak, Wilkins, Griffiths &
Dougherty, Alliance
Donald A. Peterson, B.S., D.Let. (2004); General Manager/Owner, WZKL-FM/WDPNAM, Alliance
Ralph S. Regula, B.A., LL.B., LL.D., L.H.D. (2006); U.S. Representative, 16th Congressional
District of Ohio and Attorney, Navarre
E. Karl Schneider, B.S., D.D.S. (2004); Dental, Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeon, Mentor
Dorothy A. Sisk, B.S., Ed.D. (2006); Conn Endowed Chair, Lamar University
Brian Stafford, B.A., (2006); Director of the U.S. Secret Service, VA, retired
Lee Ann Thorn, B.A., (2005); Corporate Executive, Vice President and Secretary/Treasurer,
GBS Corp., North Canton
Trustees-At-Large
Marty Adams, B.A., (2006); President Sky Financial Group, Salineville
Jacquelyne Bailey, B.A., M.A. (2006); Vice President, INROADS, Inc., Cleveland
Hortense Bobbitt, B.S., M.Ed. (2005); Vice President, Terr-Paul Inc./dba McDonald’s
Restaurants, Canton
Ginger Brown, (2005); Massillon
Robert DeHoff, B.S. (2006); President, The Prudential DeHoff Realtor, Managing Partner,
Willmoll Development Company, North Canton
Stephen A. Di Biase, B.S., Ph.D., (2005); Vice President for Research and Development,
The Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe
Larry Griffith, B.A., M.B.A. (2005); President and CEO, The Timken Company, Canton
Charles D. Grove, (2004); President/Owner, Grove Appliance TV and Audio, Alliance
Daniel Keller, B.S.B.A., M.B.A. (2004); Vice President and General Manager, Cedar Point,
Cedar Fair L.P., Sandusky
William Manning, B.A. (2004); President, Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Rochester,
NY
Gerard Mastroianni, B.A.; (2005); President, Alliance Ventures, Alliance
John F. Peters, B.S. (2004); Senior Vice President, Butler Wick & Company, Alliance
284
DIRECTORY
Nancy Pickton, B.A., M.B.A. (2004); Corporate Secretary, Ohio Edison Company, retired
Larry Shinn, B.A., B.D., Ph.D. (2004); President, Berea College, Berea, KY
Joe Tait, B.A. (2005); Vice President of Broadcasting, Cleveland Cavaliers, Cleveland
Honorary Trustees
Harold M. Kolenbrander, B.A., Ph.D., D.HL.; President Emeritus, Cincinnati
Life Trustees
Charles F. Baylor, Esq.; Chairman and CEO, First American Savings Bank, Canton, retired
Paul Bishop, B.S., J.D.; President, H-P Products, Inc., Louisville
David Frazer, B.S. in Ed., M.Div.; Minister, Normandy United Methodist Church, Dayton, retired
Craig W. George, B.S., M.D.; Eye Surgeon, Alliance, retired
Gordon E. Heffern, B.S.; Chairman, Society Corp., Cleveland, retired
Robert S. Kunkel, Jr., B.S., M.D.; Physician, Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic
Richard F. Myers, B.S.; President, Myers Equipment Corporation, Canfield, retired
David R. Schooler, B.A.; President, Town & Country Travel, Columbus
Clifford D. Shields, B.A., L.H.D.; Standard Oil Company, Cleveland, retired
Jack E. Spencer, B.A., M.Div.; Minister, Lakewood United Methodist Church, Erie, PA,
retired
George E. Stradley, B.A.; Vice President, Beifuss & Stradley, Inc., Hartville; President,
D-G Properties, Inc., Hartville
Robert J. Tomsich, B.S., M.E.; President, Nesco, Inc., Cleveland
George K. Weimer, B.A.; Vice President and Trust Officer, United National Bank and
Trust Company, Alliance, retired
Walter A. Wichern, Jr., B.S., M.D.; Director, Department of Surgery, St. Lukes-Roosevelt
Hospital Center, New York, NY, retired
Administrative Organization
Office of the President
John L. Ewing, Jr., B.A., M.S., Ph.D.; President
Dottie Callender, C.T.S.; Assistant to the President for Board Relations
Collyn Floyd, B.A.; Assistant to the President and Event Coordinator
Academic Affairs
Richard Marriott, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of
the College
Thomas Botzman, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Associate Dean of the College
Carol Canavan, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs
Academic Support Center
Rosemary Bienz, B.A., M.A.; Director
Tiffani King, B.A.; Assistant Director
Adult Studies
Karen Moriarty, B.A.; Program Coordinator
Advancement
Jim Piatt, B.S., M.B.A.; Vice President for College Advancement
Susan Denning, M.S.S.A., C.F.R.E.; Director of Advancement for Stewardship and
Grants
285
DIRECTORY
Greg King, B.A., M.Ed.; Director of Advancement for Major Gifts
Alison Novicki, B.A., Cert.; Director of Advancement for Annual Giving Programs
Kim Rodstrom, B.A., M.B.A.; Director of Advancement for Prospect Research
Dave Wolpert, B.A.; Director of Advancement for Gift Planning
Alcohol, Drug and Wellness Education
Angela Bono-Severy, B.A., M.A.; Alcohol Drug and Wellness Education Coordinator/
Counselor
Bracy Hall
Robinette Dudley, B.S.; Bracy Hall Lab Manger
Alma Tolle; Chemistry Laboratory Supervisor and Chemical Hygiene Officer
Alumni Activities
Anne Graffice, B.A.; Director of Alumni Activities
Amy Van Almen, B.A.; Assistant Director of Alumni Activities
Business Affairs
Patrick Heddleston, B.A.; Vice President for Business Affairs and Treasurer
Michelle Baker-Sams, A.A.S., B.A., C.P.A.; Controller
Andrew Boothe, B.A., M.B.A.; Manager of Human Resources and Payroll
Ron Crowl, B.S., M.B.A.; Director of Budgeting and Financial Analysis
Mary Fisher, B.A.; Director of the Bookstore
Jessica Mrozek, B.A., M.B.A.; Manager of Campus Card and Facilities Scheduling
Pamela Newbold, B.A., J.D.; Director of Human Resources and Staff Development
Beverly Skivolocki, B.A.; Staff Accountant
John Gregory, B.S., M.B.A.; Purchasing Manager
Career Development
Rebecca Doak, B.S., M.A.Educ.; Director of Career Development
Sara Fugett, B.A., M.S.; Assistant Director of Career Development
Chaplain
Martha CashBurless, B.A., M.Div.; Chaplain
Counseling Services
Annette Cryder, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D.; Director of Counseling Services
Disability Support Services
Karen A. Saracusa, B.A., M.Ed.; Director
Dowling Mentor Program
Lori Miller, B.A.; Director
Enrollment Services
Amy A. Tomko, B.A., M.Ed.; Vice President for Enrollment Services
Anne Freshly, B.A.; Associate Director of Admission
Vincent Helsop, B.A.; Director of Admission
Dawn Adams, B.A., M.B.A.; Financial Aid Officer/Work Study Coordinator
Monica Brately, B.A.; Financial Aid Representative/Student Employment Coordinator
Richard Jackson, B.A.; Admission Representative
Leo Lewis, B.A.; Admission Representative
Nicole Matthews, B.A.; Admission Representative
286
DIRECTORY
Sandra S. Pittenger, B.A., M.A.; Director of Student Financial Services
Castine Rhoades, B.A.; Admission Representative/Multicultural Recruitment Coordinator
Laurie Scarpitti, B.A.; Admission Interviewer
Emily Swain, B.A.; Assistant Director of Student Financial Services
Kristen Vazzano, B.A., M.A.; Admission Representative
Food Service
Rodney Peterson, A.C.E.; Executive Director
Joe Hinton, B.S.; Associate Director
Health Service
Michael McGrady, M.D.; Medical Director
Linda Pauli, R.N.C., B.A.; Director
Information Technology
Franklin Patterson, B.S., M.B.A.; Director of Information Technology
Tina M. Stuchell, A.C.P., B.S., M.A.; Assistant Director of Information Technology/Network
Support Manager
Jared Barker, B.A.; Network Support Technician
Jerry Brugh, B.A.; Video Operations Coordinator
Margherita Kavulla, B.S.; Administrative Systems Support Analyst
Daniel Hoffman; Telecommunications Manager
David Johnson, A.A.; Computer Support Technician/HelpDesk Manager
Vy Lam, B.S.; Administrative System Suport Analyst
Cara McEldowney; Microcomputer Support Analyst
Benjamin Parker, B.S.; Network Support Technician
David Schweitzer; Microcomputer Support Analyst
David R. Smith; Network Support Technician
Roxanne Troyer, A.A.; Administrative Systems Support Analyst
Intercollegiate Athletics
Larry T. Kehres, B.A., M.Ed.; Director of Intercollegiate Athletics and Head Coach for
Football
Sandra Douglas, B.S., M.S.; Senior Women’s Administrator and Head Coach for
Softball and Volleyball
Deana L. Fresenko, B.A., M.S.; Head Coach for Women’s Cross Country and Women’s
Track and Field
Jennifer Henley, B.S., B.A., M.Ed.; Head Coach for Women’s Basketball and Home Athletic
Contest Administrator
Paul Hesse, B.S., M.A.; Assistant to the Athletic Director and Head Coach for Baseball
John H. Homon, B.S., M.Ed.; Head Coach for Men’s Cross Country and Men’s Track and
Field
Lee Hood, B.A., M.A.; Head Coach for Men’s Basketball
Vince Kehres, B.A.; Assistant Coach for Football and Men’s and Women’s Swimming and
Diving
Marcus Lambdin, B.A.; Head Coach for Wrestling
Scott Langone, B.A., M.Ed.; Head Coach for Women’s Soccer and Women’s Tennis
Kathleen Lavery, B.A.; Head Coach for Men’s and Women’s Swimming and Diving
J. Donald Montgomery, B.A., M.S.; Strength and Conditioning Coach and Assistant
Coach for Football
Jeffrey Wojtowicz, B.A., M.S.; Head Coach for Men’s Tennis, Assistant Coach for Football
and Football Recruiting Coordinator
287
DIRECTORY
International Student Affairs
Gayle Shaker, B.S., M.A.; Director of International Student Affairs
Library
Robert Garland, B.A., M.L.S., M.B.A.; Director of Libraries
Joanne E. Houmard, B.A., M.L.S.; Serials Librarian
Suzanne Z. Moushey, B.A., M.L.S.; Music Librarian
Cheryl M. Paine, B.A., M.L.S.; Documents Librarian
Linda Scott, B.A., M.L.S.; Technical Services Librarian
Debi Stears, B.A., M.L.S.; Reference Librarian
Mount Union Theatre
Perry Honaker, B.S., M.S.; Director
Martha Honaker; Assistant Director
Multicultural Student Affairs
Latashia Reedus, B.A., M.A.; Director of Multicultural Student Affairs
Nature Center
Charles McClaugherty, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Director of Brumbaugh Center for Environmental Sciences
Charleen Race, B.S.; Academic Outreach Coordinator
Patricia Rickard, B.S.; Naturalist
Karen E. Santee, A.A.S.; Facilities Manager
Christine Johnson, B.S., M.A.; Academic Coach
Physical Plant
Blaine D. Lewis, A.S., B.A.; Director of the Physical Plant
Public Affairs and Marketing
Harry P. Paidas, B.A., M.S.; Vice President for Public Affairs and Marketing
Linda Beck, B.A.; Assistant Director of Public Affairs and Marketing
Ken Colwell, B.M.E., M.M.; Web Manager
Michael De Matteis, B.A., M.A.; Director of Sport Information
Michael Ihrig, B.A.; Assistant Director of Public Affairs and Marketing
Melissa Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Public Affairs and Marketing
Radio Station, WRMU-FM
Mark A. Bergmann, B.A., M.A.; Director
Registrar
Stuart M. Terrass, B.A., B.S., M.A.; Registrar
Residence Life
Lisa Kay Fike, B.A., M.A.; Resident Director
Michelle Gaffney, B.A., B.S., M.A.; Director of Residence Life
Deborah Minton, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.S.; Assistant Director of Residence Life for Programming/
Resident Director
Jason Morris, B.M.E.; Resident Director
Cenell Munford-Clark, B.S., M.S.; Resident Director
Tory Oelfke, B.A.; Assistant Director of Residence Life for Facilities/Resident Director
Sara Sherer, B.A., M.Ed.; Assistant Director of Residence Life for Training and Development/Resident Director
288
DIRECTORY
Service Learning and Community-Service
Jennifer Broome, B.A.; Director of Service-Learning and Community Service
Student Affairs
Douglas Oblander, B.S.E., M.S., Ed.D; Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of
Students
Karen Petko, B.A., M.A.; Associate Dean of Students
Student Involvement and Leadership
Michael T. Severy, B.S.B.A., M.A.; Director of Student Involvement and Leadership
Becky Bondoni, B.A.; Assistant to the Director of Student Involvement and Leadership
William Foran, B.A., M.A.; Assistant Director of Student Involvement and Leadership
The Faculty
The listing that follows includes full-time members of the faculty and certain administrators who hold faculty rank. The year of initial appointment is indicated in parentheses.
Mark Allman (2003) Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., State
University of New York at Albany ’90; M.A., Catholic University of America ’96; Ph.D.,
Loyola University ’03.
Elaine M. Anderson (1997) Assistant Professor of Music; B.M., Concordia College ’90;
M.M., Manhattan School of Music ’92; D.M.A., University of Alabama ’99 (Sabbatical,
spring 2005).
Clark B. Archer (2001) Associate Professor of Computer Science and Information Systems;
B.S., Mount Union College ’62; M.A., Bowling Green State University ’64; M.S., Florida State
University ’66; Ph.D., Kennedy-Western University ’95.
Clara H. Becerra (2001) Assistant Professor of Spanish; Licendiada, Universidad Pedagógica Nacional ’76; M.A., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor ’81; Ph.D., University of
Texas at Austin ’89.
John F. Bienz (1985) Professor of English; B.A., University of Michigan ’67; M.A., Indiana
University ’70; Ph.D., Indiana University ’76.
Patricia A. Boehm (2001) Assistant Professor of Music; B.M., Jacksonville University ’75;
M.M., Florida State University ’80; Ph.D., Kent State University ’99.
Thomas J. Botzman (1989) Professor of Economics and Associate Dean of the College;
B.S., Case Western Reserve University ’81; M.A., Kent State University ’85; Ph.D., Kent State
University ’91.
Debra Boyd-Kimball (2004) Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., Bethany College ’01;
Ph.D., University of Kentucky ’04.
Sherri Brugh (1994) Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.S., Baldwin-Wallace College
’90; M.S., Vanderbilt University ’92; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University ’94.
Robert Buganski (2003) Assistant Professor of Art; A.A., Cumberland Community College
’75; B.A., Stockton State College ’82; M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design ’85.
Linda C. Burkey (1995) Associate Professor of Education; B.S., Kent State University ’79;
M.A., Lenoir-Rhyne College ’89; Ph.D., Kent State University ’93.
Benjamin Burlingham (2002) Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., Grove City College
’96; Ph.D., Indiana University ’02.
Paula F. Caldwell (2001) Assistant Professor of Education; B.S.E.D., Pittsburg State University ’72; M.S., Kansas State University ’78; Ph.D., Kent State University ’99.
Beth Canfield (2004) Assistant Professor of Exercise Science; B.S., Wright State University
’96; M.P.H., The Ohio State University ’99; Ph.D., The Ohio State University, ’03.
Jamie C. Capuzza (1992) Professor of Communication; B.A., Mount Union College ’85;
M.A., Ohio State University ’88; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’91.
289
DIRECTORY
Thomas K. Carr (1996) Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., Willamette
University ’84; M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary ’90; M.Phil., Oxford University ’92;
Ph.D., Oxford University ’98.
Larry Catalano (1999) Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Mount Union College ’65;
M.A., University of Akron ’68; Ed.D., University of Akron ’96.
Steven E. Cederbloom (1992) Associate Professor of Physics; B.A., Carleton College ’86;
M.A., Indiana University ’91; Ph.D., Indiana University ’95.
Blase B. Cindric (1999) Associate Professor of Computer Science; B.S., Westminster College ’82.; M.S., Pennsylvania State University ’85.
Randy Clark (2000) Instructor of Communication; B.A., Mount Union College ’95, M.A.,
The University of Akron ’00.
William E. Coleman, Jr. (1979) Professor of Communication; B.A., Ohio State University ’67; M.A., Ohio State University ’68; M.Div., Capital University ’71; Ph.D., Ohio State
University ’74.
James Collins (2000) Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., Youngstown State University
’88; M.A., University of Akron ’90.
Joel R. Collins (1978) Professor of Art; B.A., Alderson-Broaddus College ’69; M.F.A.,
West Virginia University ’76.
Michelle Collins-Sibley (1994) Associate Professor of English; A.B., Stanford University
’77; M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies ’80; Ph.D., State University of New
York at Binghamton ’90.
Gregg O. Courtad (1996) Associate Professor of Spanish; B.A., Kenyon College ’83; B.S.,
Ohio State University ’87; M.A., University of Cincinnati ’85; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati ’96.
William Cunion (2003) Assistant Professor of Political Science; B.A., Xavier University
’92; M.A., Ohio University ’95; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana ’03.
Tamara Ann Daily (1993) Associate Professor of Psychology; B.A., Ohio Wesleyan
University ’88; M.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln ’91; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln ’93.
Jack DeSario (1990) Professor of Political Science; B.A., Brooklyn College ’75; M.A.,
Miami University ’76; Ph.D., State University of New York ’81; J.D., Case Western University
’89 (Sabbatical, spring 2005).
L. Timothy DeStefano (1995) Assistant Professor of Music; B.S., Kent State University
’61; M.Ed., Kent State University ’68.
Rodney Dick (2003) Instructor of English; B.A. Gonzaga University ’96; M.A., University
of Louisville ’00; Ph.D., University of Louisville ’03.
John Donnelly (2004) Assistant Professor of Math; B.A., University of Albany ’96; M.A.,
Binghamton University ’98, Ph.D., Binghampton University ’03.
Scott W. Dorsey (1995) Associate Professor of Music; B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University
’86; M.A., California State University - Stanislaus ’89; D.M.A., University of Iowa ’93.
Richard W. Dutson (1985) Professor of Political Science; B.A., Brigham Young University
’72; M.A., Brigham Young University ’82; D.A., Idaho State University ’84.
Sandra R. Eckstrand (2002) Instructor of Business Administration, Accounting and Economics; B.A., Malone College ’97; M.S., Case Western Reserve University ’99.
Mary M. Eicholtz (2004) Assistant Professor of Communication; B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, B.S., Edinboro State College; M.A., La Salle University ’97, Ph.D., Ohio University ’00.
Leonard G. Epp (1970) Professor of Biology and the Lichty Chair of Biology; B.S.,
Gettysburg College ’66; M.S., Pennsylvania State University ’68; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University ’70.
Jeremy Ervin (2003) Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Cornerstone University ’93;
M.A., The Ohio State University ’03; Ph.D., The Ohio State University ’03.
290
DIRECTORY
John L. Ewing, Jr. (2000) President of the College and Professor of Exercise Science; B.S.,
Asbury College ’74; M.S., University of Kentucky ’75; Ph.D., University of Minnesota ’82.
Lisa Friel (2004) International Programs Assistant of Foreign Languages; B.A., Kenyon
College ’98; M.A., Monterey Institute of International Studies ’99.
Hamako Furuhata (1996) Associate Professor of Japanese; B.A., Kyoto University of Foreign
Studies ’77; M.A., Western Michigan University ’91; Ph.D., University of Idaho ’96.
Thomas W. Gannon (1996) Associate Professor of Education; B.A., Montclair State
University ’68; M.A., Montclair State University ’71; Ed. M., Auburn University ’74; Ed.D.,
Seton Hall University ’91.
T. Neal Garland (2003) Visiting Professor of Sociology; B.A., University of North Dakota
’64; M.A., University of North Dakota ’66; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University ’71.
Daniel M. Gorman (1985) Associate Professor of Human Performance; B.S., State University of New York at Cortland ’81; M.S., Eastern Illinois University ’83.
Albert J. Gotch (2001) Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.A., Thiel College ’83; M.S.,
Purdue University ’88; Ph.D., Purdue University ’91.
G. Scott Gravlee (1998) Associate Professor of Philosophy; B.A., University of Washington
’88; Ph.D., Stanford University ’96 (Sabbatical, spring 2005).
Lee M. Gray (1984) Professor of Geology; B.A., Colgate University ’74; M.S., University
of Rochester ’76; Ph.D., University of Rochester ’85.
Michael Grossman (2003) Assistant Professor of Political Science; B.A., The George
Washington University ’92; M.A., Northeastern University ’97; Ph.D., University of South
Carolina ’03.
Jeffery L. Hahn (1975) Professor of Sociology; B.A., Mount Union College ’73; M.A., Kent
State University ’75; Ph.D., Kent State University ’80.
Jennifer E. Hall (1999) Assistant Professor of French; B.A., Beloit College ’91; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison ’94; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’99.
Nancy A. Hart (2001) Assistant Professor of Art; B.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University ’77; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art ’83.
Douglas B. Hendel (1982) Professor of Theatre; B.S., Bowling Green State University ’71;
M.A., Bowling Green State University ’79; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University ’86.
Ricardo A. Herrera (2001) Assistant Professor of History and Political Science; B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles ’84; M.A., Marquette University ’94; Ph.D., Marquette
Univesity ’98.
Jennifer Hillyer (2003) Instructor of Biology; B.S., Youngstown State University ’97; M.S.,
Youngstown State University ’00.
Mark W. Himmelein (1996) Associate Professor of German; B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College
’79; M.A., University of Pittsburgh ’81; Ph.D., University of Akron ’94.
John H. Homon (1979) Assistant Professor of Human Performance; B.S., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst ’72; M. of P.E., University of Nebraska-Lincoln ’79.
Martin Horning (1979) Professor of Economics; B.A., Mount Union College ’71; M.A.,
Bowling Green State University ’72; Ph.D., Rutgers University ’79.
William Howell (1989) Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.B.A., Kent State
University ’71; M.B.A., Case Western Reserve University ’80; Ph.D., Kent State University
’96.
James Infante (2000) Assistant Professor of Education; B.S., Youngstown State University
’72; M.S., Youngstown State University ’75; Ed.D., Akron University ’90.
Theodore D. Isue (1999) Assistant Professor of Education and Fieldwork Coordinator;
B.S., Kent State University ’65; M.Ed., Kent State University ’69.
Jay Jonas (2001) Instructor of Human Performance and Sport Management; B.S., Marietta
College ’97; M.Ed., University of Virginia ’98.
291
DIRECTORY
James C. Kadlecek (1997) Assistant Professor of Human Performance and Business
Administration; B.S., University of Northern Colorado ’79; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado ’91; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado ’01.
Karen Kehoe (2004) Visiting Assistant Professor of History; B.M.E., Milton College ’73; B.A.,
Marquette University ’89; M.A., Marquette University ’94; Ph.D., Marquette University ’03.
Larry T. Kehres (1974) Associate Professor of Physical Education and Athletic Director;
B.A., Mount Union College ’71; M.Ed., Bowling Green State University ’72.
Patricia Kelvin (2002) Associate Professor of Communication; B.S., University of California ’66; M.A., Humboldt State University ’87; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’92.
James E. Kimble, Jr. (1986) Associate Professor of Computer Science; B.S., Mount Union
College ’73; M.S., Ohio State University ’79; M.A., Kent State University ’91.
Pamela Kimble (1992) Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Mount Union College ’73;
M.Ed., Kent State University ’81; Ph.D., Kent State University ’95.
Kathleen Piker-King (1978) Professor of Sociology; B.A., Indiana State University ’72;
M.A., Kent State University ’73; Ph.D., Kent State University ’78.
John F. Kirchmeyer (1978) Professor of Computer Science; B.A., Carthage College ’72;
M.S., Northwestern University ’74; Ph.D., Northwestern University ’78.
James R. Klayder (1991) Associate Professor of Computer Science; B.A., University of
Kansas ’72; B.S., University of Kansas ’75; M.S., University of Kansas ’85; Ph.D., University
of Kansas ’93.
Stephen R. Kramer (1974) Professor of Psychology; B.A., College of the Holy Cross ’66;
Ph.D., The University of Texas-Austin ’74.
David N. Kuhlke (2001) Assistant Professor of Economics, Accounting and Business
Administration; B.S., Oakland University ’74; M.B.A., University of Akron ’88.
Mary Ellen Lloyd (1988) Associate Professor of Accounting; B.S., The University of
Michigan ’57; C.P.A., State of Ohio ’85; M.S., Kent State University ’89.
Ken Lodewyk (2002) Assistant Professor of Human Performance and Sport Management;
B.A., Calvin College ’85; M.H.K., University of British Columbia ’94; Ph.D., Simon Fraser
University ’00.
Deborah J. Lotsof (2001) Associate Professor of Theatre; B.A., Grinnell College ’75;
M.F.A., University of Illinois ’81.
Kelly F. Lowe (1995) Associate Professor of English; B.A., Ohio University ’89; M.A.,
University of Tennessee ’91; D.A., Illinois State University ’95.
Peter B. Lucke (1982) Professor of Physics; B.A., Occidental College ’65; M.S., University
of Washington ’67; Ph.D., University of Washington ’72.
Ivory Lyons (2000) Assistant Professor of Religion and African-American Studies; B.S.,
Boston University College of Engineering ’82; B.S., Morehouse College ’82; M.Div., Bethel
Theological Seminary ’92; M.A., Claremont Graduate University ’97; Ph.D., Claremont
Graduate University ’98.
William J. Macauley, Jr. (2001) Assistant Professor of English; B.S.,Grand Valley State
College ’86; M.A., Pittsburgh State University ’88; Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
’99.
Judith Makens (1989) Associate Professor of English; B.A., University of Utah ’66; M.A.,
University of Utah ’68; Ph.D., University of Utah ’72.
Scott S. Mason (2001) Associate Professor of Chemistry; B.S., Mount Union College ’89;
Ph.D., University of South Carolina ’93.
Patricia C. Matthews (1975) Professor of Business Administration and the Nolen A. and
Thelma I. Cunningham Chair in Business; B.S., Mount Union College ’73; M.A., Kent State
University ’75; D.B.A., Kent State University ’79.
Charles A. McClaugherty (1988) Professor of Biology, The Dr. John D. Brumbaugh
Chair of Environmental and Ecological Sciences, and Director of the Brumbaugh Center
292
DIRECTORY
for Environmental Science; B.S., Cornell University ’73; M.S., University of Virginia ’80;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin ’83.
Katherine G. McMahon (1985) Professor of English; B.A., Oberlin College ’71; M.A.,
Northern Illinois University ’76; Ph.D., Northern Illinois University ’85.
Mark A. McNaught (1998) Associate Professor of Geology; B.S., Lafayette College ’85;
M.S., University of Rochester ’89; Ph.D., University of Rochester ’91.
Matthew Metzgar (2002) Assistant Professor of Economics; B.S., West Virginia University
’94; M.B.A., Wheeling Jesuit University ’97; Ph.D., University of Tennessee ’01.
Jerome P. Miskell (1999) Assistant Professor of Music; B.M., University of Akron ’85;
B.M., University of Akron ’85; M.M., University of Akron ’87; D.M.A., University of South
Carolina ’95.
Louise E. Moses (1987) Professor of Computer Science; B.S., Muskingum College ’62;
M.S., University of Akron ’71; M.S., University of Nebraska-Lincoln ’81.
Paul Muller (2004) Assistant Professor of Sociology; B.S., Brigham Young University ’97;
M.A., University of New Hampshire ’97; A.B.D., University of New Hampshire ’04.
Cenell Munford Clark (2001) Instructor of Human Performance and Sport Management;
B.S., Mount Union College ’93; M.S., University of Akron ’95.
Michael R. Myler (1983) Professor of Economics; B.A., Northern Michigan University
’69; M.A., Michigan State University ’76; Ph.D., Michigan State University ’83.
Jodi W. Skeggs Naji (1998) Assistant Professor of Biology; B.A., Hiram College ’79; M.S.,
Kent State University ’82; M.S., Louisiana State University ’86; Ph.D., Kent State University
’94.
Michael Olin-Hitt (1993) Associate Professor of English; B.A., Otterbein College ’86;
Thomas J. O’Malley (2001) Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.S., King’s College ’68;
M.A., Cornell University ’71; Ph.D., Cornell University ’74.
Naoko Oyabu-Mathis (1988) Professor of Sociology; B.A., Mount Union College ’80;
M.A., University of Akron ’85; Ph.D., University of Akron ’88 (Sabbatical, fall 2004).
James E. Perone (1994) Associate Professor of Music; B.M., Capital University ’80; M.F.A.,
State University of New York at Buffalo ’82; M.A., SUNY at Buffalo ’84; Ph.D., SUNY at
Buffalo ’88.
Pratibha Phadke-Gupta (2003) Instructor of Biology; B.S., University of Allahabad, India
’82; M.S., University of Allahabad, India ’84; Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, India ’88;
Post Doctoral Research Associate, Case Western Reserve University ’94.
Douglas A. Poad (1999) Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Internship
Coordinator; B.A., University of South Florida ’76; M.B.A., Pennsylvania State University
’88.
Ray Posey (2003) Associate Professor of Economics, Accounting and Business Administration; A.B., Brown University ’74; M.B.A., Case Western Reserve University ’97.
Ernest Pratt (2000) Assistant Professor of Education; B.S., University of Sierra Leone, West
Africa ’78; M.E., University of North Texas ’94; Ph.D., University of Tennessee ’00.
Andrew Price (1990) Professor of English, Director of Gender Studies and Mary W. and
Eric A. Eckler Chair in American Literature and Drama; B.A., St. Anselm College ’82; M.A.,
University of Notre Dame ’85; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame ’88.
Donald W. Ray (1988) Professor of Psychology; B.A., Stanford University ’67, M.A., Bowling Green State University ’72, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University ’75.
John L. Recchiuti (1998) Associate Professor of History; B.A., Wesleyan University ’79;
M.A., Warwick University ’82; M. Phil., Columbia University ’85; Ph.D., Columbia University
’92 (Sabbatical, 2004-2005 Academic Year).
H. Louis Rees (1992) Associate Professor of History; B.A., Ohio State University ’72;
293
DIRECTORY
Kim M. Risley (2004) Assistant Professor of Biology; B.S., North Dakota State University
’94; Ph.D., East Carolina University School of Medicine ’98.
Ann Ritchey (2000) Assistant Professor of Mathematics; B.S., California State University
’88; M.S., California State University ’91; Ph.D., University of Oregon ’97.
Rudy Roggenkamp (1990) Professor of Theatre; B.A., Heidelberg College ’78; M.F.A.,
Virginia Commonwealth University ’83.
Santosh C. Saha (1994) Associate Professor of History; B.A., Calcutta University, India
’55; L.L.B., University Law College, Calcutta University ’59; B.A., University of London ’76;
M.A., Calcutta University ’60; Ph.D., Kent State University ’93.
Peter L. Schneller (1998) Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Wittenberg University
’72; B.S., Kent State University ’76; M.S., University of Akron ’81; Ph.D., University of Idaho
’97 (Sabbatical, spring 2005).
Jonathan Scott (1990) Associate Professor of Biology; B.S., Carroll College ’78; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee ’80; Ph.D., Northwestern University ’84.
Brandon A. Sheafor (1997) Associate Professor of Biology; B.A., Colorado College ’88;
Ph.D., University of Colorado at Boulder ’97.
Jeffrey S. Smith (1999) Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.S., Georgia College ’93; M.S.
Georgia College ’95.
Michael Smith (2004) Instructor of Human Performance; B.S., Mount Union College
’98; M.S., Indiana State University ’99.
Angela Smith-Alder (2002) Assistant Professor of Political Science; B.A., University of
Nebraska ’82; M.S., University of Nebraska ’85; J.D., Creighton School of Law ’88; M.L.,
Harvard Law School ’94.
Rebecca Stevens (1996) Associate Professor of Sociology; B.A., Mount Union College ’80;
M.A., University of Akron ’86; Ph.D., University of Akron ’91.
John Strefeler (1997) Professor of Accounting; B.S., Kent State University ’68; M.A., University of Arizona ’75; Ph.D., University of Arizona ’77; M.S., Golden Gate University ’96.
Frank J. Tascone (1998) Instructor of English; B.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania ’85; M.A., Bowling Green State University ’89; M.F.A., University of North Carolina at
Wilmington ’98.
James Thoma (1989) Professor of Sport Management; B.S., Grove City College ’72; M.A.,
Ohio State University ’79; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’81.
Jeri L. Thompson (1995) Assistant Professor of Psychology; B.A., University of Nebraska
- Lincoln ’89; M.A., University of Nebraska - Lincoln ’92; Ph.D., University of Nebraska
- Lincoln ’94.
Paul Tidman (1997) Associate Professor of Philosophy; B.A., Asbury College ’78; Ph.D.,
University of Notre Dame ’90.
David Torbett (2001) Assistant Professor of Religion; F.A., New York University ’87;
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School ’92; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary and
Presbyterian School of Christian Education (Union-PSCE) ’02.
Franklin I. Triplett (1993) Professor of French and Director of International Programs;
B.A., Ricker College ’68; M.S., University of LaVerne ’78; M.A., University of Cincinnati ’83;
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati ’89.
Judith Jones Walker (2002) Associate Professor of Psychology; B.S., Cornell University
’72; M.S., Cornell University ’78; Ed.S., University of South Carolina ’86; Ph.D., University
of Miami ’90.
Shawn DiNarda Watters (2002) Instructor of Education; B.S., Kent State University ’91;
M.Ed., Kent State University ’93.
Kenneth Weber (1996) Associate Professor of Computer Science; B.S., Kent State University ’78; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison ’79; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison
’83; Ph.D., Kent State University ’94.
294
DIRECTORY
Barbara Weimer (2003) Instructor of Psychology; B.A., Youngstown State University ’95;
M.A., Kent State University ’98; ABD, Kent State University ’03.
Lin Wu (1994) Associate Professor of Biology; B.S. Huazhong Agricultural University,
China ’83; M.S., Ohio State University ’90; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’91.
Gerald J. Wuchter (1995) Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.S., Miami University
’89; M.S., University of Michigan - Ann Arbor ’91; Ph.D., University of Michigan - Ann
Arbor ’95.
Liangwu Yin (1991) Associate Professor of History and Political Science; B.A., Anhui
University ’74; M.A., University of Missouri ’84; M.A., Washington University ’86; Ph.D.,
Washington University ’96.
David C. Zoky (1979) Professor of Accounting; B.S., Pennsylvania State University ’73;
C.P.A., State of Ohio ’78; M.B.A., Youngstown State University ’79.
Michael L. Zwilling (1981) Professor of Mathematics; B.S., Eastern Illinois University ’75;
M.A., Eastern Illinois University ’76; M.S., University of Illinois ’80; Ph.D., Case Western
Reserve University ’87.
Emeriti Faculty and Emeriti Staff
Chester E. Bartram (1955-1983) Department of Education; B.A., Marshall College ’46;
M.A., Marshall College ’47; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’56. Emeritus ’85.
Jerry L. Blount (1955-1990) Department of Biology; B.A., Washington University ’48;
M.A., University of Missouri ’50; Ph.D., Northwestern University ’52. Emeritus ’91.
Donald R. Buckey (1973-1998) Department of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., Cornell
University ’54; B.D., Drew University ’57; M.A., Yale University ’60; Ph.D., Yale University
’66. Emeritus ’99.
Paul H. Chapman (1957-1986) Department of English; B.A., Marietta College ’39; M.A.,
Ohio State University ’46; Ph.D., Ohio State University ’51. Emeritus ’87.
Wilbur E. Couchie (1950-1982) Business Manager; B.A., Mount Union College ’42; M.A.,
Ohio State University ’47. Emeritus ’82.
Ralph J. Daily (1960-1990) Department of Education; B.S., University of Akron ’52; M.S.,
University of Akron ’57. Emeritus ’91.
Paul E. Froman (1966-1993) Registrar and Department of Foreign Language; B.A.,
Baldwin-Wallace College ’53; M.Div., Drew University ’59; M.A., Kent State University ’71.
Emeritus ’95.
Donald G. Hobson (1986-1999) Department of Religion; B.A., Willamette University
’56; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary ’60; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School ’68;
Emeritus ’01.
W. Faye Hollaway (1958-2001) Department of Chemistry; B.S., Mount Union College ’57;
M.S., Western Reserve University ’58; Ph.D., Kent State University ’84. Emerita ’02.
James Hopper (1966-1999) Department of Art; B.S., Juniata College ’60; M.F.A., Columbia
University ’62.
Hugh I. Jae (1962-1993) Director of Cooperative Education and Industrial Placement;
B.A., Mount Union College ’54; M.A., Kent State University ’65; Emeritus ’96.
Carl H. Kandel (1961-1989) Department of Music; Mus.B., Ohio Wesleyan College ’57;
M.A., Kent State University ’69. Emeritus ’90.
Harold M. Kolenbrander (1986-2000) President of the College and Professor of Chemistry; B.A., Central College ’60; Ph.D., University of Iowa ’64.
Gloria S. Malone (1969-1990) Department of English; B.S., Central State College ’49;
M.Ed., Kent State University ’56; M.A., Kent State University ’79. Emerita ’91.
Steven Malycke (1956-1982) Department of Music; B.S.Ed., Ohio University ’44; M.M.,
Cincinnati Conservatory of Music ’47. Emeritus ’83.
295
DIRECTORY
William A. Markley, Jr. (1956-1995) Department of Mathematics; B.S., Bucknell University ’49; M. Litt., University of Pittsburgh ’59; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh ’68; Emeritus
’96.
Charles R. Morford (1966-1994) Department of Speech, Communications and Theatre
Arts and Director of the Radio Station, WRMU; B.S., Kent State University ’56; M.A., Western
Reserve University ’64; Emeritus ’96.
Arthur Murdoch (1968-1999) Department of Chemistry; B.A., Westmar College ’56;
M.S., Yale University ’58; Ph.D., Yale University ’64; Emeritus ’01.
Mary Ellen Nurmi (1965-1984) Department of English; B.A., Western Reserve University
’43; M.A., Kent State University ’60; Ph.D., Kent State University ’65. Emerita ’85.
George B. Osterman (1959-1978) Department of Biology; B.A., Washington and Jefferson
College ’33; M.S., Washington and Jefferson College ’35. Emeritus ’79.
Lewis A. Phelps (1970-2001) Department of Music; B.M., University of Arizona ’62; M.M.,
University of Arizona ’63; A.Mus.D., University of Arizona ’70; Emeritus ’02.
Hubert R. Pinney (1967-1996) Department of Accounting; B.S., Ohio State University
’52; M.A., Ohio State University ’62; C.P.A., State of Ohio ’64; Emeritus ’98.
James P. Rodman (1951-1992) Department of Physics and Astronomy and Director of
Mount Union Observatory; B.S., Mount Union College ’49; M.A., Washington University
’51; Ph.D., Yale University ’63; Emeritus ’93.
Earl L. Russell (1959-1984) Department of English; B.A., Western Reserve University ’43;
M.A., Columbia University ’46; Ph.D., Western Reserve University ’59. Emeritus ’85.
John E. Saffell (1948-1982) Department of History and Political Science; B.A., Mount
Union College ’37; M.A., Western Reserve University ’38; Ph.D., Western Reserve University
Ernest A. Sheetz (1955-1993) Vice President for Advancement; B.S., Mount Union College ’51; Emeritus ’99.
Georgia M. Sprinkle (1965-1986) Department of Education; B.A., Marshall University
’51; M.R.E., Boston University ’63. Emerita ’87.
Peter N. Synnestvedt (1968-1997) Department of Music; B.M., Eastman School of Music
’57; M.M., Eastman School of Music ’59; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati ’86. Emeritus
’98.
Terence S. Taylor (1965-1998) Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students;
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University ’58; M.A., Michigan State University ’62.
George H. Thomas (1963-1993) Department of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., Birmingham Southern College ’52; B.D., Vanderbilt University ’55; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University ’61;
Ed.S., Kent State University ’80. Emeritus ’95.
Robert W. Tripp (1947-1978) Department of Education; B.A., Maryville College ’34;
M.A., Harvard University ’40. Emeritus ’79.
George A. Tune (1956-1992) Department of History and Political Science; B.A., Albion
College ’49; M.A., University of Michigan ’50; Ph.D., University of Michigan ’77. Emeritus
’94.
Wesley J. Vesey (1963-1990) Department of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., Ohio Wesleyan
University ’51; S.T.B., Boston University ’54; Ph.D., Boston University ’61. Emeritus ’91.
James E. Vincent (1963-1992) Department of Speech, Communications and Theatre Arts;
B.S., Indiana State College ’51; M.F.A., Ohio University ’53; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Kenneth E. Wable (1962-1989) Associate Professor of Physical Education; B.A., Muskingum College ’52; M. Ed., Kent State University ’63. Emeritus ’90.
Robert G. Wiese, Jr. (1964-1998) Department of Geology; B.S., Yale University ’55; M.A.,
Harvard University ’57; Ph.D., Harvard University ’61. Emeritus ’99.
Shea Zellweger (1969-1993) Department of Psychology; B.A., University of Chicago ’52;
M.A., Temple University ’57; Ph.D., Temple University ’66. Emeritus ’94.
296
DIRECTORY
Angela A. Zumbar (1963-2001) Department of Foreign Language; B.A., Marietta College
’55; M.A., University of New Mexico ’57; Ph.D., University of Akron ’85. Emerita ’02.
Support Staff
Dotty Baia; Assistant in the Service Center
Janet Barker; Assistant to the Registrar
Pamela Beadles; Secretary to the Director of Libraries
Janice Behner, CPS/CAP; Secretary to the Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean
of Students
Suzanne Berger; Secretary of Bracy Hall
Linda Bigham; Secretary to the Department of Education and Assistant for Teacher
Education
Terri Blasiman, A.A.B.; Secretary to the Associate Dean of Students, Housing and Residence Life and International Student Affairs
Shana Blazer Hruby, B.S., P.H.R.; Human Resource Specialist
Pamela Boone, B.A.; Coordinator of Direct Mail, Admission
Jeanne Capel; Data Entry Operator, Enrollment Services
Tamra Caruthers; Secretary to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs
Janice Cherry; Athletics Receptionist
Cindy Cirone, A.A.S.; Cataloging Assistant, Library
Robin Clough, A.B.; Payroll Representative, Human Resources
Christine Cochran, B.A.; Interlibrary Loan Assistant, Library
Joan Cockrill; Secretary to the Vice President for Business Affairs and Treasurer/Perkins
Loan Coordinator
Ann Cowley, A.A.S., A.S.; Data Entry Operator, Admission
Jean Dalesandro; Secretary to the departments of Theatre, Art and Psychology
Ann DelPuppo; Convenience Store Clerk
Barbara Ebert; Secretary to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College
Judith Edwards, R.N.; Staff Nurse
Karen English; Secretary and Assistant to the Registrar
Patricia Fisher; Athletics Receptionist
Patricia Flickinger; Assistant Secretary to the Department of Education
Nancy Fox, B.A.; Cataloger, Library
Sally Gansel; Music Library Assistant
Laura Good, A.B.; Secretary of Physical Plant
Debra Graham; Secretary to the Department of Music
Michael Greiner, B.S.; Property Manager, Nature Center
Nikki Hensley; Secretary of the Office of Alumni Activities
Tiffany Hogya, B.A.; Secretary to the Department of Athletics
Crystal Johnson; Secretary of the Office of College Advancement
Nancy Kasparek; Assistant to the Registrar
Carmel Katich; Document Assistant
Delores Keener; Secretary to the Vice President for Enrollment Services
Judy Kirchmeyer, B.S.; Periodicals Assistant - Library
Jean Kritz-Conway; Cashier, Office of Business Affairs
Colleen Krueger; Convenience Store Clerk
Stacie Krueger; Convenience Store Clerk
Patricia Kuhn; Secretary and Visit Coordinator, Admission
Shirley Kuntzman, L.P.N.; Nurse
Linda Leigh; Athletics Receptionist
297
Barbara Lyons; Secretary of Chapman Hall third floor
Jodi Malsch, A.A.B., B.A.; Secretary to the Chaplain
Michele McCallum; Secretary to the Department of Athletics
Tracy McGary; Assistant Secretary to the Department of Education
Suanne MacMillan, B.A.; Secretary to the Director of Academic Support and Counseling
Services
Joyce Nieb; Secretary of Chapman Hall fourth floor
Patricia Nutial; Customer Service Representative, Bookstore
Janet Oprandi; Service Center Manager
Cathy Ossler; Secretary of Academic Affairs
Carol Ott; Library Evening Circulation Assistant
Lori Peters; Receptionist/Application Processing Coordinator, Admission
Debra Retterer; Accounts Payable Clerk and Bookkeeper, Office of Business Affairs
Aimee Schuller, B.A.; Textbook Assistant, Bookstore
Marie Shanks; Student Mail Center Manager
Denise Sheeley; Secretary to the Department of Information Technology
Beth Slagle; Secretary to the Director of Advancement for Annual Giving Programs
Diana Snyder; Secretary of Physical Plant
Rhonda Stephenson; Accounting Clerk
Karen Teal; Secretary of Kolenbrander-Harter Information Center
Diane Thomas; Secretary to the Vice President of Advancement
Alma Tolle; Chemistry and Biology Lab Supervisor
Bonnie Twaddle; Coordinator of Volunteers, Nature Center
Jo Van Fossen; Student Accounts, Office of Business Affairs
Sandra Vild; Secretary to the Director of Information Technology
Sherrie Wallace; Secretary to the Office of Public Affairs and Marketing
Debra Walpert; Bookstore Cashier
Beth Wayt, L.P.N.; Nurse and Secretary
Carol Wearstler; Secretary of van den Eynden Hall
Linda Wilcox; Accounting Clerk, Bookstore
Dorothy Young; Customer Service Representative
Linda Zepernick; Secretary to the Director of Career Development
298
DIRECTORY
299
INDEX
Index
A
Academic Calendar, 2
Academic Honesty, 64
Academic Policies and
Procedures, 51
Academic Probation, 69
Academic Record, 63
Academic Review, 69
Academic Merit Awards, 21
Academic Standing, 68
Academic Support Center, 33
Accounting, 113, 150
Accounting Club, 42
Accreditation and Affiliations, 12
Administration Annex, 11
Administrative Organization, 285
Administrative Systems, 83
Admission to Class, 73
Admission to the College, 15
Transfer Students, 15
Advanced Placement, 17
Early Admissions Program, 17
Entrance Requirements, 15
International Students, 16
Returning Students, 16
Transient Students, 16
Admission to the Teacher
Education Program, 173
Admission and Financial Aid, 15
Adolescence to Young Adult
Education, 176
Adult Studies Program, 80
Athletic Participation Fee, 27
Fees, 27
Financial Assistance, 19, 81
Technology Fee, 27
Traditional Day Classes, 81
Advanced Deposit Payment of
Regular Fees, 28
Advanced Placement, 17, 78
Advisors, Faculty, 70
Aerospace Studies, 268
African-American Studies, 117
After Hours, 41
Airforce ROTC, 251
Alcohol, Drug and Wellness
Education, 23
All-College Courses, 111
Almost Broken, 42
Alpha Delta Pi, 43
Alpha Chi Omega, 43
Alpha Lambda Delta, 43
Alpha Mu Gamma, 43
Alpha Phi Omega, 43
Alpha Psi Omega, 43
Alpha Tau Omega, 43
Alpha Xi Delta, 43
Alumni and Related
Organizations, 12
Alumni Association, 12
Alumni Council, 12
Alumni Room, 8
300
American Chemical Society, 43
American Marketing Association, 43
American Studies, 118
Appeals and Petitions, 64
Application for Graduation, 54
Application Fee, 27, 31
Area of Concentration, 57
Army ROTC, 268
Art, 121
Art Center, The William H. Eells,
6
Art Proficiency Awards, 21
Association for International
Students, 43
Association for Women in
Communication, 43
Association of Women Students,
43
Astronomy, 126, 247
Athletics
Eligibility, 38, 69
Intercollegiate, 37, 43, 69
Intramural Program, 39, 241
Athletic Stadium, 10
Athletic Training, 126
Attendance Discrepencies, 73
Attendance and Participation, 73
Auditor, 73
Awards and Prizes, 24
Awards, Proficiency, 21
B
Beeghly Hall, 6
Berea House, 6
Beta Beta Beta, 43
Bica-Ross Residence Hall, 6
Biochemistry, 149
Biology, 131
Black Student Union, 44
Blue Key, 44
Board
Fees, 27
Refunds, 29
Board of Trustees, 283
Bookstore, 8
Bowling Fee, 27
Bracy Hall, 6
Business Administration, 136
C
Calendar
Academic, 2
Events, 34
Calliope, 44
Campus Card and Facilities
Scheduling, 34
Campus Citizenship, 33
Campus Crusade for Christ, 42
Campus Employment
Federal Work Study, 23
Student Employment Forms,
31
Campus Map, 304
Campus Programming, 41
Campus-Wide High-Speed Data
Network, 82
Career Development, 34
Carr Lecture, 88
CCTV, 82
Change of Grade, 66
Chaplain, 39
Chapman Hall, 7
Chemistry, 148
CHOICES, 44
Clarke Astronomical Observatory,
7
Class Attendance and
Participation, 73
Classification, Student, 68
Classics, 153
Class Limits, 70
College Democrats, 44
College, History of the, 5
College Grant Assistance, 21
College Loans, 23
College Republicans, 44
College Requirements
All Degrees, 53
Second Degrees, 55
College, The, 5
Communication, 153
Communication Studies, 155
Communications Proficiency
Awards, 21
Commuter Student Association, 44
Comprehensive Deposit, 27, 31
Computation of 2.0 in a Major or
Minor, 58
Computer Science, 160
Computing Ethics Policy, 83
Concentration, Area of, 57
Consumer Information
Disclosure, 18
Convocations, 88
Cooperative Engineering
Program, 79
Cooperative Education, 35
Cope Music Hall, 7
Costs (see Fees)
Costs and Tuition, 27
Counseling Services, 35
Course Descriptions, 111
Course Load and Overload, 72
Fees, 27
Courses for General Education, 91
Bachelor of Arts, 91
Bachelor of Science, 91
Bachelor of Music Education,
97
Bachelor of Music in
Performance, 103
Course Work at Other
Consortium Colleges, 78
INDEX
Course Work, Attendance and
Participation, 73
Crandall Gallery, 7
Criminal Justice, 271
Cunningham Residence Hall, 7
Cytotechnology, 131
D
Daddy’s Girls, 44
Dance Company, 44
Dance Team, 44
Dean’s List, 67
Degree Conferral, 55
Degree Requirements, 53
Degrees Offered, 53
Delta Sigma Tau, 44
Deposit, Comprehensive, 27, 31
Dewald Chapel, 7
Dewald Honors Dinner, 88
Directory, 283
Disability Support Services, 35
Disciplines, 113
Dismissal, 70
Drama (see Theatre)
Dussel House, 8
Dynamo, 44
E
Early Admissions Program, 17
Fee, 17
Early Childhood Education, 176
Early Withdrawal Fee, 27
Earth Science, 207
East Central Colleges, 12, 75
East Residence Hall, 8
Eckler Lecture, 88
Economics, 167
Education, 171
Educational Records Policy, 51
Eells, William H., Art Center, 6
Eligibility, Intercollegiate
Athletics, 38, 72
Elliott Residence Hall, 8
Emerti Faculty and Staff, 295
Employment, Student, 23
Engineering, 79
English, 183
English as a Second Language, 77,
195
English Proficiency, 58
Enrollment Priorities, 71
Entrance Requirements, 15
Environmental Biology, 131
Ethics Policy, Computing, 83
Events, Calendar of, 34
Examinations, Final, 73
Exercise Science, 190
Extended Courses, 111
F
Facilities, 6
Scheduling of, 34
Faculty, 289
Faculty Advisors, 70
Faculty Lecture, 88
FAFSA, 18
Federal College Work Study, 23
Federal Pell Grants, 22
Federal Perkins Loan, 23
Federal PLUS Loan Program, 24
Federal Stafford Student Loans, 23
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants, 22
Federal Title IV Funds, 29, 30
Fees, Table of, 27
Fees
Adult Studies Fees, 27
Advance Payment of, 28
Application Fee, 27, 31
Bica-Ross Hall Room Fee, 27
Books, Supplies and Other
Costs, 27
Bowling Fee, 27
Comprehensive Deposit, 27, 31
Early Admission Fee, 18
Early Withdrawal Fee, 27
Estimated Annual Expense, 27
General Fees, 27, 28
Hoiles-Peterson Hall Room
Fee, 27
Housing Cancellation Fee, 27
Incidental Fees, 27
Late Registration Fee, 27
Lost ID Fee, 27
Lost Key Fee, 27
Nontraditional Fee, 27
Overload Fees, 27, 28
Part-Time Fees, 27
Payment Plan Application Fee,
27
Private Music Lessons, 28
Refund Policy, 29
Regular Fees, 27
Returned Check for NonSufficient Funds, 27
Room and Board Fees, 27
Scuba Fee, 27
Senior Citizens Fee, 27
Shields Hall Room Fee, 27
Super Single Room Fee, 27, 31
Special Courses Fee, 27
Student Charges, 28
Summer School Fees, 27
Technology Fee, 27
Transcripts Fee, 27, 31
Tuition, 27
Fellowship of Christian Athletes, 44
FERPA, 51
Field Trips, 194
Final Examinations, 73
Financial Aid, 18
Adult Studies Students, 19, 78
Application Procedure, 19
Eligibility, 19
International Students, 20
New Students, 19
Renewal Procedure, 19
Refunds, 29
Traditional Students, 18, 19
Transfer Students, 19
Types of Assistance, 20
First Year in Honors, 76
Five College Commission, 12
Foreign Languages, 194
Fraternities, 42
Freedom, 44
French, 195, 196
G
GABLE, 44
GAMMA, 45
Gender Studies, 204
General Course Information, 111
General Education, 91
Curriculum, 59
Identification, 111
Requirements, 91
General Fees, 27, 28
Geology, 206
German, 195, 198
Goals, Mount Union College, 5
Good Academic Standing, 68
Grades, 65
Change of Grade, 66
Good Academic Standing, 68
Grading Notations, 65
Notation Definitions, 65
Repeating Courses, 66
Satisfactory Progress, 68
Graduation
Applying for Graduation, 54
Degree Conferral, 55
Degree Requirements, 53
Degrees Offered, 53
Latin Honors, 76
Walking At Commencement, 55
Grant, Mount Union, 21
Greek Organizations, 42
Guidance and Testing, 49
Gulling Training Center, 8
H
Habitat for Humanity, 45
Health Center, Ramsayer, 10, 36
Health, 245
Health Service, 35
Heffern Lecture, 88
Heritage, Mount Union College, 5
Higher Education Report Card,
176
Historical Room, 9
History, 210
History and Political Science
Club, 45
History, Mount Union College, 5
Hoiles-Peterson Residence Hall, 8
Room Fees, 27
Honesty, Academic, 64
Honors Program, 75
First Year in Honors, 76
Graduation with Latin
Honors, 76
Honors in a Major, 75
Honors in Liberal Studies, 75
Hoover-Price Campus Center, 8, 41
Housing Cancellation Fee, 27
Housing Facilities, 40
Human Performance and Sport
Management, 240
301
INDEX
I
Incidental Fees, 27
Independent Study, 77
Index, 300
Information Systems, 161, 215
Information Technology, 82
Institutional Mission, 5
Intercollegiate Athletics, 37, 43
Eligibility, 38, 69
Philosophy, 38
Interfraternity Council, 45
International Business and
Economics, 142
International Education, 77
Financial Aid, 20
International Student Affairs, 39
International Students
Admission, 16
Financial Assistance, 20
International Studies, 215
Internet
Appropriate Use, 86
Connection, 81
Internships, 77
Intramural Program, 39, 241
J
Janus Group, 45
Japanese, 195, 200
Judd Lecture on Business and
Finance, The George H., 88
K
Kappa Delta Pi, 45
Kappa Kappa Psi, 45
Kappa Phi, 45
Kappa Pi, 45
Keener House, 8
Kershaw Lectureship on Poetry
and the Fine Arts, the Myrtie
Allen, 88
Ketcham Residence Hall, 8
King, Perry F., Guest House, 8
King, Douglass S., Lecture in
Science, 89
King Residence Hall, 8
Kolenbrander-Harter
Information Center, 8
L
Ladies of Soul Dance Troupe, 45
Lakes, College, 9
Lambda Pi Eta, 45
Lamborn Plaza, 9
Language Laboratory, 82
Late Registration Fee, 27
Latin Honors, 76
LATTICE, 82
Lectureships, Special, 88
Leadership Awards, Mount Union
College, 21
Leadership Programming, 41
Legacy Awards, 22
Legal Studies, 219
302
Liberal Studies, 219
Honors in, 76
Library, 9, 82
Library Science, 221
Limits, Class, 70
Loans, 23
Local Church Activities, 40
Lost ID Fee, 27
Lost Key Fee, 27
M
Majors, 56, 113
Honors in, 75
Map, Campus, 304
Marriage of Students, 39
Math Club, 45
Mathematics, 221
McCready Residence Hall, 9
McKinley Visiting Scholar
Program, The William, 89
McMaster Residence Hall, 9
McPherson Center for Human
Health and Well-Being, 10
Media Computing, 123, 161
Media Studies, 154
Medical Technology, 131
Methodist Grants, 21
Middle Childhood Education
Major, 176
Military Science, 269
Miller Residence Hall, 10
Ministerial Awards, 21
Minority Achievement Award, 21
Minors, 57, 113
Model United Nations, 46
Mount Union College Challenge
Award, 21
Mount Union College Grant, 21
Mount Union College Leadership
Award, 21
Mount Union College Praise Band,
46
Mount Union Stadium, 10
Mount Union Theatre, 10
Mount Union Women, 12
Multiage Education, 177
Multicultural Student Affairs, 39
Multi-Media Facilities, 82
Mu Phi Epsilon, 46
Music, 225
Music Lessons, Private, 28
Fees, 28
Preparatory Division, 29
Music Performance Groups, 234
Music Proficiency Scholarships, 21
N
NATA Certification, 126
Nature Center, John T. HustonDr. John D. Brumbaugh, 10
Newman Catholic Ministry, 46
Non-discrimination Policy, 1
Nontraditional Studies, 80
Fee, 27
Non-Western Studies, 236
O
Off-Campus Study, 77
Ohio Student Choice Grants, 22
Ohio Collegiate Music Education
Association, 46
Ohio Instructional Grants, 22
Order of Omega, 46
Orientation for New Students, 41
Organizations, Student, 42
Outside Awards, 24
Overload, 72
Fees, 27
P
Panhellenic Council, 46
Parents’ Day, 42
Part-Time Students
Fees, 27
Instructional Grants, 22
Refund Policy, 30
Technology Fee, 27
Payment Plan Application Fee, 27
Pell Grants, 22
Pennsylvania State Grants, 22
Perkins Loans, 23
Peterson Field House, 10
Petitions, Appeals and, 64
Philosophy, 237
Phi Kappa Tau, 46
Phi Sigma Tau, 46
Physical Education, 241
Physics, 247
Pi Mu Epsilon, 46
Placement (See Career
Development)
PLUS Loan Program, 24
Political Science, 251
Post-Secondary Attendance, 79
Post-Secondary Enrollment, 17
Pre-Dentistry, 256
Pre-Engineering, 79, 256
Pre-Law Society, 46
Pre-Medicine, 256
Pre-Ministry, 256, 264
Pre-Professional Program, 256
Prerequisites, 71
Presidential Scholarships, 20
President’s Home, 10
Preview, 41
Private Music Lessons, 28
Fees, 28
Preparatory Division, 29
Prizes and Awards, 24
Proficiency Awards, 21
Programs of Study, 113
Psi Chi, 46
Psi Kappa Omega, 47
Psychology, 256
Psychology Club, 47
Public Computer Facilities, 82
Purple Plus Cards, 34
R
Ramsayer Health Center, 10, 35
Rare Book Room, 9
INDEX
Readmission, 70, 74
After Suspension, 70
Refund Policy, 29
Appeal Process, 31
Federal Title IV Funds, 29
Institutional Grants and
Scholarships, 30
State Grant Funds, 30
Withdrawal Process, 29
Registration, 70, 71
Regular Fees, 27
Advance Payment Deposit, 28
Religion/Philosophy Club, 47
Religious Life, 39
Religious Life Council, 47
Religious Studies, 264
Renewal of Financial Aid, 19
Repeat for Change of Grade, 67
Repeating Courses, 66
Requirements
College, 53
Degree, 53
General Education, 91
Graduation, 54
Major, 56
Second Degree, 55
Reserve Officer Training Corps,
267
Aerospace Studies, 268
Military Science, 269
Residence Hall Association, 47
Residence Halls, 40
Residence Life, 40
Returned Check for Non-Sufficient
Funds Fee, 27
Returning Students, 16
Rock for Life, 47
Rodman Playhouse, 11
Rodman Observatory, The James
P., 11
Room and Board, 40
Fees, 27
Refunds, 29
ROTC, 267
S
Satisfactory Progress, 68
Schedule Changes, 72
Scheduling of Facilities, 34
Schooler Lecture Series, 89
Science Fair Scholarships, 22
Scio College, 6
Scott Plaza, 11
Scuba Fee, 27
Second Degrees, 55
Senior Citizens
Enrollment, 79
Fee, 27
Senior Culminating Experience, 58
Shields Residence Hall, 11
Sibling Scholarships, 22
Sigma Alpha Epsilon, 47
Sigma Nu, 47
Sigma Pi Sigma, 47
Sigma Tau Delta, 47
Sigma Theta Epsilon, 47
Single Room Fee, 27, 31
Smith Lecture, 89
Society for Advancement of
Management, 47
Society of Computing Students,
48
Society of Physics Students, 48
Sociology, 270
Sophomore Service Honorary, 48
Sororities, 42
Spanish, 195, 202
Special Courses Fee, 27
Special Educational Opportunities,
75
Special Graduation Requirements
Notes, 54
Special Lectureships, 88
Special Programs for
International Students, 77, 195
Special Programs, 88
Special Scholarship, Grant and
Loan Funds, 24
Sport Management, 274
Sport Management Association,
48
Stafford Student Loans, 23
Stauffer Courtyard Theatre, 7
Student Activities Council, 48
Student Aid Refunds, 29
Student Athlete Advisory
Committee, 48
Student Charges, 28
Student Classification, 68
Student Employment Forms, 31
Student Fees, 28
Student Government (see Student
Senate)
Student Involvement and
Leadership, 40
Student Life, 33
Student National Education
Association, 48
Student Organizations, 42
Student Responsibility, 51
Student Senate, 48
Students for Environmental
Awareness, 48
Study Abroad Program, 77
Financial Aid, 22, 76
Study at Other Accredited
Colleges and Universities, 77
Sturgeon Honors House, 11
Sturgeon Music Library and
Listening Room, 7, 9
Summer Study, 80
Fees, 27
Subcommittee on Religious
Life, 40
Super Single Room Charge, 27, 31
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants, 22
Support Staff, 297
Suspension, 69, 70
Dismissal, 69, 70
Readmission, 70
T
Table of Fees, 27
Teacher Placement, 48
Technology Fee, 27
Technology Resources Acceptable
Use Policy, 83
Testing and Guidance, 49
Theatre, 278
Theatre Proficiency Awards, 21
Theta Alpha Kappa, 48
Timken Physical Education
Building, 11
Tolerton and Hood Hall, 11
Transcripts, 63
Fees, 27, 31
Transfer Students
Admission by Transfer, 15
Financial Aid Eligibility, 19
Transfer Credit, 63
Transient Students, 16, 78
Trustee Scholarships, 20
Trustees, Board of, 283
Trustees, Classes of, 283
Tuition and Costs, 27
Fees, 27, 28
Refunds, 29
U
Union Avenue Gateway and
Park, 11
United Methodist Scholarships,
21
United Methodist Student
Loans, 24
Unonian, 48
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford
Student Loan Program, 23
V
van den Eynden Hall, 11
Venture Club, 48
W
Wable-Harter Building, 11
Walking at Commencement, 55
Whitehill Tennis Courts, 11
Wilson Hall, 11
Library, 9, 11
Wolf Lecture, The Eleanore
Mincks, 89
Work Study
Campus Employment, 23
Student Employment
Forms, 31
Writing, 184
Writing Across the Curriculum,
58
WRMU-FM, 48
303
304

2004-2005 Catalogue Read More

Transcription

Similar documents

1979 Piper Aerostar 600A

POWERPOD 620

Comblue presentation

wykład

SEMView – An 8K SEM Image Control System

CANOEING ACCESS MAP

Sultan Sands Factsheet

November 2014 Specials

Introducing AN-140 Regional Aircraft

!! GANAPATI BAPPA MORYA !! SAIDHAM Nottingham, Celebrates